1 - paducah environmental information center

DOE/OR/07-1253&D3
KY IER-55&D3
FINAL
Operations and Maintenance Plan
·.forthe
Northwest Plume Interim Remedial Action
Pilot Plant
at the··Paducah Gaseous .. Diiffusion Plant,
Paducah, . Kentucky
hI ,
,CLEARED FOR PUBLJ]C RELEASE

ML Tony Able
Remedial Project Manager
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Region IV
345 Counl'and Street, N. E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30365
Department of Energy
Oak Ridge Operations
Paducah Site Office
P.O. Box 1410
Paducah. KY 42001
Ms. Caroline Patrick Haight, Director
Division of Waste Management
Kentucky Department for Environmental Protection
14 Reilly Road, Frankfort Office Park
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601
September 28, 1995
D3 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) PLAN FOR THE NORTHWEST PLUME
INTERIM REMEDIAL ACfION
Dear Mr. Able and Ms. Haight:
Enclosed for your review is the D30perations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan for the Northwest
Plume Interim Remedial Action Pilot Plant. This D3 document contains the changes and
modifications that were identified since the publicati()n of the D2 document in December 1994.
Since that time we have completed construction ·of the facility and began. operations. As a result,
there is a large number of modifications to the plan. It also incorporates the State of Kentucky
comments received on the D2 version. To facilitate the review and approval of this revised
document, we are providing you with overstrike copies which reflect the changes. If you have any
questions or require additional information, please call David W. Dollins at (502) 441-68li9.
Sincerely,
EF-22:DolIins
Enclosure
"~~ ~ "-."l ~~,~'_
~ .. ~~-~~
~~i ·C:,lIodges, Site-"Manager
... ·Padu Site Office
cc:
J. Stickney, KDEP/Frankfort
T. Taylor, KDEP/Frankfort

•
CER'HHCATION
Document Identification:
Operations and Maintenance Pian for the Northw.est Plume
Interim Remedial Action Pilot Plant at the Paducah Gaseous
Diffusion Plant, Paducah, Kentucky
I certify under penalty of law that I have personal:ly examined and am familiar with the
information submitted in this application and all attachments and that, based on my inquiry of
those persons immediately responsible for obtaining the information contained in the
application, I believe that the information is true, accurate, and complete. II am aware that
.there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibiEty of fine
and imprisonment.
Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc.
Co-Operator
•
7 D?te Signed
The Department of Energy has signed as "owner and operator" and Lockheed Martin Energy
Systems, Inc., has signed as "co-operator" this application ,for the permiUed facility. The
Department has determined that dual signatmes best reflect the actual apportionment of
responsibility under which the Department's RCRA responsibilities are for policy,
programmatic, funding, and scheduling decisions, as well as. general oversight, and the
contractor's RCRA responsibilities are for day-to-day operations (in accordance with general
directions. given by the Department of Energy as part of itsgeneral i oversight responsibiUty),
including but not limited to, the following responsibHities: waste analyses and handling,
mor.itoring, record keeping, reporting, and contingency planning. For purposes of the
certification required by 40 CFR Section 270.11(d), Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. 's,
representatives certify, to the best of their knowledge and belief, the truth accuracy and
completeness of the application for thei'f respective areas of responsibility.
•
Page 2 of2

•
FINAL
Energy Systems Environmental Restora~ion Program
PGDP Environmental Restoration Program
Operations and Maintenance Plan
for the
Northwest Plume Interim Remedial Action
Pillot Plant
at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant.
Paducah. KentUcky
DOE/OR/07-1253&D3
KY/ER-55&D3
•
Date Issued - September 11995
Prepared by
CDM Federal Programs Corporation
Paducah, Kentucky
under subcontract 96B-99052C
Document Control No. 79i14-264":CV -BCZC
Prepared for
U . S. Department of Energy
Office of Environmentall Restoration and Waste Management
under \budget code EW20
•
PADUCAH GASEOUS DI'FFUSION PLANT
Paducah, Kentucky 42001
managed by
LOCKHEED MARTIN ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.
f0f the
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
under contract DE-AC(i)5-760R00001

•
CONTENTS
FIGU,RES ........................................................ x
TABLES ...................................................... x·i
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xH
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. xv
•
1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................ 1-1
1.1 PUR:P0SE AND SCOPE ............... , ................... 1-2
1.1.1 Purpose ......................................... 1-2
L 1.2 Scope .......................................... 1-2
1:.2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION ............................ 1-3
1.2.1 Location .......... , ..........................., .. 1-3
1.2.2 Demography and Land Use ............................ 1-6
'1.2.3 Climate ......................................... 1-6
1.2.4 General! History .................................. , . 1-6
1.3 REGULA'FORY BACKGROtlND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1. 3.1 Administrative Consent Order .......................... 1-9
il. 3.2 Federal Facilities Agreement .......................... 1-14
1.3.3 Environmental Restoration Program ..................... 1-16
'1:.3.4 National Environmental Policy Act ...................... 1-16
1.3.5 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1,6
I' . 3.6 Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation.
and Liability Act .................................. 1-17
11.3.7 Occupational Safety and Health Administration/Health
and Safety Site Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 1-17
Ii. 3.8 Cleanup Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
L4 GENERAL FACILITY DESCRIPTION ........................ 1-17
2.0 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................. 2-1
2.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ 2-1'
2.11.1 PGDP Organization Structure ........................... 2-1
2.11.2 Pilot Plant Operator ................................. 2-3
2.2 PILOT PLANT COORI)INA TION ............................ 2-8
•
3.0 PROGRAM REPORTING REQUIREMENTS .......................... 3-1
3.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................... 3-1'
3.2 DEVELOPMEN'F OF PR0GRAMO&M PLAN ................... 3-1
3.3 TREATABILITY STUDY WORK PLAN ................... , .... 3-2
3.4 PROCESS: CHANGE REPORTS .............................. 3-2
3.5 QUARTERLY REPORTS .................................. 3-2
3;6 ANNUAL REPORTS ................................ , .... 3-3
3.7 REPORTING SCHEDULE ................................. 3-3
iii

•
4.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILHIES ............... 4-1
4,1 INITIAL STARTUP RESPONSIBILITIES ....................... 4-1
4.2 TWO-YEAR OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES ................. 4-3
4.2.1 Pilot Plant Operator Qualifications ........................ 4-3
4.2.2 Pilot Plant Operator Responsibilities ...................... 4-3
4.2.3 Support Stan Requirements ............................ 4-3
5.0 OPERATION READINESS ASSESSMENT .......................... 5-1
6.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROCEBURES ................... 6-1
6.1 OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONAL STRATEGY. SYSTEM CONTROL,
AND CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS ..... , .. ; ................. 6-1
6.1.1 Operational Objectives ............................... 6-1
6.1.2 Overall System Control .......... , ............. , .. , ... 6-2
6.2 OVERVIEW OF TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
(PROCESS THEORY) .................................... 6-2
6.2.1 Air Stripping ...................................... 6-2
6.2.2 Ion Exchange ..................................... 6-5
6.3 PI:..ANT-SPECIFICOPERAT,ION PROCEDURES .................. 6-6
6.3.1 Groundwater Extraction Wells and Pipeline System ............ 6-6
6.3.1r.l Process description ... , ........................ 6-6
6.3.1'.2 Design criteria .............................. 6-13
6.3.1.3 Process operation and control .................... 6-16
6.3.1.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-17
6.3.1.5 Safety considerations .......................... 6-17
6.3.2 Pretreatment System (Equalization Tank, Greensand Filters, and
Solids Management Systems) .......................... 6-18
6.3.2.1 Process description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6.3.2.2 Design criteria .............................. 6-24
6.3.2.3 Process operation and control .................... 6-24
6.3.2.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-34
6.3.2.5 Safety considerations .......................... 6-36
6.3.3 Air Stripper and Vapor-Phase Carbon
Treatment System ................................. 6-36
6.3.3.1 Process description ........................... 6-36
6.3.3.2 Design criteria .............................. 6-41
6.3.3.3 Process operation and control .................... 6-41
6.3.3.4 System maintenance ................... ; ...... 6-45
6.3.3.5 Safety considerations .......................... 6-45
6.3.4 Ion Exchange and Resin Dewatering System ................ 6-45
6.3.4.1 Process description " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6.3.4.2 Designcriteria .............................. 6-51
6.3.4.3 Process operation and control .................... 6-51
6.3.4.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-54
6.3.4.5 Safety considerations .......................... 6-54
iv
•

•
6.3.5
•
•
v
Backwash Supply and Treated Water
Discharge Systems ................................. 6-55
6.3.5..1 Process description ........................... 6-55
6.3.5.2 Design criteria .............................. 6-55
6.3.5.3 Process operation and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
6.3.5.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-60
6.3.5.5 Safety considerations .......................... 6-62
6.3.6 Iron Filings Treatability System ........................ 6-63
6.3.6.1 Process description ........................... 6-63
6.3.6.2 Designcriteria .............................. 6-68
6.3.6.3 Process operation and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
6.3.6.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-72
6.3.6.5 Safety considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
6.3.7 Compressed Air System ........................... ,. 6-73
6.3.7.'1 Process description ........................... 6-73
6.3.7.2 Design criteria ........... , .. , ............... 6-78
6.3.7.3 Process operation and control . . . . .. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 6-78
6.3.7.4 System maintenance .......................... 6-81
6.3.7.5 Safety considerations . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
6.4 LABORATORY OPERATIONS AND PROCEDURES .............. 6-82
6.4.1 TCE Analysis .................................... 6-82
6.4.1.1 Preparation and analysis of groundwater samples ....... 6-83
6.4.1.2 Data reduction .......................... , ... 6-84
6.4.1. 3 Quality assessment requirements ................... 6-85
6.4.2 99Tc Analysis .................................... 6-86
6.4.3 Wet Chemistry Analysis ............................. 6..,86
6.4.4 Quality Assurance Objectives . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6":90
6.4.4.1 Precision ................................. 6-90
6.4.4.2 Accuracy ................................. 6-90
6.4.4.3 Representativeness ........................... 6-91
6.5 INITIAL PLANT STARTUP PROCEDURES (SHAKEDOWN~ ........ ,6-91
6.5.1 Objectives ............... , ......... , ............ 6-91
6.5.2 Pre-startup Check ................................. 6-91
6.5.3 System Startup and Initial Operation ..................... 6-93
6.5.4 System Checkout .................................. 6-93
6.5.5 System Performance Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94
6.6 COMMUNICATION .................................... 6-94
6.6.1 Telephone System ................................. 6-94
6;6.2 Radio Communications .............................. 6-94
6.6.3 Automatic Remote Telephone Dialer ..................... 6-94
6.7 OPERATOR CHECKS. WETCHEMISTRY TESTS.
AND REPORTING PROCEDURES .......................... 6-96
6.8 OPERA TIONS CONTINGENCY PLAN ....................... 6-96
6.8.1 Major Causes for Pilot Plant Shutdown ...... , ............ 6-96
6.8.2 Response Actions and Notification Procedure
for Pilot Plant Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 6-97

7.0 GROUNDWATER EFFECTIVENESS MONITORING PLAN ............... 7-1
7.1 PURPOSE ............................................ 7-1
7.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-1
7.3 SAMPLE COLLECTION .................................. 7-6
7.3. 1 Water Level Measurements/Purge Water Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.3.2 Purging ......................................... 7-6
7.3.3 Purge Water Handling ............................... 7-6
7.3.4 Sampling ........................................ 7-7
7.3.5 Decontamination.................................., 7-7
7.3.6 Frequency and Parameters ............................. 7-7
7.4 SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND HANDLING ................... 7-9
7.5 CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY ................................... 7-9
7.5.1 Sample Container Labels .................. , ........... 7-9
7.5.2 Field Logbook .................................... 7-11
7.5.3 Chain-of-Custody Record ............................ 7-11
7.6 FIELD AND LABORAlIORY QA/Q€ PROGRAMS ............... 7-11
7.7 DAliA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING ........................ 7-13
8.0 GENERAL OPERATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN .•............ 8-1
8.1 INTRODUCTION ...............................,........ 8-1
8.2 HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND TRAINING .................. 8-1
8.2.1 Hazard Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2.2 Training ......................................... 8-2
8.3 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE ............................... 8-3
8.4 SPILL CONTAINMENT ................................... 8-3
8.5 HEAT/COLD STRESS .................................... 8-4
8.5.1 Heat Stress ................................ , ...... 8-5
8.5.2 Cold Stress ....................................... 8-5
8.6 FALL PROTECTION AND FALL PREVENTION ................. 8-9
8.6.1 PGDP Fall Protection Policy ........................... 8-9
8.6.2 Fall Arrest Equipment ................................ 8-9
8.6.3 Ladder Inspection and Use ............................ 8-10
8.6.4 Working Surfaces ................ , ................ 8~10
8.6.5 Aerial Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.6.6 Training ........................................ 8-'11
8.7 HOISTING/RIGGING PRACTICES .......................... 8-n
8.7. 1 General........................................ 8-11
8.7.2 Hoisting ........................................ 8-12
8.7.3 Rigging ........................................ 8-13
8.8 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY ............................... 8-14
8.9 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT .................................... 8-14
8.9.1 Requirements .................................... 8-14
8.9.2 Responsibilities .......... , ...................•.... 8-16
8.9.3 Out-Of-Service Tags ................................ 8-16
8.10 RADIATION ......................................... 8-16
8. 10. 1 Dosimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
vi
•
•
•

•
16,@ NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ACT ...................... l6-1
17;0 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA IN:rERFACE .................... 17-1
18.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND NOHFICATION .................. 1:8-1
1'8.1' EXISTING PROGRAMS .................................. 18-1
'18.2 ACTIVITIES PREPARATION .............................. 18-2
18.3 ACCIDENTtINCIDENT REPORTING ........................ 18-2
18.3.1 Injury ......................................... 18-2
18.3.2 Emergencies ..................................... 18-2
18.3.3 Hazards ........................................ 18:..2
18.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SERV'ICE (MEDICAL) ................ 18-3
19.0 REFERENCES ............................................. 19-1
•
APPENDIX A:
APPENDIX B:
APPENDIX C:
APPENDIX D:
APPENDIX E:
APPENDIX F:
APPENDIX G:
APPENDIX H:
APPENDIX I:
APPENDIX J:
OPERATIONAL DATA COLLECTION SHEETS .............. A-I
EXAMPLES OF MAINTENANCES SHEETS ................ 8-1
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS (P&IDs) ....... C-1
FIELD LABORATORY QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN ......... D-1
HOISTING AND RIGGING CHECKLIST AND FORMS . . . . . . . .. E-1
MARCH 7, 1994 LETTER ON AIR STRIPPING TOWER
AIR EMISSIONS FROM THE COMMONWEALTH
OF KENTUCKY DEPARTMENT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION, DIVISION FOR AIR QUALITY .............. F-l
ANALYTICAL LOG SHEETS. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. G,.1'
WASTE DISPOSAL FORMS AND LOGS ................... H-1'
SIGN IN/SIGN OUT SHEET . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
WELL LOGS AND CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAMS ............. J-l
•
ix

1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
2-1
2-2
2-3
3-1
4-1
6-,1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-,15
6-,16
6-il?
6-18
6-t9
7-1
7-2
9-1
9-2
10-1
11-1
FIGURES
Site Location Map ........................................... 1-4
Current Land Ownership Map . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Wind Rose Diagram ......................................... 1-7
Site Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Pilot Plant Facility Layout .................................... 1-19
Groundwater Extraction Well Diagram ............................ 1-20
Extraction Well Vault and Piping Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Pilot Plant Process Flow Diagram ............................. ,. 1-25
PGDP and ERWM Management Relationship .....•................... 2-2
Waste Storage Areas at IPGDP ................................... 2-5
Pilot Plant Management Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
O&M Reporting Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Pilot Plant Schedule .......................................... 4-2
System Control.Schematic ..................................... 6-3
Typical Low Profile Air Stripping Tower ............................. 6-4
Typical Anion Exchange Column . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Groundwater Extraction Wells and Pipeline System
Process Flow Diagram ........................................ 6-9
Groundwater Extraction Wells and Pipeline System Equipment Plan ......... 6-11
Pretreatment System Process Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Pretreatment System Equipment Plan ............................. 6-21
Sodium Hypochlorite Stability Curve ............................. 6-33
Air Stripping Tower System Process Flow Diagram .................... 6-37
Air Stripping Tower System Equipment Plan ........................ 6-39
Ion Exchange and Resin Dewatering System Process Flow Diagram ......... 6-47
Ion Exchange and Resin Dewatering System Equipment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Backwash Supply and Treated Water Discharge Process Flow Diagram . . . . . . . 6-57
Backwash Supply and Treatment Water Discharge Equipment Plan .......... 6-59
Iron Filings Treatability System Process Flow Diagram ................. 6 ... 65
Iron Filings Treatability System Equipment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Compressed Air System Process Flow Diagram ...................... 6-75
Compressed Air System Equipment Plan .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Pilot Treatment Plant Emergency Telephone Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 6-95
Monitor Well Location Maps .................................... 7-3
Monitor Well Construction Diagram ............................... 7-5
Sampling Points for the Pilot Plant Treatment System .................... 9-5
Project Information Flow Diagram ... , ........................... 9-16
Waste Management Process Flow Diagram ......................... 10-9
KrDES OutfaUOOl ......................................... 11-3
•
•
x
•

•
6-1
•
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
7-1
7-2
7-3
8-1
8-2
9-1
9-2
9;.3
9-4
9-5
'liO-l
to-2
111-1
TAULES
Design criteria (groundwater extraction wells and related equipment) ........ 6-14
Groundwater extraction wells and pipeline system operational troubleshooting ... 6-17
Design criteria~equalization tank and related .equipment) ................ 6-25
Pretreatment systems (equalization tank. greensand filters. and solids management system)
Qperational troubleshooting ..... , .............................. 6-35
Design criteria (air stripper and related equipment) .................... 6-42
Air stripper and vapor~phase carbon treatment systems Qperational troubleshooting 6-45
Design criteria (ion exchange columns and related equipment) ............. 6-52'
Ion exchange and resin dewatering system operational troubleshooting . . . . . . . . 6-54
Design criteria (backwash/sluice tank and related equipment) .............. 6-61
Backwash supply and treated water discharge system operational troubleshooting . 6-62
Design criteria (iron reactor and' related equipment) .................... 6-69
Iron filings treatability system operational troubleshooting ................ 6-73
Air compressors and related equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
Compressedi air system operational' troubleshooting .................... 6-81
Identification and location of project wells . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 7-1
Time intervals for well measurements .............................. 7-9
Containers and preservative used for analytesmeasured at PGDP by the
Analytical Laboratory Depa~tment ............................... 7-10
Plant and local emergency signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Windchill index, PGDP ..... , ................................. 8-9
Summary of.sampling points and sampling frequencies
for the Pilot Plant . . . . . . ..................................... 9-2
Container requirements and holding times for various
analytical methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Quality assurance objectives for laboratory measurements
for surface water samples .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Quality assurance objectives for laboratory measurements
for solid samples ........................................... 9-24
Quality assurance objectives for field measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Waste Characterization Requirements by Waste Source ..... ; ........... 10-14
Waste Characterization Sampling and Analysis by Type ................ 10-14
Pilot Plant Sampling Matrix ................................... 11-1
•
xi

ACRONYMS
'lqTc
ACO
ANSI
APO
ARAR
ASTM
CDM Fedepal
CERCLA
CFR
CLP
CPR
DCG
001
01
DOE
DOT
DQO
ElMS
Energy Systems
EPA
ER
EMEF
FCRF
FFA
FOP
FS
GC
gpm
HDPE
HSP
HSWA
HVAC
ICP
IDLH
KDWM
KMn0 4
KPDES
LCR
LLD
LLW
LMES
MEK
technetium-99
Administrative Consent Order
American National Standards Institute
Analytical Project Office
Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirement
American Society for Testing and Materials
CDMFederal Programs Corporation
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation. and Liability Act
Code of Federal Regulations
Control Laboratory Program
cardiopulm(mary resuscitation
Derived Concentration Guide
distilled. deionized water
deionized (Water)
U.S. Department of Energy
Department of Transportation
data quality objective
Environmental Infmmation Management System
Martin Marietta, Energy Systems, Inc.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental' Restoration
EnvironmentalManagement and Enrichment Facilities
Field Change Request Form
Federal Facilities Agreement
Field Operations Procedure
Feasibility Study
Gas Chromatograph
gallons per minute
high-density polyethylene
Health and Safety Plan
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments
heating, ventilation. and air conditioning
inductively coupled plasma
immediately dangerous to life or health
Kentucky Division of Waste Management
potassium permanganate
Kentucky Pollutant iOischarge Elimination System
lowest concentration reported
lower limit of detection
low-level waste
Lockheed Martin Energy.Systems. Inc.
methyl ethyl' ketone
xii
•
•

•
•
•
LMUS
MOU
MSDS
NaOCI
NCP
NEC
NEPA
NIST
NTH<
NW
G&M
GRP
OSHA
GU
P&ID
PARCC
PCB
PEL
POOP
PHSS
ppb
PPE
PPL
psig
PVC
QA
QC
RCRA
RFD
ROA
RI
ROD
RPD
SARA
SCBA
scfm
SHSO
TCE
TDS
TLD
TOC
TRU
TSS
TVA
U.S.C.
UF 6
Lockheed Martin Utility Services, Inc.
Memorandum of Understanding
Matedal Safety I)ata Sheet
sodium hypochlorite
National Contingency Plan
National Electrical Code
National Env·ironmental Policy Act
National institute of Standards and Technology
Nephelometric 'ifurbidityUnit
Northwest
Operations and Maintenance
oxidation-reduction potential
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Operable Unit
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
precision, accuracy. representativeness, completeness, and comparability
polychlorinated biphenyl
permissible exposure limit
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant
PGDP Hydrological Services Section
,parts per billion
,personal protective equipment
Pilot Plant Laboratory
pounds per square inch gauge
!polyvinyl chloride
quality assurance
quality control
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Request for Disposal
Regional Gravel Aquifer
Remedial Investigation
Record of Decision
relative percent difference
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
self-contained breathing apparatus
standard cubic feet per minute
Site Health and Safety Officer
'trichloroethylene
total dissolved solids
thermo luminescent dosimeter
total organic carbon
transuranic
total suspended solids
Tennessee Valley Authority
United States Code
uranium hexafluoride
~iii

USEC
VOA
VOC
WKWMA
WMP
United States EmiclunentCorporation
volatile organic analysis
volatile organic compound
West Kentucky Wildlife Management Area
Waste Management Plan
•
•
xiv
•

•
8.10.2
•
Biological Monitoring Program ......................... 8-16
8.11 OPERATOR'S HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM ............. 8-17
8.12 DONNING PROCEDURES ................................ 8-17
8. 12. 1 Level C PPE . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.12.2 Level D-Modified PPE .............................. 8-17
8.12.3 Additional l PPE Requirements .......................... 8-17
8.13 DOFFING PROCEDURES ................................ 8-18
9.0 SAMPLE AND ANALYSIS AND QA PLAN .......................... 9-1
9.1 SAMPLING OVERVIEW .................................. 9-1
9.2 WATER SAMPLING ..................................... 9-1
9.3 AIR MONITORING ...................................... 9-9
9.4 SOLID/SEMISOLID SAMPLING ............................. 9-9
9.5 WASlIE CHARACTERIZATION ............................. 9-9
9.6 SAMPLE CONTAINER, PRESERVATION AND HOLDING TIME
REQUIREMENTS ........ , ............................. 9-10
9.7 LABELING OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS ...... , ............... 9-10
9.8 SAMPLE CUSTODY PROCESS ............................. 9-11
9.9 CLEANING (OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS) AND DECONTAMINATION
OF SAMPLING DEVICES ................................ 9-11
9.9.1 General ........ , ............................... 9-11
9.9.2 Safety ......................................... 9-12
9.9.3 Procedure ....................................... 9~12
9.9.4 Contamination Control .............................. 9-12
9.10 QA/QC SAMPLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.11 RESIN TES'FS ......................................... 9-13
9.12 DATA MANAGEMENT .................................. 9-15
9.12.1 Functional Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
9.12.2 NW Plume Pilot Plant Operations ....................... 9-17
9.12.2.1 Data types ................................ 9-17
9.12.2.2 Key identifiers ............................. 9-18
9. 12.3 Data Management System ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
9. 12.4 Data Management/Tracking Process ..................... 9-18
9.12.4.1 Field preparation ............... , ........... 9-18
9.12.4.2 Field sample collection and measurement ............ 9-18
9.12.4.3 Chain-of-custody documentation ................. 9-19
9.12.4.4 Analytical laboratory document and data submission .... 9-19
9.12.4.5 Data verification and' validation .................. 9-20
9.12.4.6 Data centralization and storage .................. 9-20
9.12.4.7 Data summarization and reporting ................ 9-20
9.12.4.8 Records management and document control .......... 9-21
9.13 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCIES ............. 9-21
9. 113. I Equipment Calibration Procedures and Frequencies ........... 9-21
9.13.2 Calibration Records ................................ 9-22
9. ~4 PRECISION, ACCURACY, REPRESENT AnVENESS,
COMPLETENESS, AND COMPARABILITY .................... 9-22
vii

•
9.15 FIELD CHANGES ...... ; ............................... 9-25
9.16 A10DITS AND SURVEILLANCES ........... , ............... 9-26
9. 1;6. 1 Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
9.116.2 Surveillances ....................... , ............. 9-27
9.17 CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURES ....................... 9-28
9. 17. 1 N onconformances ................................. 9-28
9.17.2 Corrective Action .................... " ........... 9-28
9.18 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT ............. 9-28
10,0 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN .................... , ............ 10-1
10.1 REFERENCES ........................................ 10-1
10.2 DEFINITIONS ........................................ 10-1
10.3 GENERAL WASTE CLASSIFICATION AND
MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES ........................... 10-4
10.4 WASTE STREAMS .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10.5 WASTE HANDLING AND SEGREGATION .................... 10-5
10.6 PACKAGING AND MARKING ............................. 10-6
10.7 STORAGE, 'fRANSPORTATION, AND TRANSFER .............. 10-7
10.8 W ASTECLASSIFICA TION REQUIREMENTS .................. 10-8
10.9 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION ........................... 10->13
11.0 REGULATORY PROCEDURES ............... ; ...... , ......... . 11-1
12.0 PROCUREMENT PROCEDURES ............................... . 12-1
•
13.0 OPERATOR TRAINING ..................................... . 13-1
13.1 DOE PGDP-SPECIFIC TRNINING ...... ; ................... . 13-1
13.2 PILOT PLANT-SPECIFIC TRAINING ....................... . 13-2
13.3 SAMPLING PERSONNEL ............................... . 13-2
13.4 LABORATORY PERSONNEL ............................. . 13-3
13.5 DATA CONTROL PERSONNEL ........................... . 13-4
14.0 SITE SECURITY .......................................... . 14-1
14.1 SITE ACCESS AND CONTROLS .......................... . 14-1
14.2 BADGING AND SIGN-IN REQUIREMENTS ............ , ...... . 14--1
14.3 ESCORT REQUIREMENTS .............................. . 14-2
14.4 VEHICLES .......................................... . 14-2
14.5 CLASSIFIED INFORMATION ............................ . 14-3
14:6 CLASSIFICATION .................................... . 14-3
14.7 PROHIBITED ARTICLES ................................ . 14-4
14.8 SEARCH POLICY ............................... , .. , .. . 14-4
14.9 DRUG-FREE POLICY .................................. . 14-4
14.10 PROPERTY PROTECTION ............................... . 14-5
15.0 VISITORS ............................................... . 15-11
viii
•

•
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan has been prepared to serve as a guide and
reference for operation of a Pilot Plant constructed as a first-phase interim remedial action for the
Northwest (NW) Plume of the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (PGDP), near Paducah, Kentucky.
The first-phase interim action is consistent with the U. S. Department of Energy (DOE)
Environmental Restoration Division Record of Decision [ROD] for Interim Remedial Action for the
Northwest Plume at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, which was signed in July 1993.
The purpose of the interim remedial action is to :
• recover and treat contaminated groundwater,
• determine the treatment efficiency of the system,
• determine the effect of extraction on the Regional Gravel Aquifer. and
• evaluate the potential benefit of an illliovative technology: treatment of comaminants with iron
filings.
•
The objective of this first-phase interim measure is to stabilize the site by controlling the
ongoing migration of contaminants in the NW Plume.
In August 1988, volatile organic compounds and radio nuclides were detected in private wells
north of PGDP. In response, DOE and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) entered
into an Administrative Consent Order (ACO) under Sects. 104 and 106 of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act.
Pursuant to the ACO, Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. (Energy Systems) conducted an
investigation to determine the nature and extent of contamination. The Energy Systems site
investigation concluded that the principal contaminants of concern in the off-site groundwater are
technetium-99 (99Tc), a radionuclide, and trichloroethylene (TCE), an organic solvent.
•
The ROD of July 1993 initiated a first-phase interim remedial measure that included
construction of a Pilot Plant that will be operated for 2 years to determine the effectiveness of the
remedial action. The Pilot Plant consists of four extraction wells in two well fields; a groundwater
treatment system, including an air stripper with treatment for off-gas emissions; and four ion
exchange units configured in two parallel trains. The Pilot Plant is designed for treatability testing.
For example, a sidestream of contaminated groundwater may be treated in an iron filings reactor
vessel to determine the feasibility of treatment with this technology. This innovative technology
will use iron filings as an alternative to pump-and-treat technology for groundwater treatment.
To evaluate the effectiveness of the remedial action, 19 monitoring wells have been installed at
various locations to supplement 11 existing monitoring wells. The monitoring wells are monitored
and maintained by Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Environmental Restoration Division.
The Pilot Plant operator is responsible for servicing the extraction wells as needed. Service
maintenance includes well rehabilitation and restoration services (bailing, purging, and well
cleaning to remove bacterial growth, etc.) .
xv

The target level for treatment by the Pilot Plant system is 5 ppb for TCE and 4 mremlyear
(900 pCi/L) for 9'YfC. The target values for TCE and 99Tc are set as targets for the effluent before
discharge and are not targets for aquifer cleanup . The system produces an average of 200 gpm
of treated effluent, and discharges to Kentucky Pollutant Discharge Elimination System-permitted
Outfall 001. The Pilot Plant also includes an on-site laboratory to perform sample analyses. The
laboratory has the capability to analyze samples for TeE and 99Tc on a daily basis .
•
The Pilot Plant has been designed, constructed, and is currently operating. The Pilot Plant
was operational on September 2, 1995 . The Pilot Plant Operations Manager operates and
maintains the Pilot Plant, including maintenance of extraction wells and pipeline facilities, and is
responsible for the Pilot Plant laboratory for the initial 2-year period.
This O&M Plan provides the Pilot Plant operator with background information, program
organization and responsibilities, reporting requirements, and O&M responsibilities and
procedures. It also includes necessary plans and procedures required to ensure compliance with
DOE, federal , and Commonwealth of Kentucky policies and laws. Specific training requirements
and PGDP emergency response and specific operating procedures are also included.
This O&M Plan for the NW Plume Interim Action Pilot Plant at PGOP constitutes a
regulatory deliverable to the Commonwealth of Kentucky and EPA. An initial draft (01) was
provided to these agencies in May 1994. Comments on the 01 version were addressed and
revisions were included in the second draft (02). The D2 was reviewed by the Commonwealth
of Kentucky and EPA and concurrence was provided, which allowed the Pilot Plant to begin
operations. This 03 incorporates comments from review of the draft, 02, and any modifications
resulting from final construction, startup, and testing .
•
XVI
•

•
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP,1 1 995
•
•
The U.S. I!?eparnnent of Energy (DOE) and its contractor for the Environmental Restoration
(ER) Program, Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. (LMES), have undertaken.a program.to
initiate an interim :remedialaction to initiate control :of the source and to mitigate the spread' of
l
contamination in the N0fthwest (NW) Plume of the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion .Plant (PGDP) in
Paducah, Kentucky. The effort is the selected remedy .and is' consistent with DOE ER Division
Record of Decision ~ROD] for .Interim Remedial Action of the Nonhwest Plume at the Paducah
Gaseous Diffusion Plant that was signed in July 1993 (DOE 1993a). This interim remedial action
is in accordance with the Comprehensive Env,ironmental Response, Compensation, .and Liability
Act (CERCLA) of 1980 as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Authorization Act of 1986
(SARA) and the National oil and Hazardous Substance Contingency Plan. Also this interim
remedial action was initiated pursuant to the interim measures provision of the U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) and Commonwealth of Kentucky Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA) permits. To comply with the ROD, a Remedial Design for construction of the interim
remedial action Pilot IPlant has been completed. The activities included (l)construction of 4
extraction wells and 19 monitoring wells; (2) construction of the treatment facility and pipeline,
including pumps in the extraction wells; and (3) an equipment-buy ·procurement to support the
requirements of the interim plant. The construction of the Pilot Plant was completed on June 22,
1995, and the plant was in operation on September 2, 1;995. Between completing construction and
operations, the Pilot Plant was tested for approximately.30 days followed by a 3.0 day shakedown
period. The Pilot Plant will be initially operated' and evaluated for a; period of 2 years. A general
description of the facility and,the treatment process, is presented in Sect. 1.4. This Operations and
Maintenance (O&M) Plan was developed to provide operating ~uidelines for the Pilot Plant
Treatment Facility and appurtenant equipment resulting from the implementation of the July 1993·
ROD for :Interim Remedial Action· of the NW Plume. This plan fulfills a regulatory deliverable
to the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the EPA Region IV. A draft} (01) of the plan was
delivered to both regulatory agencies in May 1994 followed by a draft 2 (D2) in December 1994.
Comments on 01 and D2 are incorporated into the final (03) .
..
•
•
..
•
Past submissions relating to the NW Plume Interim Remedial Action ate as follows:
Results of Site Investigation, Phase I, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, December. t990 .
Results of the Site Investigation, Phase II, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, April t992.
Draft Summary of Alternative of Remediation of Offsite Contamination, Paducah Gaseous
Diffus.ion Plant, December 1991 ..
. Interim Eorrective Measure Workplan for Hydraulic Containment and Groundwater
Treatability Test, Paducah Gaseou·s Diffusion Plant, May 1992. .
• Report of~he. Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant Groundwater Investigation, Phase III,
November 1992'.
i
•
Technical MemoranqUl1l for Interim Remedial Action of the Nonhwest Plume, Paducah
Gaseous Diffusion Plant, March 1993.
Proposed Plan for Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume, Paducah Gaseous
Diffusion Plant. March 1993.
1-1

1-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
• Record of Decision for Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume at the Paducah
Gaseous Diffusion Plant. May 1993.
• Remedial Design Work Plan for the Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume at the
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant. May 1993.
• Remedial Design Report for the Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume at the
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant. December 1993.
• Remedial Action Work Plan for the Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume at the
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, March 1994.
• Draft Operations and Maintenance Plan for the Northwest Plume Interim Remedial Action Pilot
Plant at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (D 1), May 1'994.
• Draft Operations and Maintenance Plan for the Northwest Plume Interim Remedial Action Pilot
Plant at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (D2). December 1994.
• Iron Filings Treatability Study Work Plan for the Northwest Plume Interim Remedial Action,
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant. Paducah. Kentucky. February 1995.
•
This D3 O&M Plan fulfills final required documentation for the operational guidance for the Pilot
Plant treatment facility.
1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The pur:pose of the Pilot Plant system is to recover and treat contaminated groundwater, to
generate data to determine the treatment efficiency for the extracted groundwater, to evaluate the
effect of extraction on the Regional Gravel Aquifer (RGA), and to evaluate the potential benefit
of an innovative technology: treatment with iron filings. Evaluation of the iron filings system is
not part of this plant. Guidelines for evaluation of this technology will be provided at a later date.
The primary objective of the response action is to stabilize the site by controlling the ongoing
migration of contaminants in the NW Plume. The purpose of this O&M Plan is to provide
information and procedures on operation of ,the Pilot Plant and on-site laboratory, and to provide
data management and reporting requirements to assist PGDP in evaluating the effectiveness of the
interim remedial action.
•
1.1.2 Scope
This O&M 'Plan will support operation of a Pilot Plant for treatment of the NWPlume for a'
period of2 years. ~he Pilot Plant includes two well ,fields, including four extraction wells; the
treatment facility, which includes pretreatment to remove iron, manganese. and suspended solids;
an air stripper to remove volatile organic compounds (VOCs}, including trichloroethylene (TCE);
an ion exchange system to ,remove technetium-99 (99Tc); an innovative technology side stream
evaluation involving the potentiallitilization ·of iron filings as an option for groundwater treatment,
and associated support systems (to be evaluated at a later date); and an on-site laboratory facility.
A total of 19 monitoring wells will be :installed' to evaluate the effectiveness of the Pilot Plant
system. This O&M Plan will identify the following for the 2-year evaluation period:
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Program Organization and Responsibilities
Program Reporting Requirements
O&M Responsibilities
Operation Readiness Review Process
O&M Procedures
Well Effectiveness Monitoring
Operation Health,and Safety Plan
U-3
Sampling and Analysis and Qua.lity Assurance Plan
Waste Management ,Plan
Regulatory Procedures
Procurement Procedures
Operator Training
Site Security
Visitor Procedures
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), CERCLA. and RCRA Compliance
• Wildlife Management Interface, and
• Emergency Procedures and Not,ifications
The objective of the document is to provide anO&M Plan that will assist the operator of the
Pilot Plant for a minimum period Of 2 years and provide guidance to help insure RCRA and
CERCLA compliance .
1.2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION
1.2.1 Location
PGDP is located within the Jackson Purchase Geologic Region of Western Kentucky in
McCracken County, approximately 3.5 miles south of the Ohio River and 20 miles east oCthe
confluence o£ the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers. The city of Paducah, approximately 15 miles to
the east, is the closest major municipality to PGDP. Several small villages are situated within a
5-mile radius of the DOE property boundaries, including Heath and Grahamville to the east and
Kevil to the southwest. Bordering ,the DOE property to the northeast ,is the Shawnee Steam Plant,
which is owned and operated by the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA). Figure 1-:1 shows the
location of PGDP with respect to features described above and the city of Paducah.
POOP occupies a 3,423-acre site owned by DOE. Effective July 1, 1993, DOE leased the
production facilities to the United States Enrichment Corporation (USEC). The majority of the
plant facilities are within a fenced security area consisting of 749 acres. The remaining 2,089
acres are deeded or leased to the Commonwealth of Kentucky as part of the West Kentucky
Wildlife Management Area (WKWMA). Figure 11-2 shows the current landiownershipof PGDP
and adjoining properties.
•
1.2.2 Demography and Land Use
PGOP is surrounded by WKWMA and some sparsely populated agricultural lands. The closest
communities to the plant are the villages of Heath. Grahamville, and Kevil, which are within 3
miles of 'DOE property boundaries.

LEGEND
Kentucky
BALLARD COUNTY
WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT
AREA
/
PGDP
JOPPA \ \
l'7l \
;?J-'---\'-~~.
-.........._-. /..---
--~, / )451
WKWMA ... ~
MUNICIPALITY
DOE RESERVATION
WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT
AREAS
TVA LAND
TRUE
NORTH
\2a
PLANT
NORTH
\.
\
Not TO SCALE
SITE LOCATION MAP
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a subsIdiary of Camp Dresser & IIcKee Inc.
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant
Paducah, Kentucky
FIGURE No. 1-1
•
•
•

•
1-5
TRUE
NORTH
PlANT
NORTH
DO[ Properly
Boundary
•
2000 0 5000
P"'G- - P""""""""I/
- SCALE IN FEET
mr711 TVA PROPERTY
IIJ.l..±II (1,362 Acres)
t/~ :?I PRIVATE SECTOR OWNERSHIP
(6,940 Acres)
t:----q LAND OWNED BY DOE PGDP
------ (1,343.45 Acres)
~ LAND OWNED BY WEST KY
L-:J WILDLIFE MGMT. AREA
.. (4,156.97 Acres)
~ LAND OWNED BY DOE UNDER
~ USE PERMIT TO Ky FISH &
WILDLIFE (2.323.66 Acres)
•
CURRENT LAND OWNERSHIP MAP
~~~=----------- PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
II a subsidiary of Camp Drealer & McKee Inc. FIGURE No. 1-2

1-6 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
The closest municipalities are Paducah. Kentucky; Cape Girardeau. Missour;i; which is
approximately 40 miles west of the plant; and the cities of Metropolis and Joppa, Illinois. which
are across the Ohio River from PGDP. The smaller communities of Wickliffe. and La Center are
also near the plant.
The economy of Western Kentucky has historically been agriculturally based. although industry
has increased in: recent years. PGDP employs approximately 1.800 workers, and the TVA
Shawnee Steam Plant employs an additional 500 individuals (Oakes et al. 'U987). Total' population
within a 50-mile radius ·of the plant is approximately 500,000, with about 40,000 living within 10
miles, based on 1990 census data. The population of McCracken County is estimated at 63.000
(Slater and Hall 1992).
In addition to the resident population surrounding the plant. the WKWMA draws thousands
of visitors yearly for recreation. The WKWMA is used primarily for hunting and fishing, but
other activities included horseback riding. field trials. hiking, and, bird watching. An estimated
5,000 fishermen visit the area annually. according to the Kentucky Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources Manager for the WKWMA.
1.2.3 Climate
PGDP is located within the humid continental zone, characterized by moderately cold
temperatures in the winter and warm temperatures in the summer. The average monthly
temperature is 57.6°F, varying from 32.6°F in January to 79.1 OF in July. There are an average
of 14 days per year when the maximum daily temperature is below 32°F. Summers are warm and
humid with an average of 40 days per year when the high temperature is above 90° F. June
through September are the warmest months of the year with average temperatures ranging ,from
70.4 to 76.rF. Relative humidity ranges from 60 to 85% throughout the year.
•
Precipitation is evenly distributed throughout the year and averages 50.3 in. annually. During
the summer months when temperatures and humidity are high, thunderstorm activity is common,
especially in the late afternoon, which can result in locally heavy rainfall. On an average, March
through July and November and December tend to have slightly higher rainfall, while the August
through October period tends to be the driest of the year. Historically, less than 2 % of the annual
precipitation occurs as snowfall, with an average snowfall of l3.1in. annually between 1983 and
1990.
Information on Wind direction and speed is compiled from data obtained from Barkley Field
Airport in Paducah. Barkley Field is approximately 4 miles south-southeastofPGDP. The wind'
rose (Fig. 1-3) displays the average annual wind speed and direction in the PGDP vicinity. The
prevailing wind direction is from the south to southwest at approximately 10 mph. Stronger winds
are generally observed in the late fall and winter when the wind direction tends to be from the
southwest and northwest accompanying weather frontal systems.
1.2.4 General History
PGDP, a uranium enrichment facility, is ownediby DOE. I:.,MES is the integrating contractor
for Environmental Management and Enrichment Facilities (EMEF) activities for DOE. DOE
•

•
1-7
N
•
s
WIND SPEED ~mph)i
20
NOT,E: CENTER OF DIAGRAM CORRESPONDS
TO WIND SPEEDS OF

Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
began leasing the plant production facility to the USEC effective July 1, 1993. Lockheed Martin
U~ility Services, Inc. (:LMUS) is USEC's O&M contractor. Uranium is processed for ultimate use
in commercial nuclear power reactors in the United States and overseas. The facility has been in
continuous operation since 1952.
•
Uranium ore consists of several naturally occurring isotopes, of which the two most common
are uranium-235 eSU) and uranium-238 ~8 U). More than 99% of the naturally occurring
uranium consists of the 238U isotope, which· cannot be used in nuclear fission reactors. Uranium
in the form of the 235U isotope is the focus of the enrichment process.
'Fhe uranium enrichment process begins with uranium hexafluoride (lJF/), which presently is
supplied to PGDP as virgin UF 6 by outside vendors such as Allied Signal in Metropolis, Illinois.
PGDP processed reactor tailings as another source of UF/) between 1953 and 1975. Reactor
tailings received after 1975 have been placed in storage rather than being processed. The reactor
tailings are especially important. because they have been identit·ied as the sole source of ~9Tc
contamination associated with plant operations (CH2M HILL 1992).
The first step in the enrichment process is to heat the solid UF/) to a gaseous state. The gaseous
UF 6 is then pumped through a series of barriers (convellers) that increase the concentration of 2J5U
by filtering out the slightly heavier 2J8U atoms. The greater the number of converters, the more
highly enriched the gas becomes. The desired level of enrichment ranges from 3 to 5%. The
enriched UF 6 is then .converted to a liquid, allowed ,to cool and solidified in steel cylinders, and
then sent off-site for further enrichment. The mU-depleted UF;, is collected from the process and
stored on-site for future use or disposal.
•
The operation of the enrichment facility requires an extensive array of support facilities,
including a steam plant, four electrical switchyards, four sets of cooling towers, a recovery and
decontamination building, a water and sewage treatment plant, a cooling water blowdown
treatment facility, maintenance facilities. security department, and an active landfill (CH2M HILL
1991).
TCE had been widely used as a cleaning solvent at PGDP since construction of the plant
began. Use of TCE at the PGDP was discontinued June 20, 1'993. From December 1962 to
September 1988, the largest volume of TCE used in any month was approximately 15,000 gal in
August 1977 (CH2M HILL 1991). Environmental releases have occurred through spills, leaks,
vapor emission, and discharges to soils, surface water, and groundwater.
In August 1988, VOCs and radionuclides were detected in private wells north of PGDP. In
response, DOE and EPA Region IV entered into an Administrative Consent Order (ACO) under
Sects. 104 and 106 of CERCLA.
Pursuant to the ACO, Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. (Energy Systems) conducted an
investigation to determine the nature and extent of contamination. The Energy Systems' site
investigation concluded that the principal contaminants of concern in the off-site groundwater are
99Tc, a radionuclide; 'FCE, an organic solvent; and small! quantities of probable degradation
products of TCE.
•

•
1-9 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
The evaluation of alternatives for remediation included consideration of a pump-and-treat
technology to intercept and remove TCE and qqTc from the groundwater and to prevent the
continued spread of contamination downgradient of PGDP. The declaration for the ROD selected
an interim remedial action as a first phase toward groundwater remediation. The principal
objective of the action is to initiate control of ,the source and to prevent further spread of the
centroid of the plume. A secondary benefit of ,the project will be the reduction in mass of the
contaminant in the NW Plume. The groundwater recovery system includes two wells at the source
[projected to pump an average of 100 gallons per minute (!gpmH, and two wells at the nonh end
of the 1,000 parts per billion (ppb) TCE plume~pumping a total of 100gpm~. The appropriate
:l'ocation of the well fields and the treatment plant is illustrated in Fig. 1-4. Limiting factors of the
pumping rate are the use of skid-mounted treatment units and the need to minimize the impact on
an adjacent plume. This interim remedial action, in combination with future remedial actions for
the groundwater. will ultimately result in containment of the source area and reduction of the
highest concentrations in the dissolved phase of the plume (DOE 1993a).
'The action is proposed as a first phase of remedial action for groundwater at PGDP and ,is not
intended as a final action. Further actions will be recommended as additional information is
collected. All additional actions will be fully evaluated under separate documentation.
•
The groundwater treatment systems are intended to recover and treat TCE- and 99'Fccontaminated
groundwater from the RGA northwest of the plant boundary. Values of 5ppb 'FCE
and 4 mrem/year (900 pCi/,L) 99Tc have been selected as the target levels for groundwater
treatment. These values were selected because they are the drinking water maximwn contaminant
levels for these substances. The target values for TCE and 99Tc are set as targets for the treated
water before discharge. These are not targets for aquifer cleanup. Cleanup goals for the aquifer
have not yet been set (DOE 1993a).
The contaminated groundwater will be pumped through pipelines to the skid-mounted.treatment
systems and then will:be filtered to remove suspended solids, iron, and manganese. Next, the
groundwater will be pumped into an air stripper unit to remove VOCs, primarily 'FCE, from the
groundwater, followed by ion exchange treatment to remove 99Tc. The treated groundwater will
be discharged through a PGDP Kentucky Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (KPDES)
permitted Outfall Number O(H that discharges to Big Bayou Creek. Discharge to a KPDES
permitted outfall is in accordance with the ROD.
An essential pan of the treatment process includes the use of further groundwater sampling and
groundwater flow modeling to optimize the appropriatepumpage rates for each well. Groundwater
samples collected before and after the startup of the treatment system also will:be used to assess
aquifer response to the operation and to determine ,if modification of the system is necessary .
1.3 REGULATORY BACKGROUNl}
•
1.3.1 AdrninistrativeConsent Order
EPA and DOE entered into an ACO in the fall of 1988, after the discovery of contamination
in residential wells north of PGDP. The contaminants discovered included 99Tc and 'FeE. These

Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
This page intentionally blank
•
•

,
•
•
OJ,
'0 ~ I ...
14101010
D
geee
'!I
d
o
co:
--
., .
I .)....----------1
4101010
-1eee
---..J---=t-1 eee
-6eee
-6eee
-I
.....
.....
I
I
I
I
I -4eee
_ 11 eee L..-. __________'----......___-..,--...L.l--..u.--~----l..--ll~----L----...J~~.L,,-=-=-.-..L-~...L--1---1---....c..-..L---'--.~-L-.l..---' - 11
raee
-14eera
- -PG~P Boundo.,.ln
----- PLAnt ~.nc.
~C" •• kS. Dltchvs. And St~.o."S , INCH - , 200 FUT
or 365.8 MmRS·
HOop SOU,.CII
ModiFied F,.o~ J. ~. Clo.uslln II'. 0.1. 1"e.
RIPpo,.t of the PG~P G,.oundwo.'l1~ InvestigAtion
Pho.sIP 3. KY/t-150,
Mo.,.'ln Ho.,.le"'it. En_"9Y Sy.'."'s, Inc.,
Po.d~Co.h GAseous ~I"uslon PLAnt
FIGURE No. 1--4
SITE PLAN

•
I-B Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
contaminants ol'iginated as process-derived wastes of commonly used materials employed during
the operation history of PGDP.
The ACO is a legally binding agreement between DOE and EPA, which triggered the
investigation to determine the nature and extent of the contamination in the vicinity of PGDP. The
ACO defines the foUowing mutual objectives for DOE and EPA:
1. to determine the nature and extent of threats to human health and the environment caused by
off-site groundwater comaminationoriginating from PGDP;
2. to ensure that the env,ironmental impact associated with the releases and potential releases is
thoroughly investigated and that appropriate action is taken to protect human health and the
environment;
3. to establish a work plan and schedule(s) for developing, implementing, and monitoring
response actions; and
•
4. to facilitate the cooperation among, exchange of information between, .and participation of the
parties in the action.
The ACO was drafted under Sects. 104 and 106 of CERCLA. As amended by SARA,
CERCLA was designed to provide for "liability, compensation, cleanup, and emergency response
for hazardous substances released into the environment and the cleanup of inactive waste-disposal
sites.» For the purposes of the ACO, EPA determined'that hazardous substances had been released
into the environment and that the potential pathways of migration constitute both an actual release
and a threatened release under the CERCLA definition.
To meet the requirements specified by the ACO, PGDP undertook the following interim
measures to' protect human health:
1. Supply drinking water to residents with contaminated drinking water wells;
2. Conduct sampling (at least monthly) of drinking water wells potentially affected by
contaminant migration; and
3. Identify the constituents of any elevated gross alpha and gross beta levels and evaluate these
concentrations against the National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations [40 Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) Parts '1'41, 142, and 143].
The ACO initiated the investigative activities designed to determine the extent and sources of
off-site .contamination surrounding PGDP. The Preliminary Assessment/Site Investigation was
completed and alternatives for remediation wel'e identified and evaluated in 1991.
•
On July 1,6, 1991, EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky jointly issued permits under
RCRA, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA). The EPA
pennit contains only provisions of HSW A, while the Commonwealth ·of Kentucky permit contains
provisions to address hazardous waste management as well as provisions of HSW A. The HSWA

1-'14 Rev, 0
Date 29SEP!11995
provisions require evaluation of hazardous constituents releases and implementation of interim and l
final corrective measures to address such releases. In May 1992 a draft work plan was submitted'
to EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky. in accordance with the HSW A provisions of the
Commonwealth of Kentucky and EPA permits, describing an option for initiating. containment of
the NW Plume. However, information derived from ongoing groundwater investigations indicated
the need to modify this work plan. The rationale for this modification included collection of
additional information concerning the characteristics of the NW Plume: better definition of the
plume's boundaries: and ensuring consistency with the final action. which may include a passive
treatment system (DOE 1993a).
•
A series of meetings between D0E. EPA. and the Commonwealth of Kentucky led to the
agreement whereby DOE used the Interim Corrective Measures Work Plan (DOE 1992) to develop
a Technical Memorandum for Hydraulic Containment of the Northwest Plume. This Technical
Memorandum. in combination with the Draft Summary of Alternatives for Remediation of Offsite
Contamination. constitute nOE's equivalent of a Focused Feasibility Study for the NW Plume
interim remedial action. The interim alternatives were summarized and transmitted for public and
regulatory comment in the Record of Decision for Interim Remedial Action of the Nonhwest Plume
(DOE 1993a).
1.3.2 Federal Facilities Agreement
With the participation of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, EPA and DOE have created a
revised draft of the Federal Facilities Agreement (FFA) dated September 9, 1993. The FFA will
direct the comprehensive remediation of PGDP.
•
The specific purposes of the FF A will be to:
• Establish requirements for conducting the removal actions identified in the FF A consistent with
the purposes of the FFA and in a manner consistent with the National Contingency Plan
(NCP).
• Identify Operable Units (OUs), including OUs for early Remedial Actions. which are
necessary or appropriate at the site in accordance with the program management principles of
the NCP. Early Remedial action OUs will be identified and proposed by ,the parties as early
as possible before formal proposal of OUs via preparation of Proposed Plans by DOE,
pursuant to CERCLA.
• Establish requirements, consistent with the NCP, for the performance of a Feasibility Study
(FS) for the site to identify, evaluate, and select alternatives for the appropriate Remedial
Actions to prevent, mitigate. or abate ,the release or threatened release of hazardous
substances, pollutants, or contaminants at the site in accordance with CERCLA and in
compliance with Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements (ARARs) identified
pursuant to the FF A.
• Establish requirements for the performance of a site-wide Remedial Investigation (RI) and a
site-wide cumulative Baseline Risk Assessment to determine fully the nature and extent of the
threat to the human health or welfare or the environment anticipated to remain at the site,
•

1-15 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
including risks associated with more than one OU, following the selection of response actions
for OUs, and establish requirements for the performance of a site-wide FS, if necessary, to
identify, evaluate, and select alternatives for appropriate Remedial action(s) to ensure that
response actions at the site are protective of human health and the environment.
• Identify the nature. objective, .and schedule of response actions to be taken at the site.
• Implement the selected removal actions and OUs for Remedial Actions in accordance with
CERCLA and the NCP and in compliance with remedial actions identified: pursuant to the
FFA.
• Meet the requirements of Sect. 120(e)(2) of CERCLA. 42 U .S.C. §9620(e)(2), for an
interagency agreement between the parties.
• Provide for continued operation and' maintenance following implementation of the selected
Remedial action(s).
•
• Expedite the remediation process to the extent necessary to protect human health and welfare
and the environment.
• Continue the action initiated under the ACO to ensure compliance with the FFA, NCP, and
remedial action.
• Provide for Kentucky, involvement in the initiation, development, selection, and enforcement
of Remedial action(s) to be undertaken, including the review of all applicable data as they
become available. and the development of studies, reports, and action plans; and identify and
,integrate Kentucky remedial actions in accordance with CERCLA.
Under the FFA. DOE would' be required to conduct the following activities:
• Perform site evaluations for those areas w.ith potential or known releases of hazardous
substances identified after the effective date of the FFA.
• Identify and priOl'itize potential OUs for the purpose of expediting removal/remedial action(s)
for those OUs that pose the greatest risk of exposure and/or migration.
• Conduct the removal actions for the site in accordance with the timetables set forth in the FFA.
• For each potential OU, conduct an ~ and prepare a Baseline Risk Assessment in accordance
with the timetable set forth in the FFA.
•
• Following completion of the RI, Baseline Risk Assessment, andFS for each of the potential
OUs, publish its Proposed Plan for public review and comment in accordance with the
timetable set forth in theFFA .
• For each of theOUs. issue a ROD in accordance with ,the timetables set forth in the FFA.

1-16 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP1995
• Develop documentation necessary to support early remedial actions.
•
• For the Comprehensive Site-Wide OU required in accordance with the FFA. conduct and
report upon a Site-Wide RI. including Site-Wide Baseline Risk Assessment in accordance with
the timetable set forth in the FFA.
• Following finalization of each ROD for .each 0U and for the Comprehensive Site-Wide OU.
ifnecessary. DOE will develop and submit an Remedial, Design/Remedial Action Work Plan
for the design and implementation of the remedial actions(s) selected in each ROD in
accordance with the FFA.
• Following review and approval by EPA of the Remedial Design/Remedial Action Work Plan
for eachOU and for the Comprehensive Site-Wide OUt ifnecessary. DOE will implememthe
Remedial Actions in accordance with the FFA.
The interim remedial action of the NW Plume falls under the FFA as a first-phase interim
remedial action to initiate control of the source and to mitigate the spread of contamination in the
NW Plume. Additional interim remedial actions are being considered as well as. for other areas
of contaminated groundwater.
1.3.3 Environmental Restoration Program
The ER Program is a proactive program established at PGDP by DOE/Energy Systems to
investigate sites that may potentially contaminate ,the environment with hazardous substances. The
goals of the ER Program are to identify potential: sources of contamination. to evaluate the extent
of off-site contamination. and to determine the proper corrective action for these source areas.
•
1.3.4 National Environmental Policy Act
NEPA requires that all federal agencies address environmental issues in ,their project planning.
The process for NEPA compliance must be followed as described by DOE NEPA Guidelines. DOE
Order 5440. lB. ER projects (including all remedial actions) will require a level of environmental
review to demonstrate compliance with the NEPA requirements. Since this interim remedial action
is a pilot program. a categorical l exclusion was approved by the DOE NEPA Compliance ·Officer
(P. D. Wright. EMEF. personal communication to T. 1. Nipp, EMEF, April 21, 1993). At the
end of the 2-year period, an environmental review will occur to identify the impact of continued
operation of the Pilot Plant ~DOE 1993a).
1.3.5 Resource €onservation and Recovery Act
Remedial action establishes a regulatory program that addresses all aspects of DOE hazardous
waste management activities. from generation to ultimate disposal. Because this characterization
will generate waste that may be hazardous, as defined by EPA regulations. compliance with
remedial action requirements. as contained in 40CFR Parts 240 through 280. will be required.
This interim remedial action was initiated pursuant to the intefim measures provisions of the EPA
and Commonwealth of Kentucky remedial action permits. The O&M Plan for the NW Plume first-
•

•
1-17 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
phase Interim Remedial; Action Treatment Plant andl appurtenant facilities will fulfill a regulatory
deliverable to the Commonwealth of Kentucky and EPA.
1.3.6 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
CERCLA of 1980 was passed by Congress and signed into law on December 11, 1980 (Public
Law 96-510). The act was intended to provide for "liability, compensa~ion, cleanup, and
emergency response for hazardous substances released into the environment and the cleanup on
inactive waste disposal sites." Remedial action, adopted on October 17, 1986 (Public Law 99-
499),did not substantially alter the original structure of CERCLA but provided extensive
amendments to it. In particular , Sect. 121 of CERCLA specifies that Remedial Actions for cleanup
of hazardous substances must comply with requirements or standards under federal or more
stringent state environmental laws that are applicable or relevant and appropriate ~remedial' actions)
to the hazardous substances or particular circumstances at a site. Inherent in the interpretation of
remedial actions is the assumption that protection of human health and the environment is ensured.
•
CERCLA on-site remedial response actions must only comply with the substantive requirement
of a regulation and; not the administrative requirement ,to obtain federal, state, or local permits
[CERCLA Sect. 121(e)). For the purposes of this project, remediation of off-site groundwater at
PGDP is considered an "on-:site" CERCLA response pursuant to the NCP, 40 CFR Sect. 300.5.
1.3.7 Occupational Safety and Health Administration/Healthand Safety Site Requirements
The interim remedial action will be conducted so that all applicable Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) and site-specific requirements (e.g., personnel training, personnel
protection, site access, permit requirements, waste handling, etc.) are followed.
1.3~8 Cleanup Standards
The final cleanup levels for the groundwater will be determined by the final remedial action
ROD for the groundwater OU. The purpose of the interim remedial action is not cleanup, but
stabilization of the site by controlling the migration of ,contaminants within the NW Plume.
liberefore, cleanup standards have not been established. However, the pilot treatment system for
the extracted groundwater will meet all federal and state surface water quality standards. The
target level for treated groundwater effluent is 5 ppb for 1!CE and 4 mrem/year 900 pCi/L for '»fc
(DOE 1993a).
1.4 GENERL FACIbITY DESCRIPTION
•
The Pilot Plant facility will recover contaminated groundwater from four extraction wells and
transfer the groundwater through secondary containment dual-wall piping to a groundwater
treatment system designed to remove TCE and 99Tc using air stripping and ion exchange
technologies before being discharged to a permitted ·outfall. The Pilot Plant is. also designed for
treatability testing, using a side stream of contaminated groundwater in an iron filings reactor
vessel to determine the effects of a combined silica sand and iron filings media on TeE and 99Tc
removal. The groundwater treatment and iron filings treatability systems are housed in a preengineered
metal building located outside the northwest corner of the PGDP security fence. A

I-t8 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
mobile laboratory trailer and a portable sanitary facility, are located adjacent to the Pilot Plant
treatment building. Three additional trailers provide administrative logistical support for the
project. An overall site location plan is shown in Fig. 1-4. A general! layout of the treatment
building and'surrounding support facilities is presented in Fig. 1-5.
•
A summary of the major equipment items that comprise the Pilot Plant is listed below.
• Four groundwater extraction weIJs (Fig. 1-6)
• Four groundwater extraction submersible weIJ pumps, weIJhead piping and associated belowgrade
vaults (Fig. 1-7)
• Groundwater transmission pipelines. associated leak detection system, and inspection manholes
• One equalization tank andenluent process pump
• Two greensand filters arranged paraIJel
• Sodium hypochlorite addition system
• Potassium perrnanganate addition system
• Polymer addition system
• One iron filings reactor
•
• One low-profile, air stripping tower and associated air blower and effluent pump
• One air stripper; off-gas air heater
• Two series-arranged, air stripper, off-gas, activated carbon adsorption filters
• Four anion exchange columns, configured as two parallel' trains, each having two seriesarranged
columns
• Resin dewatering system comprised of one resin dewatering, cone-bottom tank, air-driven
resin transport pump, and an air dewatering blower
• One backwash/resin sluice tank and associated process pump
• Solids dewatering system composed of one solids settling; cone-bottom tank, air-driven sludge
pump, supernatant gravity flow system, and one filter press and filter cake storage bin
• One truck unloading pump
• One building tloor sump with sump pump
•

•
•
•
INFL..J(NT
CROUNDWAl(R
"~HHOU
IHfLU[JrriT \
"',UTOW .. TI"C
SAWPL(R
HOSE
STATION IJ
POlYIoIt;R
w(fElmoie
/PUIoIP
... cellE LASOfl;,l,70Flv
TFlAILeR
•••
C.owPRUSOR
SICIO
nun PR[SS.
~OS.E
~
..
5T"TION , •
•
Acro
DRUY
AlA STRIP9(R
(rrluE",r .-u .. "
KWNO.
"OOITIOH
10101 (J'Ct1 ...... C(
COlUW"'S
ADOIIION "Ooc.~
TRuCK
UHlOADtHC
""."
rlOOR Suw" •
. GRATING
[rn.u(NT
AuTO s..,WPLU
HFLu[NT
r----.-•.
, ,
BACtC'WASM/SlUIC[
"'"
flU'" '[J
-;-~'-:~ _~
.. I I I
I ,' I I I
': ._\__ J ./___ J
t, \ CAReeN
~~. AOSORS[A UNits
AESIP!!
DEWATERING
BLOw[A
POTABL(
.... T£A
SUPPLY
PIU.SSuR[
R(CULATOIt
HOSE
STA110N I'
O(Wl!(R:,.C
TA,..>::
reNCE
7.S o
7.5 ,
~ NOTE: BUILDING OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS
SCALE IN FEET ARE 93'4" X 48'0" X i8'~0" TO EAVES
~~~--------~~~~~~==~~~--~--~~~~~~
o
U' .
.:::
N
'" o
~
'"
..
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
" ~ ........ Ub ••• id.i •• rEy .. ot .. c •• m .. p.D.r.e •••• er~&~Y.cK ••• e ..
;5
PILOT PLANT FACILITY LAYOUT
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
Iri.C.' ____________ ========================P~A~D.U~C.A~H~, .. K~E~N~T~U~C~K~Y~ .................... ~========~F~IG~U~R~E~N~O~·B1~-~5~ .. 1

1-20
12-in. SCH. 40 CARBON /
STEEL PIPE SLEEV~
SEE FIGURE 1-7
FOR CONTINl:JATION
OF PIPING AND
VAULT DETAILS
ORIGINAL
GROUND
•
BOLT DOWN, l:.OCKING,
WATERTlGHJ VAl:JLT
...
6-in.
---LOW pH GROUT
-in. SCH. 40, PVC CASING
•
f
2'0" MIN.
t
2'0" MIN.
--,------j~ --
~fNTONITE SEAL
___ SAND PACK
5'0"
8-in. TYPE 316, S.S
SCREEN (0.02S-in: SLOT)
N.T-S.
'­ "lJ
GROUND,WATER EXTRACTION WELL DIAGRAM
~~~----------_~DUC~H G~SEOUS DIFFUSION PL~NT
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION P~DUCAH, KENTUCKY
Ii a subsidiary of. Camp Dre~aer 6: McKee Inc.
FIGURE No. 1-6
•

•
1-21
r----------------------------------------1
I
I
: PRESSURE :
GAUGE :
SA-:1~LE~ /1 .!..-/'SA~~LE : HDPE
:, SECONDARY
:CONTAINMENT
_ H C?
: PIPING
~/ II,II-li d : ,;
d -
TO GROUNDWATER
TREMMENT
SYSTEM
VALVE FLOW . :
. METER MANUAL I
CONTROL !
VALVE
A 3-in. DIAMEliER 1\
i : STAINLESS STEEL I i
11 I PIPING :.
I __ L - - - - - -- - ------ -WELC- VAuLf---- ------ - - ---" ~
VAULT DETAIL
N.T.S.
•
:':':~':~~;~/;.
",." '.. a~ ~

1-22 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• One metal building (approximately 93 ft x 48 ft) with concrete slab, heating, ventilation,
roHup door, lighting, personnel doors. fire protection, potable water system, and building
appurtenances
•
• Piping, valves, fittings, pipe hangers. and appurtenances
• Instruments and controls, including a system cemral control panel
• Motor control centers, wires. cables. switches. panel boards. and miscellaneous electrical
equipment (all electrical equipment and motors will be explosion proof)
• One 28 ft x 8 ft analytical laboratory trailer and associated testing equipment (power supply
from electrical panels in pre-engineered metal building)
• Two 60 ft x 12 ft support trailers
• One 50 ft x 12 ft change trailer
• Four sanitary "porta-johns"
• Two metal storage containers (sealands) for equipment, supplies. and spare parts storage
• Various opera~ional equipment (forklift, portable gantry crane, health and safety equipment,
decontamination materials, etc.)
•
The groundwater treatment system generally involves pretreatment of incoming groundwater
by greensand filtration to remove iron, manganese, and suspended solids; air stripping to remove
VOCs, including TeE; air stripping off-gas treatment by vapor-phase, activated carbon adsorption;
and ion exchange to. remove 99Tc. Three ancillary systems include solids dewatering by gravity
settling and filter press dewatering of the thickened sludge, spent ion exchange resin dewatering,
and backwash supply and resin sluicing operations. Plant chemical addition systems include:
• Sodium hypochlorite as a pre-oxidant for iron and manganese before greensand filtration.
• Potassium permanganate addition to provide continuous regeneration of the manganese
dioxide-coated greensand filter media.
• Sulfuric acid addition .to lower the pH of an influent groundwater sidestream to preven~
oxidation of iron and manganese in the iron filings reactor.
• Polymer addition as a settling aid in the backwash wastewater settling tank.
The Pilot Plant system allows for periodic backwashing of the greensand filters, ion exchange
columns, and/or the iron filings reactor. The backwash/sluice tank maintains a full volume of plant
etfluent (treated groundwater) available for backwashing or sluicing spent resin from the ion
exchange columns. Backwash wastewater flows to a settling tank where it is conditioned with
polymer, and the solids are allowed to settle by gravity. Supernatant from the settling tank flows
by gravity to the head of the plant for reprocessing, while thickened sludge is pumped to a plate-
•

•
•
1-23 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP 1995
and-frame filter press for further solids dewatering. Filtrate from the press is returned to the solids
settling tanle A resin dewatering tank receives spent resin sluiced from the ion exchange vessels
where water is allowed to drain out of the tank for recycling to the head of the plant. Spent resin
is then air dried with a blower and stored in drums for transporting to the PGDP facility. A
process flow diagram of ~he Pilot Plant is shown in Fig. 1-8.
The groundwater treatment system is designed to treat an average flow rate of 200gpm of
influent groundwater to meenhe discharge criteria of 5 ppb of TCE and 4 mrem/year .(900 pCilL)
of 99Tc. In addition, the plant is designed to process an influent sidestream of up to 2gpm for
treatment in an iron filings reactor as part of a treatability study to evaluate the effectiveness of
TCE and 99Tc removal using a combined media of silica sand and iron filings. The iron filings
reactor has the flexibility of allowing the use of other media such as activated carbon. As of the
date of the O&M Plan, the iron reactor is not in use. The reactor may be used in the future. In
addition, an on..:sitelaboratory equipped with a gas chromatograph, liquid scintillation counter,
and general wet chemistry equipment will support Pilot Plant operations by providing on-site
analytical testing capabilities. Wastes generated from the Pilot Plant treatment process, such as
spent filter media; ion exchange resin; spent vapor-phase activated carbon media; dewatered filter
cake material; bag filters; and laboratory wastewater will be transported to the PGDP facility for
appropriate storage (see Sect. 10). Accordingly, all sanitary and solid waste material (trash, etc.,)
will be disposed of using a domestic hauler which meets. LMES and nOErules and regulations and!
Federal and Commonwealth of Kentucky requirements. The Pilot Plant facility uses a forklift for
moving heavy equipment and supplies around the site. PGDP waste management provides heavy
duty flat-bed trucks with.cargo hold-down fittings for loading and transportation of waste materials.
•

1-24 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
This page intentionally blank
•
•

1-25
•
•
BACKWASH SUPPLY
&---------------1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
'I
;1
,I,
I'
I'
I
I
I
I
[W-230
--
J-oOI
IIOIIlII WUl P\AIPS
: I ~-~~:
L I,
,I I,
rw-:na
: '
I,
I,
I:
[w-UI
--,
I
I
I
. SODIUII IfYI'OOILOIIIn I
i 500IIAI WntlllllC "'....
I~':::"'" J-oI3
,!
[QUAUlATIOII
, 'TANK
F-OOI
POTASSIUW P[IIWAMGANAn
A~SY'ST["
L-OG1 til
ACID
IM-UN[
·IIIXERS
, L-G02
i l-G11
,-------1
SAG
ranll
G-GO'
~------~-~
I
I
r-- i ------ -r------------------~-r------------------~
I I
I I I I
I I
I ,I
I I
'I r----r-.J I :
_ASH WASR I ,I I --~Ii ----t------i--------------.,-----I----.,
,----------------------" I
I I 'I I a- - - - -eo, I I I
I 'I I
1,1
: I II : : 'r-. -~ I I: I
'I: I'
I 1:1 . I I I II I' ;Ii
I I I I
I ii'
I
II; I -:.r-.
L
---A
I
1'1
Iii
1 '1 1:1 'I ',I I 'II
~I :Ii '-::-.,111
-I 'I~ I II II, ~~
911~~
uJ:"_1 I 'I' DIW~
--------1
[QUAUlATIOII
"'lIP
J-005
I
I
t I I
~I I
I 1: __
L ___ ~ __________ L ___ 'I
i ~-l .~,,: : I' I
. : r- I I I
I ..J 'I I
(IT]-. .' rI------..J I' L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I COWIIIII I I ~
,I F-OCIS. II
I
.1
I
. --+-------.11
I
-~ '---I----+--~
I __ l-___
I J
-1-----.1
,----,-----.1
I
I 91
I
AlII L
I
tl
'II
I
I
wi
I
I
AlII STRlf'P[R
IlUlWJ:II
1.1-001
POl\'ll~~r .IIVWW-~ _.-J_ ---------~- j
L__ I POlYWlil 1It-lJll[ _ -! I I
IllUR L-GIO - L ~
'r-;===~~I---. ~ ~ ---Q- + 11
"'lIP
II
~C J-OI, nUll! PR[SS I II
~~HD F-OOI I I
G-OOl. L 1 I II
G-002 I
:~-----------
J-O =,. ~ WUl
D[wLOI'IIfNT
I I I ~I
I I I I lil
-:.r--I1-. I:-i r'---. el
II I I 21
, ::: l' _KWASHI
L ~
----------------------------------~----------------------------------------------~
tEGEND
PRIIoIARY FLOW
SECONDARY now
BACKWASH 5UPPI.Y
I I
i I I I'~ I I
II r- -1(.:+ ~-oot : I
__-:::::_dJ _ B.ac;~C£ '11: I
~-~-' I J-ooa "
t
f-------~----J Jg:
i I I \ : I II, 'l:'
o"Jc3
AUTo2J
AHALYllll
r-- _._. ______________________ J
5ANI'UR
l-OO' L-OD5 -
UISIIl£
AIR
I"SlO[
AlII
Al-A
'u
,:;: "
'Z
i~
r--------------'
COAUSCINC .
mnllS
I
AlII TO
YALVT.
AClUATOR
·1 ~~D
I rILTlR· puss
TO rLDOR
S\IIIP
•
AUt
L ______ ._ ~[~~~ _________________________________ .J
~ ...................................................................................................................... ~ .... ~ ............................................................ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-..I
~
o
10
~
»
;Q
10
FIGURE No. 1-8
PILOT PLANT PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
~ PADtlCAH GASEOUS DlrrUSION PLANili
m ............................................ am .............................. a. .............................. a. .................................. ~P;A~D~UC~A:H~.~K~E:N~TU~C~K~Y~ ...............l

•
2-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
2.0 PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBI'LITIES
2.,. ROI!.ES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1.1 PGDP Organization Structure
PGDPis owned by DOE. DOE has leased portions of the facility to USEC. USEC has
contracted with LMUS to.provide O&M services. DOE has contracted with LMES to manage the
EMEF activities at PGDP. Figure 2-1 displays the EMEF Division and its relationships with
LMUS, USEC. and DOE. EMEF personnel (such as individual project managers) interface with
DOE program personnel and have direct responsibility for day-to-day activities concerning waste
management, facility management. and ER activities at PGDP.
•
PGDP EMEF Environmental Restoration Bivision. The PGDP ER Division will provide
policy and guidelines for operation of the Pilot Plant consistent with the ROD. PGDP. EPA, and
the Commonwealth of Kentucky will evaluate the operations of the Pilot Plant and will develop
recommendations as to its continued operations after the 2-year test program and modification to
operate during the 2-year period. ER will have the primary responsibility for technical, financial,
and scheduling matters and for coordination with the various organizations participating in this
project.
PGDP EMEF Hydrological Services Section. 'fhe PGDP Hydrological Services Section
(PHSS) will make decisions regarding location of wells and setting flow rates based on modeling.
ThePHSS is responsible for the sampling and operation of the monitoring wells and for evaluating
groundwater level measurement data. PHSS will use the data to model contaminant migration and
make recommendations for modifying the operation to ensure contamination containment when
combined with future remedial investigations. Site-specific groundwater flow models will be
developed based on data collected and maps showing the potentiometric surface. drawdown, and
capture zones. A copy of data, maps, and contaminant graphs will be prepared at least quarterly
and provided to ER as well as to the Pilot Plant operator. PHSS recommendations for operational
changes will be made through the ER Project Manager to the Pilot Plant Operations Manager.
PGDP Analytical Laboratories. PGDP analytical laboratories will analyze samples collected
from monitoring wells for well effectiveness by the PHSS. Compliance level samples from the
treatment facility will be analyzed using an on-site laboratory. Results will be provided to the ER
Project Manager.
•
PGDP EMEF Site Engineering Division. The PGDP Site Engineering Division provided
policy and guidelines during the design and construction of the Pilot Plant. A Project Engineer
was designated to manage the construction effort and to provide coordination between the Design
Engineer and construction management and the user (ER). The Design Engineer ensured
development and execution of an integrated test plan that identified operating and performance
testing parameters for the Pilot Plant. The Construction Engineer ensured adherence of the
construction contractor and the equipment manufacturers to the integrated test plan before
acceptance of the Pilot Plant by the government.

L_~ ___________________
----
COMMONWEALTH
OF KENTUCKY
DEPARTMENT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
ENERGY SYSTEMS
ERW'Y
ENVIRONMENTAL
. RESTORATION
TECHNICAL
SPEClAUST
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
..-=~-- - .... I
ENVIRONMENTAL
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
CONTRACTOR
[ PROJEl'1~ [col" r -:
ENGR
ENGR
-- -
PILOT PLANT
CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTOR
~
PGDP AND ERWM MANAGEMENT RELATIONSHIP
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
• aubaldlary of Camp Dre_. .. IIcJCee IDc .
•
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
•
FIGURE No. 2-1
•

•
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
PGDP EMEF Waste Management Division .. The Waste Management Division will accept
and manage hazardous waste, {ow-level radioactive waste, or mixed waste, if produced from Pilot
Plant operations. Waste will be stored at ,the current ER waste pad at PGDP (C-746-H3) for up
to 90 days and then at long-term RCRA hazardous waste storage areas currently available
(G.. 746-A, C-746-Q, or C-733) or those yet under construction. Low-level radioactive waste or
mixed waste will be stored in a newly created 40,000 ft2 Phase I waste storage facility. The Pilot
Plant operator is responsible for packaging of any hazardous waste, :Iow-Ievel radioactive waste,
or mixed! waste. PGDP Waste Management will pick up and deliver the containers to the storage
pads. Figure 2-2 identifies the general location of the waste storage pads.
2.1.2 Pilot Plant Operator
•
The Pilot Plant operator operates the Pilot Plant ,consistent with the policies and guidelines
provided by PGDP EMEF through ,the ER Division Project Manager. The organization chart
shown in Fig. 2-3 outlines the general organizational structure for O&M of the Pilot Plant at PGDP
and shows the general' lines of communication between the operator and ER personnel. The basis
for Pilot Plant personnel selection will consist ,of experience in this type of work, experience with
PGIDP procedures. and a demonstrated commitment to high-quality, timely job performance.
Changes in personnel assignments will be made as needed; however, any assigned Pil()t Plant
:personnel who become unavailable for work at PGDP will be replaced with personnel of equivalent
or higher credentials. The responsibilities of Pilot Plant operator personnel are described in the
following paragraphs.
Project Manager. The Project Manger has direct responsibility for project oversight, issuing
quarterly technical reports, as well as monthly management reports, and maintaining the schedule.
The Project Manager will coordinate all personnel working on the project and will communicate
regularly with PGE>P project personnel, on the status of pro ject I budgets and project schedules. The
Project Manager will ensure implementation of the. quality assurance (QA) and health and safety
programs consistent with PGDPguidelines. The Project Manager win respond to QA/quality
control' (QC) deficiencies and initiate corrective actions. 'Fhe Project Manager will comply with
Health Physics guidelines regarding the inventory, transport. and location of all sources of
radioactive materials.
Assistant Project Manager. The Assistant Project Manager will have primary responsibility
to prepare the various management reports. and facilitate project meetings. Action items will be
documented and followed up by the Assistant Project Manager.
Operations Manager. The Operations Manager will have the responsibility of the day-to-day
operation of the Pilot Plant. The Operations Manager communicates daily with the Project
Manager, ensures all ,policies and procedures are followed, ensures equipment maintenance and
calibration is completed, as well as various other routine activities.
•
Technical Support Specialist. This individual will provide pertinent technical input to the
project team to maximize plant operations, troubleshoot problems, and avoid! shutdowns .
Health and Safety Manager. The Health and Safety Manager will ensure that operator
requirements for personnel health and safety are maintained throughout the Pilot Plant operations

2-4
Rev. _---'0>

• • •
0;.,
'0 ~ I
.... ,..
140ee
D
9000
o
4000 ~
.,---/
..,-'
... (;J'"
-6000
-6Q1Q1e
----"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1- 4000
N
I
Ul
-9000
11911n ..
_ Pc:i1:entl a. I 'Wa.s'te Sto .... 911
.~ -PGDP Bounda. .. IIIS
~ Pla.nt 'IInC:1I
~C"II"kS.
Ditch" .... nd St ..... M5
1 INCH .. , 200 FE£T
or 365.8 METERS
FIGURE No. 2-2
WASTE STORAGE AREAS AT PGDP
HOoP SOurClI
HOdl'llId +'''0" oJ. L. Cla.us"n ,,1:... I. 1'3'32.
Rvpo .. 1: of' the PGDP GroundWa.1:lIr InVIIS1:lga.1:lon
Pha.slI 3. KYlE-lSD,
Ha.r1: I n MG. .. 11I1:1:~ En IIrgy S)'51:II"S. Inc: ••
Pa.d~c:a.h Ga.seous Diffusion PI .. n1:
AREAS,
'(!) C-746-H3
® C-746-A
® C-746-Q
@ C-733

• •
•
PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
Assistant Project
Manager
r--------------r-----L.-------,-----------------
Health & Safety
Operations M-anager
Operators
Chemist oat-;-_
[ Entry/
Records Clerk
l Oa_tabil_s,!A_na.1yst
MW PL,UME PILOT PLANT O&M ORGANIZATION CHART
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a subsidiary or Camp, Dresser &: McKee Iflc.
PAPUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
FIGURE No. 2-3

2-8 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
for this project. This person will report directly to the Project Manager and will be available for
consultation if health and safety issues arise.
Quality Assurance Manager. The Quality Assurance Manager has overall responsibility for
directing the Quality Assurance Program for the project. The Quality Assurance Manager will
specify audits and/or surveillance of systems and plant operations. Any QA/QC deficiencies will
be tracked by the Quality Assurance Manager and reported directly to the Project Manager. The
Quality Assurance Manager is assisted by other QA staff.
Equipment and Maintenance Engineer. The Equipment and Maintenance Engineer's
responsibilities will include operation of the facility and day-to-daysupervision of the operators.
This person directs the technical implementation of the operating procedures of the Pilot Plant.
Responsibilities include ensuring the technical performance of the Pilot Plant personnel and
coordinating activities of PGDPsupport functions. including LMUS and Waste Management. The
Equipment and Maintenance Engineer will identify program plant maintenance and will plan and
execute requirements consistent with the PGDP guidelines. The Equipment and Maintenance
Engineer reports directly to the Operations Manager.
Laboratory Data Manager. This person is responsible for overseeing all aspects of the work
performed by both theon-site analytical laboratory (performs screenig analysis) and the off-site
laboratory (receiving 10% of analysis as QA verification). In addition the laboratory Data
Manager is responsible for all aspects of data management,including verification, database entry,
and preparation/assembly for customer review.
•
Operators. The operators' responsibilities will include operating the facility, sampling,
recording data, and perfonningon-site analyses. The operators are responsible for packing field
samples and ensuring .transport to paDP laboratories. The operators are also responsible for
packing and delivery of hazardous waste, low-level radioactive waste, or mixed waste to the Waste
Management Division Storage Pads consistent with paDP operating procedures. The operators
work directly for the Equipment and Maintenance Engineer .
Sample Coordinator. The Sample Coordinator is responsible for sample collection, labeling,
chain-of-custody forms, packaging, and shipping.
2.2 PILOT PLANT COORDINATION
Coordination and liaison between paDP/LMES and Pilot Plant operator personnel occurs at
various levels and among personnel appropriate to each level. Coordination at the project level
will be handled by the Pilot Plant Operations Manager, Project Manager, and procurement
personnel. During plant operations, the Operations Manager will be the primary contact for all
on-site Pilot Plant operator personnel; and will interact on a daily basis with the ER Project
Manager and project personnel.
•

•
2-9 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Groups supporting Pilot Plant activities. include entities silch as PGDP Security, Health
Physics. Emergency Response Resources. PGDP Laboratories, Industrial Hygiene, Maintenance,
and Waste Management. All support activities are coordinated through the ER Office. Telephone
numbers for selected departments at PGDP can be obtained from the PGDP operator or from the
plant telephone directory.
•
•

•
3-1 Rev. ___ Ol.l-... __
Date _ ..... 2""'9S>oLjE!=UPw1""'9:...t.,9o!...5_
3.0 PROGRAM REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Routine O&M of the Pilot Plant and the monitoring wells will include preparation of various
operations and progress reports for submittal to EPA Region IV and KDWM by DOE. In
addition, various components of the Pilot Plant operation may require preparation of special work
plans or reports. This section provides. a description of reporting requirements and an estimated
schedule for report submission.
3.2 DEVELOPMENT OF PROGRAM O&M PLAN
•
Initial development of this O&MPlan was in three phases. Each of the phases is described
below. However, it is emphasized thatthe O&M Plan is a "living" document in that refinements,
modifications, and improvements to Pilot Plant operational procedures and this manual will
continue as methods are identified that improve ,the overall performance or efficiency of plant
operations.
Phase I - O&M Plan (Version Dl). The draft plan included completion of all sections with
the exception of specific equipment requirements. Submittal of the draft plan to the regulatory
agencies (EPA and KDWM) occurred before equipment procurement specifications were obtained.
(jeneral descriptions of equipment operations and controls were included in ,the draft plan, but
equipment specification were not included. In some cases blanks were shown when equipment
models were not selected. All other sections of the plan were complete.
Phase ill - O&MPlan (Version 92). The revised O&M Plan incorporated comments received
from EPA and KDWM, as well as other reviewers. The equipment specifications that were not
included in the DIversion of the plan were incorporated accordingly. This plan was conditionally
approved' by EPA and KDWM for initial startup of the facility, knowing that a D3 version would
be submitted after initial testing and shakedown were complete.
Phase m -O&M Plan (Version D3). As agreed upon by EPA and KDWM, this O&M Plan
(03) is being submitted after completion of construction, the integrated test plan. and operational
shakedown were completed. This version of the plan incorporates comments from reviewers of
the revised 02 plan and any modification or additions. resulting from .the above achievements.
•
O&M Plan Modifications. As refinements, modifications, and improvements are made to the
Pilot Plant operation procedures, these updates will be incorporated into the O&M Plan as needed.
Each revision page to theO&M Plan, version D3, will have a page number, revision number, and
date of revision. The revised: pages will be inserted into every controlled copy of the O&M Plan
(03) on the distribution list.

3.3 TREATAUILITY STUDY WORK PLA:N
3-2 Rev. ___......
O

•
• Maintenance Activities
• Effectiveness Monitoring Results of the Pilot Plant and Extraction Wells
• Effectiveness Monitoring Results of the Monitoring Wells
• Modification of Pilot Plant Operations or Configurations
3-3
Rev. __ ---.:OIL..-__
Date _ ...... 2""-9w.SE!.

DUE
DATE
t--CONSTRUCTION
I. _ 1994
¥l'1 11l¥5. lIl'-1 ~ # rf.'
I I I
1 1 1
: Q) ::
I I I 1995 1996
1 1 I
I I I
OPERATION ~~~~~~~~-~~~~~~~.,....--
S , 7 a 9 10 II 12 I 2 l 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 II 12
1997
6 7 B 9 10 II 12
DRAFT
0&11 PUN
(VERSION 01)
•
FINAL
IRON FIIlNGS
TREATABDJTY
STUDY
RtvlSED
0& .. PUN
(VERSION D2)
REVISED
0&1tI PUN
(VERSION 2.51
(WORKING COpy
FINAL
0&1tI PUN
(VERSION D3)
0&1tI REPORTS
0&1tI REPORTS
7/95
10/15
QUARTERLY
ANNUAL
••
•
e
• • • • • •
o
• •
• @
LEGEND
~
• SUBMlTI'AL DUE
NOTE:
Q) CONTRACTOR STARTUP AND TESTING PERIOD
(APPROXIMATE 6/22/95 - 7/31/95
SHAKEDOWN PERIOD
2 (APPROXIMATE 8/1/95 - 8/31/95
Q) OPERATIONAL PERIOD
9/1/95 - 4/1/97
IIOTE: TIII(lJII[ ID'II£5tIn's £lID Or JH[ MONTH
@ LAST ANUAL REPORT IS THE FINAL REPORT
!~~~--------~~~~~~~----~----==~~----~==~
I
~
g
2 CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a .ub.idi...., 01 Camp Dresser .. McKee Inc.
O&M REPORTING SCHEDULE
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
FIGURE No. 3-1
•
•
•

•
4-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
4.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITIES
The Pilot Plant is located on PGDP property and will operate under the existing policies and
guidelines of the PGDP facility. The Pilot Plant is outside the fenced security area and adjacent
to the WKWMA (see Fig. 1-4). EMEF ER Division will manage and provide the operational
policies and guidelines for the Pilot Plant consistent with DOE. PGDP. and the ROD for the
interim remedial action. Construction of the plant started on March 25. 1:994 and· was completed
on June 22, 1995. Startup. performance testing and operator training followed with System
shakedown occurring August 3, 1995 through September 2, 1'995. A project schedule is included
in Fig. 4-1.
4.1 INIT,IAL Sl'ARTUP RESPONSIBILITIES
The construction effort was separated into three DOE contracts. as discussed in Sect. 1.0.
Construction of the extraction and monitOl'ing wells mark the beginning construction effort. After
acceptance by PGDP, the extraction wells were released to the Pilot Plant construction contractor
for installation of the groundwater extraction pumps and pipeline systems. The construction
contractor was responsible for construction of the treatment system. including installation of
government-furnished equipment. The construction contractor also conducted performance and
operational testing of the Pilot Plant consistent with equipment manufacturers' operating
instructions and the minimum design criteria specified in the contract specifications. An integrated
testing plan developed by LMES will identified perfonnance and operating standards that the
construction contractor must satisfy before government.acceptance. During the startup and testing
period, the construction contractor and equipment vendors will provide training on systems and
equipment to the Pilot Plant operator.
The monitoring wells will be managed and operated by the EMEF ER Division. The
Hydrological Services Section is responsible for sampling of the t:9 monitoring wells. Maintenance
of the monitoring wells. when required, will be provided from EMEF ERresources.
•
The Pilot Plant operator win receive informal, on-site training, on ·Pilot Plant treatment system
equipment and capabilities. Training w.ill be witnessed by Title II engineers, construction
contractors, and equipment vendors. The Title II engineers will conduct and approve all in-service
testing along with the vendors of the equipment and the construction contractor. Upon acceptance,
no later than February IS. 1995. the Pilot Plant operator had 30 days to become familiar with the
plant and .train its technicians on equipment use, laboratory procedures. and system operation. The
Pilot Plant operator provided manpower to operate the plant on a 24-hour shift basis during this
30-day shakedown period. to equip the mobile laboratory, and to initiate sampling protocols .
.ouring this shakedown period, the :Pilot Plant operator established steady-state conditions and
verified that plant systems performed as designed. Specific initial plant startup procedures are
outlined in Sect. 6.5 .

ACTivITIES
----- - ---- -
QUARTER
1994 1995
1996
1 I 2 1 3 1
1997
11~ 3 I I
START
COMPL.
AD\'~RTISEMENT
& AWARD
~
JAN-94 APR-9·j ) ,
1 ___ 1
J(;:-; 22
MAR
PILOT PLANT COr-;STRUCTIOr-; 95
STARTUP. HYIJRAULIC TESTING, JUN 23 AUG 2
PERFORMANCE TESTING, 95 .95
AND OPERATOR TRAINING
AUG 3 SEPT 2
30-DAY SHAKEDOWN 95 95
SEPT 2 SEPT 1
2-Yi OPERATIONAL PERIOD 95 97
.j:>.
I
N
LEGEND
~
- CONSTRUCTION I EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR
~ - PILOT PLANT OPERATOR
...
~ ..
,. . - ----- - -­
'" o
?
I:
"'" o
g
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a subsidiary 01 Camp Dresser '" McKee Inc .
PILOT PLANT SCHEDULE
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSIQN PLANT
PADUCA~ KENTUCKY
FIGURE No. 4-1
•
•
•

4-3 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
4.2 TWO· YEAR OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Between September 2. 1995 and September I. 19971. the Pilot Plant operator is responsible for
operation and maintenance of the Pilot Plant. including equipment and the mobile laboratory. The
operator will initiate policies and procedures to maintain an operational capability of the treatment
system of 85 % during ,the 2-year interim operating period. During nonnal operations the plant will
be manned 5 days a week. 8 hours per day. The Pilot Plant operator will provide standby
personnel during off-hours to respond to alarms or contingency situations during unmanned
operations. The Pilot Plant is designed to operate continuously except for maintenance and
contingency situations. Personnel will respond within 2 hours from alarm not·ification. The
capability of personnel to respond to alanns will be exercised at least quarterly if an actual scenario
has not occurred. The plant is designed to produce treated' effluent with target levels of TCE at
5 ppb and of

• Sanitary water:
4-4
Rev. __--'0>

•
4-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPt995
.. Procurement Specialist - The Procurement Specialist wiUprovide the capability to purchase
supplies, equipment, and services for the operation of the Pilot Plant.
.. Maintenance/Repair Personnel - Maintenance and repair wiU perform any maintenance or
repair required on Pilot Plant treatment systems and! ancillary equipment that are not included
in the warranty provision of the construction contract.
o
Subcontract Support - lIhe Pilot Plant operator may use subcontractors to provide necessary
facility maintenance and repair, laboratory support, and miscellaneous services that are 'beyond
the in-house capability of the Pilot Plant contractor or PGDP support organization.
Subcontractors must adhere to the policies and guidelines of PGDP.
.. First response ,emergency and/or preliminary spill response- lIhese support staff will train and:
take appropriate action as required for all' emergency and/O!' spillisituation .
•

•
5-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
s.o OPERATIONAL READINESS ASSESSMENT
The Nonhwest Plume's Operational and Maintenance Readiness Assessment was conducted
on July 28, 1995. The assessment, in accordance with LMES guidance Conducting MMES PGDP
Readiness Reviews PTQA-lOOO Rev. 1. was presented by the Readiness Assessment Team to the
Readiness Assessment Board. The Board! consists of a group ofLMES, managerial personnel
including: Environmental Management, Environmental Restoration, Health and Safety, Quality,
Site Engineering, and Waste Management. The DOE and other pl'ime contractOl's were also
present.
The Readiness Assessment Team presented the following items that required completion or
work-around in place before operations began.
•
• Integrated Test ·Plan approved:
• Procurement for laboratory equipment complete;
• Pilot Plant equipment labeled;
• Communications equipment available;
• Human factors outlay (ergonomics) of the Pilot Plant addressed;
• Speciallaboratol'Y training completed; and
• On-the-job training (OJT)/walk-throughs of the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
complete.
The Board granted unanimously, pending approval of the team's assessment with the following
conditions :
• Approval of the Integrated Test Plan prior to automatic/unattended operations;
• Approval of procedures and training prior ,to any pressure vessel maintenance, and
• Completion of appropriate OJTlwalk-throughs of SOPs pdor to performance of that operation.
AU of the above conditions along with the preliminary attached list that follows, were
completed or work-arounds were implemented until final actions could be completed.
•

5-2 Rev. __ --""0_, __
Date 29SEP1995
•
•
This page intentionally blank
•

•
5-3 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
READINESS ASSESSMENT CHE€KLIST
Project:
OPERAlIONS AND MAINTENANCE PLAN FOR THE INTERIM
REMEDIAL ACTION PILOIf PLANT FOR THE NORTHWEST PLUME,
PADUCAHGASEGUS DIFFUSION PLANT
Approved by:
Name/Title
Date
•
•

5-4 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP199S
•
This page intentionally blank
•

•
Date
•
7.
•
Verified/Initials
Initial Preparedness
I.
-------
2. ______
3. ______
4. _______
5. ______
6. ______
_______
8. ______
9. ______
te~ ______
:11' .
------
Contractual requirements completed.
5-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Revised Final Operations and Maintenance Plan (D2) submitted by DOE
to regulators and approval granted to start operation.
Health and Safety Plan reviewed and approval by operator Health and
Safety Manager.
Pilot Plant Contractor has certified that operator personnel meet medical
and training requirements.
Badges for all operator personnel obtained (includes dosimetry, training,
etc.).
Operating supplies identified, delivery to site arranged, inventor:ied, and
recorded .
Identify reading requirements for field personnel and provide copies.
Reading requirements include the following as a minimum:
O&M Plan
Document Drawings
Appropriate Field! Operations' Procedures
Referenced Waste Management Documents (see Sect.lO.l)
PGDP Document P-ESH-49, Rev. 2, dated October 15, 1993;
"Controlled Space Entry Program"
Energy Systems Standard ESS-IH-138, Rev. 0, dated January 4,
:1'993, "Controlled Space Entry"
Project QA Plan reviewed and signed by operator QA Manager.
Necessary equipment has been identified, ordered, shipped to ,the site,
and recorded on real property ,list.
Identify training requirements for personnel and schedule accordingly
(operator training requirements are included in Sect. 13, Operator
'Fraining) .
Performance of acceptance run by the construction contractor, equipment
vendors, and Title III design engineers .

12. _____ _
5-6 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Equipment setup inspection, resin pretreatment, resin installation,
greensand filter startup, and training session by equipment vendors to
Pilot Plant technicians, engineers, and technical specialist accomplished.
•
Mobilization Preparedness
1. ______ _
2. -------
3. -------
4. _______
5. ______
6. ______
7. ______
8. _______
QA Plan, Operations and Maintenance Plan, and Health and Safety Plan
approved by LMES.
Necessary equipment inventory list completed and equipment has been
delivered to the site.
Necessary supply inventory list completed and supplies have been
delivered to the site.
Field personnel have signed'-off the required reading list.
Local contracts for ,rental vehicles, cellular phone, and port-a-john
arranged by Pilot Plant Operator.
Key control for gates and building arranged.
Operator training completed.
EMEF has delivered (2) two-way radios compatible with PGDP network.
•
Documentation: Obtain a copy of each of the following for the site.
1. _____ _
2.
------
3. ______
4. ______
5. ______
6. ______
7. ______
8. ______
Operator Quality Assurance Manual.
Approved Project Health and Safety Plan.
Approved Operations and Maintenance Plan.
Operator Field Equipment Operation, Calibration, and Maintenance
Manual.
SOPs and equipment manuals not in operator manuals.
List of chemicals and materials used in the mobile lab and pilot plant
available.
MSDSs for all chemicals and materials used in the laboratory and the
plant.
Health and Safety certificates for all field team members.
•

•
9.
•
2.
•
1'0.
1,1.
:1'2.
113.
14.
1'5.
16.
Equipment
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8. ______
9. ______
10. ______
11. _____
5-7 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Field and reporting forms list completed and delivered to the site.
Logbook for project.
Obtain document control number for all logbooks.
Technical Memorandum.
Record; of Decision.
As-built drawings of plant.
Telephone emergency numbers.
Copies of emergency plans and procedures, posted: and accessible.
Laboratory equipment delivered and installed on-site/checklist (to be
determined~ .
Personal protective equipment (PPE) delivered to site/checklist (to be
determined~.
Camera and film.
Tool box (specific tools to bedetermined~.
Two-way radios (pair).
DOT 17C, HE, and 60 waste drums delivered to site.
Health and safety equipment per the Health and Safety !Plan (checklist to
be determined!).
Fire extinguishers avamlble in plant (4), mobile laboratory 0), and
support trailer ('11).
Hazardous material (HAZMAT) shelter(s) for chemical storage
[on-site (1), flammable storage cabinets on-site (1)].
Equipmentcalibra~ion supply list completed and schedule identified.
Propane-powered forklift (capacity 4 tons) .
- Drum lifting device for forks on forklift
- Dfum tilting device for forks on forklift

12. ____ _
13. _____ _
14. ------
'1'5. _____ _
117. ------
1:8. ------
19. _____ _
20. ____ _
21. _____ _
22. ____ _
23. ____ _
24 .
. _-----
25. ____ _
26. ____ _
27. _____ _
28. ____ _
29. ____ _
5-8 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Portable eyewash in plant (l) and laboratory (1);
Spill containment trays. 46· for chemical drums (store up to six -55 gal
drums).
Portable gantry crane (capable of lifting 5 tons).
Storage shed for tools and lubricants.
Equipment decontamination pad and supplies.
Loading ramp for loading gas cylinders into and out of laboratory trailer.
Heavy-duty pickup truck ("Ford 350" or equivalent 4-wheel drive) with
gooseneck-t)lpehitch.
Gas cylinder transport dolly.
Specialized maintenance tools (if not provided by equipment vendors).
First aid kit.
Portable gas-powered generator (5 kW; 240/48@ volt; 3,phase).
Chairs andgeneral l office suppiles.
Computer workstation (computer. printer, monitor).
Oven for laboratory for filter cake percent moisture analyses.
Necessary 'laboratory supply 'list complete and supplies delivered to the
site (glassware, ibalance. etc.).
Dumpster for sanitary waste.
Waste management equipment (weigh scales for 55-gal; drums. drum
liners, and absorbent pads perEMEF specifications, "Radsorb"
absorbent granular material. and drum marking pens).
Porta-john on-site and available for use.
•
•
•

•
6-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
6.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
This section provides specific O&M procedures for the Pilot Plant and field laboratory
including startup, shutdown, and emergency procedures. This section also includes an overview
of the process technologies for groundwater treatment, initial facility startup procedures,
communication procedures, and daily operator checks and reporting requirements. Reference is
made throughout this section to Appendixes A, B, andC that include operator log sheets,
maintenance log sheets,and design Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&IDs).
6.1 O¥ERVIEW OF OPERATIONAL STRATEGY, SYS'JEM CONTROL, AND
CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
6.1.1 Operational Objectives
•
As discussed in Sect. 1.0, the overall objective of operations at the Pilot Plant facility is to
continuously recover and treat groundwater contaminated with TCE and 99Tc with minimal plant
downtime. Operational objectives are further detailed as follows:
• Minimum treatment system flow rate: 125 gpm (to be optimized during startup and
performance testing)
• Average treatment system flow rate: 200 gpm
• Maximum treatment system now rate: 250 gpm
• Plant effluent criteria (target 'levels): not to exceed 5ppb ofTCE.and 4 mrem/year (900 pCiIL)
of99'fc
• Expected maximum influent concentrations: TCE - 9,500 ppb, 99Tc - 2,000 pCi/L
• Expected average influent pH: 6.5
• Hours of operation: continuously 24 hours per day with an on-line operational goal of 85 %
(i.e., 15% assumed for preventive maintenance and repair downtime)
•
The minimum flow rate objective is the limiting treatment system flow rate, below which plant
systems may be damaged. The maximum flow rate objective is the highest flow rate at which the
treatment system can operate and still meet the treatment goals. Groundwater recovery flow rates
for each extraction well will vary and will be determined by EMEF staff to fulfill the overall goal
,of the interimremediall action: to initiate control of the contaminant plume and the most
contaminated portion of the NW Plume, with,a secondary benefit being removal of the contaminant
mass from groundwater. During initial phases of operation, various ion exchange resins are
evaluated to determine an optimum resin type and supplier for 99'fc removal based on resin capacity

6-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
estimations derived from data collected at the Pilot, Plant. Pilot Plant operations may ata future
date involve treatability testing of an iron filings reactor system to remove TCE and 99Tc.
6.1.2 Overall System Control
The groundwater treatment system is a relatively automated system with failure alanns and
interlocks to shut the system down under certain alann conditions. During nonnal operations, the
plant will be manned 8 hours a day, 5 days a week. 52 weeks a year and has the capability to
operate unmanned. The general control philosophy is that each major process operation will have
locally mounted instruments and controls provided with each equipment vendor's package system.
Key process variables and controls will be linked to a system main control panel in the treatment
building. An overall system control schematic is provided in Fig. 6-1. A mote detailed control
logic is included in the respective system paragraphs of Sect. 6.3 and can be found in the design
instrumentation drawings.
6.2 OVERVIEW OF TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES (pROCESS 'THEORy)
TIle !two primary treatment ·technologiesconducted in the Pilot Plant are air stripping and ion
exchange. Each of these process technologies is described in detail below. Process technologies
that are secondary to the major .contaminant removal technologies at the Pilot Plant include iron,
manganese, and suspended solids removal by oxidation and greensand filtration; solids dewatering;
gas-phase activated carbon adsorption; various chemical addition processes; and iron filings
treatment. A brief discussion of these technologies is provided in the specific process descriptions
in Sect. 6.3.
6.2.1 Air Stripping
Air stripping has been used effectively for many years to remove VOCs from groundwater.
Air stripping to remove VOCs is conducted in an air.stripping tower. Conventional air stripping
towers consist of a vertical cylindrical structure that contains a packing media to carry out gasliquid
mass transfer. More recent developments have resulted in low-profile, air stripping towers
to conserve space. Low-profile air strippers are also less susceptible to iron/manganese fouling
and solids plugging because they do not contain internal packing media that are easily fouled.
Instead, low-profile air strippers contain trays where the gas-liquid mass transfer takes place. A
typical, low-profile, air stripping tower is shown in Fig. 6-2. Contaminated water enters the
stripping tower at the top and' is evenly distributed across a series of horizontal perforated trays
through a distributor nozzle. In a conventional "forced draft" system, clean air is introduced into
the bottom of the unit below the trays using a forced air blower ,and flows upward through the
perforations in the trays. As the falling contaminated' water flows countercurrent to the rising air
stream, VOCs are stripped from the water and enter the airstream. TIlese organic compounds are
carried by the air stream out of the tower for further treatment before the air is discharged to the
atmosphere. The trays dispense the water to increase the total surface area available for mass
transfer of the organic contaminants fwm the liquid to the vapor stream. Groundwater cascades
from tray to tray, falls into the stripper basin. and exits the tower (usually pumped) as treated
water. "Induced air" systems have the same mass transfer effects as forced· draft systems, but the
•

•
•
•
EXHAUST
tw-Z2t
tw-22I
TO SETTUNG
'AN.
NOIITN ww. puwps
[W-ZlO
[W-211
[OUAUZATIOfiI
,....
~---c---c-------,
I
I
I
I
I
.,,
STRIPPER
ION
(leHANe(
COlUWNS
.,.
(OUALIZATION
.....'
'0
KPO[S
OUTF'AU.:
SOUTH WELL puwps
BACKWASH
SUPPlY/ 4-------C:-'­
SLUI~ING WATtA
LEGEND
~
FlOOA suw'
PRII/ARY FLOW
noOii~ -
w~~~--------------~~
souaca
"'0 RallO
OtwATElIlNC TANK
SUn_TAl"
SI1TUNC
'AN'
~------\::01

MIST--~
EUMINATOR
EXHAUST
STACK
OFF
GASES
CONTAMINATED
WATER
/INFLUENT
INLET
WATER
DISTRIBUTOR
PERFORATED TRAYS
(TOP EXPOSED
FOR DETAIL)
DOWNCOMERS
CLEAN
- AIR
CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP
AIR
BLOWER
..,
'" I
N
-;:;-
ID
I:
•:0
ID
•
NOT TO SCALE
NOTE: FORCED DRAFT SYSTEM SHOWN-ACTUAL
SYSTEM TO BE PROVIDED WILL BE
INDUCED DRiFT WITH THE BLOWER
ON THE EXHAUST SIDE OF THE STRIPPER
~ CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
II • DUba1dW7 of Camp Dresser .. McKee IDe.
TYPICAL LOW PROFILE AIR STRIPPING TOWER
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
NOTE: CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS NOT SHOWN
FIGURE No. 6-2
•
•
•

6-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
blower is moved to the exhaust side of the stripping tower creating a slight negative pressure on
the stripping tower.
•••
The performance of an air stripping tower depends largely on the' presence of vadousinorganic
compounds and suspended solids in the groundwater. Groundwater with elevated'ihardness,will
result in the ,deposition of ,calcium and. magnesium salts on the tower tray surfaces. Elevated 'iron
and manganese concentrations, when oxidized in the air 'stripper;wiU result in iron 'and Iilanganese
oxide precipitation, which can severely foul the air s~ripper' s internal components. Iron bacteria
buildup can even plug tray holes and reduce the air stripper's effectiveness in removing VOCs.
In addition, elevated total suspended solids (TSS) concentrations in the groundwater can deposit
on the tower trays and internal components and reduce theliquid;.to-air mass transfer.
Groundwater at ,the NW Plume'site has a'relatively low hardness (calcium averages 33 ppm and
magnesium averages 9 ppm) and: should not pose a deposition problem. !Iron concentrations,
however, are relatively high

6-6- Rev. __......:O"--__
Date 29SEP1995
Ion exchange is carried out in a pressurized vessel that contains a bed of ion exchange resin
composed of small spherically shaped beads. A typical anion exchange column is presented in
Fig. 6-3. Contaminated water enters ,the pressurized vessel at the top and is evenly distributed over
the anion resin bed. As contaminated water flows downward through the resin bed, anions,
including perteclinetate ions, are exchanged for ·either hydroxyl or ,chloride ions on the resin beads
depending on ,the type ,of anion resins. Treated water flows .through, a header and lateral collection
assembly.positioned at !the bottom ,of the. vessel and,exitsJhe ion exchange, column. Ahion passing
through the ion exchange ,resin bed will be removed until the available exchange sites are filled,
after which anions will begin to "leak" through .the ion exchange columns and appear in the
effluent stream. This "leaking" is defined as breakthrough. Pertechnetate ions have a greater
affinity for some resins than other anions in the groundwater (sulfates, chlorides, nitrates, etc.),
thus pertechnetate ions tend to preferentially adsorb onto the surface of ,the resin beads (DOE
1993b, ,Section 3.1). Because of this higher affinity, the ion exchange columns continue ,to remove
the pertechnetate anions long after;breakthrough, of the other ions in solution has occurred.
The Pilot Plant is not currently interlocked to automatically shutdown if 99Tc breakthrough
occurs. However, influent 99'fc concentrations are extremely low (ranging from 200 pC ilL to 1200
pCi/L), increasing the likelihood that the columns will not reach breakthrough during the 2-year
operation .of the Pilot Plant. In addition, the ,ion exchange column skids each contain two columns
operating in series. to provide redundancy in removing the ~c. :Finally, treated groundwater from
each ,ion exchange column will be sampled weekly and analyzed for 99Tc content. Data collected .
will indicate. if ibreakthrough is pending and allow the Pilot Plant personnel to 'take appropriate
actions.
•
•
In conventional ion exchange systems, anion exchange resin, beds are typically regenerated
with sodium :hydroxidesolution following breakthrough; however , for this Pilot Plant the anion
exchange columns will not be regenerated. If breakthrough, of pertechnetateions occurs .at the
Pilot Plant, the :plant will be shutdown and the anion resin will be replaced with new resin.
6.3 PLANT -SPECIFIC OPERATION PROCEDURES
6.3.1' Groundwater Extraction Wells and Pipeline System
Figures 6-4 and 6"'5 provide process flow and equipment plans for the equipment and systems
covered by this section.
6.3.1.1 Process description
Groundwater Extraction Wells (EW;'228,,'EW-229, EW-230~ and EW;.231), WeU:'Pumps
(J;.OOl, J-002, J-003,and J-004), and Wellhead Piping/Access Vaults. Fourgroundwater
extraction wells supply influent groundwater to the Pilot Plant: two north wells" EW-228 and'
EW -229, and two south wells, EW -230: and EW -231. The 'extraction wells are constructed of 8-indiameter
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) well casing, but have stainless steel: well screens and dischar:ge
piping that will be in contact with the highest concentrations ·of TCE. The south wells extendl to
a depth of approximately 90 ft and the north wells extend to approximately R5 ft below land
surface. Each extraction well' ,contains an electric-driven, centrifugal submen.iblc well pump
•

6-7
•
PRESSURE
GAUGE
INLET
SPLASH
PLATE
MANWAY
SIGHT PORT
CONTAMINATED
WATER IN
•
MANWAY ------;-~
SIGHT PORT
ANION
EXCHANGE
RESIN
EFFLUENT
HEADER AND
LATERALS
ROCK
SUPPORT
BED
NOT TO SCALE
•
II
• wb.ldlary of C .... p Dre.Hr " McKee IDc.
TYPICAL ANION EXCHANGE COLUMN
UCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PUNT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
FIGURE No. 6-3

6-8· Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
This page intentionally blank
•
•

6-9
•
BACKWASH WAS'll:
r---------------------~
I
ACID
IJI-UN[
WUIIS
L-002
l-oll
r'" - - - - - -~~-- [XIWJST
I
I
r---t------ -J------------------~-A------------------~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~I
~I
~I
tl
~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
Iii : i
I~:'
I ADSOIIIIDI !
,I ,_1
I .
'---
'II II
.;)i
I
I
I
I
I
-~
I I I
r----a--J I I
:~I __ --lI''--' ------T----1------r~-=-~~-i-----~--i
,:, : : : I &:r-;;~ I I : :
!
, i
I I I I I I
I I I I : RESIN I :
-:.r-L---. I I II£WATElIIHG I I
,I: I: I f~; -f"LJ I
I I I ~. I
i' 'I0Il II I I J ~ I
, UClWlCI: I I PIII/P
! COWUII I .I-0OI
, f-005 I I I iii
I I I il
_ -=--=* -=--=--=--=--+ ~~ t
I I 'Ii
: _~!- ___ J
-t-------.J
lIfSiM
D£WATlIIIMG
BLOWER
A.I-OOI
•
LEGEND
~
~~
PRIMARY flOW
SECONDARY fLOW
EXTRACTlON WEllS AND
PIP[UN£ SYST[M' fLOW
INSlD£
AIR
AIR to
VAl'l£
ACTUAtoR
DIAPHRACIII
rullPS. AND
rlUER Pll£SS
.to n.ooR
SUMP
PAlI1ICUiAn rnTlIIS
AlII DRHRS
I
I
I
I'
•
. AlII A4-II '~'
L._._._.~~~._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.~
,.It-------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
10'
011
~~ FIGURE No. 6-4
~i GROUNDWATER EXTRACTION WELLS ANI>
~, PIPELINE SYSTEM PROCESS ,FLOW DIAGRAM
-t,
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
~I PAD~CAH. KENlUCKY
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~------~

• • •
- 1 4000 - ge00 - 4000 1 000 6000
19000~--~--~-·--~--~-----~---~--·~--~==·=~~.·~~~--~~----,----~·----~---,_--T---,----._--~~'~19000
4000
-1012"a
-6000
D
SOUTH
'wEll.
~------~'----4---~FIELD
--9
I
I
I
I
I
OJ,
I Q
I? I
" ~ ,.
................ ..............
14000
D
9000
4000
tl
"'"6000
I
I
I
I
1- 4000
-11000~-----------------ll~~--~ __ --L--~W-~_.--~---~~~-~~~~~-L-~~~--~-~~~~11000
-14000 -9000
01
I
..­
..-
• E:xtr"ct I on lie I l s.
--Pipeline Route
~ "'"""'-PGDP Bounci,,,rles
-- ,Pl"nt rence
~ Creeks, Ditches. "nci Stre,,"!:
1/4 1/2 1 Mile
EC:=====??J~r======='EI~==~==~=+3~
1 INCH .. 1200 fEET
or 365.8 MF.TERS
M"p Source
Hocilfled frOM J. L. Cl"usen et. "I. 1'3'32.
Report c'f'the PGDP GrcundwClte .. Inves't:IQ"tlcn
PhClse 3. KY/E-150.
M"rt I n H"r I et't" Energy Syste .... s. In,c ••
P"ciUCClh G"s"cus DlffuslcnPI"nt
FIGURE No. 6-5
GROUNDWATER EXTRACTION WELLS
AND PIPELINE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT PLAN

•
6-13 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP1995
(pump numbers J -001, 1'-002, J -003, and J -004) set just above the well screen that pumps
groundwater through the 'stainless steel discharge piping and wellhead assembly to a- high-density
polyethylene {HDPE}, double-waU, secondary containment piping system. The wellhead piping,
sample tap, pressure gauge, high and low pressure switches, manual on/off pump switch, manual
flow control valve, and flowmeter ,are located below grade in a secured well vault at each well
location.
Groundwater Pipeline System. Flow from each well leads to a ,common pipeline header for
each north and south extraction well fieldi location. The north well field! pipeline (approximately
7,100 ft long) consists of aninner 4-in.-diameter HDPE pipe :inside an outer 6-in.-diameter HDPE
containment pipe. The outer pipe serves to contain any leaks that may occur in the inner pipe.
The south well field pipeline (approximately 230 ft long) consists of an inner 3~in.-diameter HOPE
pipe inside an outer 6-in.-diameter HDPE pipe.
There are nine secured manhole monitoring stations, with leak detection sumps, located along
,the north and south pipeline headers positioned as approximately shown on Fig. 6-5. Stations 1
!through 7 are on the north well pipeline, while stations 8 and 9 are on both well pipelines. The
distances between the pipeline monitoring stations are shown below:
•
• stations 1 and 2 1160 ft
• stations 2 and 3 495 ft
.'
stations J and 4 600 ft
• stations 4 and 5 600 ft
• stations 5 and 6 550 ft
• stations ,6 and 7 600 ft
• stations 7 and 8 420ft
• stations 8 and 9 55 ft
Should a leak occur, an alarm will be signaled at the main system control paneli(K-Hi)(i» and
the corresponding extraction well pumps will' shut down automatically.
Upon entering the Pilot Plant building,both the north and south, pipelines have sample
connection 'taps to a common automatic sampler, L.,003. The automatic sampler is capable of both
manual discrete sampling and automatic, sequential composite sampling and is stored inside a
refrigerated cabinet. The automatic sampler will be used on an as-needed basis.
The north and south well field pipelines connect directly to the equalization tank, F-OO'l. A
In-in. stainless steel tubing sidestream is taken off ,the south well field pipeline for provioing
influent groundwater to the iron filings treatability system.
6.3.1.2 Design criteria
•
Table 6-1 describes the design criteria for the groundwater extraction wells and related
equipment.

Table 6-1. Design
,
criteria (groundwater extraction wells and related equipment)
"
-,
Groundwater extraction wells (EW-228, -229, -230, -231)
Influent Well Pumps (J"OOI - J-004)
Number of extraction wells 4 Manufacturer Grundfos
Borehole Diameter, in. 12 Model 80550-5
Well casing: Number 4 (I per well)
Material
PVC
Diameter, in. 8 Type Submersible, centrifugal, electric driven
Length, ft (per well) 62/53/55/59
Interval, ft bls 228 (1-63) 229 (I-54) Materials of construction 316 Stainlt:ss sted; Tetlon O,rings
230 (I-56) 231 (1-60)
Well screen: Operating weight, Ibs 87 each
Materials
316 stainless steel
Diameter, in. 8 Connection 3~in. NPT discharge
Length, ft (per well) 27/28/39/27
InterVal, ft bls 278 (63-90) 229 (54-82)
230 (56-95) 231 (60-87)
Date of installation:
North Well Pumps (J-OOI - J-002)
EW-228 October 1994
EW-229 November 1994 Design point 62.5 gpm at 162 ft TDH
EW-230 December 1994
EW-23 I October 1994 Horsepower/rpm 513450
. ----
Bentonite seal Volts/Herti/Phase 460//60/3
EW-228 2 ft thick from 54 to 59
EW-229 2 ft thick from 46 to 51 South Well Pumps (J-003 - J"004)
EW-230 2 ft thick from 46 to 51
EW-23 I 2 ft thick from 45 to 51 Design Point 62.5 gpm at 160 ft TDH
Sand pack Horsepower/rpm 513450
EW-228 59 to 100
EW-229 51 to 90 Volts/Hertz/Phase 460/6013
EW-230 51 to 105
EW-231 51 to 95 Well FJow Rates, gpm (each)
,
Pump settings (bottom of pump, ft bls) Minimum 40
EW-228 62
EW-229 53 Nominal 50
EW-230 55
EW-231 59 Maximum 62.5
,
• • •

.. _--•
Well Pipeline Flow Rates, gpm (each)
Minimum 80
•
Table 6,1, (continued)
.- - . - ----
Pressure Gauges
Number 4
•
Nominal 100
Manufacturer
AshcrOft
Maximum 125
Range, psig 0-100
Manhole Monitoring Stations (001- 009)
- - -
-- --
--
- -
NUJl1ber
9 in serit:s
---
Well Pipeline, Line Pressure, psig
- - --
Nominal 56
Diameter, ft 4, t:xct:pt for station 008 which is 5
Depth, ft
varit:s from 3to8ft
Maximum 65
Materials of construction
HDPE
High shutoff 80
Low shutoff 20
--
Temperature
Minimum 56°F
Leak Detection Level Monitoring Switches (LHS-OO! - 009)
---
Number
9 (l per manhole)
Manufacturer
Magnetrol
Model Echotel III Series 916
0\
I
..-
VI
Maximum 64°F
--..
Type
Capacitance probe, vt:rticaIIy mounted
pH
Automatic Sampler (L-003)
- -- --
Minimum 6.1
Number 1
Maximum 7.?,
Flowmeter/Totali;zers
-- -
Number 4
Manufacturer
ITT Barton
Manufacturer
Modt:!
Type
ISCO J::nvironmt:ntal Division
3700FR
St:

6.3.1.3 Process operation and control
6-16 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
Modes of Operation. The locations of all fOUf groundwater extraction wells are included in
well installation drawings located at the end of this section. The groundwater extraction well
pumps operate in a continuous ON, OFF, or AUTO mode. When a well pump is ON, it supplies
water continually to the Pilot Plant until,the pump is manually shut down by switching it to off.
When a well pump is in AUTO, it will operate automatically on signals from the system main
control' panel. The system main .control will stop the pump if the plant shuts down (manually or
by alarm) or it a leak is detected along the intluent pipelines.
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main power to the north extraction wells is from a
local overhead line that supplies power to power distribution panel boards IOP-l and DP-2. Main
power to the south extraction wells is from power panel PP-l located in the Pilot Plant building.
Each well pump has a local control panel. The local control panel has no-load and overload
protection, a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN
indicator light, and a red OFF indicator light.
Each pump has a flowmeter/totalizer, pressure gauge, and HIGH and LOW pressure switches
that will cause the system main controller to shut down the pump at pre-set pressures.
Additionally. the system main controller will shut down the pump when manually prompted by
the operator. when the plant is shut down. or when a leak is detected in a manhole associates with
the pump. After shut down. the pump(s) can be restarted at the system main control panel·by the
operator. The system main control' panel is not programmed to restart any well pump
automatically.
•
The system main control panel (K-l(i)O) is located inside the Pilot Plant building. K-lOO has
a system descriptive graphic display. an Qperator interface unit. and a programmable logic
controller. The system descriptive graphic shows the north and south well pipeline with current
status on all pumps and manholes.
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Startup, normal. long-term. and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PiER-20l7.
Process Control. Process control of the groundwater extraction well and pipeline system is
determined by the system's effects on the site hydrogeology. Groundwater monitoring wells on
the site will be monitored for water level and routinely sampled for contaminant parameters. The
frequency of well monitoring and monitoring wen locations are addressed in Sect. 7. 'fhe results
of this monitoring will be assessed and the pumping rates from the groundwater extraction wells
may be modified to reflect changes in the site hydrogeology.
The flow from a groundwater extraction well is adjusted by manually ,throttling the pump
discharge valve(HV~O(i)5, HV-OlO. HV-016. or HV-020) and referring to .the local flowmeter for
confirmation of flow. The flow rate should be adjusted ,to operate within the maximum design flow
for each well pump of (63 gpIil), the total design flow rate for all four wells (250 gpm). or .the
minimum designilow for the iplant (U5 gpm). In addition. treatment equipment limitations due
to flow rate will be considered when adjusting flow rate for the plant. For example. the air
•

•
6-17 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
stripping tower may be limited to flow rates less than 250 gpm in order to meet VOC levels in
plant discharge based on influent VOC concentrations and water temperature. Changes to
extraction wellfl()w rate must be made slowly so that the high pressure switches in the pump
discharge lines are not inadvertently activated.
The automatic sampler (L-003) can receive flow from either the north pipeline, the south
pipeline, or both. The automatic sampler will normally be programmed to collect continuous
composite samples from each pipeline on an alternating basis for weekly collection and analysis
so that the combined effects of both well fields are monitored. The sample will be routinely
analyzed for the ,influent contaminant parameters as discussed in Sect. 9. Analytical results of
these samples will be included in the quarterly and annuali.progress reports.
6.3.1.4 System maintenance
•
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and' a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have systemequipmem nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data, and a summary of ,the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Maintenance Log. Sheet allows recording of equipment, I.D. number, type of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance perfolll1ed, name of person who performed maintenance,
and date performed I. Table 6.2 describes the troubleshooting steps 10 be performed for the
groundwater extraction wells and pipeline system.
Table 6-2. Groundwater extraction wells and pipeline system operational troubleshooting
Problem
Probable Cause
'Recommended Action
Systems main control panel
will not enable pump
1. Equalization
pump not
running
L
Start equalization pump.
Pump enabled but not
running
2. Leak detected
1. Electrical
2. Verify leak detectors are showing green on
system main control panel'. If not, identify
problem and correct.
3. Check all power supply switches, power
pole switch, power panel, local control
panel HAND/OFF/AUiO selector switch,
OFF/ON disconnect; and correct positions
of these switches
6.3.1.5 Safety considerations
The Groundwater Extraction Wells and Transmission System have the following safety
considerations:
•
Electrical
Mechanical
Confined Space Entry
Forest Fires
Dangerous Animals/Insects
Vandalism

Weather
6-18 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Earthquake
•
In addition, refer to Sect. 8, General Operational Health and Safety Plan.
6.3.2 Pretreatment System (Equallzation Tank, Greensand Filters, and Solids Management
System)
Figures 6-6 and 6-7 provide process flow and equipment plans for the equipment and systems
covered by this section.
6.3.2.1 Process description
Equalization Tank (F-OOl) and Equalization Pump (J-005). System influent from the
groundwater extraction wells is pumped through the north and south wellfleld pipelines into the
equalization tank, F-OOI. The equalization tank provides hydraulic dissipation and management
of the influent and system recycle flows. In addition to the influent groundwater, the equalization
tank receives flow from the iron reactor, D-001, via Ih-in.-diameter tubing that discharges into the
equalization tank vent line, from the settling tank supernatant drain line. and from the truck
unloading pump, J-0'14.
The equalization tank is a 2,630-gal, vertical, cylindrical, closed-top, carbon steel tank with
a 24-in. manway, a 2-in. drain, and a6-in. overflow line to the contained floor .sump. The tank
is equipped with a level probe, pH probe, and temperature probe that are each linked to the system
main control panel. The equalization tank effluent pump, J-005, is a horizontal, centrifugal,
electric-driven pump that transfers untreated groundwater through the greensand filters and' to the
air stripping tower. The pump discharge line has a pressure gauge and an automatic control valve
that throttles flow in the discharge line. The control valve is operated by the system main control
panel that adjusts the valve as needed to maintain a constant level in the equalizlltion tank. The
system main control panel is programmed to automatically shut the plant down if the equalization
tank level is loo high ortoo low. A flow detector measures effluent flow rate from the equalization
tank in totall gallons and instantaneous gallons per minute. This flow rate represents total system
influent flow.
•
Greensand Filters (G-OOl, G-002) and Associated Chemical Feed Systems (Sodium
Hypochlorite and: 'Potassium Permanganate). The greensand filtration system is used to remove
high levels of iron, manganese, and suspended solids that can foul and/or plug downstream process
equipment.
The filters are pressurized carbon steel vessels that contain three layers of media; (1) a bottom
layer of support gravel; ~2) a middle layer of premium-grade, processed glauconite .greensand
(commonly referred to as manganese zeolite, which is a natural greensand material coated with
manganese dioxide); and (3) an upper layer of anthracite coal. Before treatment in the greensand
filters, groundwater pumped from the equalization 'tank will be treated with sodium hypochlorite
(NaOCI~ and potassium permanganate ~KMn04) solutions as needed. Sodium hypochlorite is a
relatively strong oxidizing agent and is used to oxidize iron and manganese from their soluble
ferrous and manganous states (Fe+ 2 and Mn+ 2 ) to their insoluble iron and manganese oxide states
•

6-1!9
•
IIACIIW_ • suPPLY
~-~-------------~
I
I
, ,
NOIrTH MU. PUMPS
J~l. ,J-002
AUTO: I
SAIIPL£II'
L~
EW-210
•
LEGEND ,
III
PRlhlARY FlOW
I'
- - - - - - - SECONDARY FLOW
~~
~W~
PRETR[ATM[NT'SYSTEM
PROCESS, FLOW
~~D~
NIl SYSTIM
,
I
AIR TO
YALVl
ACtUATOR
DIAPNRAGII '
PUMPS.' AND
'rlLnA PHSS
TO FLOOR
, SUMP
I,
•
"
L, _, _, _, -,- ~vr..!·._,:--. _. _._, ~'~'C-. _. _. _. _. _. _. _. _.~ • j
ID
D:1
~t----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
D:1
"'­ o
ID
~
»­
;V
ID
~
FIGURE No', 6":"6
PRETREAl'MENT SYSTEM PROCESS
Fl.GW, DIAGRAM
PADtlCAH ,GASEOUS DIFFUSION PtANT
00 L-______________________________________________________________________________________ ----------________________ PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
~

INFLUENT
AUTOMATIC
SAMPLER
POLYMER
METERING
SLUDGE
EQUALIZATION
TANK
EQUALIZATION
PUMP
,,--......
/'GREEN-'\
I ,\
I SAND :
\ ~ILTE~'l'
I ---
~ ... --- .... ,
/ GREEN- "
: SAND :
\ ,
'"
r---==~='
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SKID
FILTER PRESS
HOSE
~, STATION #4
-<
cr
w
U
Z
cr
-<
I­
Z
W
r--~'
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
AIR
STRIPPER
BLOWER
STRIPPER
EXHAUST
ION EXCHANGE
COLUMNS
TRUCK
UNLOADING
PUMP
;,-_._..;"
, \
I
I
I \ ,
, ,
' ... _.....
FLOOR SUMP '"
GRATING
BACKWASH/SLUICE
'LJ
EFFLUENT PUMP
• AUTO SAMPLER '
':.; ~ ____
!_~_~_L~_~_~_l_~
RESIN
DEWATEr..,NG
BLOWER
.... Q,,,,,9 .
"-
ADSORBER UNI~--.J
BACKWASH/SLUICE
.-~--~--, TANK
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
I
I
I
I
:
POTABLE
WATER
SUPPLY
PRESSURE
REG'ULATOR
FIRE
PROTECTION
VALVES
ELECTRICAL '"
INSTRUMENTATION
AREA
STRIPPER HEATER
NOTE: BUILDING OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS
ARE 93'''· X "S'O·X 1 S'O· TO EAVE
STATION
AIR STRIPPING
TOWER SKID
5 o 5
re.'L
SCALE IN FEET
10
LEGEND
-
HOSe
STATION # 1
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
DEWATERING
TANK
PREiR~ATMENT
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT PLAN
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a subaldlary at Camp, Dresser at WcKee Inc.
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY FIGURE No. 6-7
~" __ """"" .... ~&&~~~~~~~~~~=-=-m=-==-=====-==============~~--"----"--""----~~~

6-22 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
(Fe+ 3 and Mn+ 3 ). 'Fhe greensand is precoated with manganese dioxide, which also acts to oxidize
iron and manganese to their insoluble forms. Once oxidized, insoluble iron and manganese are
removed by the upper anthracite coal! layer or deeper greensand filter layer. As the oxidation
reaction takes place on the ,filter media, manganese diOlddeis depleted and the filter media requires
regeneration. Potassium permanganate solution is injected into the influent stream of the greensand
filters to provide continual regeneration of the greensand media.
Sodium hypochlorite is supplied in liquid form in 55-gal plastic drums. The solution is pumped
by a chemical metering pump, 1-013, to its point of injection in the 4-in.-diameter water influent
line. Potassium permanganate is supplied in powder form and batch mixed in a small tank with
a mechanical mixer and potable water supply. Potabl~ water is provided from the PGDP sanitary
water system. The resulting solution is pumped1by chemical metering pump L-007, to its point of
injection. Both chemicals are mixed inline by static mixer, VQQ8. 'Fhe addition of sodium
hypochlorite solution is automatically controlled by a chlorine sensor [ox,idation redUction potential
(ORP) sensor calibrated for chlorine gas] installed in the greensand filter effluent. As the chlorine
sensor detects higher levels in the effluent stream, the sodium hypochlorite pump motor speed is
reduced. If a high set point is exceeded', the pump will automatically shut down. The addition of
potassium permanganate solution is controlled automatically by a color monitor installed in the
greensand filter effluent line. The color monitor is equipped with optical' filters that measure the
amount of potassium permanganate in solution and control the speed of the chemical feed pump.
If the concentration exceeds a programmed set point, the system main control panel win lturn the
pump off. When concentrations drop below the set point, the system main control panel, will
automatically restart the pump.
Influent groundwater conditioned' with sodium hypochlorite and potassium permanganate enters
two parallel-arranged greensand filters where the potassium permanganatein the greensand media
oxidizes both iron and manganese to their insoluble oxides, which are then removed by the filter
media. The greensand and anthracite coal filter materials also serve to filter out suspended solids
in the influent stream. The treated effluent from the greensand filters flows through a 4-in.­
diameter line to the air stripping ,tower for further treatment to remove volatile orgcmic
contaminants from the groundwater.
•
•
As insoluble iron, manganese, and suspended solids are captured on the filter media, the
overall filter pressure drop across the filter (differential pressure) begins to increase. Sensors
monitor this differential pressure and notify the system main control panel when a backwash is
needed to remove the solids caught in the filter. If settling tank and backwash tank levels are
acceptable, the system main control panel will signal the greensand filter local control panel to
initiate backwash of the dirty filter.
Each greensand filter is equipped with a rotary surface washer to wash the media surface
during the backwash cycle. The greensand filters are designed to operate in parallel so that each
filter ,receives half the incoming process flow rate; however, during filter backwashing the total
system flow rate is handled by one filter vessel. Bypass piping and valves allow for temporary
diversion of flow around the greensand filters, if necessary.
•

•
6-23 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP1995
During operation of the Pilot Plant. it may be necessary to replace ·the greensand and/or:
anthracite filter media if these filter materials become excessively plugged or are no, longer
effective. If so, the used media' will be removed from the vessels by sluicing into polypropylene
bags (and then placed in 55-gal drums,as necessary) for disposali in accordance with the waste
handling procedures in Sect. to. New media will be loaded manually into the filter vessels! per .the
filter manufacturer's instructions.·Greensandmedia may ,be sluiced out 'by filling the vessel with
water toa height of 2 or 3 hi'. above the media surface and pressurizing the 'heactspace above the
water·surface with compressed air. Nozzles are provided on the vessel: for this purpose.
Solids Management System (Backwash Wastewater 'Freatment and Sludge Dewatering).
Backwash wastewater from the. greensand fiiters, ion exchange columns, and iron filings reactor
is treated by solids removal and dewatering. After treatment, the backwash wastewater (free of
solids) is returned to the equalization tank. Solids recovered from the backwash wastewater are
disposed of in accordance with the waste handling procedures described ,in Sect. 10.
Backwash wastewater is pumped by the backwash water supply pump. J-008. through the
specific filter/reactor vessel and is carried through a 6-in.-diameter line to the settling tank, F-OOS.
Neat polymer is supplied in liquid form and pumped by a unit containing a chemical metering
pump'; L"009~ that pumps :to an integral slow agitation vessel where it is mixed w.ith water before
being injected into ,the process stream. The solution is then added to the settling tank influent
. stream ,and mixed in-line by static mixerL-OJ:Q'. The polymer serves to aid in the coagulation' and'
subsequent flocculation of the suspended material in the backwash wastewater stream, thus
enhancing ,the setding of suspended solids in the settling tank.
The solids settling tank, F-008, is a 4,500-gal, vertical, cylindrical. closed;,top, carbon steel:
tank with a conical bottom, 24-in. manway, three 2-in. sample ports in the cone section,
2-in-sludge drain, andanS-in~ overflow line to the floor sump. The tank is equipped with a level
element, that ·is linked to the system main control panel. Supernatant from the settling tank flows
through, a 2-in. line to the equalization tank, F-OOl, for reprocessing through the treatment system.
An air-dfiven diaphragm sludge pump, J-015, pulls settled; sludge from the bottom of .the tank and
pumps it to the sludge filter press,G-Q03, for subsequent dewatering in a batch process.
Ifhedewatered sludge from the press (filter cake) is deposited into a sludge drum to await
removal and ultimate disposal by waste handling procedures outlined in Sect. 10. Filtrate from
the filter press is collected in the floor sump where it is ultimately ,pumped back into the solids
settling tank by the sump pump, J-016.
•
The'floor sump is a 3-ft square by 3-ft deep concrete containment sump that connects to a.floor
trench andicollects floor spills. ·equipment washdown water. :press.filtrate. and tank overflows.
Fluids collected in the sump are pumped,to the settling tank by a submersible sump pump. The
sump pump is operated by liquid level switches in the sump. Liquid contents collected'irt the sunip
can also be pumped to .atank truck. if necessary. for disposal. This situation may be encountered
if a substantial spill occurs in the building or tank overflows become excessive .

6-24 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
6.3.2.2 Design criteria
Table 6-3 describes the design criteria for the equalization tank and related equipment.
6.3.2.3 Process operation and control
Modes of Operation. The normal mode of operation for the equalization tank and'
equalization pump is a continual on-line mode of operation. The system main control panel
automatically controls a flow control valve on the discharge line of the equalization pump.
Normal operation of the duplex downflow greensand filtration system is parallel operation of
the filtration vessels. However, individual operation of either vessel may be employed:
• while the other vessel is out of service,
• when backwashing and/or surface washing either vessel, or
• when sluicing spent media from either vesseL
The normal mode of operation of ' the greensand filtration system is the automatic mode. In
the automatic mode of operation, the system is microprocessor controlled' by a local control system
capable of automatically performing all functions required for proper filter operation. The
greensand filter local control· system is linked, to the system main control panel so that its operation
will be synchronized with the rest of the Pilot Plant.
The local control system performs the following operations:
•
• automatic timed backwash of each filter (timer settings: variable),
• automatic backwash on high differential pressure across an individual filter (differential
pressure settings: variable),
• automatic surface wash, and
• automatic alignment of valves to switch between normal operation and backwash operation.
The system main control panel performs the following functions for the greensand filters:
• verification that other plant systems are ready to backwash,
• automatic start and stop of the backwash pump, and
• monitoring of backwash flow tate.
The normal mode of operation of the chemical feed pumps. is automatic mode with feed rates
being controlled by the system main control panel. The sodium hypochlorite feed rate is controlled
by the ORP set point (variable), and the potassium permanganate feed rate is controlled by the
color monitoring system set point (variable). The chemical addition systems can operate
completely in the automatic mode, but the operator must monitor the chemical supply levels in
each system to prevent them from running dry. Potassium permanganate solution should be batch
mixed as required to keep up with system demand.
•

• • •
Table 6-3. Design Criteria (equalization tank and related equipment)
Equalization Tank (F-OOl)
Temperature Monitor (continued)
Number 1 Model Transmitter fOOOTJ 1U lOS}
Element (30 -JG-A-2cC-ooS.O-OO-Z003)
Manufacturer Southern Tank & ManufaCturing Co, Inc. Type Insertion thermocouple
Type Vertical, cylindrical, closed top, flat bottom Equalization Pump (J-005)
Diameter, ft 8 Number I
Height, ft 8 Manufacturer Ingersoll-Rand
Capacity, gal 3,000 Model HOe2
Filling rate, gpm 250 Type Horizontal centrifugal
Emptying rate, gpm 250 Flow r'!t~s, gpm
Mlmmum 160
Nominal 200
Materials of construction Carbon steel with epoxy-coated interior Maximum 250
Estimated weight of vessel, Ib 3,200 Design point 200 gpm at 125 ft TDH
Operating weight, Ib 27,265 Horsepower/rpm 2011800
"---_.-
pH Monitor Volts/Phast:/Ht:rtz 480/3/60
-
Number 1 Materials of construction 316 stainless steel
M,mu(acturer Rosemont AnalytiCal Operating weight, Ib 311
Model Transmitter (1181 pH); Sensor (385 pH) Connection 3-in. suction; 2-in. discharge
Type Insertion Probe Greensand Filtration Pressure Vessels (G-OOI and G-002)
... - -
-,
Number
2 in parallel
Temperature Monitor Manufacturer Water Control Associates
-_ ..
Number 1 Model NIA
Manufacturer Weed Instrument Type Dual media (greensand and anthracite)

Table 6-3. (continued)
Greensand Filtration Pressure Vessels (G-OOI and G-002) (continued)
Greensand media supplier/brand name
Iversand company/manganese greensand
Backwash cycle
finer backwash
surface wash
360 gpm for II minutes
32 gpm at 60 psig for 5 minutes
Flow Rates,. gpm (per vessel)
mInimum
nominal
maximum
SO
100
125
Minimum backwash rate to lift bed. gpm
Inlet distributor
360
4. 3cin. PVC outlt:t pipes turned up inside
vessel
Inside diameter. ft
Height, ft
6
6.25 skid sidewall; 9 ft overall; II ft skid
overall height
Outlet distributor
PVC hub/lateral tYIle: 4-in. PVC effluent
p'ipe; 16, 1-lh-in.PVC pipe laterals with
onlleo holes and 0.012-111. slot wire wrap
encasements over eal:h one
Support gravel depth, in.
• bottom-most li!Ye~ (10 ft 3 )
• second layer W ft )
• third layer (9 ft')
• top-most layer (9 ft 1 )
16
4 in. of 1/2 x JA filter gravel
4 in. of \4 x Ih filter gravel
4 in. of Va x \4 filter gravel
Surface washer
Skid dimensions (ti)
Red brass-bronze rotary surface al!itator,
5.5 ft diameter -
1-1.5 x 7 x II
Greensand illedia (42 til)
IS-in. of 0.30 to 0.35 mm premium grade
glauconitic manganese greensand; 2.4 to
2.65 speCific gravity ana less than 1.6
uniformity coefficient
Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCI) Pump (J-OI3)
0\
~----------------------------------------------------------------~~
Number
0\
Anthracite media (42 ft 3 )
18-in. of 0.60 to 0.80 mm anthracite coal;
1.4 10 1.6 sp'ecific gravity and less than
1.6 uniformity coefticient
Manufacturer
Model
Hydrnflo
Cheminjel:tor D Series 1077
Remo'val
Influent:
Iron, ppm
Manganese, ppm
Effluent:
Iron, ppm
Manganese, ppm
2.7
0.3
0.6
0.05
Type
Flow ~a!es, gph:
mlOlmum
nominal
maximum
Positive displal:emem diaphragm metering
pump
0.1
0.5
3.0
Materials of construction
Carbon steel with interior: 35 to 45 mils
DFT Plasite #4410; Exterior: 5 mils of
DFT Dupgnt #25P and 4 mils DFT
Dupont #50P finish
Design point
Horsepower/rpm
3.0 gph at 50 psig
1/2/1800
Operating weight, Ib
50,000 each with media
Volts/Phaselllertz
11511160
Maximum allowable head loss
across greensand filter, psi
10
Materials of construction
PVC with Teflon diapllfagms
•
•
•

• • •
Table 6-3. (continued)
Potassium Permanganate (KMnO,J Pump L-007
ORP Sensor/Transmitter (AE-J013/AT-J013)
Number 1 Number I
Manufacturer Hydroflo Manufacturer Rosemount
Model Cheminjector D Series 1077 Model Transmitter (1181 OR); Sensor (399)
---
Type
Positive displacement diag.hragm
metering pump (electric- riven)
Type
Oxidizer [n~tine Static Mixer (L-008)
Retractable type with ball valve
Flow rates, gph: Number 1
Mlmmum 0.1
Nominal 0.5
Maximum 3.0 Manufacturer
T AH Industrit:s, Inl.:.
Design point 3.0 gpm at 50 psig Model T-4-G57-43I
Horsepower/rpm '/211800 Type In-line statil.: (nixer with internal elt:i1\ents
V lilts/Phase/Hertz 115/1160 Diameter, in. 4
Materials of construction PVC Length, in. 20
Operating weight, Ib 72 Number of elements 3
Conllections '/z-in. NPT suction and discharge Flow rates:
-. ._.- Minimum 160
Nominal 200
Color Monitor (AS-LOO7)
Maximum 250
.
Number I Mixing design Mix 0.1 to 3.0 gph of 4% KMnO.
(SP6r. = 1.0) and 0.1 to 3.0 &fh of
Na CI (sp.gr. = 1.2) with 2 gpm
Manufacturer
Hungerford & Terry, Inc.
groundwater (sp.gr. - 1.0)
--
Model 101B Materials of construction FRP with polypropylent: 1l1ixer elements
Type Optical Fiber Operating weight, Ib 60
Sensitivity Adjustable to 0.125 ppb KMnO" Connections 4-in. inlet and 4-in. outlet
.

~ .
Table 6-3. (contirlUed)
~ ~ ~ ~ -
Potassium Permanganate (kl\1nOJ Mix Tank
Settling Tank (F-008)
Number
I
Number
1
Manufacturer
Hydrotlow
Manufacturer
Southern Tank & Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Model
Type
N/A
Vertical, cylindrical with lid
Type
Vertical. cylimlrical with c10seu top anu
comcal bottom
Diameter, in. 46
Height, in. 48
Capacity, gal 250
Diameter, ft
Height, ft
Bottom cone
IO
6 fI straight side; 16.7 Ii overall
60°
Materials of construction
HOPE
Capacity, gal
5.200
Operating weight, Ib 1700
Filling rate. gpm
425
Potassium Permanganate (Kl\1JlO 4) Mixer
Number 1
Empty ing rate. gplll
Materials of construction
50
Carbon steel with interior coaling
0\
I
N
00
Manufacturer
Hydrotlow
Estimated weight of vessel. Ib
9.95
Model
Hydromix agitator - IB75-483CS
Operating weight. Ib
51.150
Type
top entry with tank mounting clamp
Polymer Pump (L-009)
.. - -
Mixer shaft material
316 stainless steel
Number
I
Horsepower/rpm 0.7511725
Voltz/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Operating weight, Ib 35
Manufacturer
Model
Type
Stranco PolyblenJ
PB-200cITB
Positive displacement diaphragm, metering
pump (electric-driven)
•
•
•

• • •
Table 6-3. (continued)
Polymer Pump (L-009) (continued)
Polymer In-Line Static Mixer (L-OlO) (continued)
Flow rates, gp'm: Materials of construction PVC housing and CPVC elements
Mmtmum 0.01
Nominal 0.03
Maximum 0.5 Operating weight, Ib 60
Design point 0.01 to 0.5 gph at 100 psig Connections 6-in. inlet and 6-in.outlet
Horsepower/rpm 0.16/1700 Sludge Pump (J-OlS)
Volts/Phase/Hem 12011160 Number I
Materials of construction 304 sta ihless steel wetted parts Manufacturer Wilden Punlp & Engineering
Operating weight, Ib 65 Model M2/S0/NE/NE/SB99186
Connections
Water inlet 0.5-in. NPT; polymer inlet 0.625-in.
NPT; discharge port 0.75-in. NPT
Type
Douhle diaphragm, air operated
Flow rates, gp'm:
.. - Mmlmum
10
---
Nominal 15
Polymer In-Line Static Mixer (L-OlO) Maximum 25
- ---
Number I Design points 10 gpm at 95 psig and 25 gplll at 70 psig
Manufacturer T AH Industries. Inc Air requirements SCflll/psig 45/100
Model T-6-G57-H61 Materials of construction Stainless steel casing and Buna- N
diaphragm - . .
Type In-line static mixer with internal elements Operating weight. Ih 140
Diameter, in. 6 Connections I-in. NPT suction; 0.75-in. NPT
discharge; air inlet 0.25-in. NPT: air
exhaust 0.5-in. NPT
Length. in. 51
Number of elements 6 Sludge Filter Press (G-003)
Flow rate range, gpm 35 to 425 Number I
Mixing design ~ix 0.1)1 ~o O.~ gph of 30% emulsion pola-mer Manufacturer JWI
Wtth backwash waStewater from Ereensan
filters, ion exchange vessels, or lroil reactor.
Model
470G32-13/25-Z/4DYLS
--

Table ~3. (continued)
Sludge Filter Press (G-003) (continued)
Submersible Sump Pump (J-016) (continued)
Type Plate and frame Operating weight, Ib 30
Capacity range. gpm 10 to 25 (feed rate) Connections l.5-in. suction; 2-in. discharge
Press volume, ft 3 2to 4 Truck Unloading Pump (J-014)
Air requirements, scfm/psig 25/100 Number I
Materials of construction Steel frame (painted) with polypropylene plates Manufacturer G()ulds j)umps. Inc.
Operating weight, Ib 700 Model 3796
C(ir)nections
1.5-in. NPT feed inlet; I-in. NPT discharge;
0.75-in. air blowdown inlet
Type
Capacity,gpm 50
Self-priming, horizontal centrifugal
Submersible Sump PumP (J-016) Design point 45 gpIll at 36 ft 'tOil
..
Number I Horsepower /rpm 111800
0\
I
W
o
Manufacturer Burks Pumps, Inc. Voltz/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Model 9-01334-24FK Materials of construction 316 stainless steel welled parts
Type Submersible centrifugal (electric-driven) Operating weight, Ib 150
Capacity, gpm 50 Connections I'/~-in. slIction; I liz-in. discharge
Design point
50 gpm at 27 ft TDH
Horsepower/rpm 1/3450
Volts/Phas~lHem 460/3/60
Materials of construction
Stainless steel wetted parts
-
• • •

•
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
The settling tank operates ina continual on~line standby mode of operation whenever the Pilot
Plant is operating. The settling tank receives backwash water fwm the greensand filtration vessels,
ion exchange vessels, or iron filings reactor whenever these vessels go through a backwash cycle.
The polymer feed pump operatesautoma~ically in conjunction with flow >(0 ,the settling tank;
however, the feed rate of the polymer is adjusted manually. At a preset time after the backwash,
the system main control panel willalitomaticall:Y drain supernatant from the senling tank to the
equalization tank.
Sludge from the settling tank is removed by the pneumatic sludge pump, which is operated
manually. The sludge is pumped to,the filter press, which is also manually operated.
The sump pump operates in an automatic mode of operation, activated bya sump level switch.
The truck unloading pump operates in a manual, mode of operation. The pump conveys
wastewater to the equalization tank from another source (such as a tanker truck),
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main power to the pretreatment system is from power
panels PP-l, PP-2, and LP-l located in the Pilot Plant building.
The equalization pump 'has a local i control panel. The local control panel: has Sli'ART and
STOP pushbuttons, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator light, and a red OFF
indicator Hght. The equalization pump cannot be operated manually at the local control paneL
The filter controller is user programmable to perfonn the backwash and suIface wash functions
at specific times or differential pressures selected by the user. li'he controller has user selectable
backwash and surface wash duration times.
The sodium hypochlorite and potassium permanganate both have metering pumps with local
control panels. Starting, stopping, and the speed of these pumps is controlled by the main system
control panel. 'The stroke of the pumps can be adjusted manually atthe pump. Additionally, the
potassium permanganate has a mixer, which ,is manually controlled at a local panel.
The polymer feed pump has interlocks that start the pump when flow to the settling tank is
detected and stops the pump when the flow ends .
The sump pump has a local< control panel. The local control panel has a HAND/OFF/AUTO
selector switch, HIGH and LOW sump level switches to start and stop the pump when it is ,in the
AUTO mode, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator light, and a red OFF indicator
light. ~he sump pump itself is not linked to the system main control panel'.
•
The truck unloading pump has a' local control panel. The local control panel has a
HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator light,
and a red OFF indicator light. In the automatic mode, the system main control panel will allow
the pump to operate unless there is a high level in ,the equalization tank .
The system main control panel ~K-lOO) is located inside the Pilot Plant bUilding. K-WO has
a system descriptive graphic display, an operator interface unit, and a programmable logic
controller. lihe system descriptive graphic display contains a level indicator for the. equalization

6-32 Rev. ___ -"O'--__
Date 29SEP1995
tank, F-001, ON/OFF status lights and START/STOP pushbuHons for the equalization pump,
1-005, a flow indicator for the process flow to the sand filters, a level indicator for the settling
tank, F-008, OPEN/CLOSED status lights and OPEN/CLOSED/AUTO pushbunons[or the settling
tank discharge valve. HS-107.
•
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Startup, normal, long-term, and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PTER-20 17.
Process Control. Sodium hypochlorite and potassium permangahate are injected into the raw
water before filtration. This allows the chemicals to react with the iron and l manganese in the I'aw
water and form solid precipitates that can then be filtered out. The sodium hypochlorite is injected
before the potassium permanganate to allow the hypochlorite time to react with the iron and
manganese first, leaving only a fraction of the total iron and manganese to react with the
permanganate. The required doses of sodium hypochlor:ite and permanganate depend on the
quality of the raw water. Actual feed rates will be determined during Pilot Plant operation.
The system has anORP monitor to control the hypochlor:ite feed rate and a color monitor to
control the permanganate feed rate. The color monitor is provided for continuous viewing of a
sample sidestream in the greensand pressure filter effluem for the purpose of detecting potassium
permanganate. The presence of potassium permanganate (indicated .by a faint pink color), 10 ppm,
will operate a relay that will shut off the permanganate feed system. The ORP sensor and'
transmitter monitors the greensand pressure filter system effluent for excessive chlorine~to protect
the downstream ion-exchange system). If the high set point (l.ppmfree chlorine) is exceeded, the
sodium hypochlorite addition system will be shut down.
Sodium hypochlorite in 17% solution .(12% free chlorine) is delivered to the Pilot Plant in
drums. Sodium hypochlorite solutions will deteriorate over a period of time based on conditions
such as pH, light, temperature, the solution's concentration, and impurities such as heavy metals.
A sodium hypochlorite solution stored in sunlight will deteriorate much faster than a solution kept
in the dark. The rate of deterioration will be increased about 3 or 4 times for a 10 to 15 %
solution, and the rate ,is even higher for stronger solutions. (See Fig. 6-8, Sodium Hypochlorite
Stability Curve.) Increase in temperature also affects the hypochlorite solution by increasing its
rate of deterioration. It is estimated that the rate of decomposition of a l(i)· to 1-5 % solution nearly
doubl'es with every UO°F temperature rise. The stability of a hypochlorite solution is dependent
on its pH, and if the pH drops below 11, its. rate of decomposition increases very rapidly.
Manufacturers add excess sodium hydroxide (NaOH) to create this pH value. Interestingly, large
excesses of NaOH do not add to the stability of the h~pochloritesolution.
The "shelflife"or deterioration rate of hypochlorite solutions is generally expressed in terms
of their half-life. The half-life of a hypochlorite solution is defined as the number of days required
for a solution to lose . one-half of its original strength. This is used because the rate of decay is nonlinear.
Hypochlorite does not lose its strength at a constant rate per day, but a decreasing rate as
the solution loses its strength. This means that a strong solution will lose some of its strength very
rapidly and that this rate of loss will slowdown as the solution becomes weaker.
The half-life of a hypochlorite solution, therefore, varies depending on the initial solution
strength, as well as those conditionsprevi6usly described. Many of the previously described
conditions can be controlled, such that the half..:life can be accurately predicted. For example, a
•
•

• • •
20~--1---~----+---~--~----+---~--~----+----+----~--4----+--~~--~
TIME - DAYS
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE STABILITY CURVE
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY FIGURE No. 6-8

6-34 Rev. 0
Date 29SEp·t995
typical half-life (at 7rF) of a 9 % solutionis 250 days; 180 days for a 12 % solution; 100 days for
a 15% solution: and 60 days for an 1:8% solution.
•
Potassium pennanganate is a strong oxidizer and is used to oxidize iron and manganese in the
raw water. Potassium pennanganate is delivered .to the Pilot Plant in crystal fOl:m. Approximately
85 Ib of permanganate .is mixed with 250 gal of water in the batch tank to create a 4 % solution.
NOTE:
Permanganate can only be made into a solmionless than 6 % concentration.
Concentrations greater than 6 % will result in settling of permanganate crystals to the
batch tank's bottom. The solution should be kept to less than 5% (4% is the design
concentration for this system).
The potassium permanganate pump delivers 4% potassium permanganate solution to the
influent stream to the greensand filters for continuous regeneration of the manganese greensand.
Each greensand filter has a differential pressure indicating switch that measures pressure drop
across the filter. This switch is interfaced into the control system such that a differential pressure
in excess of a predetermined set point, 5-10 psid, will initiate the filter backwash cycle. The
frequency for backwashing will depend on influent groundwater concentrations of TSS, iron, and
manganese. The manufacturer's recommended maximum time interval between backwashingis
7 days (l68 hours) of continuous use. The maximum pressure loss (manufacturer's design
setpoint) through a greensand filter is 13 psid before automatic backwashing occurs.
Backwash from the greensand filtration system is conditioned with a' 30% emulsified polymer
to enhance the settling and dewatering of the solids in the backwash. The rate at which solids will
settle out of stationary water is a function of each particle's density and surface area. Smaller
particles generally have a much greater surface area per volume than do larger particles. Because
of this, the small particles are easily slowed down by surface tension from water molecules and can
take days or even months to settle. To accelerate the settling process, the greensand backwash
water is conditioned with a polymer as manufactured by Ashland Chemical. The polymer will
form a sticky layer around the particles that will cause then to adhere to one another in what is
knows as flocs. A floc is simply several particles glued together to form a larger particle. The
flocs will have much lower surface areas per volume and will, therefore, settle much more rapidly
than the small particles would individually. This process is known as flocculation. The solids are
then pumped by the sludge pump to the sludge filter press for dewatering. The polymer dosage
rate, 1 to 10 ppm, is the process control for the sludge settling and dewatering process. The
dosage rate depends on the characteristics of the settled sludge. If the polymer dose is inadequate,
part of the solids may not settle. Too much polymer could cause "blinding" (plugging) of the filter
cloths in the sludge filter press, and sludge to hold excessive water, or could be released through
the supernatant drain to foul other plant systems.
•
6.3.2.4 System maintenance
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have system equipment nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data, and a summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Maintenance Log Sheet allows recording of equipment, I.D. number, type of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance perfonned, name of person who performed maintenance,
•

•
and date performed.
pretreatment systems.
6-35 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 6-4 describes the troubleshooting steps to be performed for the
Table 6-4. Pretreatment systems (equalization tank, greensand mters, and solids management system)
operational troubleshooting
Problem Probable Cause Recommended Action
Pump will not start I. Electrical I. Check all power supply
switches. power panel, local
control panel HAND/OFFI
AUTO selector switch,
OFF/ON disconnect; and
correct position of these
switches.
2. High ORP(Hypochlorite 2. Verify that the pump starts
Pump)
ollce 0RP level drops within
normal range. less than 1 ppm
residual chlorine.
•
J. High color (Potassium 3. Verify that pump starts once
Permanganate Pump),
color level drops within' normal i
range, less than 25% of full
scale .
Pump running but no flow I. Closed valve I. Check and correct all valve
positions.
Filter effluent ·clear, iron low, I. Manganese being leached 1. Make sure KMn0 4 is being
manganese higher than raw water from greensand media; bed is continuously fed insufficient
insufficiently regenerated
quantities.
Iron levels high in effluent I. Iron being leached, from the 1. Backwash tilter. then make
greensand media. bed'is
sure KMn0 4 is being fed in
insufficiently regenerated
sutticient quantities.
Low flow; high differential 1. Settling tank level high 1. Check supernatant drain line
pressure; local panel backwash
'"I
light is on 2. Backwash not flowing ... Check backwash pump and
valve alignment
Sludge pump andlor sludge tilter 1. Compressed air system offlor L Check compressed air system.
press ,do not operate. low or no air malfunctioning
pressure
2. Closed valve(s) 2. Check all, system air valves
;. flush
3. Air leak 3. Check all system air lines and
valves for leaks.
Sludge pump does not operate. air 1. Closed valve 1. Check all solids dewatering
pressure nominal
system valves
2. Pump/pipe clogged up 2. 'Check pressure gauges and
with potable water ·flush
valve

6.3.2.5 Safety considerations
6-36 Rev. '0
Date 29SEPl'995
•
The Pretreatment System (Equalization Tank, Greensand Filters, Thickening/Dewatering
System) has the following safety considerations:
Electrical
Mechanical
Vandalism
Chemical
Pressurized Air
In addition, refer to Sect. 8, General Operational Health and Safety Plan.
6.3.3 Air Stripper and Vapor-Phase Carbon Treatment System
Figures 6-9 and 6-10 provide process t10w and equipment plans for the equipment and systems
covered by this section.
6.3.3.1 Process description
Air Stripping Tower System (E-001). Pretreated groundwater flows from the greensand
·filtefs to the air stripping tower for removal of 'FCE and other VOCs. The air stripper, E-OOl, is
a "low profile" type. countercurrent tray , air stripping tower. Groundwater (pretreated to remove
iron, manganese, and suspended solids) enters the top of the air stripper through a 4-in.-diameter
line and flows by gravity downward through a series of horizontally configured, perforated trays
while outside air flows upward through the tower by an induced air centrifugal blower, AJ-OOl.
As water cascades downward and across the horizontal trays, air moving countercurrently to the
water flow strips the TCE and other VOCs from the water phase. This VOC "stripping" action
is enhanced by the upward air flow rising through the tray perforations, resulting in a frothing
action and effective air-water mixing. This frothing, or scouring, action also helps to prevent
equipment fouling and hole plugging. VOCs stripped from the influent water phase enter the air
phase and are carried' out of the top .of the ,tower's exhaust stack through the exhaust blower.
•
Exhaust air from the induced air blower is heated to approximately 75°F in an in-line electric
heater, AC-OO 1, that reduces the air humidity to below 50 % ,to improve the effectiveness of the
gas-phase, activated carbon filters by extending carbon bed life. Exhaust air temperature from .the
blower is indicated locally. The outlet air temperature from the in-line heater ,is controlled
automatically by a thermostat that adjusts power input to the air heater.
After the in-line heater, the offgas is treated by activated carbon adsonption and ultimately
discharged to the atmosphere through a roof stack. The air stripping system has been designed to
remove influent TCE from approximately 9,500ppb to less than 2.5 ppb. Refer to Sect. 6.2 for
a more specific discussion on air stfipping theory.
The air stripping tower system also includes a mobile pressure washing system to allow high
pressure washing of the stripper trays and internal components using dilute hydrochloric acid or
water. The pressure washing system is a skid-mounted mobile unit comprised of piping, inlet/
outlet hose connections, and a high-pressure washing wand used to blast scale and deposits from
air stripper trays and internal parts. 'Fhe pressure washing system and tower piping are .configured
so that the air stripping tower sump can be used as a source of wash water or dilute acid. The
•

6-37
•
l
IlACRWASH SUPl'l.Y
~---------------I
J-OOI J-002
NornH WELL PUNI'S
J-«I.. J-002
(w-2~
l:.;AII
u
J-003
[W-ZZ8
AUTO
SA"I'UII
l-003
r'
I
I
U
)-000
~L--L--L~
[QUAU2A1IOH
TANK
f-OOI
~
~.~----- ~
~I (~
~~~------ -,----if------------~~r------------------~
I ~ ~II I II
I ~ AC1WARD fa j ( (
_ASHWAm : ~ a$ ~ r-~~~r~_~-------------------(I_----
'( ---------------------~ ~ ~ I I I r.=--=--=-_=_:=-.;" ( -,
I ~ ~ I I I: Ii ("' --~ I I I
ACID
"'-LIllI
IIIXIIIS
L~
l-GtI
-------,
I
( ~ ~ I I 'I (r "I I
( ~ ~:: I I I I
I ~ ~ :( I I ' I
I( ~ I 'I ~ -=r-L----. I ( (
5:: ~ IlL..J ~ I I ( I I (
~I ~ c.- I ~ : I (: I 0 ~SIN
31 ~ I~ ~ 10M I I I I IIlWATflIIJIG
~ 0 A~' I //. utllAIICl 'I puvp
tl I . ~ ii ~I I , I~
~I I, I ~; I I I I
I ~ 1..__ I ~'n~ --I----L-.J 1 II ('0 -~ ~ COUAIII -------+--.. I
I ~ AlII ~,~. I I II
=- _I
~
,' "n~::"f: : S1IIIIfl~ • : - -l-- - - J I'
'~I I ~ , L8Y~·S'5~· -t------"
: ~r- ------ --..,~: I '
: ..e1D ~ I//. ,I----a----J I ,1'
• MUll I ~ I I ~ , 119
I
I
r-.--==----------'----#;,r.j

•
•
l~fLUE~T
AUTOWATIC
SAIoIPLER
HOSE
STATION 63
POLYIoIER
IoIETERI~G
PUIoIP
SLUDGE
PUWP
1oI0BILE LABORATORY
TRAILER
o
TANK
EQUALIZATION
PUIoIP
/~REEN-
R
: SAND : Lt-J
\ ~llTE~'r'pOlYWER
~~-_ DRUM
1
....... ... ...
, '
,
" GREEN- ,
I SAND :
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SKID
fiLTER PRESS
w
U
Z
<
a::
I­
Z
W
HOSE
STATIO~ U4
'.
r--'
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
L";';;~
r--' ,
:
,
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
J
AIR
STRIPPER
BLOWER
REACTOR
STRIPPER
EXHAUST
ION EXCHANGE
COLUWNS
TRUCK
UNLOADING
PUWP
"...-- ....\
, ,
I \
, ,,
'....-----
:'00
6:
EffLUENT
AUTO SAMPLER
EfflUENT ""
BACKWASH/SLUICE
PUMP 'LJ
A~AlYZER '. ~
.... ~=~~==~=~~ .. '-i.~ LJ
r-oc- __ c] - -- ~ ___ o ___ ~~~
: t I~ U
•• " : I 1 :~
: : : :~
IO_\--~ARBON 1/ ____ JI
ADSORBER UNITS ~
,. Y/ .. ~_
RESIN
DEWATERING
BLOWER
BACKWASH/SLUICE
.-~~~~-. TANK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
:
, I
I
t_.J
I
,
POTABLE
WATER
SUPPLY
PRtSSURE .
REGULA TOR
fiRE
PROTECTION
VALVES
ELECTRICAL ok
I~STRUWE~TATIO~
AREA
STRIPPER HEATER
AIR STRIPPING
TOWER SKID
HOSE
STATION #2
~z~
- , -
~W////////~
AIR STRIPPING TOWER SYSTEM EQUIPMEN r
5 o 5 10
~///////~Y/1
A
NOTE: BUILDING OUTSIDE DIIoIENSIONS
H'
ARE 93'4· X 48'0· X 1B'0· TO EAVE -SCALE IN fEET
>t-__ ..............__.m.. Em .. ~~~~~~~~~=-=-=======-=======-__ ===a __ ~====-======-==-==-~a=~
'" CD
,.,
......
o
-.j
I:
>
...
'" ,.
......
en
AIR
CDU FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
__ ~ __ ~. __ ~~ ____________________
a subsidiary of Camp Dresaer 6: IIcKee IDe,
L-~~~~_~_~~_~_~
LEGEND
--
HOSE
STA TlON # I
STRIPPING TOWER SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
PLAN
DEWATERING
TANK
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH,. KENTUCKY ________________________ FIGURE No.6"" 10
_
~

6-40 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
mobile washing unit can be connected to ,the tower effluent pump discharge line and uses the pump
to circulate washing solution through the unit. Acid solution andlor water is stored in the tower
sump and is recycled throHgh the washer back ·to the sump to provide mixing of the acid'lwater
solution.
•
The air stfipper blower, AJ-OOI. has a pressure gauge and high and low pressure switches.
The blower discharge air flow rate and temperatHre are also indicated. High air temperature, high
blower suction pressure. or low blower suction,pressure will cause the air stripper and the Pilot
Plant to shutdown automatically.
l1heair st~ipping ,tower has a differentia:l pressure indicator andl switches that monitor the
differential pressure across the trays. A high differential pressure condition caused by excessive
plugging or fouling of the tray perforations will trigger an alarm condition. The stripper also has
a level indicator and sight glass. The level indicator is Hnked to the system main control panel.
'fhe panel is programed to automatically adjust a valve in the air stripper's discharge line as needed
to maintain a constant level in ,the sump. High and low sump liquid level conditions will cause the
system main control panehto shut the Pilot Plant down.
Treated groundwater collected in the stripping tower sump is pumped from the air stripper by
an electric-driven. horizontal centrifugal pump, 1-006. Pump discharge pressure and temperature
are indicated by locally mounted gauges. 'freated stripping tower effluent is pumped through a
4-in.-diameter line and automated control! valve to the ion exchange columns for further treatment
to remove 99'fc. The Pilot 'Plant is designed ,to allow ,the operator the option of reversing the order
of air stripping and ion exchange, so that the air stripping tower is downstream of the ion exchange
columns. In order to accomplish this. bypass piping around the air stripper and ion exchange
columns is included to allow for temporary diversion of flow around the air stripping tower to the
ion exchange columns. Flow is then rerouted from the ion exchange column eftluentback to the
air stripper for VOC removal prior to discharge. Reversing the order of the ion columns and air
stripper systems will not ,be impleinented without prior approval from EPA and KDWM.
Gas-Phase, Activated Carbon Treatment System. The exhaust air from the air stripping
tower exhaust blower passes through a demister and an in-line heater. AC-OO 1. before entering the
vapor-phase. carbon treatment system ·composed of two series-arranged, vapor-phase. activated
carbon vessels with granular activated carbon for removal of TCE and10ther VOCs from the air
stripper off-gasses. VOCs are adsorbed onto the pores of the activated carbon media within each
filter vessel. Similar to organic contaminant removal in the liquid! phase. vapor-phase contaminants
are actually adsorbed onto the microporous surfaces ·of the activated carbon by an electrical surface
attraction. When the microporous surfaces of the carbon become saturated with adsorbed organics
(known as a' "breakthrough" 'condition); the carbon must be replaced with new or thermally
regenerated carbon media. The carbon filters are piped so that either vessel can operate in the lead
(primary) or lag (secondary) position, When the carbon filter currently iin the lead position
experiences breakthrough. it is taken off..:line and is replaced with a new filter. while the other filter
(having operated in the lag ,position) ,is now placedl,in the lead position. The newly replaced filter
now becomes the lag filter. This process of switching between lead and lag filter positions
continues as breakthrough occurs and the filters are replaced with new ones. Because of this
cycling, breakthrough should never occur in the Ilag filter. Air monitoring for breakthrough of
VOCs is described in Sect. 9. Spent. activated capbon will be removed from the vessels' and
•
•

6-41 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
replaced with fresh carbon. Spent carbon will be disposed in accordance with the waste handling
procedures in Sect. 10.
'6.3.3.2 Design criteria
Table 6-5 describes the design criteria for the air stripper and! related equipment.
6.3.3.3 Process operation and' control
Modes of Operation. Ifhe air stripper and vapor-phase, carbon treatment system is designed
to operate continuously 24 hours per day, 7 days a week in an automatic mode. The air stripper
blower starts automatically when the equa:lization pump starts. 'the system automatically controls
the level of water in the stripper sump, the discharge pump, air blower. and off-gas heater~
•
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main poweno the air stripper and vapor..,phase carbon
treatment system is fwm power panel! PP-I located in the Pilot Plant building. The air stripper
blower has a local control panel. The ,local control panel has START and STOP pushbuttons, an
overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator Hght, and a' red OFF indicator light. The air
stripper pump has .a local control panel. The local control panel has START and STOP
pushbuttons, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator light, and a' red OFF indicator
light. Local liquid ,temperature indicators are provided on the influent and effluent lines to the air
stripper .
A differential pressure switch with adjustable set point and indicator are provided across the
air stripper. System alarm is initiated upon a high differential pressure of 23 ,in. water. System
shutdown is initiated upon high or low heater exhaust temperature.
The air stripper heater has a temperature control system that includes temperature .elements,
a temperature indicating controller, and high, and low temperature switches with adjustable set
points. (High temperature set point is 11~0°F, low temperature set point is 65 0 F.)
The system main control panel (K-100) is located inside the Pilot Plant building. K-IOO has,
a system descriptive graphic display, an operator interface unit, and a programmable logic
controller. The system descriptive graphic display contains a level indicator ,for the air stripper
basin level (E-001), ON/OFF status lights for the air stripper blower (AI-001), ON/OFF/AUTO
pushbuttons for the air stripper blower (AJ~OOl), ON/OFF status lights for the air stripper pump
(1-006), and ON/OFF/AUTOpushbuttons for the air stripper pump (1-006).
Startup and Shutdown ,Procedures. Startup, normal, long-term, and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PT:ER-2017.
•
Process Control. The air stripper has a differential pressure switch with adjustable set points.
If the system shuts down because of high differential pressure, the stripper may require pressure
washing Of the stripper sieve trays and internal components. A portable pressure washer is
provided with the system. The pressure washer uses quick-connect hookups to connect ,to the
stripper sump and has a return line to the sump. lIhe ,pressure washer is capable of using
washwater or dilute acid.

Temperature Monitor (AJ-301)
Table 6-5. Design criteria (air stripper and related equipment)
-- - ~-
--
--
Air Stripper (E-OOl) (continued)
Number 1 Materials of construction 304L stainless steel
Manufacturer U.S. Gauge Operating weight, Ib 8,000
Model DTTc8300 Air Stripper Off-Gas Heater (AC-IOO)
Type Insertion thermometer/thermowell Number I
-
Air Stripper (E-OOl) Manufacturer Gaumer
--
Number 1 Model IDH-24-4
Manufacturer Hydro Group Type N/A
Model NEEP 31241 Volts/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Type Low profile, perforated tray type Power input 20 kW
induced air, counter-current
gas/liquid Minimum effluent air temperature 75°F
Air flow rates, scfm: Maximum effluent air temperature IOO°F
Minimum 1,400
Nominal (design) 1,800
Maximum effluent relative humidity 50%
Maximum 2,000
Materials of construction
316 stainless steel
Inlet air stream temperature (0 F) 10-97 (55, design) Operating weight, Ib 200
Water flow, gpm 3-250 (200, design) Temperature Monitor (AC-30l)
Influent water temperature (OF) 45-64 (59, design) Nurnber 1
Influent TCE, J.lg/L 2,000 Manufacturer Yoko Gawa
Effluent TeE, J.lg/L 2.5 Model UTl4
Design air-to-water ratio 50:1 minimum, 67:1 maximum Type Insertion thermometer /thermowell
--
• • •

• • •
Table 6-5. (continued)
1\divllted Carbon Adsorber Units (AG-OOI and AG-O(2)
Air Stripper Blower (AJ-OOl)
Nllrnber 2 in series Number I
Manufacturer Enco Tech Manufacturer American Fan Company
Model N/A Model VP-5-06-26.5A
Type Upflow vapor phase, granular Type Induced draft, centrifugal, spark
activated carbon filters
proof blower
Air flow, scfm:
Air flows, !icfrn:
Minimum 1,400 Minimum 1,40
Nominal 1,800 Nominal 1,800
Maximum ~,OOO Maximum 2,000
Design carbon capacity, Ib
:?,OOO (each vessel)
Influent TCE loading, Ib/hr 0.25 Design point 1,800 cfm at 49 in. of water static
pressure
Design TCE removal efficiency 95%
Dimensions, each adsorber 6.5 ft 2 by 7.17 ft tall Horsepower/rpm 40/1800
Skid dimensions, fl 16 x 10 x 10 Volts/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Materials of construction HDPE Materials of construction TEFC
Operating weight, lb 10,000 each vessel, 20,100 total Operating weight, Ib 1,000
skid with media
Connection to each ad sorber 8-in. flanged inlet and outlet Connections 6-in. suction, 6-in; discharge
Carbon media:
Supplier
Brand Number
Size/bulk density
Calgoll Carbon Corporation
4 x 10 mesh/0.47 g/mL
_._- .

Table 6-5. (continued)
Air Stripper Pump (J-006)
Portable Pressure Washer
Number 1 Number 1
Manufacturer Goulds Manufacturer Spaftan
Model 3196 Model Bigfoot fE-S
Type Horizontal centrifugal Operating Pressure, psig 900
Flow rates, gpm Cleaning fluid Water or diluted acid
Minimum 160
Nominal 200 Volts/Phase/Hertz 12011/60
Maximum 250
Materials of construction
316 SS
Design point 250 gpm at 70 ft fDH Operating weight, Ib 30
Horsepower/rpm 1011750
Volts/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Materials of construction
316 stainless steel wetted parts
Operating weight, Ib 400
COIlI1ection
1 Ill-in,. suction, 11f2-in. discharge
• • •

•
6-45. Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Provisions have been made to allow the addition of acid to the stripper sump and to allow recycle
through the washer to the .sump to mix the dilute acid. The pressure washer has a washer wand
with a trigger to allow control of the flow of the deaning fluid.
6.3.3.4 System maintenance
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have system equipment nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data,anda summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Ma.intenance Log Sheet allows recording of equipment, 1.0. number, type of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance performed, name of person who performed maintenance,
and date performed. Table 6-6 describes the troubleshooting steps for the air stripper and vaporphase,
carbon treatment systems.
Table 6-6. Air stripper and vapor-phase, carbon treatment systems operational troubleshooting
Problem Probable Cause Recommended Action
Blower, heater,
and/or pump will
not start
1 . Electrical
1. Check all power supply switches,
power panel, ·Iocal control panel
HJ\NO/OFF/ AU'FO selector switch,
OFF/ON disconnect; and correct
positions of these switches.
6.3.3.S Safety considerations
The air stripper and vapor-phase. carbon treatment system has the following safety
considerations:
Electricall
Mechanical
Chemical
Pressurized Air
Vandalism
In addition, refer to Sect. 8, General Operational Health and Safety Plan.
6.3.4 Ion Exchange and Resin Dewatering System
Figures 6-·11 and 6-12 provide :process flow and equipment plans for the equipment and
systems' covered by ·this section.
6.3.4.1 'Process description
•
Ion Exchange Columns (F-004, F.;OOS, F-006, F..,007). Groundwater, having been treated
to remove TOE, including VOCs, is pumped: from the air stripping tower discharge pump, 1-006,
through 4-in.-diameter piping to two parallel ion exchange trains. each train composed of two
series-arranged anion exchange columns. F-004 through F-007. Groundwater is ·treated in the ion

6-46 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
This page intentionally blank
•
•

6-47
•
•
BACkWASH SUPPlY
.---------------,
I
I
I
I
"'-2U I ; "'-218 I
I
II
! ,
,
, I
J4IO., .1-002
"ORr" wtU ruws
J4IO' • .l-002
AUTO
SAIlPU/I
L-OOS
I
I
, I
: I
!~ •
I L ___ :
,-------------- -- ----------"
I
:1'
IRON
RucrOR
0-00'
.cID
1 ..-\JIIl
L-01l
-------1
~~::
~
r~~.
G4I04
I
~ _____ ~_...--. EXI\AUS1.
I
r--,------
I I
I II ACTlVATlD
.I ="-:a
,BACKWASH WASTl ,I AC-002
LEGEND
BACKWASH SUPPlY
UISII)[
AIR
PRIMARY flOW
- - - - - - - S[COND4RY FLOW
~
~~
ION EXCHANGE a. RESIN
DEW4TERING SYSTIIoI now
C:~~
AIR smtll i
I
AIR 10
INSID[
AIR
I ~10.
I'
:"~D
nU(JI PIIlSS
10 FUIOII
SUIIP
'AIITICUUTl Jallll$
AlII DIIYlJIS
•
_ AlII M-8 M-II _
L ________ ~~ ____________________________ . ___ .~
ID
ID ~t---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------______________ ..________________.a------~
~ FIGURE No. 6-11
~ ION EXCHANGE AND RESIN DEWATERING
~ SYSTEM PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
ID
~ PADUCAH GASEOUS DiffUSION pLANT
.~ PADUCAH, KENTUCKY
~--~----=--=~----~~------------------------------------------------------------------------------~

INFLUENT
AUTOtoAATIC
SAtoAPLER
HOSE
STATION 63
POLYMER
toAETERING
PUIoIP
SLUDGE
PUMP
I.IOBILE LABORATORY
TRAILER
o
TANK
PUtoAP
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SKID
fiLTER PRESS
c..
::!:
«
C<
UJ
U
Z

6-50 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
exchange units to remove 9

•
6-51 Rev. ___-"o'--__
Date 29SEP1995
Resin Dewatering System. Anion resin is loaded into each ion exchange column by pumping
directly from the resin supply drum to the anion exchange vessels using the air-ddven, resin
dewatering pump, J-009. Potable water is used as the transport media and is introduced into the
resin supply drums during the pumping operation to assist intluidizing the resin bed for
transporting ipurposes. Spent resin is removed from the ,ion exchange vessels by pressurizing the
vessels with treated water via the backwash/sluice ipump, J~008,and sluicing the spent resin to the
resin dewatering tank, F-003. Spent resin is allowed to drain in the resin dewate~ing tank. The
drained water is transported by the resin dewatering pump, J-009, to the settling tank. F-008, for
subsequent solids removal in the sludge filter press, G-003. The resin dewatering tank, F-003, is
an 800-gal, vertical, cylindrical, closed-top,carbon steel tank with a conical bottom, 24-in.
manway, four 2-in. resin slurry inlet nozzles, 6-in. air inlet nozzle. 1-1/2-in. water drain nozzle
6-in. resin drain nozzle, and a 6-in. overflow line to the floor sump. The tank is equipped with
a high- level alarm linked to the system main control panel. Settled spent resin is dried! in the
resin dewatering tank by the resin dewatering blower. AJ-006. and deposited in a spent resin drum
for handling and disposal in accordance with Sect. 10.
6.3.4.2 Design criteria
Table 6-7 describes the design criteria Jor the ion exchange columns and related equipment.
•
6.3.4.3 Process operation and control
Modes of Operation. The ion exchange columns operate in a continual on-line mode of
operation except when backwashing or when air scouring has been manually initiated. Loading,
slucing, and dewatering oUhe resins are performed manually.
Control/lnstrumentationUescription. Main power to the ion exchange and resin dewatering
system is from power panel PP-!llocated in the Pilot Plant building. The resin dewatering pump
has a local control panel' with START and STOP pushbuttons. an overload reset pushbutton, a
green RUN indicator light, and a red OFF indicator light.
Each pair of ion exchange columns is equipped with a, local! flowmeter that provides
instantaneous flow measurements ,in gallons per minute. Each ion ,exchange column has its own
effluent conductivity monitor ,and i ,local differentiallpressure gauges with transmitters. The system
main control panel plays the current conductivity for each column and alarms when high
,differential pressure is detected.
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Startup normal, long-term, and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PTER-2017.
•
Process Control. Process control l of the ion exchange columns consists of selecting a resin
that is best suited for treatment of the raw water and maintenance of the resin through routine
backwashing. When backwashing is no longer effective and the resin has become "spent," the
resin will be sluiced, dewatered, and replaced with new resin. Chemical treatment of the resin
may be required if it has become fouled with organic or other material.

Table 6-7. Design criteria (ion exchange columns and related equipment)
-- -< -- > -~ - -
----
Ion Exchange Columns (F-004, F-OOS, F-006, and F-007) Outlet distributor PVC hub/lateral type; 3-in. PVC
effluent pipe; 16, *-in. PVC pipe
Number 4 in series or parallel operation (2 trains) laterals with drilled holes and 0.008-
in. slot wire wrap encasements over
Manufacturer
Water Control Associates
each one
Model N/A Design intluent 99Tc concentration. pCi/L 2.000
Type Anionic Design effluent 99Tc cOIll:entration. pCi/L 25
Flow rates (per vessel),gpm: Materials of construction Carbon sted with 35-45 mils DFT
Minimum 80 series; 40 parallel Plasite #4110 interior coating and 5
Nominal 100 series; 50 parallel mils DFT DuPont #25P primer, 4 mils
Maximum 125 series; 62.5 parallel DFT DuPont #50P finish
Height, Ii 8 ft sidewall; 10 ft overall; 12 ft overall Maximum allowable head loss across
skid Ion Exchanger, psi IO
Inside diameter. ft 4.5 Backwash cycle 45 gpm for 15 l11inute::s
Ion exchange:: media: Minimum backwash rate to lift hcd. gpIll 45
Volume, ftJ
62.5 per vessel
Bed depth. ft
4 (approximately)
Type Strong base anion resin Maximum backwash rate to prevent
Supplier I. Rielly Industries media washout, gpm 45
2. Purolite Co
3. Ricci bros. Sand Co. Inc Skid dimensions, ft 11.5 x 8 x 12
4. Dow Chemical
Trade name I. Reillex HPQ Polymer Conductiyity Monitors (F-504, F-505, F-606, F-607)
2. Purolite A"520E
-
3. Ionac SR-C3
Number
I
4. Dowex SBR-CL
-
0\
I
VI
N
Inlet distributor 4 2-in. PVC inlet pipes turned up inside Manufacturer Rosemont
vessel
Model Transminer (1181e); Sensor (141)
Type
Retractable insenion-type probe with
transmitter
--
• • •

•
• •
Resin Dewatering Tank (F-003)
Table 6-7. (continued)
Resin Dewatering Pump (';-009) (coJ1tinued)
Number
Manufacturer
Southern Tank & Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Materials of construction
Stainless steel casing and Buna-N
diaphragm
Type
Height. ft
Vertical, cylindrical with closed top and
conical bottom
5.0 straight side; 14.17 ft overall
Operating weight. Ib
Connections
2-in. NPT suction: 2-in. NPT discharge:
'/2-in. NPT air inlet; ¥-in. NPT air exhaust
Bottom cone
60°
Capacity, gal
800
Resin pewatering .!Jlower (AJ-006)
Filling rate.gpm
100
Number
Emptying rate, gpm
40
Manufacturer
New York Blower Corp
Materials of construciion
Carbon steel with interior coating
Model
1906A Type Pn:ssure Blower - AL
Operating weight, Ib
13.115
Type
Forced draft centrifugal
Resin Dewatering Pump (J-009)
Capacity, scfm
500
Number
Design point
500 scfm at 28-in. of water static pressure
Manufacturer
Warren Rupp
Blower motor type
TEFC
Model
SI32-A
Horsepower/rpm
5/36()0
Type
Sand piper, double diaphragm
Volts/Phase/Hertz
480/3/60
Capacity; gpm
Design
40 (design point)
20
Materials of wnstruuion
Painted carbon steel with aluminuJIl fan
wheel
Air requirements, cfm/psig
451100
Operating weight, Ib
635
Discharge pressure, psig
20
COnJ1ections
6-in. inlet and 6-in. outlet

6.3.4.4 System maintenance
6-54 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets 'have system equipment nameplate. vendor.
manufacturer's data. and a summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Maintenance Log Sheet allows recording ofequipment.I.D. number. type of maintenance
~preventive or: corrective). maintenance performed. name of person who performed maintenance.
and date performed. Table 6-8 describes the troubleshooting steps for the ion exchange and resin
dewatering system.
Table 6-8. iIon exchange and resin' dewatering system operational troubleshooting
Problem
Probable Cause
Recommended Action
Blower will not start
I. Electrical
I. Check all power supply
switches. power panel.
local control panel HANOI
OFFI Al:JTO selector
switch. OFFION
disconnect; and correct
positions of these switches.
No flow
I. Closed valve
2. Power off
I. Check and correct aU valve
positions.
2. Check and correct power
supply.
•
~c levels in effluent exceed
900 pCi/L
I. Resin breakthrough
1. Replace resin.
Resin dewatering pump does
not operate, low or no air
pressure
I. Compressed air system off
or malfunctioning
2. Closed valve(s)
1. Check compressed air
system.
2. Check all system air
valves.
3. Air leak
3. Check all system air lines
and valves for leaks.
Resin dewatering pump does
not operate, normal air pressure
L Closed valve(s)
L
Check all resin dewatering
system valves.
6.3.4.5 Safety considerations
The ion exchange and resin dewatering system has .the following safety considerations:
Electrical
Mechanical
Chemical
Pressurized Air
Vandalism
In addition, refer.[O Sect. 8, General Operational Health andiSafety Plan.

•
6.3.5 Backwash. Supply and 'Treated Water Discharge Systems
6-55 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP>1'995
Figures 6-13 and 6-14 provide process flow and equipment plans for the equipment and systems
covered by this section.
6.3.5.1 Process description
•
Groundwater ,treated by the Pilot Plant flows out of the plant through 4-in.-diameter, buried
piping to the discharge point in the adjacent stream that flows to Outfall 001. Before exiting the
plant, treated groundwater undergoes analysis for 1CE by the on-line analyzer, L-005. In
addition, treated groundwater flows through 4-in.-diameter piping to the backwash/sluice ,tank,
F-002. !fhis tank is kept full and provides storage for backwash supply water or resin sluicing
water when spent resin is to be removed from the anion exchange columns. The backwash/sluice
tank, F-002, is a 5.620-gal. vertical, cylindrical. closed-top, carbon steel tank with flat bottom,
24-in. manway, 4-in.water inlet nozzle. 6-in. water outlet nozzle, 6-in. water recirculation nozzle,
2~in. tank drain nozzle, and a 6-in. overt1ow line to the tloorsump. The tank is equipped with a
level element and transmitter. The backwash/sluice pump, J-008. is a horizomal.cemrifugal pump
that takes water from the backwash/sluice tank and, supplies backwash water to the ion exchange
columns, greensand filters, and iron reactor vessel. This pump also is used to sluice spent resin
from the ion exchange columns to the resin dewatering tank, F~003. The pump has a discharge
pressure gauge and an effluent flowmeter that indicates backwash water supply flow in gallons per
minute.
6.3.5.2 Design criteria
Table 6-9 describes the design criteria for the backwash/sluice tank and related equipment.
6.3.5.3 Process operation and control
Modes of Operation. The on-line analyzer operates in the automatic mode except when offline
for manual or automatic calibration. The analyzer is linked to the system main control panel
and will alarm when effluent TCE concentrations exceed a set point.
The backwash/sluice tank is continually on-line in either standby, backwash, or sluice mode.
!fhe backwash/sluice pump nonnally operates in an automatic mode of operation and is controlled
by the system main control ,panel.
Flow into the backwash/sluice tank is controlled automatically by the inlet valve, UV-llO.
UV-110 wiUdose upon backwash· sluice tank high level, 11 ft 2 in., ,and UV-050 (outfall valve)
will open, pennitting flow to the KPDES discharge point. Upon low backwash/sluice tank level,
1 ft 6 in., UV -110 will·open and UV -050 will close .
•

6-56 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
This page intentionally blank
•
•

sr:::::
•
•
•
~
6-57
rt - - - - - -~~-- nHAUST
I
I
r---t------ -r------------------~.-A------------------"l
BACKWASH SUPPl.Y
I
I I I
,-- - - - - - - -- - - - - - --,
I
I
IlACllWUtI WASR I
r---------·-·-----------~
I
1W-228
l
l ~1_22.
I I I I
I RUIN
ACID
I I
-::.r. -L___, I I DlWt=- I
1N-lJIIt
IIIUIIS
I I I: II r-OII.1 I
L-OOZ
I i .••
l-Ol1
l~.J
I I I I .1 ~~SIN
I
10M I I I II DlWATEIIIIIC
i
I
UCllAIIGl
iU·'·"
I
I 'I I'IIIIP
COUIIIN
-------1
I ' .HIIIII
, I
'I;
r__ I I I !I
.I-OOZ·
BAG .
TlUtR ;1·
1:. __ .I
I I I I
--+------.l~ Ii
NORTH WlU PIlNl'$ AUTO
G-iMI4
_'.J-002
I;
-~
SAMPLU
-.---'~ ---1----+1-- "
L-OII.1
~L . 11[51.
ACID
I __ '-___ J'
DOiIATUIMG
IILDWU
.- "[J[RI,",.
-------1
PU ....
-1-------...
AJ-006
, J-oll
I
. ACID
,----,----' I
I I
DRU"
1---+---. I
I
L ______________ L ___ ~
I
I
AiR
~-1
51111PPlR
DlWTIOM
lQUMWmOM
. , WAlIR I I
I I 'I I
Blown
U-iMlI
I" I
PIl ....
J-ocJS
13 II
j4 I I I
-::.r--"-i
lLL1r rTTn 1 ---'------~ • I L
I II I
______ -,
I I
POLYII~IlON, .J lJZSZSLSZSl-~ - ~- - - - - -1 I I I
L-ooe I POlYIIU IN-lJM[ , _ ..! I I
I I I
.---__ II_ORTI-=-J-OIl3,~-=:I=.'fiU~J-:..-=="::::.-----,---~---~----------J T-;:::====::::::;-tl ____"_'lI_~~L-O'O 1 ~DftfC ti -{J-t 1 :
I I r-
' -'L.· :1 _'
~ c AlIt
STRIPPlR
PtIIIP
__ =-=-.1.1 :
J-ooa
i.·. .HIU nUD mss '1 :11
.-~~ I
~l~=D F-ooa I .1
O-iMlI. L 1 II
I
__ SODIU» IIYPOCItLORlR I POTASSIU" PfRIIAItCANAR G-002 I h_
I
~ "[J~:Uwr Aoo~'lmll D1
=
1·------------
'--T-.L....c~---.. _ I I
~~lNT L __________________________________ I g ""TO I
~ ______________________________________________ J
BACKWASH SUPPLY
II -AIR
LEGEND
I
I
PRlllARy FlOW
I
SECONDARy rLOW
-AlII
BACKWASH SUPPLY • TREAT
C:~~
~
AlII SYSTDI I
WATER DISCHARCE FLOW
~~
I
AIII·JQ
VAlYl
ACTIIATOII
DIAPHIIAGIII
PIIIIPS, NIl)
TIlTO, PRlSS
to
to
"
0
to
~
t to
~
" Co
~--~·~,-~-~~~-~-_t:-------------------L----
II Ir-------~ -I
I • c-----~ I I
: : : : I 'r-"~ I I :
I I I I I I I
AIR
AIR DII'tIJIS
. HII
L._._._.~~~._._._._._._._._._._._._._.~.-.-.~
FIGURE No. 6-1 3
BACKWASH SUPPLY & TREATED WATER
DISCHARGE PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIfFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH. KENTUCKY

•
•
•
INF"LUENT
AUTOMATIC
SAMPLER
HOSE
STATION #3
POLYMER
METERING
PUMP
SLUDGE
pui.!P
MOBILE LABORATORY
TRAILER
o
TANK
EOUALIZA TlON
PUI.IP
'-
GREEN- • ~
SAND ; .
tlLTER
-' J'
.- POLYMER DRUIoI
'1"
.. ""--....... ,
/ GREEN- \
t SAND :
AIR
COIolPRESSOR
SKID
;'LTER PRESS
uJ
U
Z
4
a:
I­
Z
W
HOSE
STAIION #4
'.
r--,
I I
I I
I ,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I ,
I ,
L __ J
AIR
STRIPPER
BLOWER
TRUCK
UNLOADING
PUMP
&:
RESIN
DEWATERING
BLOWER
.-,
I
I
,
POTABI.E
WATER
SUPPLY
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
STRIPPER
EXHAUST
ION EXCHANGE
COLUIoINS
I
,
.
I
,
.,.- - ..
, ....... - ... \
\,' \
\ I
... --'"
FIRE
PROTECTION
VALVES
ELECTRICAL '"
INSTRUIoIENTA nON
AREA
STRIPPER HEATER
STATION
AIR STRIPPING
TOWER SKID
o 5
5
.10
NOTE: BUILDING OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS
M
ARE 93'4" X 48'0" X 18'0" TO EAVE
SCALE IN fEET
-..........--~~~~~~~~=-================================================~
LEGEND
-====-
STATION #1
DEWATERING
TANK
BACKWASH SUPPLY'" TREATED WATER DISCHARGE SYSTEM EOUIPMENT
~t---...... ---.-.. ---.-.-..
II>
CI>
..
"....
BACKWASH SUPPLY & TREATMENT WATER DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT PLAN
o
~
~
'"
II>
..
"
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a 8ubSidiary of Camp Dresser " McKee Inc.
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH, KENTUCKY FIGURE No, 6-14
a.
~~--------------------~~------------------------~~----------~~

-----------------------------------------------------------
6-60 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPt995
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main power to the backwash/sluice pump is from
power panel PP-l located in the Pilot Plant building. The backwash/sluice pump has a local
control' panel. The local control panel has aHAND/OFF/ AUTO selector switch. an overload reset
pushbutton, a green RUN indicator light. and a red OFF indicator light. In automatic. the
backwash/sluice pump will start upon high differential pressure across the greensand filters (G-OOt
and G-002). The backwash/sluice pump will stop upon high level in the settling tank (F-008).
•
An in-line TCE monitor monitors the level of TCE in the 4-in. Pilot Plant effluent line before
the backwash/sluice tank and the KPDES discharge outfall. Should the TCE concentration exceed
25 ppb, a high concentration alarm will occur. Plant operators will perform a system check to
determine if any problems exist that would explain the high TCE concentrations for the effluent.
If TCE concentration exceeds 80 ppb, a second high concentration alarm will occur. At this time,
plant operators will immediately shut the system down and' begin ,troubleshooting procedures to
correct the problem.
The system main control panel, (K-100) is located inside the Pilot Plant building. K-lOO has
a system descriptive graphic display, an operator interface unit. and a programmable logic
controller. 'fhe system descriptive graphic display contains 0PEN/CL0SED status lights for the
backwash/sluice inlet valve (UV-IIO) and system discharge valve (UV-050), OPEN/CLOSED/
AUTOpushbuttons for the backwash/sluice inlet valve (UV-llO), and system discharge valve
(UV-050), a level indicator for the backwash/sluice tank (F-002), ON/OFF status lights for the
backwash/sluice pump (J-008), and ON/OFF/AUTO pushbuttons for the backwash/sluice pump
(J-008).
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Startup normal, long-term, and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PTER -2017.
•
Process Control. Process control of the backwash supply and treated water discharge system
consists of confirming that the backwash/sluice tank receives treated water and that the
backwash/sluice pump operates as required to provide backwash water to the greensand filters, the
ion exchange columns, and the iron reactors. and sluice water to the ion exchange columns. The
automatic operation of valves UV -110 and UV -050 depends on receiving compressed air and
control signals from the backwash/sluice tank level sensor system.
6.3.5.4 System maintenance
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
'Fhe Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have system equipment nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data, and a summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies.
•

~ ~-
• • •
Table 6-9. Design criteria (backwaSh/sluice tank and related equipment)
Backwash/Sluice Tarik (F-002)
Backwash/Sluice Pump (J-008) (continued)
Number I Horsepower/rpin 20/1800
Manufacturer Southern Tank & Manufacturing Co., Inc. Volts/Phase/Hertz 480/3/60
Type Vertical cylindrical with closed top and flat bottom Materials of construction 316 stainless steel wetted parts
Operating wt:ight. Ih 280
Diameter, ft 8.75 Connections 4-in. suction; 3-in. discharge
..
Height, ft 12.5 Automatic Sampler (L-004)
Capacity, gal 5.6~0 Number I
Filling rate,gpm 250 Manufacturer ISCO Environmental Divisioll
Emptying rate. gpm 425 Model 3700 FR
Materials of construction carbon steel with interior coating Type Se4ut:ntial composite and discn:te grah
(programmable)
Operation weight, Ib 52.500
Backwash Sluice Pump (J-008)
TeE Monitor (L-005)
Number I Number I
Manufacturer Ingersoll-Rand Manufactllrer Syntex Systems. Ilic.
Model IIOG Model Aquascan
Type Horizontal centrifugal Type COlltinuous, on-lim! gas chrnmat\Jgraph
Capacity, gpm
425 (gesign point)
pesign head, ft tDH 83.4

6-62 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP 1995
The Maintenance tog Sheet allows recording of equipment, I. D. number. type of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance performed, name of person who performed maintenance,
and date ,performed. Table 6-10 describes the troubleshooting steps for the backwash supply and
treated water discharge system.
•
Table 6-1 O~Backwash supply and treated water discharge system operational troubleshooting
Problem
Probable Cause
Recommended Action
Backwash/sluice pump willi not
start
I. Electrical
1.
Check all power supply
switches, power panel,
local control panel HAND/
OFF/ AUTO selector
switch, OFF/ON
disconnect; and correct
positions of the switches.
No air flow
I. Closed valve
1.
Check and correct all valve
positions.
2. Power on
2.
Check and correct power
supply.
UV -110 and/or UV -050 do not
operate, low or no air pressure
I. Compressed air system off
or malfunctioning
2. Closed valve(s)
1.
2.
Check compressed air
system.
Check all system air
valves.
•
3. Air leak
3.
Check all system air lines
and valves for leaks.
6.3.5.5 Safety considerations
The backwash supply and treated water discharge system has the following safety
considerations:
Electrical
Mechanical
Dangerous Animals/Insects
Weather
Vandalism
Forest Fires
Hunting Activities
Pressurized Air
Chemical:
In addition, refer to Sect. 8. General Operational Health and Safety Plan.
•

•
6-63 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPf995
6.3.6 Iron Filings Treatability System (also refer to the Iron Filings Treatability Study Work
Plan)
Figures 6-15 and 6-1!6 provide process How and equipment plans for the equipment and systems
covefed by this section.
6.3.6.1 Process description
A side stream of ,influent groundwater to ,the Pilot Plant is taken from the south wellfield!
pipeline and treated! in an iron reactor vessel to evaluate the effects of a mixture oriron filings and
silica sand on TeE and *Fe removal from groundwater. Past research has indicated that a mixture
of iron filings and silica sand can reduce concentrations of TeE and 99Tc. although the exact
mechanism for this removal is unknown (DOE t993b). The iron filings treatability system includes
the following key process components:
•
•
o influent bag filter:
o flow control valves:
o optional acid feed system;
o optional reducing agent feed system;
o iron filings reactor; .and
• piping, valves. instruments, and controls .
A side stream flow from the south wellfield is directed in Ih-in.-diameter tubing to the iron
reactor, 0-001. Influent flow passes through a lO-micron bag filter. 0-004. for removal; of
particulate material that may otherwise plug the iron reactor. Influent stream pressure and· bag
filter differential pressure are indicated on local: gauges. The bag filter is changed out manually
on high differential pressure. Spent bag filters are handled and disposed in accordance with
Sect. 10. Bypass piping and valves are also provided, ·if necessary, to allow temporary bypassing
the bag filter. Filtered water passes through two manually operated, parallel-arranged flow control
valves and flow rotameters capable of maintaining accurate flow between 0.2 and 2.0 gpm to the
iron reactor. One flow rotameter measures from 0.1 to l.'0'gpm and the other flow rotameter
measures from 1.0. to 10 gpm. A flow totalizing meter is also provided on the combined flow from
both rotameters to indicate total gallons of water treated' in the iron filings reactor.
Filtered groundwater flows through the iron reactof, 0-001, for removal of TeE and 9"fC.
The iron reactor is a pressurized steel. downflow reactor vessel containing a media comprised of
iron filings and silica sand. Flow passes downward through the reactor vessel removing TeE and
9~C contaminants and out through 1!2-in.-diameter tubing to the atmospheric vent line that drains
into the equalization tank. F':OOI. Effluent pH and differential pressure across the iron reactor are
indicated on local gauges. An influent pressure gauge also is used to monitor backpressure that
may result from media fouling conditions. The iron reactor is backwashed manually on high
differential pressure. Backwash wastewater flows to the settling tank. F-OOB, for subsequent solids
removal in the sludge filter press, G-003. The iron reactor has five la-in. sample ports positioned
along the media bed for collecting grab samples of groundwater for testing. A sample port on the

6-64 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
This page intentionally blank
•
•

6-65
BACkWASH SUPPlY
,---------------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
1
.I-OCU
! -";1
I ~---, I
, . ,I, I
i' ~. 'L I I
.1 SODMI SOIIIUY HYI'OQILOIIIT[ I
IfYPOCHLOIIIn ynERtIIO· PUIIP
'oauy J~13
roTASSIUY 'P£IIIIA_n
.~ SYSHY
L-

•
•
•
INfLUENT
AUTOMATIC
SAMPUR
HOSE
STATION ,3
POLYMER
METERING
PUMP
SLUDGE
PUMP"
'-AOBILE LABORATORY
TRAILER
o
TANK
PU'-AP
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SKID
FILTER PRESS
"­
::::0
<
a::
w
U
Z
<
a::
~
z
w
HOSE
STATION #4
,..--,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L_~'"
r--,
L_
AIR
STRIPPER
BLOWER
DRUM
STRIPPER
EXHAUST
ION EXCHANGE
COLUMNS
.. ,--- ,
, \
I
\
\
, ,
",-_..
TRUCK
UNLOADING
f'UMP
... -.:........ .. ... - ...
\' I' \
I \ I \
I , I
\ I I
\ \ ,
" ... _...... ',-_..-
FLOOR SU ... P &
" GRATING
RESIN
OlWA1EIlING
BLOWEH
RESIN
DEWATERING
~
\
BACKWASH/SLUICE
r---:"""'''''''':::-- TAN K
,-,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
, :
I I
:
I
I
~_J
POTABLE
WATER
SUPPLY
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
fiRE
PROTECTION
VALVES
0-
I
0\
-..J
ELECTRICAL &
INSTRUIotENTATION
AREA
AIR
STRIPPER HEATER
AIR STRIPPING
TOWER SKID
HOSE
STATION #2
5 o 5
11""""'1-
SCALE IN fEET
10
.>
LEG[~W
-f/-Wfi'/":i
~///////hwh
HOSE
STAiiON #1
DEWA f(RING
TANK
IRON fiLINGS TREATABILITY SYSTE'-A EOUIPMENT PLAN
IRON FILINGS TREATABILITY SYSTEM EQ UIPMENT PLAN
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
a ".ubsidiary 01 Camp Dre.ser & IIcKe. Inc.
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
PADUCAH. KENTUCKY FIGURE No. 6-16

6-68 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
treated ·effluent stream is used to collect periodic samples for analysis of TeE and 99Tc. Iron
filings media is periodically replaced with new media according to treatability testing procedures
and if the 99Tc ever bfeaks through. At the end of each test run in the treatability study, it is
proposed that the expended iron filings/sand media will be vacuumed out of the reactor into 55-gal
drums. The drums will then be transferred to the PGDP for ultimate disposal in accordance with
Sect. 10.0, Waste Management Plan. As the reac~ion progresses inside .the iron filings reactor,
the pH increases. Excessive pH conditions (above 9) may result in oxidlltion of iron and
manganese in influent groundwater that could plug the iron reactor media. If necessafY, a 1 %
sulfuric acid solution can be ,injected into the feed stream to adjust pH and minimize oxidation of
iron and manganese. To accomplish pH control. a I % sulfuric acid solution is fed into the influent
groundwater stream by a chemical metering pump, 1-011, and mixed in two in-line static mixers,
L-002 and L~(iH 1. The static mixers are arranged vertically in series and operated in the upflow
mode to prevent t~ow stratification of the acid. A pH pfObe inserted in the effluent side of the
static mixers is used to indicate pH and to control the speed of the acid metering pump. A ·Iow
flow switch in the process stream shuts down the acid metering pump on low tlow conditions to
the iron reactor. Sulfuric acid is provided in liquid [0[:111 in drums as a I % solution and is pumped
directly from the acid supply drum to the point of injection by the acid metering pump, 1-011.
A Ih-in.-diameter spare connection is provided on the influent piping upstream of the first static
mixer for possible addition of a reducing agent, if required, to simulate the slightly oxic conditions
of the groundwater. The decision to add a reducing agent is made by the Pilot Plant operator based
on the iron filings treatability study protocol. and the injection rate is controlled automatically
based on a continuous signal from an ORP sensor installed in the line downstream of the static
mixers.
6.3.6.2 Design criteria
•
•
Table 6-11 desc~ibes the design criteria for the iron reactor and related equipment.
6.3.6.3 Process operation and control (refer to the Iron Filings Treatability Study Work Plan
for Specific Operating Procedures)
Modes of Operation. The iron reactor operates in a continuous on-line mode of operation.
The backwashing operation is manually initiated when a high differential pressure across the
reactOf is attained.
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main power to the iron filings treatability system is
from power panel PP-llocated in the Pilot Plant building. The acid metering pump has a local
control panel with a HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch, an overload reset pushbutton, a green
RUN indicator light, and a red OFF indicator light. The iron reactor IS not linked to the system
main control panel.
•

•
•
•
Table 6-11. DesjgJl criteria (irQn reactor and related eql!ipmentt
Bag Filter (G-004)
Iron Reactor Pressure Vessel (D-001)
Number
Number
Manufal:tun:r
Rosedale
Manufal:turer
Waler Control Assol:iates
Modd
4-12c3/4F-3-300-S-B-S-B
Modd
N/A
Type
In-line paniculate type with replaceable filter
bags and housing
Inside diameter, ft
Height, ft
4.5
8 sidewall: 10 overall: 15.4

Table 6-11. (continued)
Iron Reactor Pressure Vessel (D-OOl) (continued)
Optional Acid Metering Pump (J-OOI) (continued)
Materials of construction
Carbon steel with 35-45 mils DFT Plasite #4110
interior coating and 5 mils DFT DuPont #25P
primer. 4 mils DFT DuPont #50P finish
Design point
Horsepower
0.6 gpm at 50 psig
Operating weight. Ib
Maximum allowahll! head loss
across vessd. psid
47.000 (with 100% iron media)
15
Volts/Phase/Hertz 115/1/60
Materials of constructioll
Alloy 20 with Tenon Lliaphragms
Operating weight,lhs 40
Backwash cycle
360 gpm for 11 minutes
Connections
%-in. NPT suction and lA-in. NPT discharge
Minimum hackwash ratl! 10
lift hed. gpm
360
Acid In-Line Static Mixers (L-002, LI-OOl)
Number
2 in sl!ries
Maximum hackwash rate 10
prevent media washout, gpm
360
Manufactun:r
Model
Greey
Lightnin 50-fl-1
Skid dimensions. ft
9.5 x 6 x 15.5
~--~~~~~~--------------------~~~--------,
Optional Acid Metering Pump (J-OII)
Number
Type
Diaml!tl!r, in.
Length, in.
Uplln\\' in-line static mixl!rs
2
12
Manufacturer
Hydrotlo
Number of ekments
3
Model
CheminjeclOr D Series 1077
Flow rate range, gpm
0.2 to 2.0
Type
Positive displaceml!nt diaphragm metering pump
(electric-driven)
Mixing dl!sign
0.06 tll 0.6 gph (If 1% H,SOI (sp.gr= 1.3) anLi
rl!dw;ing agent Wilh groundwater (sp.gr= 1.0)
Flow rates, gpm:
Minimum
Nominal
Maximum
0.06
0.3
0.6
Materials of construction
Operating weight, Ib
Connections
Alloy 20 wdtl!LI pans
9
Ill-in. inkt and 1/1-in. outld
•
•
•

• • •
pH Monitor (D-OOl)
Table 6-11. (continued)
Number 1 Model Transmitter (1181 pH); Sensor (399)
Manufacturer Rosemount Type Insertion probe
-_.

6-72
Rev. 0
Date 29SEPI995
•
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Stanup and shutdown of the iron reactor is discussed
in O&M procedure PTER-2('H7.
,Process Control. The iron reactor is an innovative technology design to remove TCE and 'I'l'fc
from groundwater. The influent and effluent concentrations of TCE and 9~Tc will be monitored
to assess the effectiveness of the treatment process.
A bag filter is installed upstream of the iron reactor to remove particulate that may potentially
foul' and plug the reactor bed. The bag filter has a differential pressure indicator. The bag filter
is changed out manually when the differential pressure across the filter reaches 5 psirl. Spent bag
filters are handled and disposed in accordance with Sect. W.
The reactor has a pH adjustment system that uses I % sulfuric acid (H~SO,) to lower the pH of
the groundwater tlowing into the reactor vessel to between 3.0 and 5.0 to minimize oxidation of
the iron and manganese in the incoming raw water. Operation of the acid addition system is
optional and may not be required. Oxidation of iron and manganese could cause fouling and
plugging of the reactor media and decrease its efficiency. The flow rate of sulfuric acid will be
in the 0.06 to 0.60 gph range. The system consists of a chemical metering pump and two in-line
static mixers to mix the acid and water. Two in-line pH sensors/transmitters monitor the influent
and effluent pH of the iron reactor. An optional reducing agent system is also included to adjust
the ORP of influent groundwater, jf required. An ORP sensor installed downstream of the in~line
static mixers is used to adjust the ,reducing agent pump speed.
The reactor vessel has a differential pressure indicator to monitor the pressure drop across the
iron reactor bed. An increase in the differential pressure may indicate potential fouling. The iron
reactor is backwashed upon high differential pressure (15 psid). The recommended maximwn time
interval betw.een backwashings should not exceed 120 hours of continuous operation. There are
five In-in. sample ports along the media bed to take grab samples of groundwater for testing.
Flow into the reactor is monitored and controlled by a manual flow control system.
•
6.3.6.4 System maintenance
Refer to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have system equipment nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data. and a summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Maintenance Log Sheet allows recording of equipment, I.D. number. type of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance performed, name of person who performed maintenance,
and date performed. Table 6-12 describes the troubleshooting steps for the iron filings treatability
system.
•

•
6-73 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 6-12. Iron filings treatability system operational troubleshooting
Problem
Probable Cause
Recommended Action,
Metering pump will not start
1. Electr:ical
I .
Check all power supply
switches, power panel,
local control panel HANDI
OFFI AUTO selector
switch. OFF/ON
disconnect; and correct
positions of these switches.
No flow
I. Closed valve
I .
Check and correct all iron
reactor valves.
6.3.6.5 Safety considerations
The iron filings treatability system has the following safety considerations:
•
Electrical
Mechanical
Chemical
Vandalism
In addition, refer to Sect. 8, General Operational Health and Safety Plan.
6.3.7 Compressed Air System
Figures 6-17 and 6-18 provide process flow and equipment plans for the equipment and
systems covered by this section.
6.3.7.1 Process description
The compressed air system provides instrument-grade compressed air for operation of
pneumatic control valves, air-driven diaphragm pumps, and the filter press at the Pilot Plant
facility. The compressed air system includes the following key process components:
• two electric-driven, oil-injected, rotary screw-type compressors designed .to produce 7(i) scfm
each at 100 psig with inlet air filters (50 micron rating);
• two coalescing air filters (200 scfm each with a removal efficiencyof99. 999 % for oil aerosols
and all solids 0.025 microns and larger);
• two air-cooled aftercoolerlseparators (maximum 120°F);
•
• two heaterless. desiccant air dryers (200 scfm each to provide "super-dry" air with a pressure
dewpoint of -30°F or below);
• two particulate air filters (200 scfm each and a removal efficiency of 99.9% at 1.0 micron);

6-74 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
•
This page intentionally blank
•

6-75
•
•
•
,
I
,
'lIACIIWA5H_y
~ _____ ~~..--~ PItAUST
,
-I------------------~-r------------------~
I
r--""t------
I I ,
r---------------~ I ,I ACIIV"TDI
_I
, EW-2211 EW-2Z8
£W-230
lW-231
__'.Am I I -,
,---------------------~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I~=
I~~
I
I
1. __
i,
--------,
I
ACID
1II-IJN1
WIllERS
,L-iI02
l-GII
-------1
BAG
nLTU ,
G-oO-4
I
-­
ACID
~
.ruwr
. . 1-011
I ACID
I , DR\III
L ______________ L ___ , 'I
: II,
f , "
I ~ : r--::_L-:_~_t:-------. __________ ~-I_:
.. -- __
" .--------., -I
, • {" ___ ~, i' I
,.--." " ' "r
,
, ", I, ,.,
" , , ," , , "
I ,
l' • .1
I
I
,
I
-..,J
AIR Sl1lll'Pll
BlIIWIR
AJ-GOI
-.,~"
,
~
l..-J I Iii
: I ([[]- . ~-------' : L
J-GD3 POl""s':sm,-,.t 'VVVVS!:-0= -1_----=--=----l~ l,
IIOIITII ww puwps L__ , POlYIIIII 1H-lJII[ - -! , 'I
'J-003. .I-GCU IIIlWI l-otO - L. ~
"::::" .:.....----'----~-------~------.J r.;::::=:==:::;-7--~ TRUCK

•
INFLUENT
AUTOMATIC
SAMPLER
HOSE
STATION ,3
POLYMER
W(1(RING
PUMP
SLUDGE
PUMP
MOBILE LABORATORY
TRAILER
o
TANK
EQUALIZATION
PUWP
q
..--- ......
/GREEN- '.
: SAND :
\ FILTER '
-----'JpOLYMER
DRUM
1
.. --- .........
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SKID
FILTER PRESS
w
U
Z
cr <
,..,..
z
w
HOSE
STATION #4
r--,
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
L_~ ••• ~-"
--,
L_
AIR
STRIPPER
SLOWER
. ,
L_.J
,-'"
'.... _,
REACTOR
STRIPPER
EXHAUST
, ... -- ..... \
, \
I I
I
\ ,
" .. _ .......
ION EXCHANGE
COLUMNS
TRUCK
UNLOADING
PUMP
... -- ..... , \
, \
I ,
, ,
....... _-':'
I
I
\ ,
FLOOR SUMP '"
GRATING
BACKWASH/SLUICE
EFFLUENT PUMP []
AUTO SAMPLER
ErFLUENT ~
•. , _______ ,
'.,: :-110
ANA,L_Y:_E_R __ ~ tJ
I
I
,
I
I
,
I -- ..
1 I I
I
L - -.\- -~ARBON L 1-----J
ADSORBER UNITS
RESIN
DEWATERING
BLOWER
r---~~~--
BACKWASH/SLUICE
TANK
POTABLE
WATER
SUPPLY
PRESSURE
REGI.lLATOR
r1RE
PROTECTION
VALves
ELECTRICAL '"
INSTRUMENTATION
AREA
AIR
STRIPPER HEATER
AIR STRIPPING
TOWER SKID
LEGEND
-
~///////#/'2
HOSE
STATION #1
!i ~ COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEIoI EQUIPIoIENT
7k;l//,./,/;t.-;..#.
-
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM EQUIP1\IENT PLAN
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
'" a 8ubsicllary or Camp Dr •••• r '" I/cKe. Inc. PADUCAH, KENTUCKY FIGURE No. 6-18
~~-=~~------------~~~--~~~~~--~----------~~

• one 400-gal air receiver:
6-78 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
• two pilot-operated. air pressure regulators: and
• piping, valves. instruments. and controls.
The air compressors will be operated as alternating redundant units. Compressed air will be
available for control valves. air-driven diaphragm pumps, and the filter press at approximately 100
psig.
6.3.7.2 Design criteria
Table 6-13 describes the design criteria for the air compressors and related equipment.
6.3.7.3 Process operation and control
Modes of Operation. The air compressors can be operated in either a manual or an automatic
mode. Normal operation of the compressed air system is the automatic mode with the air
compressors sta~ting and stopping automatically based on the system pressure set points. The
manual mode of operation is for maintenance purposes or for continuously monitored' operation
-of the compressors.
Control/Instrumentation Description. Main power to the compressed air system is from
power panel PP-l located in the Pilot Plant building. The air compressors have a local control
panel. The local control panel has the following for each compressor: a HAND/OFF/AUTO
selector switch, an overload reset pushbutton, a green RUN indicator Hght. and a red OFF
indicator light. The system has pressure gauges, pressure differential switches. safety relief valves,
and pressure switches that will alert the operator to potential problems and prevent overpressurization
of the compressed air system. In addition. the system has automatic drain valves
and a high humidity alarm on the dryer.
•
The system main control panel (K-IOO) is located inside the Pilo~ Plant building. K-lOO has
a system-descriptive graphic display. an operator interface unit. and a programmable logic
controller.
Startup and Shutdown Procedures. Startup. normal. long-term. and emergency shutdown
of the Pilot Plant is discussed in O&M procedure PTER-20l7.
Process 'Control. The process control for the control/instrument air system is ensuring
adequate air supply and pressure to all application points. The air filters and dryers should be
properly maintained to ensure a clean. dry air supply. System supply lines. pressure gauges,
valves, and pressure regulators should be routinely inspected for leaks and proper operation. Air
filters and' dryingdesicant materials are designed to last 5 years but can be changed should the need
arise. Air filters should be changed at a minimum of once a quarter.
•

• • •
Air Compressors (AI-A, and AI-B)
Table 6-13 Air compressors and related equipment
Coalescing Filter (A3-A and A3-B)
- - .. _ ..
Number 2 in paraIIel Number 2 in parallel
Manufacturer Gardner Denver Machinery Manufacturer Hankinson
Model EBE-OFF Model A2220-12-205-B
Type Oil-injected; rotary-screw; duplex alternating Type In-line. coalescing
arrangement
Capacity, scfm
200 each
Capacity, scfm at 100 psig, each 70 (design point) Design removal 99_999% oil aerosols, 0.025 microns
particulates
Horsepower 20
Volts/Phase/Henz 460/3/60 Air Dryers (A4-A and ,,\4-8)
--
Operating weight. Ib 1790 Number 2 in parallel
Overall compressor system Manufacturer Hankinson
skid dimensions. ft II x 8 x 10
Model DH 260
--- ---
After Cooler/Separators (Al-A and Al-B) Type Heaterless. dual tower desiccant
Number 2 in parallel Minimum capacity. sefm at 100 psig 100 each
r\1anufactun:r Gardner Denver Machinery Design condition,; 120 r 0 inkt air. -30°,," pressure dewpoint
eftluellt air
Model
EBE-OFF
Type Air coolc::d Particulate Filters (:\5-:\ and AS-B)
Maximum outlet temperature 120°F Number 2in parallel
- .---

Table 6-13. (continued)
Particulate Filters (A5-A and AS-B) (continued)
Receiving Tank (A6)
Manufacturer
Hanksinson
Number
I
Modc::!
T220-12-looG
Manufacturer
Silvan Industries
Type
Replaceable, in-line
Model
NfA
Capacity, sefm
200 each
Type
Verti.:al. .:ylinurical pressure vessd
Design removal efficiency
99.9% at 1.0 micron
Capacity, gal
400
Maximum allowable pressure drop, 10
psi
Maximum working pressure. psig
Materials uf construction
Operating wt:ight. Ih
150
Galvanizeu sted
900
0\
I
00
o
•
•
•

•
6.3.7.4 System maintenance
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Refer: to Appendix B for Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets and a Maintenance Log Sheet.
The Maintenance Task Frequency Sheets have system equipment nameplate, vendor,
manufacturer's data, and a summary of the equipment maintenance tasks and frequencies. The
Maintenance Log Sheet allows recording of equipment, I.D. number, t~pe of maintenance
(preventive or corrective), maintenance performed. name of person who performed maintenance,
and date performed. Table 6-14 describes the troubleshooting steps for the compressed air
system.
Table 6-14. Compressed air system operational troubleshooting
Problem Probable Cause Recommended Action
•
Air compressor will not start I. Electrical I. Check all power supply
switches. power panel,
local control panel
HAND/ OFF/ AUliO
selector switch, OFF/ON
disconnect; and correct
positions. of these
switches.
No air flow I. Olosed valve I. Check and correct all
valve positions.
2. Power off 2. Oheck and correct power
supply.
Low air pressure I. Hydraulic loader struck I. Check ruMing
open
compressor pressure
gauge; if low, have
maintenance check out
compressor.
2. Broken line
2. Check for air leaks in the
discharge lines of the
system.
Air compressors do not I. Alternator malfunction 1. Have maintenance check
alternate
and, correct.
2. Air compressor in 2. Air compressor in AUTO
continuous run setting
lead or AUTO lag,
whichever is appropriate.
•
Air supply has excess moisture I. Air dryer/moisture 1. Have maintenance check
separator malfunction
and correct.

6.3.7.5 Safety considerations
6-82 Rev. ___ -"'O'--__
Date 29SEP1995
•
The Compressed Air System has the following safety considerations:
Electrical
Mechanical
Pressurized Air
Vandalism
In addition. 'refer to Sect. 8. General Operationai Health and Safety Plan.
6.4LABORA TORY OPERATIONS AND PROCEDURES
As discussed in the Technical MemorandulIl for illterim Remedial Action of the Northwest
Plume (DOE 1993b). samples will be taken from the process water at the inlet to the treatment
systems and at the outlet of each treatment unit. The purpose of taking these samples is to verify
the adequacy of treatment. to determine ,the capacity of the ion exchange resins. and to demonstrate
the ability of the iron filings reactor to remediate groundwater. Section 9 of this O&M Plan
describes specific sampling and analyses procedures to be used in process samples analysis.
The daily samples will be analyzed in a dedicated, laboratory located on the paDP site
approximately I mile from the Pilot Plant. The laboratory will be equipped with a gas
chromatograph with electrolytic conductivity detector (TCE analysis) and a liquid scintilla.tion
counter (99Tc analysis). This section describes specific operation procedures relative to the field
laboratory. Specific procedures are outlined' in the laboratory standard operating procedures.
•
6.4.1 TeE Analysis
TCE analysis will be performed using a gas chromatograph with an electrolytic conductivity
detector. The test method used will be EPA method 8010 as described in Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste. Physical/Chemical Methods. SW-846 (EPA 1986).
Electrolytic conductivity detector analyses are quantified using a three-point calibration curve.
Three-point, least-squares-linear-regression calibration curves are generated for each detector as
needed and the correlation coefficients are examined for each standardized analyte. Correlation
coet:ficients must be greater than 0.99. The calibration curve is then used to quantify the
concentration of analytes in samples. Following the initial three-point calibration, check standards
are analyzed at the beginning and at the end of each day to ensure retention time and response
stability. Identification windows for retention times will be set using the narrowest time band
possible (usually 0.05 - 0.1 minutes) without including non-standardized peaks. An acceptable
calibration check is one where TCE falls within ± 20%. If TCE is falling outside the window in
the associated sample. then the calibration check and sample are rerun. The checklist for TCE
analysis is as follows:
1. Prepare calibration and check standards. as necessary.
2. Check instrument conditions ~gas flow, temperatures).
3. Perform instrument calibration.
4. Verify that the correlation coefficient is ~ 0.99.
5. Analyze method blank.

•
6-83
6. Analyzecalibra~ion check standard.
7. Analyze sample(s).
8. Analyze continuing calibration check standard (every 10 samples).
9. Assemble data (chromatograms, quantitar-ion repmts).
10. Report results.
See Appendix D for specific procedures and QA/QCrequirements.
6.4.1.1 Preparation and analysis of groundwater samples
Rev. Q
Date 29SEP:1 995
1
Sample Container Preparation. Pre-weigh the sample vials. Assign a unique identification
number to every vial.
IField Sampling. Groundwater samples should be collected in accordance with IFopcp4-ER­
SAM4303, "Groundwater Sampling."
•
I. Purge the sample line with at least 3 times the volume of {he valve .an

enter:
this sample enter start #
enter:
6-84
Rev. 0
Date 29SEN995
•
3. Sequence setup on Chemstation (commands designated by under:Iine):
To set up sequence:
Sample run sequence:
1.
2.
3-1'3.
14.
15-25.
26.
27.
1'0 run sequence:
sequence
edit sample log table
edit front (method i 80 10 \Va vial # 1-50).
edit rear
QK
sequence
edit sequence parameters
subdirectory use date and instrument designation full me£hod
QK
sequence
~ use date and instmment .designation
use SOP for sample run sequence infor:mation
Method Blank
Calibration Standard (50 ng)
Samples
Calibration Standard (50 ng)
Samples
Laboratory Duplicate
Calibration Standard (50 ng)
sequence
i}Qru;l appropriate sequence
run control'
run sequence
6.4.1.2 Data reduction
Quality Assessment Evaluation.
t. Method Blank < 112 method detection limit for ·each analyte.
2, Accuracy control Hmits for mass spectroscopy % R: 75-125 %.
3. IPrecision control limits for Laboratory Duplicated relative ,percent difference: 20%.
•

•
4'. Midpoint Calibration Standard (50 ng) %R: 80- [20%.
6-85 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Sample Analyte Quantitation.
[. Linear regression of the three calibration standards is performed at startup, following
ins~rument shutdown, or at instrument maintenance. The correlation coet:ficient must be at
least 0.995.
2. A response factor for each analyte is determined from the regressed X-value. The response
factor has units of ng/(peak area) for eachanalyte.
3. The concentration of any VOC is calculated:
VI A l.ug mL
Result(nglL) = - x - x B x x 1000
D I B IOOOng I L
where
•
VI = volume of diluted sample (5 mL),
D:l = volume of sample taken for dilution (mL),
A = integrator peak area for the analyte at the given RT on the specified detector readout
~peak area),
B = average response factor fonhe analyte (ng/peak area).
4. Results are reported to two significant figures.
5. Final result (.ug/L) and sample information (dilution, sample #) is transferred via direct
computer data transfer link.
6. Sample ,chromatograms. Chemstation data summaries. and quality assessment results are
printed, assembled in a data package, and given to the on-site Project Coordinator for review.
7. The stated SW -846 practical quantitation limit for 'FCE should be meL
6.4.1.3 Quality assessment requirements
To ensure that the data are valid, the following ~C analyses are performed.
I. Field duplicate is analyzed per batch (of 10 samples or lless).
2. Laboratory duplicate is analyzed per batch (of 20 samples or less).
•
3. Method blank is analyzed at the start of a sample sequence and to verify the absence of system
contamination.
4. 50 ng calibration standard is analyzed per batch (of 10 samples or less).

6.4.2 99Tc Analysis
6-86 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
99Tc analysis will be performed using a liquid scintillation counter. fhe test method will be
based on the following references:
• A. Edward Anders. The Radiochemistry oj Tecimetiuttl. National Academy of Sciences, NAS­
NS-3021. November 1960.
o
Department of Energy, Environmental Regulatory Guide jor Radiological Effluent Monitoring
and Environment Suneillance. DO E/EH -0 173T. January 1991.
The checklist for ~9Tc anaIysis is as follows:
I . Prepare standards, as necessary.
2. Calibrate liquid scintillation counter.
3. Perform extraction on sample(s). extraction blank. and check standard.
4. Dark adapt sample set.
5. Count samplers.
6. Assemble data.
7. Report results.
Quality Assessment Requirements.
1. An extracted water blank consists of uncontaminated environmental water carried through the
extraction procedure and counted as the background for each batch. The aliquot is the same
volume as the sample.
•
2. A National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)-traceable 99Tc control standard is
carried through the extraction process.
3. A spike sample is carried through the extraction procedure for determination of chemical
recovery efficiency.
4. A duplicate sample is carried through the extraction procedure for determination of precision.
5. A reagent blank is carried through the extraction procedure to determine possible
contamination.
6. Training: Trainee will run a set of eight samples ~four spiked at the normal spike ,level and
four unspiked).lf the average concentration of the four spiked samples ,is not within 10% of
the spiked value, the trainee will repeat the exercise until the criterion is met.
6.4.3 Wet Chemistry Analysis
The following procedures and equipment are necessary for a mobile laboratory to perform the
required analysis for water samples. The checklist for wet chemistry laboratory is as follows:
1. Calibrate conductivity meter.
•

•
6-87 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
2. Check the integrity of DDI water SOl:lrce by conductivity/resistance.
3. Check temperature of drying oven.
4. Calibrate balance.
5. Check reagent supply and shelf life of working. standards.
6. Calibrate pH meter.
7. Visually observe desiccant for saturation,
8. Check waste containers for disposal.
Conductivity (by EPA Method 120.1).
Summary of Method
The specific conductance of a sample is measured using a self-contained conductivity meter.
Apparatus
I. Conductivity bridge, range Ito JrOOO micromhos per centimeter
2. Conduct,ivity cell. cell constant 1.0or micro dipping type cell with J.O constant
3. Thermometer
Reagents
•
1. Certified standard 0.01 M potassium chloride solution
pH (by EPA Method 150.1)
Suounar:y of Method l
The pH of a sample is determined electrometrically using a combination electrode.
Apparatus
1. pH meter with temperature compensation capability
2. Gel-filled combination electrode
3. Temperature sensor orgel-filledltr,iode
4. Magnetic stirrer and Teflon-coated stir bar
Reagents
1. Secondary buffer standards with NlST traceability
Residue, Non-Filterable (by EPA Method l 160.2)
Summary of Method
A well-mixed sample is filtered through a glass fiber filter. The residue contained on the filter
is dried to a constant weight. The filtrate is used for Residue, Filterable.

6-88 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Apparatus
I. Glass fiber filter disks without organic binder
2. Filtering apparatus with reservoir and a coarse (4(i)-60 microns) fined disk as a filter support
3. Suction flask
4. Drying oven, I03-105 D C
5. Desiccator
6. Analytical balance capable ot' weighing to O. 'II n~g
7. Class S weights
Reagents
None
Residue, Filterable (by EPA Method 160.1)
Summary of Method
A well-mixed sample is filtered through a glass fiber filter. The filtrate is evaporated and dried
to a constant weight at 1'80 D C. The filtrate saved from the Residue, Non-Filterable ,process may
be used.
Apparatus
I. Glass fiber filter disks, 4.7 cm or 2.1 cm, without organic binder
2. Filter holder, membrane filter funnel or Gooch crucible adapter
3. Suction flask
4. Gooch crucibles, 25 mL
5. Evaporating dishes, porcelain. 100-mL volume
6. Steambath
7. Drying oven, 180 D C ± 2°C
8. Desiccator
9. Analytical balance capable of weighing toO. 1 mg
10. Class S weights
•
Reagents
None
Hardness,Totai (by EPA Method 130.2)
Summary of Method
Calcium and magnesium ions in the sample are sequestered upon the addition of EDT,
disodium. The end point of the reaction is detected by means of Eriochrome Black T indicator,
which has a .red color in the presence of calcium and magnesium and a blue color when the cations
are sequestered.
•

•
Apparatus
6-89 Rev. Q
Date 29SEP'I!995
I. Standard laboratorytitrimetricequipmem including. but not limited to. burets. buret stands,
and buret funnels.
Reagents
I'. Commercially available buffer solution
2. Commercially available indicator. such as Calmagite
3. Commercially available standard 0.2 N EDl titrant. NIST traceable
Alkalinity (by EPA Method 310.1)
Summary of Method
An unaltered sample is titrated to an electrometrically determined end point of pH 4.5. The
sample is not filtered. diluted. concentrated. '0f altered in any way.
Apparatus
1. pH meter that can be read to 0.05 pH uhits with temperature compensation capability
2. Gel-filled combination electrode
3. Temperature sensor or gel-filled triode
4. Magnetic stir:rer and Teflon-coated stir bar
5. Appropriate-sized vesseHo keep the air space above the solution at a minimum
6. Rubber stopper with holes to fit the combination electrode. buret, and temperature sensor if
necessary.
Reagents
1. Standard sodium carbonate solution, 0.05 N
2. Standard HCI, 0.1 Nand 0.2 Ni
Residue, Total (by ,EPA Method 160.3)
Summary of Method
A weir-mixed sample is dried toa constant weight.
Apparatus
•
L Drying oven,J:03-105 0 C
2. Desiccator
3. Analytical balance capable of weighing to 0.1' mg
4. Class S Weights

Reagents
None
6-90 Rev. ___ -"O'--__
Date 29SEP1995
•
Total Dissolved Chlorine (by EPA Method 409A)
Summary of Method
A colormetric procedure with visual interpretation.
Apparatus
I. Hach test kit; catalog number 2231-03 for 0-3.5 ppm Cl z .
Reagents
None
All the above procedures will require general laboratory glassware and accessories including,
but not limited to, beakers, Erlenmeyer flasks, volumetric flasks, pipets, stirring rods, spatulas,
scuplas, Kimwipes, desiccant, funnel supports and wash bottles. A 001 water supply, vacuum
hood, waste disposal containers, gloves, spill kits. and protective equipment also will be required.
6.4.4 Quality Assurance Objectives
6.4.4.1 Precision
•
Precision will be assessed by the comparison of duplicate samples. A duplicate analysis will
be obtained for every tenth sample (10%). The variation between duplicate samples must be equal
to Of less than 20 % .
6.4.4.2 Accuracy
Accuracy will be determined by the analysis of field blanks, laboratory blanks, and check
standards. Retention times of the compounds in the standards are used to identify the unknown
compounds in field samples, and their response factors are used in calculating actual
concentrations. Accuracy will be measured by compa~ing check sample concentrations to the
calibration curve and also by comparing the results of the duplicate analyses.
The data quality objective (DQO), with respect to field and laboratory blanks, is to achieve
analytical concentrations below the quantification Emit for all analytes. Field blanks will be
collected once per week. Laboratory blanks will be analyzed after every tenth sample. Check
standards will be run at the beginning of the day and at the end of the day. Duplicate analyses will
be performed on every tenth field sample. at a minimum.
When contamination is determined to be present in a laboratory or field blank, an assessment
as to the effect of the contamination on the validity of the data; from any field sample locations will
be made.
•

•
6.4.4.3 Representativeness
6-9:1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Representativeness of data collect-ion should be addressed by careful preparation of the
sampling program. A sufficient number, frequency, and location of samples must be chosen to
assure that sample data accurately and precisely represent selected characteristics of the samples.
6.5 INITIAL PLANT STARTUP PROCEDURES (SHAKEDOWN)
'Fhis section includes a summary of procedures used for starting up the Pilot Plant and
conducting system checkout and familiarization during the 30-day system shakedown period. vhe
general contractor conducted the following procedures before the shakedown:
• Satisfactorily installed all mechanical, instrumental, and electrical systems and checked for
proper operation andinstallation,inc1uding hydrostatic testing of all pipelines, tanks, vessels,
and operating. equipment.
• Started up and successfully operated all Pilot Plant equipment and systems.
•
• Completed all system pe~formance testing and verified' that the treatment system meets TCE
and 99Tc design effluent criteria.
• Provided the Pilot Plant operator with formal training on the proper operation and maintenance
of all equipment and systems.
6.5.1 Objectives
The overall objective of system shakedown is to ensure that all equipment and systems operate
as designed and that the treated groundwater effluent design criteria are consistently being met on
a continuous 24-hour-per-day basis. The purpose ·of this shakedown period is to allow the Pilot
Plant operator to become familiar with system operations and to receive the responsibilities of
maintaining plant operations and meeting effluent standards from the installing contractor and
equipment vendors. The general contractor was available during this period to make necessary
equipment repairs and system adjustments as required; to meet the operational objectives.
6.5.2 Pre-startup Check
Before starting up the Pilot Plant, the following system inspections and checks were made.
• Power to all electrically energized equipment is connected and suHicient amperage is available
to operate the equipment.
•
• All instruments have been checked for proper .operatiol1' and calibrated for accuracy. All leak
detection cables have been tested (either at the factory or in the field).
• A full supply of chemicals is available. Check that chemicals are stored in segregated areas.

6-92 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• All MSDS sheets and specified shelf lives of chemicals are available.
•
• All ion exchange resin. greensand filter media. and iron filing pellets/sand media have been
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
• Bag filters are installed.
• Compressed air and sanitary water supply systems are operational. Backflow preventors are
properly operating on the sanitary water system.
• Fire protection systems have been checked. tested. and meet DOE. PGDP. and local fire
codes. No building exits are blocked.
o
Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning tHY AC) systems are operational and in proper
working order.
• Plant personnel health and safety procedmes are in place.
• Building lighting is operational.
• All tanks and vessels. are vented and at atmospheric pressure.
• All pipelines, tanks, and vessels have been hydrostatically tested per the design specifications
and hydrostatic records have been reviewed by the Pilot Plant operator.
• All factory testing records. have been reviewed by the Pilot Plant operator (pump tests, vessel
pressure tests, equipment performance tests, etc.).
•
• All valves have been operated as designed. including aU manual hand valves and
pneumatically operated control valves.
• All process air ducts and pipelines are clear of any obstructions. Verify that chemical tank
vents, air stripper exhaust stack. and laboratory hood exhausts are installed away from fresh
air intakes and building louvers.
• All laboratory analytical equipment has been tested for proper operation and accuracy. All
amllytical equipment has been calibrated and is ready for operation.
• All air-driven equipment is operational (diaphragm pumps, filter press. control valves).
• Equipment warranties have been verified by the Pilot Plant operator.
• Hand valves between unit operations are in the full' open position. Bypass valves are closed.
Tank and vessel vent and drain valves are closed. AU sample taps are closed. All valves
within each vendor-furnished equipment skid are placed in the proper position for system
startup in the manual mode.
•

•
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• Alii Pilot Plant operational equipment as specified in the Readiness Review Checklist in Sect. 5
is at the site.
6.5.3 System Startup and Initial Opera:tion
After an pre-startup checks were made, the Pilot Plant treatment system was started I up
manually in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. System startup was performed by
the Pilot Plant operator in the presence of the installing general contractor and equipment
manufacturer's representatives, and they win assisuhe Pilot Plant operators as necessary to ensure
safe and proper startup and initial operation of all equipment. In general, each ,process component
will be started up rrianuallyin sequence, starting at the extraction wells and working through the
treatment train in order of the process t:10W. Each, process component is def,ined as a stand-alone
piece of treatment equipment, such as the greensand ,filters, air stripping tower skid. iron filings
reactor, and/or ion exchange system. A process unit or operating component will be fully
functional at the minimum. average. and maximum design flow rates before proceeding w ,the· next
component. AU modes of component operation will be tested. including backwash, air scouring,
resin loading/unloading. and normal operation. Once each process component has been started,
stopped, and operated in all modes manually, the entire system will be shut down and restarted in
the automatic mode in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
'.
6.5.4 System Checkout
During both manual and automatic startup phases, all mechanical. electrical, HVAC,
instrumentation; and control' systems will be checked for proper operation and that they meet their
design criteria as specified in the ·contractplans and specifications (Energy Systems undated). At
a minimum, the following will be verified and recorded:
• Pumps and blowers are operating on their manufacturer-furnished curves and at their design
conditions.
• Liquid levels in all tanks are being maintained at preset design levels.
• There are no leaks at piping connecti0ns or vessel welds.
o
All instruments are reading and recording properly.
• HVAC, compressed air, fire protection. lighting. sanitary water. and electrical systems ,are
properly working.
•
Following manual startup of aU equipmem and systems, the equipment win be shut down. Any
necessary repairs will be made by the installing generaJ,contractor and restarted to ensure that all
systems are properly functional. Once all system components have been checked and are operating
as designed in the manual mode, the entire treatment system will be operated in the automatic
mode for 24 hours continuously at each designt:1ow rate of minimum. average. and maximum
flows .

6.5.5 System Performance Check
6-94 Rev. ___ ""'0

6-95
N*ME
TFFl.E
PHONElPAGER
NUMiHER
PROJECT MANAGER
PROJECT ENGINEER
0PERATOR
OPERATOR
•
For Police, Fire, and medical emergencies, ca1l9H. The PGDP interpiant emergency
'lines are BELL-334 and PAX-556.
Figure 6-19. Pilot Treatment IPlant Emergency Telephone Listing
•

6-96 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
the PLC (115 VAC). dials the first user-programmed remote phone number and delivers an alarm
message in English. If the remote phone is not answered or if the alarm is not properly
acknowledged. it continues to dial a total of four phone numbers in succession umil the alarm is
properly acknowledged. The auto dialer operates over standard telephone equipment.
•
6.7 OPERATOR CHECKS, WET CHEMISTRY TESTS, AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
Pilot Plant operating technicians will conduct equipment inspections and system checks of key
process variables to provide a means of recording system operational data and to ensure efficient
and safe system operation. An operations log sheet as presented in Appendix A will be completed
every 4 hours of manned operation. Operator checks are intended to be an actual visual
observation of how equipment and systems are operating. For that reason. the log sheets will be
completed by observing locally mounted instruments and indicator lights, as opposed to collecting
the log sheet information from the central control panel and system local gauges. This forces the
technician to complete an actual walk-through of the facility (including extraction well vaults and
pipeline manholes) observing individual equipment operations and process conditions. The Pilot
Plant operator will conduct testing for iron and TSS on samples collected from the greensand filter
system influent and effluent or on an as-needed basis to monitor the effectiveness of the greensand
filtration system. In addition, samples of the ion exchange column influent and effluent will be
collected as needed and analyzed using simple wet chemistry methods for chlorides, sulfates,
bicarbonates, nitrates, and pH to monitor the ion exchange resin effectiveness to remove anions.
Log sheets will be signed, dated, and maintained at the Pilot Plant ,in chronological order. Copies
of the log sheets will be compiled on a weekly basis and submitted to the Pilot Plant operator's
project manager for review before being submitted to the ER Project Manager.
•
6.S OPERATIONS CONTINGENCY PLAN
This section presents procedures to address the primary shutdown and operation emergency
scenarios if emergencies are encountered during plant operations. This section is limited to the
major shutdown and operation emergency scenarios related to Pilot Plant operations that are likely
ito be encountered and is not all:..inclusive. For Pilot Plant emergencies related to PGDP, refer to
Sect. 18, Emergency Procedures and Notifications.
6.S.1 Major Causes for Pilot Plant Shutdown
The two major reasons for Pilot Plant shutdown are automatic shutdown due to system alarm
conditions and operator-initiated manual shutdown. O&M Procedure PTER-2017 for long term
shutdown of the Pilot Plant.
Automatic shutdown of the Pilot Plant due to alarm conditions will happen when one or more
of the following conditions occurs:
• Low equalization tank level
• High equalization tank level:
• High system flow
•

•
• Low system flow
• High settling tank level
• High floor sump level
• High or low air stripper blower pressure
• High or low air heater exhaust temperature
• High air str.ipper basin level
• Low air stripper basin level
• High resin dewatering tank level
• High backwash/sluice tank level
6-97 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
In addition. the groundwater extraction wei'll pumps will automatically shut off when one or
more of the following conditions occurs:
• High or low discharge pipeline pressure
• Discharge pipeline leak detection
• System shutdown
Operator-initiated manual shutdown may occur due :to the ,following situatioris:
•
• Eft:h.lent limits exceeded for TCE and/or Y4Tc
• Impending severe weather
• Loss of utilities (water, power, communications)
• Potential emergency response scenarios:
Chemical spills
Spills of untreated groundwater
Exposure to chemicals or contaminants
Severe injury
Fire
Air strike/tornado siren
Earthquake
• System repairs
6.8.2 Response Actions and Notification ProcedUl:e for Pilot Plant Shutdown
The following are general response actions to be taken by plant technicians when the Pilot
Plant automatically shuts down due to alarm conditions.
•
• On~site personnel response, idemify alarm.
• Auto-dialer, on-caU,personnel response (alarm identifiedl on auto dialer).
Inside Pilot Plam fence. one person response.
Outside Pilot Plant fence, two person (buddy-team) response.
• Assess situation.
• Troubleshoot situation.
• Take corrective action. If necessary ,contact the Project Engineer to coordinate PGDP/outside
assistance.
• iff necessary, shut down the plant and immediately notify the Project Engineer.
• Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log.

6-98 Rev. 0
Date 29SHP'li995
1'he following are response actions for technician-initiated manual shutdown.
•
• Effluent limits exceeded for "fCE and/or ~~Tc
Assess situation.
Troubleshoot situation.
If necessary, shut down the plant and immediately notify the Project Engineer.
Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log .
• Impending severe weather
Shut down the plant and immediately notify the Project Engineer.
Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log.
• Loss of utilities (water. power , communications)
Assess situation.
Shut down the plant and immediately notify the Project Engineer.
Record alarm and actions taken in theplam log.
• For chemical spills/spills ,of untreated groundwater
See Sect. 1'8, Emergency Procedures and Notification.
Assess situation.
Take corrective action. If necessary, contact Project Engineer to coordinate PGDPI
outside assistance .
If necessary, shut down plant and immediately notify Project Engineer.
Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log.
o
For exposure to chemicals or contaminants/severe injury
Render first aid, get immediate assistance.
If necessary, shut down plant and immediately notify Project Engineer.
Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log.
•
o
For fire
Call PGDP fire department, clear area of all personnel, get immediate assistance.
If it can be done, shut down plant and immediately notify Project Engineer.
o
For airstrike/tornado siren
Shut down plant and follow PGDPprocedures for evacuation.
Record alarm and actions taken in the plant log.
• For earthquake
If it can be done, shut down plant.
Follow PGDP procedures for evacuation.
Record alafm and actions taken in the plant log.
•

-=--
G
F
E
1°
I
I
1
c
_.
. I
N
-
~!
*:
I
I
8
"
r
232 ;
••
,'11, 233·
,
I
, ,
I -"
I
!
.
{
I ,
1
", ,:
W 5500
J
228
/
/
I /
/
/ /
! 1 ,
, 1
/
7
S8 31
1 1
,~ 1~
I ,1
/1 /
1 I
: !
~
,
1
i 1 '
I 1 ,!
, I
\ 1 1 I
,
1 !
\ 1 ~ I :..
\ \
1
1 !
/! 4
11 / \£1/'
1 .
• !
1 !
i
I
- Ii
'*
*
MW 241
_I "
":
!~ .,'
/
/
,
/ '
I / /.
, / !/
I /
1 /
/ ,
/ /i
I I ' MW 236
10' TYP
o ::~p'
L ,O . ~
.'
238 ~' x
'-0"
TYP I
--:---,,- ;-- -----,----- ,---
!-
I ,
.-.
W 5000
r 11 )
1" 1
1 I
11
/~*
--~---
, I
.8
•
•
. ,
1
I
I
i
I
t.
~
/
I
/ \
'/' \
. ,
I
_~ _____ L ___ _
,
I
/
1 \
I
'/
/
I
\
·5
. ,
,.
.
•
,
I-
I
'.
-'
, '\ "
, '
I "-,
- '--','
'i" ~_. __.' ~ ~",'
, ~\ ~-." .f;'"'
~ ,! '
I •
-,
'- ,-----
,I -
, ,
'..
."
I X 368,5
-- .", -~y
I
"-
•
'\
\
\
, :.
•
>o..., ___ .•-.-~-. I
W 45'00·
-
I .
i .
.,', "
368.5·' .
,•
..
,

!
I
--
H
G
F
o
'P.
-I
2'
. .
- . .
...
-..
- --
.
.'
. .
..
•
..'
.' -
o
'"
z
. .
.......... ""/ .......... .
,--8-_
- - - - - -8-_
, -... !:8 . ...-::-...
. - . -- .
. - ,.,..:..,--:-:
... 8· .
. - --8-·
I
•
I
-..
I
I
I
I
I
TVA POW'O:R
·-·--G __ .. - - -:
- - - - -8 - __
. . .
o
if)
I
Z
········G···
---~--------
. -- ·-·G-....
\
o
"
Z
I
- - - - -(3 - - - - - - - - - - - - D - - - -
1-\.-----8----- -------~---
i .• \- - - -- - -- -- - El- ________ _
j-- --G------
I ••• 31· •...... - r r. - •...... ,'c·jlf
--- -. . - ,
-.1 ____ -
\ '
\ I
-..
'\.
'\.
'\.
-- . ...
. --
. ..
\ .. ,·,S.
,""'----e .....
--. "'-'''--0
---
-.. -- •• __ • I
.. . - - - .: 1--""'8 ,,'
SANITAR LANDFI
.:,
·-······G·
·· .. ···8···
'0
-~. -G~-­
. c.
,
I
I ~\(. ---I
,1, '" c";':jv
I '-6 \../ 0
i 0 0
o 0
C'J
I
Z
-----,--..0-
---D-----
---0-----
G- .. ···--
I
I
- - - 8- -
I
Z
I !
6
I
•
o
MARTIN SH",e:
EJ- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\3 - - - - - _.1 _______ {]- ____ _
-------iJ-----
--~---------
-13 - - - - "_" - - E!- -
,
[J
'
!
1
I
o
I
en
-------£J----..
- - - - - EJ- - - - - - -
·····EJ·······
D-""'''-'~
[J
'I ' I
..
5
o
OJ
I
IJ)
II
,
•
1
i' -.. ·G ••••••
:-{---13------,,·
···G····q ,
- - -G:
Q
. I!) - ,
o
n
I
[J)
•
,
, ,
•
-
I •
'~
, -"
W-3000
.". I
..
" '.
",
/'
NEXT ASS'.,-,
Q..
-a::
~
>­
I-:
H·
Z
H
0"
'H "
.>,
.'
E
,
O· •
~.
~
,~ . \
••
GENrnAL AREA
••
!
••
•
"
nfl-!
I i I11II
. •.. 1
. - I
..
•
. '
W-4000
~:
~:
,~",
'"
" ~
3 •
. ,
-~ :
D
I:>' ===~"==="'=d~~~"""":===&=~=~~J=d==""=~~==='*=~~=="==·11
I,
I,
i
! '
! !
,
"
I
: \"
, .
I
.-
'.
•
W-5000
W-6000
W-7000
,
•
~ EX:;:STING SURVEY MONUMENT
ACCESS ROUTING
,
,"
!
,
",-
"
I ,
-'"";~
SECTION
NUMBER OR "
DETAIL LE7TEFi
f
!
,'.l--r--l
DRAWING ON --,c-"(,J'.-/ " .....-CRAWING ON
WHICH SEC7ION Ii
wHICH SEC-:-ION
OR DETAI~ IS' CR DEiAIL ~s
TAKEN :. SHOWN
SECT=ON A~D
1
DETAIL KEY
FRAC7ICNS
XX CECIMAL.5
XXX DEC:MALS
,l,NGLES
5R£..ij( SHARP ~
i="INISH
EXPRESSEJ O~ I~PLIED. IS MACE
TION. APoARATU5.
t
IA-17
: N3239. ! . /1
IW'loa
, I .. .'
7'~6 c..
:EL:::V. 366.82
BY
:1
A
a
APPO REV.
NO.
d
d
4
"
4
/
,
A-IS
N20LlLl.OC76
',tJ758J:.779-:5.
-. -', -,- 08 "
.... ..
I
, .
I'
· ~. ..../.
:.......
(
", .
i • •
. .
. "
•
REVISIONS
ISSUE - CF:
:;:SSUE I
N2'o.850i
'w833! .96:54
E~EV.
ESO 5900 I. 90Y. REV lEW
'81 13 307. REV!E'"
REVISION OEseR IPTICN
CHANGE CGNTRaL PROCEDURE E? -C - I 8
,
i
--------- ;
~.~
x
x
x
x
0.

•
7-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
7.0 GlROUNDWAl'ER EFFECTIVENESS MONITORING PLAN
7.1 PURP@SE
The purpose of this groundwater monitoring plan is to determine ,the effectiveness of hydraulic
contairunent of the NW Plume. Effectiveness· of hydraulic containment is largely dependent on
proper control! of !hydraulic gradients. The monitoring plan will result in a data base of the
hydrogeologic condition in the NWPlume. I:>ata will be obtained from newly constructed and
existing groundwater monitoring wells and piezometers. Data base evaluation will enable changes
in groundwater extraction rate to optimize the operation. Implementation of this plan is the
responsibility ·of Groundwater Monitoring and Technology.
7.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
•
As discussed in previous sections, a ,total of four extraction wells have been installed to contain
contaminant "hot spots" in the NW Plume. Two extraction wells are located at the northward
extent of the plume and two are located close to the contaminant source. A total of 29 monitoring
wells are included on ,this project: 18 wells were installed in conjunction with construction of the
extraction wells, and 11 wells were existing (Fig. 7-1'). A typical monitoring well construction
diagram is shown on Fig. 7-2. Monitoring well placement was chosen to optimize Ihorizontal and
vertical monitoring. Monitoring wells in ,the RGA will be installed both upgradient and
downgradient of extraction centers. Additional wells will be screened in the McNairy Formation
and the Upper Continental Recharge System. The existing monitoring. wells near the NW Plume
win be sampled to provide further data to assess the effectiveness of hydraulic containment (Table
7:..1). Both chemical and hydraulic data will be collected from the monitoring wells.
Compositional analysis will include testing for radiological, organic, and inorganic constituents.
Well logs for the ·extraction wells, monitoring wells on the project, and piezometers on the project
are ,included in Appendix J.
Table 7-1. Identification and' location of ,project wells
Well Number Year Installed Zone X Coordinate Y Coordinate
EW-228 1994 RGA -5347.4 7599.5
EW-229 1994 RGA -5190 7345
EW-230 1994 RGA -7301.5 1405.8
EW-231 1994 RGA -7439.9 1351.9
MW-233 1994 RGA -5530.1 7300.3
•
MW-234 1994 RGA -5188.2 7205.8
MW-235 ,1994 RGA -4890:7 7746.4
MW-236 1994 RGA -5087.8 7920

7-2 Rev. 0
nate 29SEP1995
Table 7.1 (continued)
•
Well Number Year Installed Zone X Coordinate Y Coordinate
MW-237 1,994 UCRS -5196.8 7328.8
MW-238 1994 RGA -5:1'97.1 7505:6
MW-239 1:994 McNairy -5203.6 733004
MW-240: 1'994 RGA -5195.8 7390:6
MW-24 1 1994 RGA 5203.8 7346.9
MW-242 li994 RGA -7083.3 1679
MW-243 11994 RGA -7382 168,104
MW-244 1:994 RGA -7589.J 1467.5
MW-'245 11994 RGA -7397.6 1119.2
MW-246 1994 UCRS -7447.7 1345.1
MW~247 1;994 McNairy -7445:7 1360.1
MW-248 1994 RGA -7378 1386
MW-249 1994. RGA -7432.5 -1357.8
.'
MW.:250 1994 RGA -7431.8 1396.3
MW-66 11986 RGA -6782.6 978.6
MW-63 1986 RGA -7235.7 895.3
MW-98 11991 RGA -3281 7397.5
MW-135 1990 RGA -1720.9 9>1'37.28
MW-201 1991' RGA -4884 '1016704
MW-202 1991 RGA -5688 7613.2
MW-123 1990 RGA -5661.3 6125.6
MW-200 19911 RGA -4823.9 4443.3
MW-197 1991 RGA -6162.5 2863.1
MW-134 1990 RGA -1270:9 9137.3
MW-185 1991 RGA -6601.9 952.9
RGA - Regional GravelAquifer
UCRS = Upper'Conlinental Recharge System
.'

•
•
•
0;,
"0 I?
, ... EO
14121121121
)(
/\ \
I ~ I
14121121121
MW-20~
D
9121121121
9121121121
LlI2II2II2I
D
•
MW-134
MW 200
t)
41210121
'0
d
J
1----=4- 1 121121121
-6121121121
-6121121121
----~I
I
I
I
I
I
l>
6
o
W
l>
~ MQP Source
~ MOc/IFI~d Fr-ci~ J. L. ClOovsen et. Ool. 1992.
~ Repor-t of the PGDP Gr-ovnc/wClter- Invest I sOot I on
~ PhOose 3, KYlE-ISO,
~ MOortln MOorlettOo Energy Syste~s, Inc.,
1/4 1/2 1 Mile
~==~!C=C===EI ========~I
1 INCH = 1 :200 FEET
or 365.8 METERS
FIGURE No. 7-1
MONITOR WELL LOCATION MAP
Legen~
• Monitor Well LOCQtlon
~ ~ PGDP BOl..'nc/Oor-; es
- PlOont 'ence
~ Cr-eeks, Dltchp.s, Oonc/ Str-eOo~s
g POoc/"cOoh GOoseovs D I H"s I or; ~ ;·lOon t
o~ ______ ~~-=======~ __ ~ ____ ~ ______ ~~~-=======~~ __ ~~~~~

•
IFL.!lcISI'I MOUNT
WELL CAP
7-5
BOLT DOWN. LOCKING,
WAT~R TIGHT VAULT
6-in.
DATA LOGGER AND
PRESSlcIRE TRANSDUCER
WITH WA1£RPROOF
CONNECT!lONS
6-in. SCH.40 PVC
PIPE SLEEVE
pH GROUT
•
T'EFLON W81NG FOR
PUMP OPERATION
t
2'0" MIN.
t
WEU
CASING 2-in.
DIAMETER
BENTONITE
SEAL
TEftON/STAINLESS
STEEL. DEDICATH>
BLADDER PUMP
STAINLESS SiTEEL
WELL SCREEN, 2-in.
!DIAMETER. StaT SIZE
AND LENGTH TO BE
DETERMINED DURING
CONSTRUCTION
N.T.S.
MONITOR W'ELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
~~=--.:.----------PADI:JCAHGASEOUS DIFFUSION PLt>:NfT
CORPORATION PADUCAH. KENTUCKY
II a eubaidiary 01 Camp Dre •• er " McKee Inc. FIGURE No. ]-2

7.3 SAMPLE COLLECTION
7-6 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
7.3.1 Water Level Measurements/Purge Water Calculations
Prior to the sampling event, the water level will be determined using a slope indicator. Water
level measurements are taken in triplicate and' are recorded to the nearest hundredth of a foot in
the field log. A minimum of three water column volumes (inner casing) will be evacuated or
purged with dedicat~dsampling pumps prior to sampling. Three times the well volume is
detennined using the following formula:
V = 3 x
IT
R 2
7.48gal
(-) ifeet)x depth (feet) ----='-
12 ft 3
where
R = radius of inner well casing
Depth = depth of the well, minus depth to water in feet.
For wells having packers, the depth in the above formula would be the depth of the well minus
the depth of the packer. The time required for purging isdetennined by measuring how much time
is required to obtain a gallon of water and calculating the time required to obtain the appropriate
number of gallons. This measurement is performed using a gallon container and a stopwatch.
'.
7.3.2 Purging
During evacuation, groundwater samples will be per;iodically tested for temperature; pH, and
conductivity to indicate when the chemistry of the groundwater Ibeing evacuated has reached
apparent equilibrium, thus ensuring the proper exchange of water from the upper casing. These
field measurements will be collected from the discharge line during the evacuation of the third well
volume (approximately 3 minutes prior to sampling). Readings will betaken at l-:minute intervals
and recorded in the field log. Equilibrium or consistency is defined as conductivity +1- 15
umhoms, pH ±O.l units, and temperature as ±O.2 D C. Collection of these field pararneters not
only supports the verification of purging efficiency, but also provides a consistent approach for
comparison of samples from a single well or wells at a particular site.
7.3.3 Purge Water Handling
The purge water from each well will be collected and containerized according to PGDP's
Groundwater Monitoring Purge Water Segregation Program. A Request for Disposal (RFD) form
wiUbe filled out by the sampLng crews and the water will be delivered to a waste management
holding area. The purge water will be stored in this area until' it is characterized. Purge water
meeting KPDES discharge limits will be discharged in accordance with theKPDES regulations.
Water that exceedsithe KPDES limits will be treated using a carbon filter system to reduce the
contaminant levels within KPDES limits.
•

•
7.3.4 Sampling
7-7 Rev.· 0
Date 29SEP1995
Subsequent to the evacuation process, all samples will be collected with the dedicated sampling
equipment. Groundwater samples will be transferred from the sampling device to the appropriate
certified precleaned sample bottle. The bottles will contain any necessary preservatives according
to current SW-846 and EPA methodology. Care will be taken during sample retrieval and sample
transfer not to agitate the groundwater collected for organic analysis so that minimal degassing
occurs. Samples to be analyzed for dissolved metals will be filtered in the field where possible.
Labeling and chain-of-custody procedures will be followed. Samples requiring preservation of
4°C will be placed in ice chests for transportation from the field to the refrigeration units in the
laboratory. The samples having short holding times will be delivered to their respective
laboratories by the analytical sample custodian immediately upon receipt.
7.3.5 Decontamination
•
The water level probe and any field i measurement probes win be washed with laboratory-grade
detergent (phosphate free) and triple-rinsed with distilled, deionized (DDI) water prior to use in
different wells. If nondedicated sampling equipment is needed for special sampling events, it will
,be precleaned according to current decontamination procedures (EMD-350, "Cleaning and
Decontaminating Sample and Containers and Sampling Devices").
7.3.6 Frequency and Parameters
The NW Plume Pilot Plant O&M project includes 29 monitoring wells. A total of 18
monitoring wells were installed for the project, and 11 existing wells are also included. The
frequency and parameters for groundwater data collection are presented below. The schedule was
developed to quickly build a data base for assessing hydraulic containment. Before hydraulic
containment begins, all newly installed wells will' be sampled to establish baseline data. Initial or
baseline sampling will include all parameters (monthly, quarterly, and annual) described below.
Wells. Monitoring wells installed under this project specifically for monitoring effectiveness
of the south em hydraulic containment system are as follows:
MW-242, MW-243, MW-244, MW-245, MW-246,
MW~247, MW-248, MW-249, and MW-25Q
Monthly Parameters. Depth to water, pH, specific conductance, dissolved oxygen, turbidity,
temperature, VQCs, 99'fc, gross alpha and beta.
Quarterly Parameters. In addition to the monthly parameters, total and dissolved Fe, Si.
•
Annual Parameters. In addition to the monthly and quarterly parameters, illNp, 238fu, 226Ra,
222Rn, Th, U, total and dissolved [inductively coupled plasma (ICP)J metals, Hg, Pb, Se, As,
anions, alkalinity (as CaC0 3 ), and total organic carbon (TOC) .

7-8 Rev. °
Date 29SEP1995
WeDs. Monitoring wells installed under this .project specifically for monitoring effectiveness
of the northern hydraulic containment system are as follows:
•
MW-233, MW-234, MW-235, MW-236,
MW-237, MW-238. MW-239, MW-240, and MW-241
Monthly Parameters. Depth to water, pH, specific conductance, dissolved oxygen, turbidity,
temperature, VOCs (benzene, bromodichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, I, I-DCE, cis-I ,2-
DeE, trans '1,2-DCE, I:, I-DCA, 1 ,2-DCA, ethylbenzene, tetrachloroethane, 1, I, I-TCA, 1, I ,2-
TCA, toluene, vinyl chloride, and xylene), ~c, gross alpha and beta.
Quarterly Parameters. In addition to the monthly parameters, total and dissolved Fe, Si.
Annual Parameters. In addition to the monthly and quarterly parameters, total and dissolved
ICP metals, arsenic, anions, alkalinity (as CaCO), and TOC.
Samples will be collected from the eighteen wells described above on a monthly basis for 2
years and analyzed for the parameters as specified. If containment continues beyond the 2-year
pilot study, sampling will "step down" to quarterly with some parameters sampled annually as
described above.
Existing Wells. MW-63, MW-66, MW-98, MW-123, MW-134, MW-135, MW-185, MW-
197, MW-200, MW-201. and MW-202 (shown on Fig. 7-1).
In addition to the eighteen monitoring wells installed specifically for this project (mentioned
above), eleven existing monitoring wells near the NW Plume will be sampled on a case-by-case
basis (as established by the basis). A revision to the Addendum to the Sampling andAnalysis Plan
(KY/ER-2) was issued in February 1995 to incorporate the proposed schedule and sampling
parameters for these eleven wells.
•
ICP metals are those analyzed by ICP techniques. These metals include aluminum, antimony,
barium, beryllium, cadmium, calcium, chromium, cobalt, copper, iron, magnesium, manganese,
molybdenum, nickel, potassium, silica, sodium, thallium, vanadium, and zinc. VOC analysis will
include TCE, 1,2-dichloroethene, 1,II-dichloroethene, I, I-dichloroethane , vinyl chloride, I" I ,2-
trichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethylene WCE) , and bromodichloromethane.
Anion analysis shall include bicarbonate, chloride, fluoride, nitrate-nitrogen, and sulfate·.
Continuous data loggers will be placed in monitoring wells instaHed for the hydraulic
containment project. To facilitate analysis of drawdown data for determining aquifer parameters,
one extraction well in each field will be pumped fo . up to 3 days prior to starting the remaining
extraction wells. Data loggers will record background data for I to 2 weeks ,before pump startup.
Table 7-2 provides intervals for data logger measurements.
•

7-9 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 7-2. Time intervals ,for well measurements
Time Since Pumping Started
0-20 seconds
20-60 seconds
1-10 minutes
10-100 minutes
100-1000 minutes
> 1000 minutes
Time Intervals
0.2 seconds
I second
12 seconds
2 minutes
20 minutes
1 hour
7.4 SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND HANDLING
Proper sample preservation closely approximates in situ groundwater quality. Table 7-3 lists
the sample container, preservation technique, and holding time for each analyte in the sampling
program. All groundwater sample collection containers will be purchased precleaned to EPA
specifications and analyzed for QC. The vendors provide QC verification data with each lot
number of bottles. Types of sample containers (glass or plastic, amber or clear) are chosen
according to the parameter of interest.
•
After the sample is collected, the container is placed in a cooler for transportat:on back to the
secure sample storage area until transferred to the analytical groups. Sample storage refrigerators
will maintain the samples near 4"C. It is proposed that only the off-site samples will be preserved.
These sample containers will be preserved. in the field at the time of sampling. Samples delivered
to the on-site laboratory will not be preserved because they will be analyzed within the required
holding times. All sampling containers will be labeled before sampling.
7.5 CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY
A chain-of-custody log is a record kept for all groundwater samples. The information recorded
in the log includes sample number, location, date, preservation, and analysis required. 'The
sampler relinquishes the samples to the individual laboratories only after the laboratory analyst
signs the chain-of-custody form. Chain-of-custody logs are filed in a safe at a satellite document
center in the Groundwater Maintenance Section.
7.5.1 Sample Container Labels
Sample container labels are affixed to every sampling container. Information should be written
on the label with indelible ink including:
•
• Sample location
• Site name
• Analysis
• Date
• Time
• Preservative
• Sample technician initial

PARAMETER
7-10 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 7-3. Containers and preservative used for analytes
measured at PGDP'bythe Analytical Laboratory Department
BO'ITLETYPE
PRESERVATION
HOLDING TIME
•
Deplh to Waler
Field analysis
Field, analysis
Immediate
pH
Field analysis
Field, analysis
Immediate
Temperature
Field analysis
Field analysis
Jmmediate
Dissolved'Oxygen (DO)
Field, analysis
Field:analysis
Immediate
Volalile Scan"
4O-mL VOA
pH

•
7-11 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Sample seals are used on containers for off-site shipping. The purpose of the seal is to detect
tampering.
7.5.2 ,Field Logbook
r
Information recorded in the field' logbook includes pH, temperature, specific conductance,
,depth-to-water, and daily calibration results for pH. Samplers record: the sample number for the
sampling event and the weUidentifIcation number in the logbook. In addition, samplers record
any deviation from standard sampling procedures. Additional entries included in the logbook are:
.. Well identification
.. Sample number .
• Time of collection
• Initials. of collector
• Static water level depth
• Purge volume,
It Time well purged
• Field analysis data .and methods
• Field observation on sampling event
• Record of meter number
• Calibration data' for pH, temperature,
and conductivity
• Record of triplicate pH, temperature,
and conductivity
7.5.3Chain-of-Custody Record
•
A chain-of-custody record is associated with every sample to establish documentation necessary
to trace a sample from the time of collection to analysis. The chain-of-cuslodyrecord includes:
• Sample number
• Initi~ls or badge number of collector
• nate and time of collection
Sample ty,pe
Identification of well
Signature of persons involved in the chain of possession
• ,Inclusive ·dates of ~possession
A sample is considered in custody if:
,·It is in your Ipossession.
• It is in your view', after being in your physical [possession.
• It was in your 'possession'and' you locked it up.
• It is in a designated' secure area.
7 ~6 'FIEDDi AND 'LA!BORATORY QA/QC PROGRAMS
'.
To, ensure sample integrity and laboratory quality, the following QC measures should be taken.
Precleaned Bottles. Precleaned bottles will be used for routine analyses. These sampling
containers are precleanedby the manufacturer to meet the cleaning specifications found in EPA

7-12 Rev. Q
Date 29SEPl995
SW-846, 40 CFR 136.3, Technical Guidance Document,and ESP-900 of the Environmental
Surveillance Procedures Manual.
•
Equipment Blanks. An equipment blank is used to ensure that nondedicated sampling
equipment has been effectively cleaned. Fill the device or pump with 001 water. Transfer the
water into each type of sample bottle (all parameters) and, return to the laboratory for analysis.
Filter ,Blank. A filter blank is used to ensure that the filtering apparatus has been effectively
cleaned. Fill the filtering apparatus with 001 water. Transfer the water to each type of sample
bottle (filtered parameters only) and return to the laboratory for analysis.
Trip Blanks. A trip blank serves as a check on sample contamination originating from sample
'transport, shipping, and from the site. Trip blanks are only prepared when samples are heing
collected for volatiles. Samples are prepared from DOl water in ,the laboratory in an appropriate
sample container, transported to the sampling site, and returned to the laboratory without being
opened.
Field Blanks. Field blanks serve as a check in environmental contamination at the sampling
site. DOl water is transported to the site, opened ,in the field, transferred .to each t~pe of sample
bottle (all parameters), and returned to the laboratory for analysis.
Duplicates. Duplicates are a second set of samples collected simultaneously with the first set
of samples. Duplicates are used to measure the variability in sampling and analytical technique.
Duplicates are to be sampled, preserved, and analyzed in the same manner as the original samples.
•
Matrix Spikes. Spike samples provide the means .to achieve combined sampling and analytical
accuracy or recoveries for the actual conditions to which the samples have been exposed. They
provide a basis for both the identification of the constituents of interest and the correction of their
recovery based on the recovery of the spiked standard coniponents.
Rad Screen. Rad screen serves as a check of radiological contaminants. The screens are
performed prior to sending any samples off-site. One rad screen is required for each well that is
sampled.
The combination of these controls are applied to. 10% of all routine groundwater samples.
The sampling group submits performance evaluation samples, or control samples for routine
analysis. Control samples may be commercial' controls or in-house controls.
Laboratory equipment oper.ltors use control charts to detect drift in analytical equipment.
These charts are prepared monthly by the operator with anomalies reported to the laboratory
analyticaiproject manager. Before release ofthe data, personnel in the LMES Technical Services
Department review the data.
Once data are approved ,by laboratory personnel, the ,data are electronically transferred into
the Environmental Information Management System ~EIMS) where additional verification actions
•

7-13 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
are taken (i.e., method checks, appropriate units, holding times, etc.).
repository for PGDP environmental data.
This serves as the
7.7 DAl'A AN1\LYSIS AND REPORTING
tER will be responsible for evaluating 'chemical' and water level data from monitoring wells to
determine hydraulic. containment effectiveness. Water level data will be used to determine aquifer
parameters (transmissivity, storativity, leakance), well effiCiency, and' capture zones. Site-specific
groundwater flow models will be developed based on these data. These flow models will' be used
to evaluate .system performance and to predict future responses. Maps showing the potentiometric
surface, drawdown, and capture zones will Ibeprepared. ER will' also evaluate contaminant
concentration as time series data. Data will be plotted ,to indicate trends in concentration levels.
All data, maps, and contaminant graphs will be included i jin quarterly progress reports provided to
EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky .
•

•
8-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
8.0 GENERAL OPERATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN
S.l INTRODUCTION
ntis Health and Safety Plan (HSP) was developed for the PGDP NW Plume Interim Remedial
action O&M Plan. using general infonnation about the site. potential contaminants and hazards that
may be encountered at the site. and hazards inherent to routine procedures to be used during the
Pilot Plant operation. This HSP covers health and safety related issues pertaining to the Pilot Plant
facility. PGDP Health and Safety procedures will be used during monitoring well sampling
activities. These contaminants are site-specific and are based on previous investigations. The HSP
describes the following:
• general descript,ions of the site. tasks. contaminants. and concentrations:
• primary and contingency personal protection:
• monitoring equipment and action level's:
• personnel and equipment decontamination: and
• emergency contacts.
This HSP is written to accommodate all anticipated contingencies and should not need any
revision. If conditions exist such that a revision is necessary, revisions will be made by the Site
Health and Safety Officer (SHSO) and approved by the Health and Safety Manager. The work
schedule is outlined in Sect. 3 of this O&M Plan. A description of the Pilot Plant facility is
provided in Sect. 1.4, and'general O&Mprocedures are described in Sect. 6.
S.2 HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND TRAINING
S.2.1 Hazard Communication
OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200. "Hazard Communication Standard." requires that all
employees handling or using materials that maybe hazardous, be advised and informed as to the
hazardpotential.associated with those materials. This ,training should be d'ocumented.
Material Safety Data Sheets. An MSDS is an information sheet that provides specific
material identification information; ingredients and hazards: physical data; fire and explosion
information; reactivity data; health hazard information; spill. risk. and disposal procedures; special
protection information; and special precautions required' for materials manufactured for use. It is
the manufacturers' responsibility to provide this information for any materials that contain
hazardous or potentially hazardous ingredients.
•
Copies o~ all MSDSs for materials expected' to be used or encountered during project work are
to be available at the project site, and each employee is to be made aware that these exist and are
available .

8-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
l!..abelS. It is the responsibility of the SHSO to ensure that all potentially hazardous materials
brought to the Pilot Plant are properly labeled as to the contents of the container and the
appropriate hazard warnings in accordance with OSHA 24 CFR 1910. 120.
•
8.2.2 Training
Hazardous Waste Worker Training. Pilot Plant operator personnel will be required to have
successfully completed the initial 40~hour Hazardous Waste Site Operations~raining, including all
required annual updates.
First Aid/CPR. Pilot Plant operator personnel and sampling crews will have at least one
individual trained in first aid/CPR assigned to activities being performed at the Pilot Plant.
PGDP Required Training. Pilot Plant operator personnel (whose work assignment is the Pilot
Plant or who are required to be on-site on a regular basis) will be required to attend the following
PGDP site-specific training provided by LMES.
• Off-pavement driver training-Explains how driving conditions differ on gravel. sand. or dirt
roads as opposed to paved road surfaces. Discusses steps to safely operate and maintain
control of vehicles as road surfaces and driving conditions change.
o
Lockout/tagout-Explains the need for a lockout/tagout system and the proper lockout and
.ragout procedures to follow when maintenance or repair is being performed on electrically
energized systems. Describes and discusses electric work permits and safety and 'health work
pennits.
•
o
General Employee Training-Gives a general description of the five main plant sites and
defines the role of PGDP. Discusses a general description of the facilities at PGDP and topics
such as security, safety, environmental protection. emergency preparedness, QA, and conduct
of operations.
• Asbestos awareness-Defines what asbestos is and what materials typically contain asbestos.
Describes procedures for working in and/or around areas that are suspected of containing
asbestos. Identifies the health risks of asbestos and the major pathways of entry into the human
body. The asbestos awareness module is required for employees to receive the site access
badge.
• Safety and health work permit-Identifies the need for safety and health work permits and
describes how they are used.
o
General l Employee Radiological Training-Identities .the radiological hazards present at PGDP
and proper emergency alarms and procedures that should be followed in the event of a
radiological emergency.
• Security orientation-Defines security policies at PGDP. Describes the different levels of
clearance, vehicle inspection/registration. and escorting policies. The security module is
required for employees to receive the site access badge.
•

•
8-3 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• Waste generator-Describes procedures for waste segregation. containment. storage/disposal
and proper container labeling and documentation. Defines the different types of waste and
waste storage areas. lihe waste gene[:ator module is required for employees to receive the site
access badge.
• General r Nuclear Criticality Safety-Describes the hazards and risks of a nuclear criticality
accident, defines criticality accident safety responses. and identifies the proper response to a
criticality alarm. The general nuclear safety module is required for employees to receive the
site access badge.
• RAD Worker II-Gives a detailed definition and description of the different types of radiation
and proper techniques to protect the body. Gives a description of radiological detection
instrumentation. Demonstrates and performs proper dress-out for entry/egress into
radiological areas within PGDP.
Any additional training deemed necessary will be performed by LMES when required.
•
8.3 MEDICAL SURVEI1.LANCE
Employees who are or may be exposed to hazardous substances or health hazards at or above
the PEL and employees who wear a respirator for 30 days or more per year will receive a medical
examination before assignment. and at least once every 12. months thereafter (unless a longer
interval not to exceed biannually is deemed appropriate by the attending physician), and at
termination of employment or reassignment. Employees who develop signs or symptoms
indicating exposure or who are injured or exposed above the PEL in an emergency situation will
be medically examined as soon as possible following the incident.
8.4 SPILL CONTAINMENT
In the event of a spill during the off-shift or the potential of a spill leaving the treatment
facility. on-site personnel will immediately contact the PGDP Shift Superintendent followed by the
Health and Safety Manager or the SHSO. On-site personnel will then locate the source and stop
the spillage if it can be done safely and will begin containment and recovery of spilled material
using the C-612 spill control procedure. It will be the ,responsibility of the SHSO to maintain the
site emergency equipment (i.e., spill kits) in good working order.
Plantand Local Emergency .signals. Plant and local emergency signals and their descriptions
are shown in Table 8-1. All personnel should be familiar with these and know the proper action
to take. The Fire and Emergency Response Plan for PGDP has been provided to the local l fire
department and other emergency response agencies .
•

8-4 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
Table 8-1. Plant and iocal emergency signals
THE ATTACK
WARNING
Intermittent 2-second blast on
plant horns
This sound means an air attack or
tornado ,is imminent. When you
hear this. take cover in the nearest
take-cover area.
THE ALERT SIGNAL
Continuous blast on plant horns
The alert signal means that possible
emergency conditions exist.
Evacuate the building and follow
directions given over the plant
public address system.
THE EMERGENCY
RADIATION SIGNAiL
Continuous blast on special
high-pitched whistle
Upon hearing this sound. rapidly
leave the area and report
immediately to your designated
assembly point.
CASCADE BUILDINGS
LOCAL ALARMS
Three blasts on building horns
or howlers
Upon hearing three blasts on
building horns. contact or report to
your designated control room.
BUILDING
EVACUATION
C-lOO, C-360, C-71O,
AND C-720
Continuous blast on building
horns
This sound means evacuate the
building and follow instructions of
the plant emergency director as
given over the .plant public address
system.
•
THE C-720 LOCAL
EMERGENCY SQUAD
One lO-second blast on building
siren
This sound calls for the assembly
of the C-720 local emergency
squad.
THE COMMUNITY
WARNING SIREN
Continuous wail on off-site
sirens
This sound indicates a condition at
this facility that may affect both the
plant and surrounding community.
It currently means to shelter inplace
and listen to your Emergency
Broadcast System for further
instructions.
8.5 HEAT/COLD STRESS I
The most common types of stress that affect tield personnel are heat stress and cold stress. In
light of this. it is ,important that all employees understand the signs and symptoms of potential
injuries associated with working in temperatUfe extremes.
IExcerpted from the CDM Federal Programs Corporation Corporate Health and Safety Program. (994).
•

•
8.5.1 Heat Stress
8-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
Heat stress .occurs when the body's physiological processes fail to maintain a normal, body
temperature because of excessive heaL The 'body reacts to heat stress in a number .of different
ways. The reactions range from mitd. such as fatigue. irritability. anxiety. and decreased
concentration, to. severe. such as death. Heat-related disorders are generally classified into faur
basic categories: heat rash. heat cramps. heat exhaustion, and heat stroke. The descriptions.
symptoms, and treatment for these diseases are described as follows.
Heat Rash
• Description-Heat rash is caused by continuous exposure to heat and humid air and is
generally aggravated by coarse clothing. This condition decreases the ability to tolerate heat.
This condition is the mildest of heat-related disorders.
• Symptoms-Mild red rash. which is generally more prominent in areas of the body in contact
with PPE.
D
Treatment-Decrease the amount of time in PPE and use powder to help absorb moisture.
Heat Cramps
• Description-Heat cramps are caused by perspiration that is not offset with adequate fluid
intake. This condition is the first· sign of a situation that can lead to heat stroke.
• Symptoms-Acute, painful spasms occurring in the voluntary muscles (e.g .• abdomen and
extremities) .
D
Treatment-Remove victim to a cool area and loosen clothing. Have vic~im drink 1 to 2 cups
of water immediately and every 20 minutes thereafter until the symptoms subside. Total water
consumption should be l' to. 2 gal per day. Consult with a physician.
Heat Exhaustion
• Description-Heat exhaustion is a state of very definite weakness or exhaustion caused by the
loss oftluids from the body. This condition is more severe than heat cramps.
• Symptoms-Pale. clammy. mo.ist skin accompanied by profuse perspiration and extreme
weakness. Body temperature ·is generally narmal and the pulse is weak and rapid. Breathing
is shallow. The victim may show signs of dizziness and may vomit.
•
• Treatment-Remove the victim lOa caol'. air-conditioned atmosphere. Loosen clathing and
require the victim to lay in a flat position with the feet slightly elevated. Have the victim drink
I to 2 cups of water inunediately and every 20 minutes thereafter until the symptoms subside .
Seek medical attention. particularly in severe situations.

Heat Stroke
8-6 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
• Description-Heat stroke is an acute and dangerous situation. It can happen m a very short
time period. The victim's temperature control system shuts down completely, resulting in a
rise in body core temperature to levels that can cause brain damage and can be fatal if not
treated promptly and effectively.
• Symptoms-Red. hot. dry skin. with no perspiring. Rapid respiration. high pulse rate, and
extremely high body temperature are other symptoms.
• Treatment-Cool the victim quickly. Ifthe body temperature is not brought down quickly,
permanent brain damage or death can result. The victim should be soaked in cool water. Get
medical attention as soon as possible.
Preventive Measures. There are a number .of steps that can be taken to minimize and/or
eliminate the potential for heat stress disorders when working in hot atmospheres. Some of these
are as follows.
• Acclimate employees to working conditions by slowly increasing work loads over extended
periods of time. Do not begin site work activities with the most demanding physical
expenditures.
• Where possible. conduct strenuous activities during cooler portions of the day, such as early
morning or early evening.
•
• Provide and encourage aU employees to drink lots of tempered water during the course of the
work shift. and discourage the use of alcohol during nonworking hours. It is essential that
fluids lost due to perspiration get replenished.
• During hot periods. rotate employees wearing impervious clothing.
• Consult with physician if heat stress has occurred.
• Provide cooling devices when appropriate. Mobile showers and/or hose down facilities,
powered air-purifying respirators. and ice vests have all proven effective in reducing heat
stress potential'.
• Establish a work/rest routine according to American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygenists' guidelines.
Heat Stress Monitoring. For strenuous field activities that are part of ongoing site work
activ,ities in hot weather. the following procedures are used to monitor the body's physiological
response to heat. These procedures are implemented when employees are required to wear
impervious clothing in atmospheres exceed ing 70° F.
• Monitor Heart Rate - Heart rate should' be measured by the radial pulse for 60 seconds as
early as possible in the resting period. The measurement at the beginning of the rest period
•

•
8-7 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
should nor exceed 110 beats per minute. 'If the heart rate is in excess. the next work period
should be shortened by 33 %. with the length of the res~ period remaining the same; If the
heart rate is still in excess at the beginiling of the next rest period. the following work cycle
should be shortened by 33 %. This procedure continues until the rate is maintained below 110
beats per minute.
• Monitor Body Temperature - Body .temperature is measured orally with a clinical
thermometer as early as possible in the resting period. Temperatures should not exceed
99.6°F. If it does. the next work per;iod should be shortened by 33.%. If the oral temperature
at the end of the next work period still exceeds 99.6°F, the following work cycle is shortened
by another 33 %. This procedure continues until the body temperature is maintained below
99.6°F.
The following work/rest schedules are provided as a general guideline when working in Level
B or Level C PPE.
•
Adjusted Temperature (0 Fl"
75
80
85
90
95
100
Wm:k schedule (minutes/hour)
50
40
30
20
10
o
(/ Adjusted temperature is the sum of the actual temperature plus the product of 13 times the fraction of
sunshine. ~he fraction of sunshine is an estimate of the percentage of the time that the sun is not blocked
by clouds.
8.5.2 Cold Stress
Persons working outdoors in low temperatures, especially at or below freezing, are subject to
cold stress disorders. Exposure to extreme cold for even a short period of time can cause severe
injury to the body surfaces and/or profound cooling, which can leadw death. Areas of the body
that have high surface area-to-volume ratios, such as fingers, toes, and ears, are the most
susceptible.
There are basically two types of cold disorders. ~hey can be classified as localized; as is the
case with frostbite, or generalized, as in hypothermia. The descriptions, symptoms, and treatment
for these diseases are described as follows.
Frostbite
•
• Description-Frostbite is a condition in which ,the tluids around !the cells of body tissues freeze .
The condition results in damage to tissue. The most vulnerable parts of the body are the nose,
cheeks, ears, fingers. and toes.

• Symptoms-Affected areas become white and firm.
8-8 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
•
• Treatment-Get the individual to a warm environment and rewarm the areas quickly. Keep
affected areas covefed and wafm. Warm water can be used to thaw the areas.
H~pothermia
• Description-As the temperature of the body drops. the thermoregulatory system attempts .to
increase the body's generation of heat. This regulation includes the constric~ion of surface
blood vessels. to conserve energy. and the body's production of glucose. to increase the body's
metabolic rate (i.e .. to be used as fuel,to generate heat).
• Symptoms-Uncontrollable shivering with the sensation of cold. Slower heartbeat and a
weaker pulse are also symptoms.
• Treatment-Get individual to a warm environment.
Preventive Measures. There area number of steps that can be taken to minimize/eliminate
the potential for cold stress disorders when working in a cold environment. Some of these are as
follows.
• As with warm environments, individuals can achieve a certain degree of acclimation when
working in cold environments. The body will undergo some changes that increase the body's
comfor:t and reduce the risk to cold injury,
•
• Working in cold environments causes significant water loss through the skin and the lungs as
a result of the dryness of the air. Increased fluid intake is essential to prevent dehydration,
which affects the flow of blood to the extremities and increases the risk of cold ,injury. Warm,
sweet. caffeine-free. nonalcoholic, dfinks and soups should be readily available.
• Do not allow skin to be continuously exposed to sub-zero temperatures.
Cold Stress Monitoring. Air temperature alone is not sufficient to judge the potential for
cold-related disorders in a particular environment. Heat loss from convection (air movement at
,the surface ofthe skin) is probably the greatest and most deceptive factor in the loss of body heat.
For this reason, wind speeds as well as air temperatures need to be considered when evaluating a
potential for cold stress disorders. The resultant windchill index and the potential danger to
exposed individuals are tabulated in Table g-2.
•

•
8-9 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 8-2. Windchill index, PGI>P
Actual 'lherm0I11eter reading (0 F)
~
Wind speed in 50 40 30' 10 10 0 ' ' -10 -20 -30 -40
mph
i
,
,
Calm 50 40 30 10 \0 0 -10 -20 -30 -40
5 48 37 27 16 6 -5 -15 , -26 -36 -47
10 40 28 16 of -9 -21 -33 -46 -58 -70
15 36 22 9 -5 -18 -36
11
I
, , -45 -58 -12 -85
I
20 32 18 4 -10 -25 -39 -53 , -67 -82 "96
:1 ,
25 30 16 0 -115 -29 -44 I -59 -74 -88 -\04
I
30 28 13 -2 -1'8 -33 -48 -63 I -79 -94 -\09
II
I
35 27 II -4 -20 -35 -49 -67 -82 -98 -1l3
40 I
!
Over 40 mph lillie danger Increasing danger (danger i Great danger (danger
(lillie added (for properly from frcezing of exposed from frcezing of exposed
effort) clothed person) pans) }: , ,
parts)
,
, ,
•
8.6 FALL PROTECTION AND FALL PREVENTION
In order to protect personnel from injury during elevated work activities, the following fall
protection and fall prevention practices will be enforced.
8.6.1 PGBP Fall Protection Policy
:PGDP 100% fall protection will be maintained at all times when working 6 ft or more above
the surface or whenever objects closer than 6 ft present a danger from striking as a result of a fall.
The 100 % fall protection means no exposure to a fall hazard will be permitted without protection.
Fall protection and fall prevention will consist of one or more of the following:
1. preventing a fall by installing adequate guard rails;
2. restricting entry into a fall hazard area by use of barricades, barriers, or warning flagging; or
3. protecting the employee by using fall protection equipment (full body harness, shock-absorbing
lanyards. and single/twin lanyards) to arrest a fall.
8.6.2 Fail Arrest Equipment
I. A full body harness and lanyard are required when working 6 ftor more above a protected
area or less if there is a danger of contacting objects as a result of a fall.
•
2. Single/twin lanyard systems will be used if at any time the individual must unhook a lanyard
for movement while wearing fall protection.

8-10 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
3. All full body harness will be Class C. approved by the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI).
•
4. All lanyards will be shock absorbing and have double-locking hooks that prevent roll-out.
5. Personnel on unprotected elevat,ions will be tied off to lifelines attached to structures capable
of supporting at least 5400 lb dead weight per employee.
6. All fall protection equipment will be inspected before each use. Lanyards and harnesses will
not be used if evidence of damage is present. All hardware must be examined and worn parts
replaced.
7. Harnesses and lanyards must ber:emoved from service if used in a fall.
8.6.3 Ladder Inspection and Use
I. Ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps. broken or split rails, or other faulty or
defective construction will be tagged "Defective Do Not Use" and will be removed from the
job site.
2. All extension ladders willi be tied. blocked. or othe~wise secured to prevent them from being
displaced.
3. Ladders will be placed on a firm, level base., and~ the area around the top and bottom of the
ladders will be kept clea~.
•
4. When ladders are used for access to platforms or working surfaces. the side rails will extend
at least 3 ftabove .the landing.
5. Always face a ladder when ascending or descending.
6. Always have free use of both hands and i feet.to firmly grasp the ladder while ascending or
descending ladders. Such free use of the hands will preclude the use of fall protection during
ascending or descending only.
8.6.4 Working Surfaces
I'.
All places of employment. passageways. storerooms. and service areas will be kept clean and
orderly and in a sanitary condition. 'fhefloor of every work area will be maintained in a clean
and, so far as possible. dry condition. To facilitate cleaning. every tloor of every working
place and passageway will be kept free of protruding nails. splinters. holes, or loose boards.
Aisles and ,passageways will be kept in good repair with no obstruction that could create a
hazard.
2. Every open-sided floor or platform 6 ft or more above adjacent floor or ground :level will be
guarded by a standard railing or the equivalent on all open sides. except where there is
entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing will be provided with a standard
•

•
8-11 Rev. _---"0'--__
Date 29SEP1995
toeboard whenever persons can pass beneath the open sides. or there is moving machinery. or
there is equipment with which falling material could create a hazard.
3. A stairway or ladder will be provided at all personnel points of access where ·there is a break
in elevation of 19 in. or more. and no ramp, runway. sloped embankment. or personnel hoist
is provided.
4. At no time will employees be allowed to climb the mast of a drill rig while it is in the upright
position.
8.6.5 Aerial Lifts
I. Aerial lifts will not be modified for uses other than those intended by the manufacturer, unless
It he modification has been certified in writing by the manufacturer.
2. Aerial lift operators will be trained to the manufacturer's operating instructions.
3. The manufacturer's recommended checkout instructions (or equivalent) will be completed daily
by the operator before use.
•
4. Personnel will remain in the platform or bucket at all times and' will not use the platform to
gain access to a, work loca~ion.
5. The load limits specified by the manufacturer will be posted on the equipment and will not be
exceeded.
6. An aerial lift will not be used as a material hoist.
7. A full body harness must be worn with the lanyard attached to the platform anchorage point
while in the platform or bucket.
8.6.6 Training
All personnel who may be exposed to a fall hazard during their work duties will be trained in
fall protection and fall prevention before starting those duties on-site.
8.7 HOISTING/RIGGING PRACTICES
In order to ensure that personnel and equipment are not injured or damaged during hoisting
and rigging operations. the following safe working guidelines will be enforced.
•
8.7.1 General
All' hoisting and rigging activities will be reviewed to determine their classification by the
following definitions:

Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
1. Non-routine lift: Parts. components. assemblies. or lifting operations where the effect of
dropping. upsetting. or collision of items could
•
• cause significant work delay ,
• cause undetectable damage resulting in future ope rat-ions or safety problems.
• result in significant release of radioactivity Of other serious and undesirable environmental
conditions. or
• present a potentially unacceptable risk of personnel il~ury or property damage.
2. Routine lift: Any lift not designated as a non-routine 'lift.
All lifts on this project are anticipated to be routine. Before all routine lifts. Hoisting and
Rigging checklists and forms (Appendix E) will be completed by the SHSO and will be maintained
on the job site for review. If the added scope of work requires a non-I'outine lift, a separate
Hoisting and Rigging Plan will be developed. This plan will be presented to the Facility Manager
for review and approval before proceeding with the lift.
8.7.2 Hoisting
1. Hoisting equipment will be operated only by designated/qualified personnel.
2. Hoisting operators will be in visual or ,radio contact with a flag pel'son before and during every
lift. If visual or radio contact is interrupted for any reason, the operator will stop the lift until
full contact is restored'.
•
3. The equipment will be capable. within the manufacturer's specifications. of fulfilling all
requirements of the work without endangering personnell or equipment.
4. Equipment with outriggers will have the outriggers fully extended and set before all lifts.
5,. Operators will know the total weight of the load before lifting. This includes the following:
• actual weight of load. including all packaging materials;
o
rigging to include slings. shackles. chokers. and rings; and
• load line hook. headache ball. and wire rope.
6. The operator will check the load line brake and the crane for stability when the load is only
inches from the ground before proceeding with any lift. This will be considered a "trial lift."
7. An operator will not leave the control station of a crane during a lift or pick except under the
following conditions.
•

•
• A suspended load will never be left unattended.
8-13 Rev. a
Date 29SEP 1995
• The load is lowered or raised to a safe landing area with no tension on tile load line.
• After positioning all brakes. pawls. switches. or clutches in a safe position. it has been turned
over to another qualified operator.
• The load is supported by other means. such as cribbing, manufacturer's sleds or frames,
suspended rigging, or another crane.
8. The hoist line will be vertical at all times.
9. Personnel will not stand or pass under suspended loads.
10. Tag line(s) will be required on all loads. Use as many as necessary to adequately control the
load while landing.
•
II. Crane load charts will be posted in the cab of all cranes for the crane as configured. as well
as rated load capacities, recommended operation speeds, special hazard warnings, or
instructions .
12. Crane inspection:
• Applicable ANSI 830 series daily. monthly, quarterly, semiannual, annual. and special
inspections will be completed before operating any crane. All inspec~ions will be completed
by a qualified inspector following manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
• The annual certification sticker will be prominently displayed on the crane so that it does not
obstruct the operator's view of any work operation.
• Borrowed. rented. or leased cranes will be inspected before use on the site by construction
personnel regardless of any inspection form signed by others.
8.7.3 Rigging
I. Rigging equipment for material! handling will be visually inspected before use on each shift and
as necessary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment will be
removed from service and repaired and/or destroyed. All rigging equipment will be load
tested at least annually by a competent person who, by training and/or experience. is capable
of recognizing defects and taking the appropriate action to correct or eliminate them.
•
2. Rigging equipment will not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load. as
prescribed in Tables H-I through H-20 of OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart H (1926.251,
"Rigging Equipment for Material Handling") .

8-14 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
3. Special hoisting devices, slings, chokers. hooks. clamps, or other lifting accessories will be
marked to indicate the safe working loads and will be pf0of-tested before initial use to 125%
of their rated' load.
•
4. The following forms (Appendix E) will be used for the inspection of rigging equipment.
• Hoisting and Rigging Checklist,
• Wire Rope Inspection.
• Sling Inspection.
• Inspection for Chain Hoisting Devices.
• Inspection of Metal Plate Clamps. and
• Inspection of Lifting Devices.
8.8 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
All confined space entries will follow 29 CFR 1910. N6. DOE Orders. and the LMES
Procedure IAD-1486, "Confined Space Entry Program." Prior to any entry into a confined space,
the most current LMES Procedure will need to be reviewed for adherence by the service
supervisor. The most current edition of the LMES Confined Space procedure will be available in
the command media center established in the small trailer located on the east side of the C-612
facility. In addition. all applicable permits. communication methods, monitoring requirements,
training, and other requirements outlined ih this procedure must be met prior.to any confined space
entry.
•
8.9 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
To ensure the safety of personnel working on equipment or systems, PGDP safe .practices and
procedures will be followed for lockout/tagout. The purpose of these procedures is to prevent the
release of potentially hazardous energy during maintenance or service activities. Lockout/tagout
procedures apply to energy sources that could cause injury to personnel from the unexpected
energization or release of stored energy while participating in such activities as-but not limited
to-installing, constructing, repairing, adjusting, inspecting, testing, or maintaining systems or
equipment. The procedures apply to all forms of potentially hazardous energy, both latent and
residual, including electrical. hydraulic, pneumatic. mechanical. chemical, and radioactive. These
procedures will apply to all O&M activities conducted.in association with the Pilot Plant.
8.9.1 Requirements
The following requirements will be enforced during the O&M of this Pilot Plant. Any
deviations from these requirements must be approved by the SHSO or their designated person.
I. All persons involved with O&M activities will be trained on the current PGDP lockout/tagout
system.
•

•
8-:15 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
2. A:ll lockable isolation points will be locked before commencement of maintenance or service.
A'll isolations that are not lockable will be tagged with a "DANGER - DO NOT OPERATE"
tag and the tear-off tab placed ,in a lockbox. Tags. when used alone. will' be considered the
equivalent of a lock.
3. Each person performing maintenance or service will have control of the protection applied.
This will be accomplished through direct personal over locking of isolating devices or thfough
overlocking of thelockbox that contains keys or teaf-off tabs from system locks and/or tags.
4. When maintenance or service tasks present electrical shock hazards. qualified electrical
personnel must perform isolations so that positive protection measures and/or measurements
for absence of voltage can be applied.
5. When the isolation of electrical energy cannot be verified at reliable equipmenrstart controls,
qualified electrical'personnel must perform such isolations so that positive protection measures
and/or measlirements for absence of voltage can be applied.
•
6. All service contractors requiringlockout/tagout protection must work under the protection of
a documented Lockout/Tagout Permit. Exemptions from permits do not apply to service
contractor personnel .
7. AU personnel will receive an appropriate level of initial training. Authorized personnel will
then receive refreshef training annually or whenever major changes are made to the procedure
or systems that govern energy isolation.
8. All locks used for personnel protection under this procedure will be substantial and painted or
clearly marked with the color red'. Red locks will be used for this purpose alone. Locks will
be provided by PGDP, who will be identified as the owner.
9. All duplications of a Lockout/TagoutPermit will :be stamped or rnarked clearly asa duplicate.
10. "DANGER-DO NOT OPERATE" tags will be the only tag used to isolate and control
hazardous energy during maintenance and service activities. These tags will not be used for
other purposes.
II. Tags will be used only once except for temporary suspension cases where the tag can be reused
With a new tie being applied. The tag will be durable for the location and conditions for which
it is used.
12. The tag attachment means will be non-feusable. attachable by hand. self-locking, and non­
,releasable with a minimum unlocking strength of not less than 50 lb. They will be at least
equivalent to a one-piece, all-environnlent-tolerant,. nylon cable tie.
•
13. A Lockout/Tagout Permit Logbook will be controlled by the SHSO and kept in an area
recognized asa central point for management of area operations.

Rev.
Date
Q
29SEP1995
14. Permits in the Logbook will be recorded on all' index at the front of the log. Entries regarding
status of permits w.ill be made as soon as practical but no later than the end of ,the shift in
which the status is established.
•
15. When work underlockout/tagout extends across shifts. the SHSO for each ac~ive shift assumes
all responsibility for protection. including the removal authorization for locks and tags applied
on previous shifts.
8.9.2 Responsibilities
The SHSO will be responsible for reviewing needed maintenance or service job requirements
and, for recognizing the type and magnitude of potentially hazardous energy available in the Pilot
Plant and associated equipment. The SHSO or any other person performing services associated
with the O&M of the Pilot Plant is responsible for shutdown of equipment according to PGDP
procedures to maintain a safe working area. The SHSO must be notified immediately of any
equipment that has been shut down by other personnel. Documentation of lockout/tagout activities
will be maintained in the project file.
8.9.3 Out-of-Service Tags
Out of service tags are not for use as employee protection devices. These tags are for
equipment protection or equipment that is not operable.
8.10 RADIATION
8.10.1 Dosimeters
Externai dosimeters will be worn by all site personnel. These monitors will be received from
and delivered to LMES for analysis periodically. Dositneters will be worn at all times in areas
controlled for radiological purposes and when required by signs, work permits, or Radiological
Control personnel. Dosimeters must be worn on the chest area between the waist and the neck.
If a dosimeter is lost or misplaced while in an area controlled for radiological purposes, the
following steps will be taken.
L Place work area in a safe condition.
2. Alert others.
3. Immediately exit the area.
4. Notify Radiological Control personnet:.
8.10.2 Biological Monitoring Program
All personnel will participate in this monitoring program in accordance with Sect. 8.3 of this
HSP. Bioassay may be conducted when required by a Radiation Work Permit or Health Physics.
•

•
8.11 OPERATOR'S HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM
8-17 Rev. _-"0'--__
Date 29SEPl l 995
This section includes the operator's Health and Safety Plan Form. It specifies site-specific
health and safety measures. PPE. contaminants of concern. and decontaminat,ion methods. It also
includes a hospital route map. This form will be used by field personnel as a reference guide to
health and' safety.
8.12 DONNING PROCEDURES
8.12.1 Level C PPE
The following PPE should be worn when Level C protection is required:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
company-providedcoveraIls;
boots (outer). chemical-resistant. steel toe and shank;
chemical-resistant clothing (coveralls: hooded. one-piece or two-piece chemical splash suit;
chemical-resistant hood and apron; disposable chemical-resistant coveral,\,s);
boot covers (outer), chemical-resistant (disposable) under Tyvek-taped joints;
gloves (inner). chemical-resistant;
gloves (outer), chemical-resistant. taped joints;
air-purifying respirator, full-face, cartridge-equipped (Mine Safety and Health Administration!
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health~;
hard hat (face shield); and,
2-way radio communications~intrinsicaIly safe~. if needed.
8.12.2 Level D-Modified PPE
The following PPE should be worn when Level D-ModifIed protection is required:
• company-provided coveralls;
• boots/shoes, leather or chemical~resistant. steel toe and shank;
• boot covers (outer), chemical-resistant (disposable) under Tyvek-taped joints;
• gloves;
• gloves (outer), chemical-resistant. taped joints:
• safety glasses with side shields; and
• hard hat.
8.12.3 Additional PPE Requirements
The following items Il1ay Ibe required by the .5HSO for perfmming specific job functions or
because of job location:
•
• ,raingear,
• orange blaze vests.
• outfits for hunting season. and
• laboratory coats.

8.13 DOFFING PROCEDURES
8-18 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
Level D-Modified and Level C Decontamination Procedure
Step I: Segregated Equipment Drop
Deposit equipment used on-site (e.g. , tools. sampling devices and containers, monitoring
instruments. radios. clipboards) on plastic drop cloths or in different containers with plastk liners.
Each piece of equipment willi be contaminated to a different degree. Segregation at the drop
reduces the probability of cross-contamination.
Equipment needed:
• various size containers.
• plastic liners. and
• plastic drop cloths.
Step 2: Boot Cover and, Glove Wash
Scrub outer !boot covers and gloves with decontamination solution or detergent/water.
Step 3: Boot Cover and ,Glove Rinse
Rinse off decontamination solution from step 2, using copious amounts of water. Repeat as many
times as necessary. (See Sect. 'lO.0, Waste Management, for management of decontamination
solution.)
•
Equipment needed:
• container (30 to 50 gal) .or high~pressure spray unit;
• water; and
• two to three long-handle, soft-br,istle scrub brushes.
Step 4: Tape Removal
Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in container with plastic liner.
Equipment needed':
• ,container (20 to 30 gal) and
• plastic liners.
Step 5: Outer Glove Removal
Remove outer gloves and: deposit in container with plastic liner.
•

•
Step 6: Splash Suit Removal
8-19 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
With assistance of :helper .. remove splash suit. :Deposit in container with 'plastic liner.
Step 7: Face-Piece Removal (Respirator)
Remo:ve face-piece. Avoid touching face with gloves. Decontaminate respirator and discard
canisters in container with plastic liner.
Step 8: Inner Glove Removal
Remo:ve inner gloves and deposit in container: with plastic liner.
Step 9: Field Wash
Shower if highly toxic. skin-corrosive. or skin-abso~hable materials are known or suspected to be
present. Wash hands and face if shower is not available. (See Sect. 10.0. Waste Management,
for management of field wash solution.)
•
Equipment needed:
•
•
•
o
•
water,
soap,
tables,
wash basins/buckets. and
field showers.
•

• • •
,
IlEALm AND SAFETY PLAN FORM This document.is for the exclliSive .use of COM COM FEOERAfj PROGRAMS C()RP(jRATI()N
Federal, U.S. EPA, ridE,E~~rgy SYSt~IDS,
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program TESI ARCS/HAZWRAP team firms, and their PROJECT POCUMENT NO.:
subcontractors.
.
PROJ_ECT NAME: PODP Northwest Plume Interim_Action Plant TAS~NO, REGION: IV
JOB SITJ;:_ADDRESS: Paducah Gaseous Diffusion plant
CLI;ENT: Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc.
Hohhs Road. Paducah. Kentucky 42001 - PROJECT NO. 7904-014
SITE CONTACT: B. J. Clay ton_
PHONE NO. (~Q~) 441-6624
CLIENT CONTACT: B. J. Clayton
PHONE NO. (502) 44) '6§24
( ) AM.ENDMENT NO. TO EXISTINOAPi>RQVED HSP - DATE EXISTING APPRQVEDH~P
OBJECTIVES OF FIELD WORK:
TYPE: Check as many as applicable
---
The objective of the field work at the Northwest Plume Interim Action Plant will be to (.I) Active ( ) Landfill ( ) Unknown
operate and maintain four extraction wells along with associated Illonitoring/observation
wells, pipelines, and treatment facilities as part of the effort to rt!mediate groundwater at the ( ) Inactive ( ) Uncontrolled ( ) Military
site. The extracted groundwater will be transported via pipeline to the treatment plant
where the water will be treated by air stripping and ion exchange. and then released through (.I) Secure (.I) Industrial ( ) Other (specify):
KPDES Outfall 001. An ir""vative technology also will he tested using iron filings in a
treatment medium on a sidestream of the contaminated groundwater. Groundwater ( ) Unsecure (.I) Recovery
sampling will be performed at various stages of the treatment processes to monitor the
effectiveness of the systems and to ensure that ARARs are attained. (.I) Enclosed space (.I ) Well Field
DESCRIPTION AND FEATURES: Summarize helow. Include principal operations and unusual features (containers. buildings, dikes, power lines, hills, slopes, river).
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (PGDP) is a uranium-enrichment facility owned by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) and managed by Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. (Energy
Systems) . PGDP is located in McCracken County, Kentucky. 3 miles south of the Ohio River. The reservation consists of 750 acres within a fenced security area, surrounded by a 585-acre
buffer and the 2,OOO-acre West Kentucky Wildlife Management Area (WKWMA). The secured area contains approximately 30 permanent buildings, 5 of which are involved directly in the
production of enriched uranium. Field team members will not enter any of the five process buildings. The treatment plant will be constructed outside of the fenced security area; however,
the treatment plant will be fenced for access restriction.
SURROUNDING POPULATION: (.I) Residential (.I) Industrial (.I) Rural ( ) U~ban ( ) OTHER: ]>age 1 of 12

HEALTUAND SAFETY PLAN FORM
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
This document is for the exclus:ve use ofCDM Federal.
U.S. EPA. DOE. Energy Systems,TES/ARCSIHAZWRAP
team firms, and their subcontractors.
Northwest Groundwater Plume Location Map. Refer to Se(IS, I and 6 for more detailed site maps.
,
,
:.~ i
.
•
~
~
I .. - "-"
\I:
~ . ~
i !
~ i' r
f : : ,
I
....
,/\.
fr
f~ ~i
, f'
r; l~l ,/
Ii: 'I
IT a: if
if'" .. T!"
~ H
i'~ j,
... :. ,
~. F :. •
I'
i i I I
I
i
• •

. "
• • •
HE4mANnSAFETv PLANFORM.
.. .. .. ~: ...
..
.. .
CDM Federal Health and Safely Program
. ..
This document is fof theexcltisive tiseof CDM· Federal,
U.S. EPA, DOE,J;n~rgy$ysterDS,tEs/ARcSIlIAZWRAP
team finns, and their subcontractors.
HISTORY: Summarize below. In addition to history. include complaints from public, previous agency acti()ns, know I! exposures or injuries, etC'.
Refer to Sect. 1.0 of this O&M Plan for a summary of historical data on the Northwest Groundwater Plume.
COM fEI>~:PROGRAMS~bkoRArtON
..
WASTE TYPES: (.I) Liq\lid () Solid (.I) Sludge (.I) Gas () UnkllQ'Nn () Other (specify):
WASTE CHARACTERISTICS: Check as llIany as arc applicahlt:.
( ) Corrosive ( ) Flammable (.I) Radioactive
( ) Toxic ( ) Volatilc (.I) Reactive
( ) Inert Gas () Unknown ( ) Other (sp~cify):
HAZARDS Or: CONCERN:
PRINCIPAL DISPOSAL METHODS AND PRACtICES (Summarize below):
(.I)
(.I)
Heat Stress (attach guidelines)
(.I) Noise
Cold Stress (attach guidelines) ( ) Inorganic Chemicals
All wastes will be containerized according to PGDP specifications and delivered to the
designated storage area. See Sect. 10 of this O&M Plan for details.
( )
( )
(.I)
(.I)
I:xplosive/FI

-
:
..
'
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM This document is for the exclusive uSe of CDM Federal,
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS .. CORP()It~tlbN>
.
...
U.S. EPA, DOE, Energy Systems,TES/ARCSIHAZWRAP
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
team firms, and their subcontractors.
.'
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SUMMARY: Check waste type and estimate amounts by category
CHEMICALS SOLIDS SLUDGES SOLVENTS OILS OTHER
Amounts/Units: AmountslUnits:. Amounts/ll.nits: t\mounts/Vnits: AlT\ounts/Units: Amounts/Units:
Acids Fly ash Paint Halogenated Oily Wastes Laboratory
(chloro, bromo) Solvents
( ) Pickling Liquors ( ) Asbestos ( ) Pigments ( ) Hydrocarbons ( ) Gasoline ( ) Pharmaceutical
( ) Caustics ( ) Milling/Mine Tailings ( ) Metal Sludges ( ) Alcohols ( ) Diesel Oil ( ) Hospital
( ) Pesticides ( ) Ferrous Smelter ( ) POTW Sludge ( ) Ketones ( ) Lubricants (,/) Radiological
( ) Dyes/Inks ( ) Nonferrous Smelter ( ) Aluminum ( ) Esters ( ) PCBs ( ) Municipal
( ) Cyanides ( ) Met

•
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
•
This document is for the excluSive use . of COM Federil.
U.S. EPA, ))OE, Energy System$,TEsfAR.CSIHAZWRAP
team firms. and their subcontractors.
•
C])M FEDEAALJ?RO(iRAMS CJRPORA TiON
:
KNOWN
CO NT AMINANTS
HIGHEST OBSERVED
CONCENTRA nON
(units, media. type)
PELlTlV
IDlH
STEL
WARNING
CONCENTRA nON
SYMPTOMSfEFFECTS OF
ACUTE EXPOSURE
PHOTO­
IONIZATION
POTENTIAL
T rich loroethy lene
12000 ppb or
2 pplll
NIOSH 25 ppm
OSHA 50 ppm
1000 ppm
100 ppm
Odor like chloroform
Headache; vertigo; visual
disturbance; tremors; nausa;
vomiting; irritated eyes;
dermititis; cardiac arithrnis
9.45eV
Technetium- 99
4500 pCi/l
1000 pCi/l
5000 DPM/lOOcm 2
70 pCilg
Polymer
N/E
Potassium Permanganate
N/E
Sodium Hypoc.hlorite
(15% sol)
N/A
Sulfuric Acid
(\0% sol)
N/E
1 mg/ml
3 mg/ml
Eye nose and throat irritation;
skin burns
None
Page 5 of 12
N/A=Not Available NE=None Established U=Unknown
Media:
S=Soil
A=Air
SW=Surface Water
GW = Groundwater
T=Tailings
SL=Sludge
W=Waste
D=Drums
TK=Tanks
L=Lagoon
SO == Sediment
OFF = Off-site
Type: (l)=Surface (2)=Subsurface (3)=Both

, .. ".'.
,. ,
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM
--.- - - ---
This document is for the exclusive useofc:i:>~Federal,
..
CDM FEDERAL PR()GRAMS C()RPbkATfoN
'.
CDM federal Health and Safety Program
u.s. EPA, DOE. Energy Systeins"TES/ARCSIHAZWRAP
team firms. and their subcontractors.
FIELD ACTIVITIES COVERED UNDER THIS PLAN
TASK DESCRIPTION/SPECIFIC TECHNIQUE-STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURES/SITE LOCATION (Attach additional sheets as necessary) Type Primary Contingency
I. Operation and maintenance of extraction wells and associated monitoring/observation Nonintrusive D D
wells. pipelines. and treatment facilities
Modified
2. Groundwater sampling at sampling ports located throughout treatment systems D C
Semi intrusive
w/Splash
Protection
, ..
"
3. Equipment turn around maintenance. removal/replacement of filter cake and or filter medias Semi intrusive D C
Modified
PERSONNEL· AND RESPONSIBILITIES (* Include subcontractors)
.
,NAME FIRM/REGION REsP()NSIBILIII~
..
ON-SITE?
WORKA~SIQNMENT MGR 1 - 2 - 3
SIT!; I:f1:~L TH & S.'\FETY COORDINATOR I - 2 - 3
AI.IERNA l'E SITE H4£.S COORDINATOR 1 - 2 - 3
STAFF 1-2-3
STAFF 1 - 2 - 3
fage, 6 of 12
• • •

•
•
•
HEAi.THAND SAFETY PLAN FORM
COM Federal Health and Safety Program
This document is for the exclusive use of COM Federal.
U.S. EPA, DOE. Energy Systems, TES/ARCS/HAzWRAP
team firms, and their subcontractors.
.. .',.
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Specify by task. Inliicate type and/or material as necessary_. Use copies of this sheet if needed.
BLOCK A TASKS: 1 and 2 (.I) Primary
BLOCKB TASKS: 1 and 2 (.I) Primary (Task 2)
LEVEL: 0 () Contingency
LEVEL: 0 - Modified (.I) Contingency (Task n
( )Respiratory: (.I) Not Needed
( ) SCBA, Air line:
( ) APR: MSA Full-face
( ) Cartridge: GMC-H
( ) Escape Mask:
( ) Other:
Head and Eye: ( ) Not Needed
( .I) Safety Glasses:
( ) Face Shield:
( ) Goggles:
(.I) Hard Hat:
( ) Other:
800ts: ( ) Not Needed
(.I) Boots: Leather steel-toed work lio

..
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
... .. .. .
This document is for the e~i::Iusive uSe of CDM Federal.
U.S. EPA, DOE, EnergySyst¢niS.TEs/ARCsIHAzWRAP
team firms, and their subci>ntradors.
..
CoM~DEkAL PROmWvlSCORPoJiI~>N
M9NITOiUNGEQYIPMENT: Specify by task. Indicate type as necessary. Attach additional sheets as necessary.
INSTRUMENT TASI( -
ACTION GUIDELINEs C9MMENT~ (I.ncludesschedules of use).
Combustible Gas Indicator I 0-10% LEL No explosion hazard GCI will be used as necessary to characterize the work
10-25% LEL Potential explosion hazard; notify SHSC. area exposure potential.
>25% LEL Explosion hazard; interrupt
task! evacuate
21.0% O 2
25 ppm a!:>()ve backgrgund. exit area.
Flame Ionization I Specify: FID will be used as necessary to characterize the work area
DetectorType OVA Same thresholds as stated above for HNu. exposure potential.
(FID)
- - -
Rspirable Dust Monitor 1-2-3 Specify: At 5 mg/m3 or if visible dust is present near the Note: It is not expected to have dust become
Type Minirl!!I! breathing zone, team members will upgrade to Level C. a concern under the plaMed acti .... ities. Miniram
Typ~ - will be used when SHSO ob~~rves visible dust.
SAFETY ITEMS/EQUIPMENT: Specify items to be kept on-site at all times during performance of the task(s).
Spill kits Lab coats Boots
~ortableeye wash Tyvek c()veralls Ear protection
Face shields First aid kit Orange blaze vests
Respirators Goggles Outfits for hunting season
Raingear
Gloves
SHSC = Site Health and Safety Coordinator OVA = Organic Vapor Analyzer OVM= Organic Vapor Monitor FID = Flame Ionization Detector PID = Photo ionization Deterctor
Page ~ of!2
• • •

•
•
•
HEA.LTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM
COM Federal Health and Safety Program
This document is for the exclusive Use of tDM Federal,
U.S. EPA, DOE. Energy SysteiIls,TESIARCSIHAZWRAP
team firms. and their subcontractors.
COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPOttATION
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
Plirsonal Decontamination
Disposable garments will he used. Standard doffing procedures
will he followed. as per Sects. 8.12 and 8.13.
Respirators will be selected. used. decontaminated. and stored in
acwrdance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134.
Personal deco'n!3I1lination station will move from location to
location hased on work site. .
Wash hands and face if necessary with soap and water upon
doffing PPE.
Sampl ing. Equipment Decontamination
All sampling equipment wiIJ be thoroughly decontaminated
between samples with soap and water. and then rinsing.
These tools are decontaminated between use at each sampling
location by a six·step cleaning process. These steps are:
I. immersion and vigorous scrubbing with a mild solution
of laboratory-grade detergent until all visual
accumulations of soil are re·moved.
lllOrnugh rinsing with potable water.
Heavv Eaujrunenr Decontamjilation
All equipmen.t and tool parts that contact excavated soil are
constructed of heavy gauge steel and have no natural or synthetic
components that could absorb and retain most soil·bome organic
contaminants.
.l.
Thoroughly rinsing with PI or ASTM Type II or higher
quality water.
~. Spray rinsing with Isopropanol.
5. Air drying.
6. After drying. wrapping with clean aluminum foil.
Containment and Disposal Method
All disposable garments will he placed in a suitable drum or
container and disposed of through the PGDP facility.
All dispusal conwillcrs will hc lahelcd as per Sect. 10 Waste
Management Plan.
Containment andPisnosal Method
All derived liquids. sediments. and sohents are contairJeg in
dedicated disposal vessels and disposed of through the PGDP
facility .
Alldispusal comainers will be labeled as per Sect. 10 Waste
r.lanagelilent Plan.
Containment and DiSPOsal Method
All waste. both soil and water. will be held for waste
characterization and appropriate disposal in approved containers
provided by Energy Systems.
All disposal containers will be labeled as per Sect. 10 Waste
Management Plan.
PI = deionized
ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials
Page 9 of 12

,
HEALTII AND SAFETY PLAN FORM This document is for the exclusive use of COM Federal. u.s. COM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
EPA, DOE. Energy Systems. TES/ARCSIHAZWRAP team firms.
and their subcontractors.
EMERGENCY CONTACTS NAME PHONE EMERGENCY CONTACTS NAME PHONE
Water Supply Earl Hobbs 441-6450 Health and Safety Manager Chuck Meyers {703} 968-0900
Site Telephone Operator 742-9400 Project Manager Joe Tarantino {S02} 443-8410
44\-5247
Release Report No. \-800-424-8802 Health & Safety Coordinator Steve Saunders (S02) 443-8410
EPA Environmental Response Team (20 I) 321-6660 Client Contact B. J. Clayton {Energy Systems} {S02} 441-6624
U.S. Coast Guan.l Environmental 1-800-424-8892 Other (specify)
Response Team
Other (specify) Environmental Agency KDEP {S02} 444-829S
CHEMTREC Emergency 1-800-424-9300 State Spill Number Plant Shift Superintendent Call' A-I" on channel 2. PGDP hand
radio
Fire Depanment Plant Shift Superintendent Call "A-I" on channel 2. PGDP hand
radio
Police Department Plant Shift Superintendent Call' A-I" on channel 2, PGDP hand
radio
CONTINGENCY PLANS State Police {S02} 444-8228
Upgrade contingency will be based on pages 6-8 of this Health and Safety Plan Health Department {S02} 444-6431
Form.
Poison Control Center {S02} 444-2151
MEDICAL EMERGENCY
Hospital Name: Lourdes Hospital Phone: {S02} 444-2444
Hospital Address: 1S30 Lone Oak Rd. Paducah. KY 42001
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN APPROVALS
Name of Contact at Hospital: Emergency Room
Prepared by: Date: Name of 24-Hour Ambulance: Lourdes Hospital Phone: (S02) 444-2444
SHSC Signature: Date: Route to Hospital (Attach map with route to hospital):
Drive south from plant on Hobbs Road. Take Rte 60 west (left). Go approximately 8-9 miles to 1-24 east. Stay on 1-24
H&S Mgr. Signarure:
Date:
to Exit 7. Tum left at the second traffic light onto Lone Oak Rd. Hospital is on the right. immediately after crossing the
interstate.
Distance to Hospital: approximately 17 miles Page 10 of 12
• • •

•
•
•
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FORM
CDM Federal Health and Safety Program
This document is for the exclusive use of CDM Federill. U.S.
EPA. POE. Energy Systems. TES/ARCS/HAZWRAP teain rums.
and their subcontractors.
CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPORATION
HOSPITAL ROUTE MAP
~
-N-
~
Page 11 of 12

.,
HEALm AND SAFETY PLAN FORM This document is for the exclusive USe ofCDM Federai. U.S. CDM FEDERAL PROGRAMS CORPoRA nON ..
COM Federal Health and Safety Program
EPA, DOE, Energy Systems, TEs/Aiu::StHAZwRAP team fums,
and their subcontractors.
The following personnel have read and fully understand the contents of this Health and Safety Plan and further agree to all requirements contained herein.
Name Affiliation bate Signanire
._.
-
- _.
-
-
-
-
Page 12 Of 12
• • •

•
Rev. 0
Date 29SEPili995
9.0 SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS AND'QA PI-AN
9.1 SAMPI;ING OVERVIEW
The perfonnance of the Pilot Plant will be evaluated! through a rigorous sampling and analysis
plan. The treated effluent willi be discharged to ditch 00,1 that leading to the Outfall 00,1 permitted
through USEC under the NPOES program and the KPOES program. The ex:haust air from the air
stripper does not require an .air discharge permit (see Appendix F). A summary of the types of
samples to be collected and the locations f170m which they will be collected. including replicate
samples to meet QA/QC requirements. is provided in Table 9-1 and Fig. 9-1. Analyses will be
compl'eted to test water samples for liCE and TCE degradation products. other VOCs. and 99Tc.
Temperature. ,pH. conductivity. now. and pressure will be monitored continuously at various
points throughout the plant.
•
A percentage of samples will be split and undergo more rigorous analysis by an analytical
project office (APO) approved off-site laboratory to test for additional contaminants and to confinn
the on-site laboratory results. If there is a significant discrepancy between the results obtained
from each laboratory. an investigation will be conducted. and necessary 'corrective actions will be
implemented.
Data Quality Objectives. The IDQOs for operation of the Pilot Plant are based on the
objectives of Pilot Plant operation that are stated in Sect. }'. Specific OQOs are as follows:
I. Provide data of sufficient quality to monitor and control Pilot Plant operations.
2. Provide data of sutificient quality to evaluate the effectiveness of the Pilot Plant treatment.
3. Provide data to .evaluate the consistency of influent data quality and to demonstrate that effluent
water quality meets or exceeds applicable ·effluent limitations.
9~2 WATER SAMPLING
There will be four types of water sampling associated with the Pilot Plant operations:
continuous, daily. weekly, monthly, and permit compliance verification.
•
Continuous samples will be analyzed'lby in~line analyzers for pH and temperature at the Pilot
Plant influent equalization tanle Pilot Plant influent flow rates also will be measured continuously.
In addition, conductivity win be continuously measured at ,the ion exchange outlet and ew,uent
TCE concentrations will be continuously measured within-line instrumentation. Operation and
maintenance of these instruments is discussed in Sect. 6.

Table 9-1. Summary of sampling points and sampling frequencies for the Pilot Plant
On-Site" Laboratory
Off-Site Laboratory
(Screening Data)
(Definitive Data)
Sampling
Media Point Description/Location Frequency Analytes Frequency Analytes
Water North recovery well EW-229, HV-004 monthly TCE,99Tc See note ., a" See note "a"
Water 2 North recovery well EW-228, HV-009 monthly TCE, ~~Tc See note "a" See note "a"
Water 3 North wells combined groundwater, weekly TCE, ~9Tc See note "a" See note "a"
HV-125
Water 4 South recovery well EW-230, HV-015 monthly * TCE,99Tc See note "a" See note "a"
Water 5 South recovery well EW "231, HV -020 monthly * TCE, 9Y Tc See hote "a" See note "a"
Water 6 South wells combined groundwater, TCE, YYTc See note "a" See note "a"
HY-024
weekly*
1.0
I
N
Water 7 Equalization lank effluent, HY -082 daily TCE,99Tc monthly Yots, metals,
cyanide, Fe, Si,
TSS and TDS, 99Tc
Water 10 Air stripper effluent weekly YOCs, 99Tc monthly VOCs, 9Y Tc
Water 11 Ion exchange unit F-004, effluent weekly Y9Tc monthly 99Tc
Water 12 Ion exchange unit F-005, effluent weekly 99Tc monthly 99Tc
Water 13 Ion exchange unit F-006, effluent weekly 'NTc monthly wTc
Water 14 Ion exchange unit F-007, effluent weekly ~9Tc monthly 99Tc
Water 15 System discharge effluent to outfall, daily fCE,99fc monthly TCE, 99Tc, and full
HV-171
KPOES permit list
- - .-
• •

•
•
•
Table 9-1 (Continued)
Media
Sampling
Point
Description/Location
Frequency
On-Site" Laboratory
(Screening Data)
Analytes
Frequency
Off-Site Laboratory
(Definitive Data)
Analytes
Water 17
Backwash wastewater, HV-169
once/cycle
tCE,99Tc
See l10te "a;'
See note "a"
Water 18
Thickened sludge, HV-132, -133, or -134
once/batch
TCE, ~~Tc
See note "a"
See note "a"
Air 20 Carbon unit AG-OOI effluent
N/A
N/A
monthly TCE,99Tc
Note: Refer to P&IDs in Appendix C for identification of valve numbers (HV-XXX).
* weekly for first 6 weeks.
'Ten percent of on-site laboratory samples will be split and forwarded to the fixed-base laboratory for confirmation (definitive data).

• • •

9-5
•
•
'BACKWASH, SUPPLY
~---------------I
I
I
I
I
II, I
I
@ " I
EW-228 ,i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J-OOt J-002 '------
J-003 J-004
SOutH W[U PUWPS
J-003. J-004
~-~ 5l--l:
g LG 'I:
SOOIU'" SOOIUW HYPOCHlOA1T[ I
HYPocHlORIlE W['E~_-:I ]PUWP I
DRUW
EQUALIZAtiON
TANK
F-OOI
~ : ~~--~
.' I 'I
- 'I'
POUSSlUW'PCRWANGAHAl[
"oomON ~t[ ..
l-007
I
I
OIHAUST
~-----~------ -T--------------~-r------------------~
I I III
I I I ,Ii 'I I
I I I.----J---.-II I
BACKWASH WA5T£ I I I 'I' - - -1-- - - -+ - - - - - - -r----------.:-.:-., --- -1- --~
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .! I I: I ~ C - - - -., I I
ACID
IN-LINE
""IERS
,l-D112
L-OI1
-------1
I
I
£OUAllZATION
PUWP
J-ODS
-------i
I
I
I
'I I I I I Ii ,I I l--~ I I
,I I I I I 1'1 I f" I I
,I I I I I II I I '; I
I, I l: I I I II I: R[SIN I
: : ,ACTIVATED I .J -=-r - L - - -ill I I O£Wt:J: 1MG I
CARBON I I I ,II I I f-003 I
:001
I~~
I
il
",I
gl
~I
"'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AG-DIIT I ,I III
I I I ION I I I I I
I I £~~~::I II I I
'- - - _ ..,J , : f-OOS I I I' I I
~ -=-J -=--=--=--=--t-~ J ,I :
I
I I II, I
!I
I , __ L ___ J I
I
RESIN
D[WATERING
SLOWER
AJ-006
ACID
~
. ",[1[RING
'''''WP
) STRIPPER
-(------.J
J-01,1
______ L :"~S
!. tii,~
,
I
I I, ~I
L
I I ..
L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - -, I ST:':::'ER I I I I ~:
!Ii'
~II
'-----l------.J :::1
I "!~:~'ir I I 'I [-001 IJTSIO[ AIR I I I ~ I
~
L..---..l I 1,1 .-:r--i-'-i ~---A;I
fTT7\ ,L______ .J I I I I I ,,j 21
l:l.i1r 'I: I v@ I l'- I I I
POlYW::S~~IlIT1ONr'~~,,~--: -----------l-',I :: : ~~~~H/::::
L-009 I ~~X~~ ~~;}!,HE ' - ~ ~ I II 1'4- - - ~ f~c::,~ I I
TRUCK :' ( --[J- -l- I' AIR I I (- i ,UNLOADING I il, I, STRIPP[R

•
9-7 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Daily samples will be collected from sampling points Within the system (see Table 9-1) and
analyzed at the on-site laboratory for process control. These samples are influent and effluent
samples for TCE and 99TC analysis. These samples, will be analyzed by the on-site laboratory,
and will be considered field screening data (previously QC Level 11). Ten percent of these samples
will be f0rwarded to a fixed-base laboratory for confirmation.
Weekly samples will be collected to evaluate the etl'ectiveness of the air stripping and ion
exchange resins, and contaminant contribmion t:rom the north wel1ls combined groundwater and
the south wells combined groundwater.
Monthly samples will be collected to evaluate overall influent Water quality. In order to fulfill
the DQO numbers 2 and 3, definitive data (previously QC level III) (off-site laboratory analysis),
been selected for these samples.
Samples will be collected at the initiation of plant startup to evaluate permit compliance in
accordance with the MOU between LMES and USEe. These sample frequencies are not listed
on Table 9-1 but are descdbed as follows:
•
• An initial sample will be collected after the first 8 hours of operation. Turnaround time, where
practicable. will be 24 hours .
• Sampling will then follow the schedule outline in KPDES discharge permit for outfall 001 as
outlined in USEC letters, August 1. 1994. Turnaround time on these samples is 30 days.
Frequency requirements are as follow:
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
MONITORING REOUIREMENTS
Measurement
Sample
Frequency ~
•
Flow, (Mgd) l/week Instantaneous
Hardness (mg/L as CaC0 3 ) IIweek Grab
Total Suspended Solids IIweek Grab
Oil and Grease l/week Grab
Phosphorous IIweek 'Grab
Temperature, (IF IIweek Grab
Total Residual Chlorine I/week Grab
Aluminum, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Iron, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Cadmium, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Copper, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Chromium, Hexavalent 2/month Grab
Lead. Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Nickel, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Zinc, Total Recoverable 2/month Grab
Trichloroethylene II month Grab
Acetone IImonth Grab
Isopropanol limo nth Grab
Polychlorinated Biphenyl Ilmonth Grab
Uranium, Total I/week Grab

9-8 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
These samples will be analyzed for the parameters included in the USEC discharge permit for
outfall 001 as outlined in their letter of August I, 1994, with the exception of chronic toxicity
units. These parameters and associated analytical methods are:
Parameter
Method
Detection Limit
Hardness
Oil and grease
Phosphorous (total)
Total residual chlorine
Aluminum
Iron
Cadmium
Copper
Chromium
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Trichloroethylene
Acetone
Isopropanol
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
Uranium
Alpha, Dissolved
Alpha, Suspended
Beta, Dissolved
Beta, Suspended
EPA 130.1
EPA 413.1
EPA 365.2
EPA 330.1
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
ICP-EPA 200.7 series
EPA 624
EPA 624
EPA 624
EPA 608
EPA 200
SW-846-9310
SW-846-9310
SW-846-9310
SW -846-9310
1 mg/L CaC0 3
5 mg/L
1 mg/L
O.Oll-£g/L
0.1 mg/L
0.01 mg/L
0.01 mg/L
0.01 mg/L
0.006 mg/L
0.003 mg/L
0.05 mg/L
0.005 mg/L
1.01-£g/L
1.01-£g/L
1.0 mg/L
0.000079 I-£g/L
1.01-£g/L
NA
NA
NA
NA
•
The final effluent sampling events discussed above will include 10% frequency duplicate
sample for all parameters and a trip blank for VOC parameters.
Sample valves are provided at the wellheads, along the north and south pipelines, at the
equalization tank eUluent, iron filings reactor effluent. air stripper influent and effluent, the
effluent of each ion exchange column, the system I s discharge effluent, potable water supply, and
at various points along the backwash wastewater system. Grab samples will be obtained as per
Table 9-1 from each sample location following FOP PTER-2019 "Water Sampling Inside the
C-612 Pilot Plant. and PTER-2020 "Extraction Well Sampling at the C-612 Pilot Plant." The
sampling technician will complete the following activities as applicable:
o Don appropriatePPE (refer to Sect. 8.12).
• Purge sample lines with three to five times the volume of the valve and associated piping. All
water released during the :purging of valves and piping should be containerized and then
discharged into the sump.
•

•
9-9 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• Collect the sample using a correct and properly labeled sample container. Referto Sects. 9.6
and 9.7 for container arid ,preservation requirements and labeling procedures.
• Properly seal the sample container.
• Record time of sampling and all other relevant data in the Sampler's Logbook.
• Complete a chain-of-custody form. Refer to Appendix G for an example ofa sample chain-ofcustody
form.
• After sampling is complete, deliver thesample(s) to the C-746 T-,17 laboratory. If necessary,
arrange for sample pickup by the laboratory.
• Store the sample appropriately for delivery to the Pilot Plant 'laboratory or for pickup by the
PGDP laboratory.
9.3 AcIR MONITORING
•
The effluent of the air stripping apparatus is fitted with two carbon units, arranged in series,
that prevent the escape of organic vapor into the atmosphere. Air monitoring at the exhaust side
of the carbon units will be conducted on a monthl'y basis ,to ensure that breakthrough has not
occurred.
9A SOLID/SEMISOLID SAMPLING
The ion exchange columns are plumbed so that they may be backwashed to remove solid
materials. The backwash wastewater is pumped into a settling tank. Solid material is removed
from !the bottom of the tank and is dewatered in a filter press. The filter cake produced inthe
process is deposited into a drum. When a drum becomes filled, the filter cake will be sampled for
percent moisture to ensure that the pressing equipment is operating within specifications. Further
characterization of this waste will be conducted by PGDP Waste Management. Sampling
procedures will follow FOP CP4-ER-SAM4'IIO 1.
9.5 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
•
Waste streams that may begeneratedl by Pilot Plant operations are identified in Sect. 110' and
may include mixed waste, landfill waste, hazardous waste and nonhazardous waste. Sampling of
waste generated from the Pilot Plant wiII be performed: by the Pilot Plant Operator, if necessary,
to determine its analytical characteristics and to define the nature of subsequent ,disposal
requirements. Section 10;9 summarizes the Pilot Plant operator's responsibilities of characterizing
the waste streams .

9-10 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
9.6 SAMPLE CONTAINER, PRESERVATION, AND HOLDING TIME REQUIREMENTS
•
Containers used to sample process water will meet with requirements outlined in FOP CP4-ER­
SAM2004 and relevant EPA methods. Table 9-2 summarizes the types of containers to be used
for each analytical method as well as the use of preservatives and associated holding times.
Table 9-2. Container requirements and holding times for various analytical methods
Analytical Method Container Type Preservation lIechnique Holding Time
Organic compounds, Three 40-mL vials with 4°C 7 days"
purgeable, YOA Teflon-lined septum
caps
Total residual chlorine J-L polyethylene with None 15 minutes
present
polyethylene-lined cap'
Metals J-L polyethylene with nitric acid 6 months.
polyethylene-lined cap :pH I.:.
Cool to 4°C
Solids (total and l-L polyethylene with Cool to 4°C 7 days
suspended)
polyethylene cap
•
Radionuclides 2-L polyethylene with Nitric acid topH< 2 6 months
Teflon-lined cap
" The holding period may be increased!to 14 days by aile ring the preservation schedule 10 include four drops of concenrraledHCI per
vial along with chilling 10 4°C.
/, Use ascorbic acid only if the sample contains residual chlorine. ;rest a drop of· sample with potassium iodide-slarch test paper: a
,blue color indicates need for,treatmenr. Add' ascorbic acid. a few crystals at a time. until a drop of sampleproduces:no color on
the indicator;paper. Then add an·additional 0.6 g of ascorbic acid for each liter of sample volume.
All sample containers transported from the Pilot Plant must also be properly sealed as per FOP
CP4-ER-SAM2003. The seal will be attached in such a way that:it is necessary to break the seal i
to open the sample container. Sample seals must be waterproof paper or plastic with gummed
backs. Seals must be attached before the sample leaves custody of sampling personnel. 11he
name(s) of the collector(s} and date must be clearly visible on the seal.
9.7 LABELING OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS
Sample labels will be affixed to all sample containers before or at the time of sampling.
Sample labels will be waterproof paper or plastic with gummed backs or waterproof tags, as
appropriate. Labels w-ill be completed withblack indelible ink and will contain the information
described below in accordance with procedure FOP CP4-ER-SAM2003.
•

•
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Samples collected for the NW Plume Pilot Plant project will have the sampler's initials, date,
sampling time. preservatives used. analytical laboratory , analyses. methods. and a unique
13-character code on the label. 'Tihe. first six characters ·of the unique code correspond to ,the
collection date. (e.g.. 091995, September 119. 1995). The next five characters indicate the
sampling loc.ation (e.g., HVI71i, hand valve 171) or a sequential number for QC samples. The
next character indicates the sample type (e.g., E-environmental. D-duplkate). The last character
indicates which laboratory is analyzing the sample (e.g.. L-Lockheed AnalyticalServices, C-CDM
Federal Programs C-734 T -17 Laboratory).
For example. a, process water sample taken for analysis at the Pilot Plant laboratory at the
equalization tank effluent on January I, 1996, would have the following identification code:
010196HV082EC
A trip blank on January I. 1996. that will be sent to the Lockheed Analytical Services would
have ,the following identification code:
010 1960000 I TL
•
9.S ,sAMPLE CUSTODY PROCESS
Chain-of-custody procedures will be carded out in accordance with FOP CP4-ER-SAM2002.
The sampler will record the sample identification number, analytical laboratory, container type,
preservatives, date, time, name(s) of the sampler(s),andanalysis to be performed on the sample
in the appropriate spaces on the fonn. 1Ihe sample identification number. container tW'e, date, and
analytical method are normally preprinted. The chain-of-custody form will also indicate any
possible sampl'e hazards and the laboratory where the sample is to be delivered. Anexample
chain-of-custody form is presented in Appendix G.
9.9 CLEANING (OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS) AND DECONTAMINATION OF
SAMPLING DEVICES
9.9.1 General
AU sampling devices must be cleaned in accordance with FOP CP4-ER-DCN4002 before each
use. Sampling devices must be cleaned before being ,used in the field to prevent potential
contamination of a sample. Sampling devices must be cleaned and decontaminated between
samples to prevent cross-contamination and must Ibedecontaminated at the close of the sampling
event before being taken off-site.
•
Sampling containers used by field sampling teams will be obtained precleaned from the
commercial supplier. A certificate of cleanliness to a standard is required .
An acceptable alternative to cleaning and decontamination sampling devices is ,the use of items
cleaned or sterilized by the manufacturer that are discarded after use. Care must be exercised to

9-12 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
ensure that such previously cleaned or sterilized items do not retain I'esidues of themicalor
radioactive sterilizing agents that might interfere with analytical techniques.
•
9.9.2 Safety
Safety glasses or goggles. gloves. and laboratory coat 'Of apron will be worn during cleaning
operations. Solvent rinsing will be conducted under a fume hood or in the open (never in a closed
room). No eating, smoking, drinking. chewing, or hand-to-mouth contact will be permitted during
cleaning operations.
9.9.3 Procedure
• Select appropriate cleaning procedure from FOPCP4-ER-DCN4002.
• Segregation of Used Field Equipment:
Field equipment needing cleaning must not be stored with clean equipment. sample tubing. or
sample containers. Field equipment. disposable sample containers. and sample tubing that are
not used may not be replaced in storage without being recleaned if these materials are
transported to a facility or study site where contamination or suspected contamination was
present.
• Storage of Cleaned Field Equipment :
•
. Previously cleaned field equipment that is cleaned using the procedures outlined in FOP CP4-
ER-DCN4002 are sorted in a contaminant-free environment. Field equipment is stored
separately from all other equipment and supplies and from each other.
• Transporting Used Sample Containers Off-Site:
Sample containers that contain a sample. regardless of the assumed or known level of hazard
associated with that sample, must have aU exterior surfaces decontaminated. Sample
containers used in areas other than a controlled access area must be wiped down with
disposable rags or toweling, or rinsed with deionized water followed by drying with disposable
rags or toweling. Any visible dirt. water droplets, stains. or other extraneous material must
be removed. Sample containers used in a .controlled access area will undergo a more rigorous
cleaning and/or radiation monitoring. Sample analysis conducted onPGDP property will not
require (radiation screening). In cases where samples will be removed from PGDPproperty.
Health Physics will be consulted for proper procedures.
9.9.4 Contamination Control
The solvent used to implement the cleaning procedures outlined in this method will be collected
and1disposed of by allowing it to evaporate under a fume hood or be containerized and disposed
per FOPCP4-ER:WM2001. Similarly, spent acids will be collected and disposed of by IFOP
CP4-ER-WM2001. These procedures apply whether cleaning procedures take place in the
washroom or in the field.
•

•
9-13 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
9.10 QA/QC SAMPLING
This section outline guidelines for specific QC samples to monitor the effectiveness of the
sample analysis and quality assurance plan.
Duplicate Samples. Duplicate samples will be submitted to the off-site laboratory at a
frequency of 10% ; and to the on-site laboratory at a frequency of 5 %.
Field Blanks. The quality of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Type
II and tap water used may be monitored by collecting water samples in standard. precleaned sample
containers and submitting them to the laboratory for analyses as appropriate.
Equipment Rinseate Blanks. The effectiveness of the equipment cleaning procedure is
monitored! by submitting to the labOl:ator:y rinse water for analysis of the parameters of interest.
An attempt should be made to select different pieces of equipmem for this procedure each time
equipment is washed. so that a representative sampling (approximately W%) of all equipment is
obtained over the length of the project.
•
Trip Blanks. Trip blanks consisting of ASTM Type II water will be included in each shipment
to the off-site laboratory containing VOC samples. Trip blanks areanalyzedl for VOCs only. Trip
blanks will not be included in shipments to the on-site laboratory since storage time will be
minimal.
9.11 RESIN TESTS
The ion exchange process uses resin beds fm treatment of groundwater (see Sect. 6.3.4.1 for
process description). It is doubtful that the ion exchange resins will be exhausted during the first
year. If required, ,the resins will be sampled in the "as received" condition to estimate resin
capacity by means of beaker tests. In accordance with ,the Technical Memorandum (nOE 1993b),
one gram of resin will be stirred into 50 mL of 0.1 M pertechtinate solution for a period of 30
minutes. The solution will then be analyzed for 99Tc. The decrease in concentration can be
attributed to ~c uptake by the resin. The resin capacity can be computed from the experimental
results using the formula
(C-C) x V
R = ' f'
W
•
where
R is the resin capacity (pCi/g),
Ci is the concentration of lNTc in the solution before the test (pCilmL),
C f is the concentration of 99Tc in the solution after the test ~pCiJmL).

V is the volume ot: the solution (mU,
W is the weight of ,the resin sample (g).
9-14
The capacity loss will be calculated by the fOfmula
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
L =
(c 1 -C2)
C1
where
L is the fractional capacity loss (dimensionless),
Cl is the as-received capacity (pCi/g),
C2 is the capacity of the depleted resin (pCi/g).
The maximum resin capacity can then be completed using the formula
where
C is the resin capacity (pCi/g),
T is the total 99'Fc removed (pCi/g),
W is the weight fraction of ,the resin in the ion exchange column (g),
L is the fractional capacity loss (dimensionless).
C
T/W
L
•
99Tcconcentration at the inlet and outlet will be determined at least once daily and readings
from the cumulative flowmeter will be recorded daily and immediately after 9'YJ'C is detected in the
outlet at levels above 900 pCilL. U breakthrough does not occur within the first year, the resin
will be well mixed and resampled. The breaker tests will again be performed on the depleted resin
as described above. If some worc is detected but is still below the detection limit of 25 pCi/L, data
will be extrapolated assuming a linear function with time to estimate the time to breakthrough.
If breakthrough does occur in the first year of operation. the resin capacity with respect to 99'fc
will be computed by mUltiplying the ditferencein concentration of 99Tc in the inlet and outlet by
the volume of water entering the ion exchange column for each day the resin was in service.
summing the ,results. and dividing by the volume of the ion exchange resin.
where
R
n
L 3.785 X Vi x (C;i -C iO )
x V x 453.59
l'rh""
R is the resin capacity with respect to 99Tc (pCi/g).
•

•
9-15
n is the number of days the resin was in service,
3.785 is a factor to convert gallons to liters,
Vi is the volume ot:water treated by ion exchange on the if It day (gal),
C ii is ,the 'iQTc concentration at the inlet on the illt day (pCi/g),
Cio is the 99Tc concentration at the outlet on the illt day (pei/g),
is the density of the dry resin (lb/ ft 3 ),
V xclmg is the volume of resin in the ion exchange column (frJ),
453.59 is a factor to convert pounds to grams.
Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Additionally, '14'Fc concentration ,in the outlet can be used to obtain the volume of water that
would have been necessary to produce discharge of 900 pCi/L. In this case, the concentration of
'l

Samples
,---_._---_. ~
Samples
Radiation
Screening
-- Raw Data
J_
-c;
DolO Enlry
Inlo
Dalobase
I
-----
Dolo
- Validation
~~;:'
/?eports
~-J=-~1-J -~---
Data
Decision
-- ... 1 Analysis _ _ --- --- - _ Making
t::rl'or-I -
Files
PHO.JECT INFOHMATION FLO''"
l)IACa~A~l
COM FEDERAL PROGR,\MS COHPOHATlON
8 subs1diary of Camp Dresser &: WcKee Inc .
•
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSIOIJ PLMH
PADUCAH, KENtUCKY riG U R E IJ 0 . 9 - 2
• •

•
Rev, 0
Date 29SEP1995
Data Clerk. Has responsibility for the entry of new or existing data generated by field
activities or as a result of laboratory analyses. Performs data entry verification. Assists with the
data evaluation and review process. Performs data updates and deletions, as authorized,by the
Data Coordinator. Conducts data verification activities. Participates in QA/QC activities to
resolvenonconformances, as necessary.
Data Coordinator. Identifies ',historical and nOIl-ER data and establishes procedures and
priorities for acquiring and entering these data. Maintains communications with data generators
and data .custodians concerning procedures. user needs. and: ElMS services. Oversees the
electronic transfer·of data files to ElMS .. Inventories ongoing data sources and uses the Paducah
Document Management system for data tracking to ensure that new data are entered and reviewed
in a timely manner.
Data Validator. Conducts data validation activities following prescribed guidance documents
to ensure that data are in compliance with the DQOs of Sect. 9.1. Participates in QA/QC activities
to resolve nonconformances. as necessary. Establishes a tracking system for data validation
activities related to off-site analyticakdata packages. Interacts with the environmental' program
coordinators and the data management staff-on data validation issues.
•
Sample Coordinator. Assigns staff members to sampling teams and assigns responsibilities
to sampling team members. Prepares for and coordinates sampling activ,ities. Oversees field data
collection, recording, and, documentation activities. Supervises packing and shipping of samples.
Quality Assurance Specialist. Responsible for overall QA concerns of the data and system
functioris: Establishes data quality criteria .and flags. Reviews procedures for data verification,
validation, and documentation with site data generators and1datacustodians. Coordinates quality
exception/nonconformance investigation for data transferred to ElMS. Responsible for maintaining
required records associated with quality exception/nonconformance reSOlution for data in ElMS.
Records Coordinator. Responsible for maintaining all pertinent and required records
associated with operating ElMS and preserving the data. Determines which records must be stored
and the storage requirements. Establishes a records classification. inventory. and indexing system.
Maintains the ElMS records indexing 'tables. Coordinates with ElMS Data ,Coordinator to establish
pointers to ,data· processing records and associated metadata :(e,g. ,laboratory data packages;
regulatory documents, QA requirements,program plans). Responsible for entering records index
data 'into ElMS records indexing tables. Assists with the records storage and retrieval process.
Performs data updates and deletions.
9.12.2 NW Plume :PilotPlant Operations
9~l!2.2.1'
Datat~pes
•
Sampling activities proposed for the Pilot Plant will result in the collection of. several types of
multipmposedata.Data collection will include plant operational data, maintenance checks, on-site
laboratory analysis. and off-site laboratory analysis. The specific data types to be generated will
include physical. chemical, and' radiological parameters.

9-18 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPt995
This Data Management section does not cover data associated with the effectiveness monitoring
described in Sect. 7. Effectiveness monitoring will be conducted directly by LMES, and the data
will be managed and reported separately from O&M data.
•
9.12.2.2 Key identifiers
Unique inventory and sample identification numbers will be determined and assigned according
to inventory type, sample media, and consecutive number (see Sect. 9.6). Designated personnel
will maintain assignment of sample numbers. Sample numbers will be placed on sample labels,
chain-of-custody forms, and correspondence transferred to the laboratory for analyses.
9.12.3 Data Management System
The data management system assists the information tlow by providing a means of tracking,
cataloging, organizing, and archiving information. The system has the following components.
• Data base - a computerized data base providing a central, secure location for data of known
quality that can be shared and used for multiple purposes. The Pilot Plant data base will take
the form of appropriate ElMS data tables and forms used to develop these tables.
• Data Management Procedures - details and requirements for data collection, tracking, data
entry, verification, validation, and administration. The Pilot Plant data management
procedures are based on procedures provided in this Data Management section.
•
• Personnel - administration of the system and records. Personnel win fulfill functional
responsibilities described in Sect. 2.1.2.
9.12.4 Data Management/Tracking Process
To meet the regulatory requirements for the acquisition of technically and legally defensible
data, a completely traceable audit trail must be established from the development of sampling
through the archiving of all information. This necessitates that each step or variation of the
sampling and analytical process be documented. Standardized formats for electronic transfer and
reporting will be used. To meet this requirement, the following data management process will be
followed throughout the collection, management, storage, and analysis of the site environmental
characterization data .
9.12.4.1 Field preparation
Through discussions between LMES and its subcontractor, mutual roles, lines of
communication, information exchange, and schedules are defined that enable LMES to prepare a
Statement of Work that describes the field activities to be undertaken and subsequent work to be
performed by the subcontractor. The Statement of Work will include analytical methods and
validation criteria required of amllytical laboratories.
Plans for the collection of field and laboratory QC samples (including field blanks, trip :blanks,
and equipment rinseates) are included in Sects. 9.2 and 9.10. Section 9.12.2.1 specifies all
•

9-19 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
applicable sampling and analysis plan data (including sample identifications. sampling locations,
depths, media. equipment. and analysis types) that will be entered into the data base.
Because of the substantial documentation required for field activities and subsequent
verification and valida~ion activities. a checklist for data and docllment trac~ing will be prepared
and forwarded to both Project Managers (LMES and contractor) and the contractor Records
Coordinator, who will index and file the documents.
The contractor's field staff are trained and undergo a readiness review before beginning
operation. This ensures that procedures are followed in completing logbooks. data forms. chainof-custody
fmms. labels. tags, and custody seals.
9.12.4.2 Field sample collection and measurement
•
Data collected from ,the field willi be recorded infield logbooks. As samples are collected in
the field. the logbooks will be filled out by the field team personnel with sample collection data and
all required field measurements as specified in the O&M Plan. The field logbooks will include
field recording sheets, calibration logs. inmument outputs, work sheets for calculating results,
meteorological data, and other information. Standardized reporting for-mats should be used to
document this information. The logbooks will be signed by the data recorder, verified by sample
team support personnel, and reviewed by the responsible pfOject technical staff. All sample
collection and; measurement information from the field logbooks plus inventory forms and other
field characterization ·information generated during field activities will be manually entered into
appropriate data tables within the project data base. The actual forms used will include the
appropriate information codes. to facilitate data entry. Data collection and entry will be conducted
so that appropriate data tables from the data dic~ionary from the Paducah ElMS can be completed.
Completed logbooks and appropriate field forms will be supplied to the PGDP Site Program
Manager upon completion of the project. so that bibliographic infmmation can be entered into
ElMS.
9.12.4.3 Chain-or-custody documentation
Sample bottles will be tracked from the field collection activities to the analytical laboratory
following proper chain-of-custody protocols (FOP CP4-ER-SAM20(2) and using standardized
chain-of-custody forms. The laboratory will return a completed and signed copy of the chain-ofcustody
forms. Completed and signed chain-of-custody forms will be supplied to the PGDP Site
Program Manager upon completion of the project.
9.12.4.4 Analytical laboratory document and data submission
•
The analytical laboratory supervisor will review the data package for precision, accuracy, and
completeness and will attest ,that .it meets all data analysis and reporting requirements for ,the
specific method used. The supervisor will then sign the hard copy forms certifying that the data
package was reviewed and is approved for release.

9-20 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Analytical results will be reported to the Project Manager on standardized forms in accordance
with Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) protocol or equivalent. These forms will contain results
and required QA/QC applicable to the analytical method used for analysis. In addition, all data
will be transferred from the analytical laboratory either electronically by diskette or manually from
the hard copy into appropriate data tables within the data base. Completed and signed analytical
laboratory reporting forms will be supplied to the PGDP Site Program Manager on comple~ionof
the project.
•
9.12.4.5 Data verification and validation
Subcontractor staff will monitor the movement of all samples through chain-of-custody forms,
verify and validate the analytical results received: from the laboratory, note and resolve all
nonconformances. and record this information in the subcontractor's data base with appropriate
qualifying flags. Initially, 10% of data packages received from the analytical laboratory will be
validated by project personnel. If problems are encountered. additional packages will be validated.
Validation will follow CLP analytical protocol. EPA functional guidelines. or LMES ES/ER/TM-
160'992) when applicable.
9.12.4.6 Data centralization and storage
Field collection data, chain-of-custody data. analytical results, applicable QA/QC information,
and validation flags will be formatted to structures compatible with the PGDPEIMS and submitted
to the PGDP LMES Document Management Center. The data will be stored in an electronic
format that is compatible with the ElMS interchange file format.
•
Electronic data transformation will be implemented in a standardized, documented, and tested
methodology using well-documented data transfer protocols. The transfer of data to the ElMS
Data Manager will be carried out using clearly ,labeled diskettes with appropriate documentation.
Deliverables to be supplied to the PGDP Facility Program Manager upon completion of the
project include the following:
• diskettes. containing validated' site characterization data and
• documentation of electronic transfer content.
9.12.4.7 Data summarization and reporting
The data base system will have the capability to generate a variety of data reports to aid in data
interpretation throughout data base query. Tabular, graphical, and statistical presentations will be
used for organizing and evaluating the characterization data. Standardized data reporting products
will be developed that clearly indicate the results presented with standardized annotation and
clearly referenced data sources.
Sorted and unsorted tabular

•
9-21 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPl l 995
boundaries of sampling area, individual sampling locations. and sampling grids. Other reports,
tables. or graphical presentations may be produced based on individual user needs.
After data are transferred to the ElMS system. if at any time a problem with the data is found,
an evaluation of the data is conducted aIldif an error or discrepancy is found, the ER Division
Project Manager is noti~ied and. if the Manager agrees, a change control form will be used to
modify the subcontractor's database.
The final report should have a QA section that documents QA/QC activities and results. This
section should reiterate the DQOs and whether each was met. An impact statement should be
prepared for each DQO not met.
9.12.4.8 Records management and document control
•
Hard copies of all original field logbooks, chain-of-custody forms. analytical results. data
package with associated QA/QC information, and data verification and validation forms will be
indexed. catalogued into appropriate tile groups and series, and archived. All electronic versions
wm be stored and periodically backed up and archived. The system will be designed to control
access and alternation of the data and types of operations that users can perform to protect the
integrity of the data. User passwords will be necessary to log on to the system, and an automated
time-date log of entries will be maintained on the data system .
9.13 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCIES
9.13.1 Equipment Calibration: Procedures and Frequencies
A program will be initiated for calibration of equipment-related timers and flowmeters,etc.,
based on equipment manufacturers' guidelines.
Field instruments to ,be used on this project include:
• Thermometer - Horiba U-7 Water Quality Checker;
• Specific conductance meter - Wheatstone Bridge type, YSI #33;
D pH meter - Horiba LJ-7 Water Quality Checker; and
D In-line, pH, conductivity and TeE detector and thermometer.
Equivalent instruments may be used. All field instruments will be provided by the Pilot Plant
operator.
•
Field equipment. including pH. temperature. and conductivity meters, will ,be calibrated daily
(or more frequently as necessary) by the user according to the manufacturer's specifications and
procedures described in the appropriate COM Federal: Equipment Procedures, (EPs). Details
concerning spare parts. frequency of calibration, calibration tog sheets, and requirements for
calibration to national standards, where applicable. are included in the EPs.

9-22 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
The laboratory will use written, standard procedures for equipment calibration and frequency.
These procedures are :based on EPA guidance or manufacturer's fecommendations and are .given
in the laboratory QA Plan or in the EPA-approved analytical methods or in ES/ER TM-16. The
appropriate references for all analyses are included in the reference section of this document. The
frequency of calibration to traceable NIST standards will be as described in the appropriate FOP.
Procedures for improperly functioning equipment will be addressed in the laboratory QA Plan and
in factory manuals for equipment.
•
9.13.2 Calibration Records
Calibration records will be maintained for each piece of laboratory and field measuring and
test equipment and each piece ·of reference equipment. The records will indicate that established
calibration procedures have been followed. Equipment serial numbers. pre-use and post-use
calibration results. and source identification will be documented.
9.14 PRECISION, ACCURACY, REPRESENTATIVENESS, COMPLETENESS,
AND COMPARABILITY
Precision, accuracy, representativeness, completeness. and comparability (PARCC) parameters
are tools by which data sets can be evaluated. PARCC parameters help ensure that DQOs are met.
Definitions of the parameters and procedures for assessing them are provided below.
Precision. Refers to the 'level of agreement among repeated measurements of the same
characteristic, usually under a given set of conditions.
•
To determine the precision of the laboratory analysis, a routine program of replicate analyses
in accordance with the analytical method requirements is performed by the laboratory. The results
of replicate analyses are used to calculate the relative percent difference (RPD), which is used to
assess laboratory precision.
For replicate results C 1 andel'
RPD
IPrecision of the total sampling and analytical measurement process will be assessed from field
replicates. Although a quantitative goal cannot be set due to field variability, .field replicate RPD
values will be reviewed to estimate precision.
Accuracy. Refers to the nearness of a measurement to an accepted reference or true value.
To determine the accuracy of an analytical method and/or the laboratory analysis, a periodic
program of sample spiking is conducted (minimum 1 spike and 1 spike duplicate per 20 samples).
•

•
9-23 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
The results of sample spiking are used Ito calculate the QC parameter for accuracy evaluation. the
percent recovery (% R).
For surrogate spikesandQC samples:
C
% R ' x 100
C [
where
C s = measured spiked sample concentration (or amount).
C, = true spiked concentration (or amount).
•
For matrix spikes:
where
% R
C s = measured spiked sample concentration.
Co = sample concentration (not spiked),
C l
= true concentration of the spike.
c -c I
ISO x 100
c[
Objectives. for accuracy and precision for this project .are shown in Tables 9-3. 9A, and 9-5.
Table 9-3. Quality assurance objectives for laboratory measurements for surface water samples
Parameter Method Matrix Detection Precision u Accuracy Completeness
Limit (+ or -)
Volatiles EPA 624 Water 0.5 tig/L 25% 50%-150% 90%
Metals ICP-EPA Water 5.0t-tg/L 20% 80%-120% 90%
200.7
PCBs EPA 608 Water 0.000079 8ND b ND 90%
t-tg/L
Gross alpha Y/P65-7162 Water NA 20%" 80%-130%" 90%
Gross beta Y/P65-7162 Water NA 20%" 80%-120% " 90%
•
Total U Y/P65-7165 Water 1.0t-tg/L 20% 85%-1'1'5% 90%
Total EPA 365.2 Water 1 mg/L 80%-120% 90%
phosphorous
Hardness EPA >130.1 Water 1 mg/L 15% NA 90%

9-24- Rev. 0
Date 29SEP't995
•
Table 9-3 (continued)
Parameter
Method
Matrix Detection Precision~
Limit (+ or -)
Accuracy
Completeness
Oi\:and
grease
EPA 40.1
Water I mg/L 30%
80%-120% 90%
°Note: Precision and accuracy values for radionuclides represent levels of5 pCi/L and' above.
Lower levels will have substantially greater precision and accuracy limits.
"Precision given as a relative percent difference based' on laboratory replicates.
hNot determined for ithe method.
'Not applicable.
Table 9-4. Quality assurance objectives for laboratory measurements for solids samples
Parameter Method Matrix Detection Precision u Accuracy Completeness
Limit (+ or -)
Volatiles SW- Soil :1 mg/kg 35% 50%-150% 90%
846-8240
Metals ICP-SW846- Soil I mg/kg 30% 70%-130% 90%
6010
Gross alpha SW- Soil N/A 30%" 70%-130% " 90%
846-9310
Gross Beta SW- Soil N/A 30%" 70%-130% 90%
846-9310
•
Total U SW- Soil 1 mg/kg 30% 75%-125% 90%
846-9310
°Note: Precision and accuracy values for radionuclides represent levels of 5 pCi/L and above.
Lower levels will have substantially greater precision and accuracy limits.
"Precision given as relative percent difference based on laboratory replicates.
Table 9-5. Quality assurance objectives .for field measurements
Parameter Matrix Detection Accuracy Precision Completeness
Limit
pH Aqueous N/A ±0.05 unit ND" 90%
Conductivity Aqueous N/A ±50 units ND 90%
Temperature Aqueous N/A floC ND 90%
"Not determined in the field
Representativeness. Is the degree to which discrete samples accurately and preciselyrefiect
a characteristic of a population, variations at a sampling location, or an environmental condition.
Representatives is a qualitative parameter and will be achieved through careful, informed selection
of sampling sites and analytical parameters, and through the proper collection and handling of
samples to avoid interferences and to minimize contamination and sample loss.
•

•
9-25 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPT995
For this dry weather sampling project. representativeness of samples from most of the sample
locations will be increased because samples will be coll'ectedl directly from point sources (i.e., ends
of pipes). For the in stream surface water and sediment samples. sampling locations have been
chosen .to represent upgradient (i.e., control) and downgradient (i.e .. cumulative) characteristics
of certain areas. The sampling founds of both the outfall pipes and in stream locations during four
separate dry weather events will also allow evaluation and better control of variables.
Completeness. Is a measure of the percentage of valid. viable data obtained from a
measurement system, i.e., field and laboratory data. The goal of completeness is to generate a
sufficient amount of valid data to satisfy project needs. For this project. the completeness
objective, 90%. is shown in rabies 9-4 and 9-5.
Comparability. Is the extent to which comparisons among diffefent measurements of the same
quantity or quality will yield valid conclusions. Comparability will be achieved through the use
of SOPs, analytical methods, QC. and data reporting. In addition. data validation assesses
processes employed by the laboratory that affect data comparability.
•
Accuracy of the total sampling and analytical measurement process will not be determined.
This would require the addition of chemical spiking compounds to the samples in the field .
9.1:5 nELD CHANGES
Field changes are governed by ,control measures commensurate with those applied to the
documentation of the original design. The procedure for control of field changes is given below.
• Major changes from approved field operating procedures, project scope, cost, 'or schedule will
be documented: on a Field Change Request Form (FCRF) (Appendix D). The Field Task
Manager will initiate and maintain ,the ,FCRFs.
• Each FCRF requires the approval of the ER Project Manager before wmk proceeds. Weekly
reports distributed to the QA Managef serve as the mechanism for notifying the QA staff of
field changes. Approval by the team Project Manager can be initiated on a verbal basis via
telephone with'follow-up sign-off. In no case will a subcontractor initiate a field change. If
a field change is proposed by the client, it will be so recorded.
• Variances or minor changes to field operating procedures will be documented in ,the field
logbook. Copies of the FeRFs will be kept on-site until the fieldwork is complete and then
will be sent to the project files.
•
• If deemed necessary, the O&M Plan or other relevant documents will be revised, reviewed,
approved. and reissued in accordance with document control procedures. The LMES ER
Project Manager must approve each FCRF before wOfk proceeds .

9.16 AlJI)ITS AND SURVEILLANCES
9-26 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
Audits and surveillances are conducted regularly by the LMES QA staff to:
• check on adherence to the QA/QC requirements specified in the project documents;
• evaluate the procedures used for data collection. data handling. and project management;
• verify that the QA program developed for this project is being implemented according to the
specified requirements;
• assess the effectiveness of the QA program; and
• verify that identified deficiencies are corrected.
Performance of audits. and surveillances will meet the mInImum requirements of the
Environmental Restoration Quality Program Plan, Sects. 9.0 and 10.0 ES/ER/l'M-4/R3 (Energy
Systems 1993a).
ER Division policies and procedures are described in the Environmental Surveillance
Procedures, Quality Control Program, ES/ESH/INT-14 (Kimbrough et aL 1990). Surveillances
will be conducted in accordance with ER Procedure ER/C-P1600, "Performance of Environmental
Restoration Division Surveillance Activities. "
Scheduled audits and surveillances may be supplemented by additional audits and surveillances
for one or more of the following reasons:
• significant changes are made in the QA Plan.
• significant personnel changes occur,
• it is necessary to verify that corrective action has been taken on a deficiency reported in a
previous audit. or
• when requested by the QA Manager.
The ER QA Manager is responsible for scheduling audits and surveillances of ER and
subcontractor work for this project.
9.16.1 Audits
Audits are qualitative reviews of project activity to check that the overall QA program is
functioning. Audits should be conducted early in the project so that problems can be quickly
corrected. The audit involves the review of all available and relevant project and contract
documents and includes an evaluation of QC measures for field, laboratory, and office work.
•

•
Office audits evaluate the following:
9-27 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• record keeping, including appropriate available field documentation. trammg, problem
prevention. corrective action, change control, monthly reports. and other documentation of
project work and QA measures;
• proper technical and QA review of documents; and
• filing, storage, and completeness of documents in the central files.
Field audits examine the following procedures:
• cleaning/decontamination and storage of sampling equipment and containers:
• sample collection. preservation. custody, and shipping procedures:
• preparation and frequency of collection of QC samples;
•
• calibration. operation, and maintenance procedures; and
• documentation of field activities in the field logbook or appropriate data forms .
A laboratory audit may be conducted to verify that QA/QC measures specified! in this plan,
laboratory QA plan. or other project documents are followed· in the laboratory . The following will
be reviewed during the laboratory audit:
• documentation of training, nonconformance reporting, and corrective action;
• frequency of QC checks, such as blanks and spikes;
• calibration and prevention maintenance records;
• chain-of-custody; and
• data review and filing procedures.
9.16.2 Surveillances
Surveillances follow the same general format as an audit, but they are less detailed and require
a less formal -report. A surveillance is designed to provide rapid feedback to the project staff
concerning QA compliance and to facilitate corrective action.
For this project, field surveillances will be conducted quarterly by the QAstaff. The following
activities and documentatioI1 will be subject to surveillance:
•
• water sampling,
• field measurements.
• chain-of-custody,
• field documentation,
• field training records, and
• on-site laboratory QC procedures.

9.17 CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURES
9-28 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP!1995
•
9.17.1 Nonconformances
All project personnel are responsible for identifying conditions adverse to quality and
informingproject. Nonconforming equipment. items, activities, and conditions and unusual
incidents that could affect compliance with project requirements will be identified. controlled, and
reported in a timely manner. ~he Operations Manager or Project Manager initiates the
nonconformance reporting and corrective action process by completing a Nonconformance Report.
Project personnel are to use the Nonconformance Report form shown in Appendix D to document
nonconformances. Nonconforming equipment will immediately be segregated and labeled or
tagged, if possible. Nonconforming work performed by LMES will be controlled as described in
the Ellvironmelltaf Restoratioll Quality Program Plan, Section 3.0. ES/ER-TM-4/R3.
9.17.2 .Corrective Action
Corrective action procedures will require that conditions adverse to quality be identified.
documented, and corrective action .taken and verified.
Each project team member is responsible for notifying the Operations Manager, the Project
Manager, the QA Specialist. or other responsible persons when they discover a condition that may
affect the quality of the work being performed. The following staff have specific corrective action
responsibility:
•
• Program Manager - OveraU responsibility for implementing corrective actions.
• QA Manager - OveraU responsibility for tracking and accepting corrective actions.
• Project Manager - Implementing task-specific corrective actions.
• Operations Manager - Identifying and implementing corrective actions during field activities.
Notifying the Project Manager and QA Specialist of conditions not immediately corrected.
• Laboratory Supervisor - Identifying and implementing corrective action during analysis.
Notifying theER Project Manager and ER QA Specialist when applicable acceptance criteria
or DQOs are not satisfied.
Immediate corrective actions will be noted infield logbooks. Deficiencies m nonconformances
not immediately corrected will require formal corrective action. Deficiencies or nonconformances
will be submitted to the ER Division for review.
9.18 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT
Project management will receive periodic QA reports that will be used to facilitate the
monitoring of data quality; As a minimum. such reports should include:
•

•
• any changes in the QAPlan;
9-29 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPl l 995
• a summary of QA/QC programs. training. and accomplishments;
• results ·oftechnical systems and performance evaluation audits;
• significant QA/QC problems. recommended solutions, and results of corrective actions;
• data quality assessments in terms ·of PARCC parameters,and method detection limit;
• discussion of whether DQOs were met. and the resulting impact or decision making;
• IHmitations or use of the measurement data; and
• subcontractorQA/QC reporting.
Section 3.5 describes a quarterly reporting mechanism ,that generally encompasses the above
information .
•

•
10-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEf,1995
10.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Waste Management Plan (WMP) addresses ,the management of waste produced at the Pilot
Plant and associated laboratory from the point of generation through transportation off the Pilot
Plant site to a secured storage area within the PGDP fence. COM Federal will be responsible for
properly containerizing, packaging, marking, and' labeling waste. PGDP EMEF will be
responsible for delivery of the waste to the secured storage area. Standard practices outlined in
,this WMP regarding the handling, and storage comply with RCRA, EMEF, and DOE requirements
and guidelines.
Requirements specific to PGDP and to be implemented by the Pilot Plant operator include
proper segregation and containerization of the waste, proper handling and temporary storage of
wastes, and characteriza~ion of the waste. The approach outlined in this plan emphasizes the
following objectives:
• Fulfillment of EMEF's policy of segregating, collecting, storing, recovering, and/or disposing
of materials in a safe and environmentally acceptable manner.
•
• Management ·of waste in.a manner that is protec~ive of human health and the environment.
• Minimization of waste generation, thereby reducing unnecessary costs and' use of limited
permitted storage and disposal capacity.
During the course of operation of the Pilot Plant, additional PGDP and DOE requirements may
be identified. Necessary revisions of the WMP will ensure the inclusion of these additional
requirements into the daily activities of the Pilot Plant.
10.1 REFERENCES
This WMP has been prepared in accordance with EMEF regulations and policies as referenced
by the following:
• Kentucky Solid Waste Regulations, 401 KAR 30 through 49
• PWMW-1OO2 "On-Site Handling and Disposal of Waste Materials"
These documents are incorporated into this WMP by reference.
10.2 DEFINITIONS
•
The following definitions are used throughout this WMP:

10-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Accumulation Start Date - For RCRA waste, the date accwnulation begins as hazardous
waste (when it is either placed in the container or when the material ,first meets the definition of
hazardous waste)~ For waste originating from a satellite accumulation area, the accumulation date
is the date an excess accumulation begins (Le., 55-gal hazardous waste or 1 quart of acutely
hazardous waste). See 40 CFR 262.34(c)(1). The accumulation start date is placed on the
container by the generator.
•
Building Waste Custodian - The person, appoihtedby plant management or their designee,
responsible for the building (or facility) waste streams. Each building (or facility) must :have an
appointed custodian.
Disposal - The intentional or unintentional discharge, discard, or abandonment of a waste
material with no intent of future use or removal.
Disposal Fonns/Labels - ~Example of forms/labels discussed below are included in
Appendix H)
• Request for Disposal/Storage of Equipment and Waste Materials - Completed for each waste
requiring disposal. The RFD form may also be required for scrap metal disposal or landfill
waste disposal.
• Radiation Contamination Tag - A tag completed by PGDP Health Physics and attached to
radioactive equipment. Required on both routine and nonroutine movement and disposal/
storage of radioactive materials.
• Radioactive Label - A label supplied by EMEF and affixed to all containers of waste (unless
verified nonradioactive by EMEF).
•
• Waste Container Label (RFDLabel). A label indicating the container contents, origin, and
date generated. R:FD labels may be obtained from C-720 Stores. (Catalog no. 10-998-1935).
• Container Log Sheet - Form used to record the contents of each waste container. The
container log sheets must be sent to EMEF along with the RFD form.
• Waste Water Tank Log Sheet - A form used to record: each entry made into the designated
tank. The tank log sheet will be forwarded to EMEF with the RFD fmm.
Generator Staging Area (GSA) - An area within a building or facility used for the
accumulation of containers of all wastes 'produced in the building or facility except hazardous
wastes. The GSA is the responsibility of the building custodian.
Hazardous Waste - Any solid, liquid, or contained gaseous material (compressed gas cylinder)
that is characteristically hazardous or is an EPA-listed hazardous waste as defmed by 40 CFR 261,
and/or any material that has come in contact with a listed hazardous waste, including spin cleanup
residue.
•

•
10-3 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Inert Waste - Any debris. that is inert, insoluble, and not classified as radioactive, hazardous,
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or residential waste. Examples include construction debris , wood,
concrete, fly ash, plastic, and trees.
Landfill Waste - Any waste material that is nonhazardous,non-PCB, non-transuranic (lRU),
and non-low-level waste (LLW) and canibe legally disposed in a sanitary landfill.
Low-level waste- Waste that contains radioactivity but is not classified as high..:level waste,
TRU waste,spent nuclear fuel, or byproduct material as defined by DOE Order 5820.2A. Lowlevel
waste does not contain ~hazardous waste as defined in 40 CFR 261 or materials regulated
under the Toxic Substances Control Act.
Miscellaneous Scrap - Any solid, discarded materials that cannot be sampled as a bulk
material (for example, scrap metal,concrete,etc.).
Mixed Waste - Any LLW or TRU waste also classified as a hazardous or PCB waste. Mixed
waste must be managed as a hazardous or PCB waste. In cases where wastes are classified as both
hazardous and PCB waste, the wastes shall be managed according to both RCRA and Toxic
Substances Control Act guidelines.
•
In-8ite Transportation - The movement of waste materials within the PGDP security fence
over roads that are not accessible by the public.
Representative Sample - As defined by the EPA, a representative sample is a "sample ofa
universe or whole ( i.e., waste pile, lagoon, drummed liquid, or solid), which can be expected to
exhibit the average properties ofthe universe or whole." Specific sampling techniques are'outlined
by EPA for obtaining representative samples.
Residential Waste- Any garbage, refuse, or other discarded material resulting from industrial,
commercial, or community activities that is not categorized as an inert, hazardous, radioactive,
regulated, or PCB waste.
Satellite Accumulation Area (SAA) - A designated area for the temporary accumulation of
hazardous waste that is at or nt~arthe point of generation and under the control of the operator of
the ,process generating the waste.
Scrap Material - Any solid discarded material such as equipment, vehicles, large pieces of
metal, etc., that is not suitable for landfilling.
Storage- The intentional or unintentional placement of wastes in an area from whicll retrieval
is possible or intended.
•
Transuranic Elements - Elements with atomic numbers greater than 92. Transuranics also
include alpha-emitting daughter products of elements with atomic numbers greater than' 92.

10-4 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Transuranic Waste - Without regard to source or fonn, waste that is contaminated with alphaemitting
transuranic radionuclides with half-lives greater that 20 years and, concentrations greater
than 100 nCi/g at the time of assay (DOE Order 5820.2A).
•
Waste Container - Any package, can, bottle, bag, barrel, drum, tank, or other device that
contains waste. A waste article may also be the container.
Waste Generator - Individual' or organization whose actor process produces wast~ to be
managed for the U.S. DOE.
Waste Management Coordinator - Designated member(s) of EMEF responsible for overall
coordination of PGDP waste management activities for a particular type of waste.
Waste Oil ., Any ,petroleum-based or synthetic lubricant that has been declared no longer fit
for its intended use.
90-Day Accumulation Area - Temporary storage area used to collect hazardous waste fuL2Q
days or less before transfer to an interim status/permitted hazardous waste storage facility or
shipment to an interim status/pennitted hazardous waste treatment/disposal facility.
10.3 GENERAL WASTE CLASSIFICATION AND MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
It shall be the responsibility of the. Pilot Plant operator to abide by applicable conditions noted
in this plan.
•
PGDP(hereafter referred to as the "Facility Manager") will be responsible for the management
and ultimate disposition of waste materials in accordance with applicable regulations, once waste
materials have been characterized and transferred from the Pilot Plant Facility to the Facility
Manager. The Pilot Plant operator will assistEMEF in coordinating, handling, segregation,
packaging, storage, transportation, and transfer of aU waste generated at the Pilot Plant Facility.
The Pilot Plant operator shall not dispose of oil, gasoline, asphalt, 'tar, paint, solvents, or any
other chemicals on the Pilot Plant site. Wastes composed of any of these substances or chemicals
that are .to be disposed of by the Facility Manager shall not be mixed with other wastes, but
collected separately in individual containers to generate as small a volume of unmixed waste as
possible.
If a disposal problem should occur involving any wastes/chemicals or their respective
co~tainers, the Pilot ,Plant operator should request assistance fromEMEF for handling, container
type, and available storage space.
The Pilot Plant operator will make every effort to minimize waste by using technologies that
are technically and economically practical. Such activities shall include, but not be limited' to, the
following:
•

•
10-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
• segregation of wastes at the source;
• .proper selection and management of protective clothing; and
• in-field pretreatment of wastes (i.e., decontamination, compaction, and dewatering).
10.4 WASTE . STREAMS
Waste materials that may be generated by thePBat Plant include, but are not limited to, the
following wastes:
Mixed Wastes. Contaminated groundwater, :process spills and tank overflows, filter ,press
filtrate, equipmentwash,dowfliwater, equipment decontaininationwater, laboratory wastewater and·
residual samples, fire .sprinkler water, spent media (iron filings reactor media, greensand media,
ion exchange resin, vapor phase activated carbon), used bag filters, dewatered filter cake material,
and PPE that has contacted a listed hazardous waste or shows visual signs from a· characteristically
hazardous waste.
·LanMill Wastes. Human wastes and solid wastes (trash, plastic, food wastes, etc),
•
Hazardous Wastes. Spent fluorescent light bulbs, chemical spills, unused or expired
chemicals, expired laboratory instrume.lt gases .
Non-hazardous Wastes. Used air filters from the air compressor system, equipment
maintenance wastes (greases, oils, etc.), decontaminated mechanical parts and equipment, and,
PPE that is not contaminated.
No additional waste materials are currently expected from Pilot Plant operation activities. If
further wastes are generated by the Pilot Plant, they shall be handled according to standard paDP
waste management practices and policies at the direction of EMEF.
10.5 WASTE HANDLING AND 'SEGREGATION
The Pilot Plant operator will be .responsible for waste handling and segregatiofliat the Pilot
Plant facility according to this plan and the Waste Generator Training' proVided by the Facility
Manager. Activities include transferring wastes, segregating wastes, placing wastes in appropriate
containers, and weighing wastes I that have been properly :Iabeled and. identified. Wastes will be
segregated into different waste streams (Le. ~ liquids, metals, plaStics, food, dirt, etc~).Sampling
of waste 'generated from: this facility will:be peiformed by the Pilot IPlant operator, if necessary,
to determine its analytical characteristics and ItO define the nature of subsequent disposal
requirements :(referto.Sect. 10:9).
•
The,Pilot Plant operator will be responsible for segregation of non-hazardous wastes. All food
wastes will be segregated' by disposing of in a separate plastic lined (minimum 12-mil thick)
container marked "Food Waste Only." Paper plates, cups, etc., will be disposed of in regular,
clean, paper trash cans. Liquids will not be mixed with solids.

Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
An RFD form will be completed 'by the Pilot Plant operator and submitted to EMEF Waste
Management Department prior to disposal of wastes, including waste to be transported to the
landfill. This form is used to identify the type, quantity, and location of wastes requiring disposal.
•
Numerous containers of one waste stream/type can be written on one RFD form. For
example, ten drums of ion exchange resin can be on the same RFD form if they are from the same
source (vessel). Liquids and solids must be on different RFD forms because they are different
waste streams/types.
A Container Log Sheet or Tank Log Sheet wiU be used ,to record' the contents of all
containerized wastes. The operator will log in items/articles as they are placed in the container,
and will indicate an approximate quantity or volume placed in the container. When the completed
RFD form is submitted to EMEF, the completed Container Log Sheet will be attached to the RFD
form.
10.6 PACKAGING AND MARKING
The Pilot Plant operator will be responsible for properly packaging, weighing, transporting,
labeling, and marking waste materials generated at the Pilot Plant according to this plan and the
Waste Generator Training. An indelible paint marker in a contrasting color will be used to mark
each container. Portable holding tanks, pallets, Department of Transportation (DOT)-approved
drums, and drum liners will be furnished by the Pilot Plant Operator. Drum liner absorbent pads
and absorbent granular material will be supplied by the Pilot Plant operator in accordance with this
plan.
•
Solid waste will be containerized in IA2/X ~DO:r 17C) drums, lined with a minimum 12-mil:.
thick plastic liner, and absorbent pad. An anticoHosion pad will be placed inside each drum
containing solid waste between the dI'UIll ,liner and bottom of the drum. The drum will be sealed
tight and allowed to stand for 24 hours before filling with any material; if manufacturer
recommendations are different, they shall be followed provided instructions are approved by the
EMEF Facility Manager. Any substantial amounts of free liquid will be decanted and placed in
an approved container. Any residual amount of aqueous liquids will be solidified by the use of
Radsorb, an absorbent granular material, as manufactured by Environmental Scientific, Inc., or
Facility Manager approved equal.
Non-corrosive liquid wastes will be containerized in lAlIX(DOT 17E) drums or as otherwise
directed by'EMEF. Corrosive liquid wastes will be stored in 6HAlIX ~DOT 6D) drums. Drums
will be kept closed except when adding or removing waste. Containers will have individual drum
numbers marked on them. The drum number is the RFD .form· number with a -01, -02, -03, etc.
This gives each drum a unique number that is used to track the container.
Waste containers will be weighed and have gross weights marked on the containers. The
weight of each individual container will also be noted on the Container Log Sheet. Drums will
have a Waste Container Label (sometimes referred to as RFD label) attached to each drum. The
•

10-7 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
contents will also be clearly marked on the drum. Labels and markings will be applied to the
upper one-third of the container and on opposite sides of the container.
The .following chart will:be used i to·containerize wastcsat the Pilot Plant facility unless directed
otherwise by EMEF:
CONTAiNER
IA2/X DRUM with 12-mil
plastic liner and absorbent pad
IAIIXDRUM
6HAlIX DRUM
WASTE STREAM
Solid waste. used bag filters, used air filters, dewatered filter
cake, PPE, .grease, decontaminated mechanical parts, greensand
media, activated carbon media, ion exchange resins, and iron
filings media.
Decontamination wastewater, oils, and non-corrosive liquid sample
residuals.
Corrosive liquids (chemical spills, lab residuals, etc.)
10.7 STORAGE
•
'Femporary storage areas for wastes generated by the Pilot Plant and laboratory are identified
as GSAs, which are used for accumulation of.all nonhazardous waste, and: 8AAs, which are used
foraccumuiating hazardous wastes. only. 'Jihe temporary staging or stOl'age areas require weekly
inspections using PGDP inspection forms· for GSAs/SAAs. The. Pilot Plant operator win work
closely with EMEF to make sure that regulatory and DOE ,guidelines are followed regarding use
and maintenance of these temporary staging or storage. areas.
No container will be allowed to :be transpOl:ted from the Pilot Plant site if it is not marJced
properly . Containerized' wastes classified as hazardous must be transported to the 90-Day
Accumulation Area or permitted RCRA storage facility ~before the close ofibusiness the day the
container is filled. The operator is responsible for completing the proper forms (Container Log
Sheets, RFD forms, etc.). These forms will be forwarded to EMEF Waste Management.
10.8 WASTE CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
The. following are procedures for waste handling according to the applicable waste
classification. Figure 10-1 presents an overall schematic for specific waste management activities
at ,the Pilot Plant" Facility
\
l.· :Low 'Level Radioactive WastesIDriunmedl
•
,1. Use l·A2/X cOntainers with minimum I2-mil-thickliners for solids and IAIIX containers for
:Iiquids .
2. Apply Radioactive Material labels and mark generation. date on,opposite sides of the container.

to-8
Rev.Q
Date 29SEP'1995
< •
This page intentionally blank
•
•

10-9
•
CONTAINMENT
.'
•
/ STORAGE & HANDUNG AT PILOT PMNT FACILITY DISPOSAL ROUTE
~
[CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER I l
I
I
I TANK OVERnoWS
I
I
I PRESS FILTRATE
I
I
: EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE ,~-- _ _ I
~ I
PROCESS SPIUS II' : _ ::--
BUll.DING FLOOR SUMP
I
I EQUIPMENTWASHDOlfN
(maintain dry)
TANK FOR PROCESSrNG THROUGH
r
I ========--
lW/I
I
TREATMENT SYSTEM
Iili GAL DRUlIS
I FIRE SPRINKLER WATER
I
~
~
>-
Z
3,10 :l
u I~ fO
I
I DECONAMINATION WASTEWATER ... 6 51 i===
1":. 1!2 '(;j ,~
I
[:."'0 u
I
,n: TEMPORARY
0' iv ..... f"*-
,
, ,~Gu1ANKS I
f
l. -
I
I
I
lie RESIDUAL SAMPLES
r !I I
1 LABORATORY WASTEWATER
00000
I.SPENT IJGHT BULBS 'I I
I
REPACK IN ORIGINAL CARTONS
r
'I I:
REMOVE FROM ORIGINAL CONTAINERS AND STORt: IN DOT 60 DRUMS
~ED_~MICAIS I I
1,-
I
i
r=~D I
r
:I
-LABORATORY I REIUIN IN' ORIGINAL CONTAINERS BLEED OfF CONTENTS. AND DEVALVE i
l
INSTRUMENT GASES
I I CHECK FOR EXTERNAL RADIATION
d
• DECONTAMINATE EMPTY CONTAINERS
1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE WASTES h I - U2~ IF sou» OR 1.ujJ: IJ' UQum I
'(greases. oils. etc.) Ii
I :Ill DRUlIS
I TEMPORARY GENERATOR I
I
I PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT r
I -
'ons ONLY
I
PUMPED TO SETl'LING. TANK. F-006
AND DRAINS BY GRAVITY TO EQUALIZATION
i I STAGING AREA (GSA) I I TRANSPORTED TO J,
' PGDP METAL ' •
SCRAPY ARD I ,
I 1'~1!. DRUMS
I
1 SPENT AIR FILTERS ; 'DECONTAMINATED
FROM AIR COMPRESSOR
I OR PALLETS
I I il TRANSPORTED OFF-SITE BY
-'I, PORTA - JOHN SUBCONTRA!:TED SANITARY WASTE I.
MECHANlCAL EQ~UIPNT/ '
DlSPO~AL
PARTS FOR SCRAP
I
I
FIRM
----------------------~
HUMAN WASTE . -S-E-G-RE-GA-' T-E-W-AST-E-S-}--------I
SOLID WASTE (trash. plastic. food)
I
.. I TRANSPORTED TO :11 1 1'
I~--------------------------~----------~--~~_ PGDP UNDFllL _
~' .ONLY PPE lfHICH HAS CONTACTED A IJSTED HAZARDOUS WASTE OR SHOWS VISUAL STAINS FROM A CHARACTERISTICAIJ.YHAZARDOUS WASTE. FIGl!J.RE No. 10-1
~, WASTE MANAGEMENT PHOCESS
~
~'
FLOW DI'AGRAM
iii
~ Paducah Gaseous Diffusion ,Plant
8' Paducah, Kentucky
o~ ____________ ------__________________________________________ ----------------------------------------________ ~I
l

•
10-11 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
3. Apply W asteContainer labels that are marked with appropdate information on opposite sides
of the container.
4. Mark drum number (RFD number with -0'1, -02, etc.) on opposite sides of the container.
5. Mark contents on opposite sides of the container with a permanent marker.
6. Use Container Log Sheets for each container to record contents as they are placed in the
containers.
7. Weigh filled drums and record drum weights on the drums and the Container Log Sheet.
8. Complete RFD form for wastes, attach completed Container Log.5heets to RFD form, and
submit it to EMEF.
9. Store waste in the GSA until approved by EMEF for transfer to PGDP work storage area.
10. Aillabels/markings should be on upper one-third and opposite sides of containers.
•
11. No free liquids are allowed in solid waste. Absorbent material, as specified by EMEF, must
be added to waste with free liquids.
II. Low Level Radioactive Waste (Largl! Bulky Items)
l. Package waste in B-25 boxes (or equivalent) with minimum 12c;mil-thick liners.
2. See items 1.2 through 1.11.
3. Radiological surveys must be taken by the Facility Manager's Health Physics Department prior
to placement of items into B-25 box. Attach/mark survey information on the RFD form.
4. Large bulky items of radioactive waste that cannot be decontaminated to acceptable levels must
be handled as LL W. Wastes with transferrable radioactive contamination above the guidelines
must be wrapped in 12-mil-thick plastic.
5. No free liquids are allowed in solid waste. Absorbent material, as specified by EMEF, must
be added,to waste with free liquids.
III. Hazardous or Mixed Waste
1. ·Use ,IA2/X containers with minimum 12-mil-thick liners for solid hazardous waste and lAl/X
(or 6HAlIX if corrosive) containers for liquid hazardous waste.
•
2. If generating a large quantity of liquid hazardous waste, mobile polyethylene (or equivalent)
tanks may be requested rather than IAI/X containers.

10-12 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
3. Apply Hazardous Waste labels to opposite sides of the container.
4. Apply Radioactive Material labels to opposite sides of the container if the waste is known to
also be radioactive.
5. See items 1.3 through 1.9 and 1.11.
6. Hazardous waste must be accumulateditemporarHy stored in SAA,90-Day Accumulation
Area, or permitted storage area that meets the RCRA requirements.
7. Containers of hazardous waste MUST be closed at all times except when adding or removing
waste.
8. When hazardous waste meets or exceeds 55 gal inan SAA (or one quart of acutely hazardous
waste), EMEF must be contacted immediately to have the waste transferred to a RCRApermitted
storage area within 24 hours.
IV. Landfill Waste
1. Landfill waste must be nonradioactive, nonhazardous, non-PCB and nondetectable PCB waste.
2. Liquids are unacceptable for landfill disposal.
3. Other wastes that are unacceptable for landfill disposal are as follows:
• Radiological tags and flagging, Health Physics wipes, yellow Tyvek suits, yellow lab overcoats,
yellow shoe covers, or any other radiological yellow/magenta-colored materials or equipment
~unless identified as "clean" and nonradiological,then cut and baled}.
•
• Computer components, circuit boards, PCB-contaminated wire insulation, light bulbs (all types},
and batteries (mercury, lithium, silver, nickel, cadmium).
• No drummed waste will be accepted at the .Iandfill unless prior approval has been granted
through the processing of an RFD form.
4. Bottles must have caps removed to verify that no free liquid is. present.
5. All paint cans (non-aerosol) must be bagged and have dry contents. The 'lids of paint cans must
be removed. Cans shall be baled before delivery to the landfill. Aerosol cans will not be
accepted as landfill waste.
6. Food waste must be segregated and bagged in 12-mil-thick liners.
7. Cardboard boxes must be flattened before disposal.
•

IO-B Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
8. Dumpsters provided by EMEF or cevered roll'-off bins will be used for accumulating solid
waste for landfiU disposal. Dumpsters and .covered, roll-off bins will be weighed and picked up
by the Facility Manager for transperting to the landfilL
9. All delivery of waste to the landfill must be scheduled in advance .andappmved by the landfill
manager m operator.
10. RFD forms must be submitted to EMEFby the Pilot Plant operator before t;:-ansporting waste
to the landfill.
v. Scrapyard Waste
1. Metal scrapyard waste must be surveyed by the Facility Manager's Health Physics Department
to determine if the wasle meets the waste acceptance c~iteria for storage in the scrapyard.
2. No hazardous, PCB, asbestos, or classified waste can be stored in the scrapyards.
3. No liquids are acceptable for storage in the scrapyards.
•
4. Scrap material in a radielogical area that exceeds the radiological limits must be wrapped in
12-mil-thick plastic and stored until it can he decontamihated or handled as low-level
radieactive waste .
5. Wood l , plastic, and nonmetal parts/items must be removed from the metal' to the best of the
generator's ability 'before placement of the waste in the scrapyard.
6. Equipment containing oil reservoirs must have al\i the oil drained and verified as non-PCB, ~nd
reservoirs plugged.
7. Scrap metal from process systems must be free of oil stains unless PCB wipe sampling has
been completed to verify oil as non-PCB.
8. Skids or pallets may be used to stere the scrap metal for ipickup.
9. RFD forms must be submitted to EMEFbefore transport of the waste to the .scrapyard.
10.9 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
•
After transfer of any waste from .the Pilot Plant facility to an app'-oved 90-day storage facility
or ReRA storage area atPGDP, a detennination will be made by the Pilot Plant operator as to the
nature of the waste as being hazardous or nonhazard'ous. With the exception of spent fluorescent
light bulbs, pure chemical spills or expired chemicals, all wastes generated at the Pilot Plant are
not considered hazardous unless tested and found! to be a characteristically hazardous waste.
Fluorescent light bulbs are considered' a hazardous waste and chemicals are a hazardous waste if
designated such on their respective MSDS or if it meets the pH requirements forcorrosivity as

•
Rev. 1
Date 23FEB1996
90-day or RCRA storage area for waste characterization. The Pilot Plant operator will coHect a
representative sample from the waste container(s~ andlsend to an offsite approved laboratory for
analysis of the required parameters. Tables 10-1 and 10-2 summarize the waste characterization
requirements. Sampling and analysis procedures for waste characterization are presented in
Sect. 9. Within 60 days of waste generation, analytical results will be forwarded to EMEF Waste
Management for review prior to final determination by the Pilot Plant Operator of the wastes
being classified as hazardous or nonhazardous. Once a waste type is determined to be hazardous
or non-hazardous, it is not necessary to characterize the same waste type in the future because the
treatmentprocess will not change (i.e., by reason of "Process Knowledge"). Therefore, testing
to determine if a waste type is nonhazardous will be required only once for a particular waste type.
Dewatered filter cake, spent ion exchange resins, spent activated carbon, and greensand filter
media will be considered potentially radioactive waste upon generation until characterization data
is available. .
Table 10-1. Waste characterization requirements by waste source
•
Waste Source
Groundwater, ,tank overflows, press filtrate,
equipment condensate, process spills, equipment
washdown, fire sprinkler water, decontamination
wastewater, or miscellaneous process wastewater
collected in the building floor sump.
Laboratory wastewater/residuals
Chemical spills and expired chemicals
Ion exchange resins (after dewatering)
Spent granular activated carbon media (vapor
phase carbon)
Spent greensand filter media
Used filter bags (sample bag material)
Dewatered filter cake
Waste Charactedzation (Refer to Table 10-2)
Type A
Type A
Check MSDS to determine if a hazardous waste
and take one confirmationalpH reading
Type B
Type B
Type B
Type B
type C
Table 10-2. Waste characterization sampling and analysis by type
Parameter
Number of Samples for Project
TCLP metals & Ni,IfI,Sb 2 5
Type A Type B Type C
(Liquids) (Solids/Semisolids) (Filter Cake)
•
TCLP volatile organics 2 5
TCLP semivolatile organics 2 5
Uranium 2 5 1

10-15 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Table 10-2 (continued)
Parameter
Number of Samples for Project
:.
DSU
217Np
2»rb
219pu
wrc
241Arn
6OCO
I37CS
PCBs
Total chlorine
Paint filter test
TSS
pH
Flash point
Reactive cyanides
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reactive sulfides 2 5
Note: Pesticides and herbicides as well as 23SUcriticaiity are not suspected in any waste generated at the Pilot
Plant.

•
11-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
11.0 REGULATORY PROCEDURES
The regulatory requirements for the NW Plume interim remedial action are enumerated in the
Record of Decision for the Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume (DOE 1993a), the
Interim Corrective Measures Work Plan for the Northwest Plume (DOE 1992), and the Technical
Memorandum for Interim Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume (DOE 1993b). This O&M Plan
was prepared and will be implemented as an interim cOHective action pursuant to the HSW A
provisions of the RCRA permits issued jointly by EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
The regulatory procedures and requirements specifically c~lled
decision documents are listed below.
out in the interim action
Monitoring and Reporting. The monitoring requirements are specified on page 40 of the
Technical Memorandum in the Pilot Plant Sampling Matrix. The matrix is presented here in 'Fable
11-1. The parameters to be. monitored are .discussed on page 34 of the ROD. Any changes in the
sampling frequency must be discussed with the EPA Project Manager and KDWM before
implementation (Technical Memorandum, page 41').
•
The required DQO levels for this project are discussed on pages 38 and 39 of the Technical
Memorandum and are listed in Table l1-L DQO levels are defmed·in Tables 9-3, 9-4, and 9-5 .
Specific details of the monitoring plan are presented in Sect. 9.
Table 11-1. Pilot Plant sampUngmatrix
Sample Point
LLD" or
Analytes DQOLevel resolution
Remarks
Inlet
pH screening 0.1 unit
Temperature screening 1°F
990fc screening 25pCi/L
990fc defmitive 25 pCilL
TCE screening 0.5 J,lg/L
TCE defmitive 0.5 J,lg/L
VOC b defmitive 0.5 J,lg/L
Metals C defmitive 5.J,lg/L
Cyanide defmitive
Fe defmitive 30 J,lg/L
Si defmitive I mg/L
TSS defmitive 10 mg/L
TDS defmitive 10 mg/L
Flow screening ?d
In line, continuous
In line, continuous
Once daily
Once monthly
Once daily
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Once monthly
Continuous
•
Ion excbange
outlet
990fc screening 25 pCi/L
TCE screening 0.5 J,lg/L
Conductivity screening 10 J,lmho·
pt
screening
Once daily
Once daily
!In line, continuous
Continuous

11-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP 1995
Table 11-1 (continued)
•
LLD" or
Sample Point Analytes DQO Level· resolution Remarks
Air stripper TCE screening 0.5 J-Lg/L Once daily
liquid outlet TCE deftnitive 0.5 J-Lg/L Once monthly
YOC screening 0.5 J-Lg/L Once daily upon
detection at inlet
DLower limit of detection.
byOC includes .chloroform, l,l-dichloroethene, 1,2-dichloroethene, and,tetrachloroethene.

•
•
•
0"
"0
R I ...
"',..
14000
D
....
& 9000
N
'.f
4000
-1000
__ f>---~-1 000
-6000
----I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1- 4000
-.-.
i
W
Le;encl
o KPDES Out'" I I 001
-'- --PGDP Bounda.,.le.
-- Pla.nt renee
Ma.p Source
Modified 1',.0" J. L. CI,,,usoin .. t. "I. 1"2.
Repo,.t of the.PGDP Groundwa.t.,. 'Inve"tl;a.tlon
Pha.se 3, KYlE-lSD,
Ma.r-tln MOor I etta. Encr;y SysteMs, Inc.,
Pa.duca.h Ga.seou5 DiffuSiOn Pl~nt
.--/ C,.irirk,., Dltche", "na S1:,.."""
, INCH - 1200 I"E£T
or 365.8 METERS
FIGURE No. 11-1
KPDES OUTFALL n01

11-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
must be reported [Technical Memorandum, page 54 (DOE 1993b)]. Any maintenance performed
on the Pilot Plant or the wells will be recorded in the laboratory notebook ~li'echnical
Memorandum, page 54 (DOE 1993b)]. Electrical consumption of the well field, transfer pumps,
air stripper blower, and .discharge pump will be recorded daily. The contract operatar will provide
Pilot Plant operational information, except for the well field electrical consumption data, to the ER
Project. Manager. This information will be provided in the annual operation reports described in
Sect. 3.
Confmnation of Treatment Adequacy. The Technical Memorandum, page 35 (DOE 1993b)
requires that monitoring activities be sufficient to determine whether the selected technologies will
remove the contaminants to the target levels. Trhis will be accomplished through the monitoring
program described in Sect. 9.
Detennination of Waste Volwne Generated. The li'echnical Memorandum, page 35 (DOE
f993b) requires the volumes of wastes (low-level radioactive waste and mixed waste) to be
recorded and related to the concentrations and quantities of the greundwater treated. This
information will be collected as described in Sect. 10.
•
Groundwater ,Pump 'Rates. The groundwater pump rates must be recorded [Technical
Memorandum, ,page 34 (DOE 1993b)]. Pumping rates will be collected as part of routine
operations described in Sect. 6 .
Pressure Drops. Pressure drops across the ion exchange columns and' the air stripper are
required to be recorded every 2 hours [Technical Memorandum, page 43 (DOE 1993b»). Pressure
drops will be recorded every 2 hours during manned hours as described in Sect. 6, and monitored
by sensors/alanns at all times.
Flows. The cumulative flow rates will be read and recorded daily and following significant
maintenance activities such as replacement of the ion exchange resin or iron filings [Technical,
Memorandum, page 43 (DOE 1993b)]. Flow rates will be recorded daily as part of routine
aperations described in Sect. 6.
Health and Safety Plan. An HSP is required for the O&M activities at the Pilot Plant and the
laboratory [Technical Memorandum, pages 56-57 (DOE 1993b»). The HSPis presented in Sect. 8.
Release Reporting. RCRA pennit reporting requirements for releases or spills of hazardous
materials must be followed.
Clean Water Act Reporting. Clean Water Act reporting requirement for spills or discharges
af oil or hazardous materials into surface waters must be followed .
•

12-1 Rev. ,0
Date 29SEP'~995
12.0 PROCUREMENT PROCEDURES
The Pilot Plant contractor is required to follow certain steps for the procurement of goods and i
services that will assure competition. The Federal Acquisition Regulations direct contractors to
use competitive procedures to procure at the lowest available price to meet minimum needs. giving
due consideration to quality and delivery. Consistent with this policy ,the Pilot Plant operator win
establish instructions for the purchase of goods and services.
•
Therefore. the Pilot Plant operator will follow the government competition requirement for
procuring goods and services on a competitive basis to obtain the lowest price meeting the
specifications. with due consideration given to quality and delivery. Quotations will be solicited
from at least !three qualified sources for goods and services obtained on a competitive basis when
the value of the purchase exceeds $ 1.000. For purchases less than $1,000 but more than $250,
only two qualified sources need to be contacted unless the buyer determines. that three or more
quotes would be beneficial (in cases on non-standard items, for example). On items less than
$250, the buyer has the discretion of procuring goods and services w.ithout competition if the buyer
determines the procured itern(s) to be reasonable and competitive. The procedure may require
time, depending on the complexity of the requirements and the amount of preparation and approval
time needed by the ,procurementstaff. Therefore, the requisitioner should take this schedule into
account when planning the procurement needs.
In addition, the Pilot Plant operator is required to make a good, faith effort to provide
maximum opportunity for the following business classes to participate in subcontracting
opportunities: small. small disadvantaged. woman-owned, historically black colleges and
universities/minority institutions, Indian organizations and Indian-owned economic enterprises, as
well as businesses located in rural and labor surplus areas. Specific percentage goals will be
established during pre-award negotiations and will reflect both the operator's and the government's
commitment to use these business concerns to ,the maximum extent possible. Since purchasing for
supplies and services is accounted for in meeting these subcontracting goals, it is recommended
that every effort be expended to include these business concerns on any potential bidders' list.
Blanket Purchase Agreements can be used for small purchases of related services, supplies,
materials, or equipment needed to fill anticipated' procuring needs consistent with the Federal
Acquisition Regulations. The presence of a Blanket Purchase Agreement does not relieve the Pilot
Plant operator from its obligations to ensure that full and open competition Was provided on a
particular procurement .
•

Rev.
---'0>

13-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPl!995
• Waste generator-Describes procedures for waste segregation, containment, storage/disposal,
and proper container labeling and documentation. Defines the different t~pes of waste and
waste storage areas. The waste generator module is required for employees to receive the site
access badge.
•
o
General Nuclear Criticality Safety-Describes the hazards and risks of a nuclear criticality
accident, defines criticality accident safety responses, and .identifies the proper response to a
Cl iticality alann. 'Fhe general nuclear criticality safety module is required for employees to
receive the site access badge.
• RAD Worker II-Gives a detailed definition and description of the different types of radiation
and proper techniques to protect the body . Gives a description of radiological detection
instrumentation. Demonstrates and performs proper dress-out for entry/egress into
radiological areas within PGDP.
Any additional training deemed necessary will be performed by LMES when required.
13.2 PI,LOT PLANT-SPECIFIC TRAINING
• PCB awareness-Defines what PCBs. are and their associated health risks. Identifies the main
pathways in which PCBs enter the human body.
• Respirator-Defines components of different respirators; describes different respirator
cartridges and the proper use of each type; and describes the positive and negative pressure
tests,proper respirator fit, and the proper storage.
•
• Rigging and hoisting awareness-Discusses common industrial and construction lifting
equipment, and the proper use of slings. wire rope. and other devices used during lifting.
13.3 SAMPLING PERSONNEL
Hazardous Waste Worker Training. Pilot Plant operator personnel will be required to have
successfully completed the initial 40-hour Hazardous Waste Site Operations training, including all
required annual updates.
First Aid/CPR. Sampling personnel will have at least one individual trained in first aid/CPR
assigned to activities being perfonned at the Pilot Plant.
PGDP Required Training. Sampling personnel will be required to attend the following
PGDP site-specific training provided by LMES.
• General Employee Training-Gives a general description of the five main plant sites and
defmes the role of PGDP. Discusses a general description of the facilities at PGDP and topics
such as security, safety, environmental protection, emergency preparedness, QA, and conduct
of operations.
•

•
•
B-3 Rev. _---'0""', __ _
Date 29SEP 1995
Asbestos awareness-Defines what asbestos is and what materials typically contain asbestos.
Describes procedures for working in and/or around areas that are suspected of containing
asbestos. Identifies the ,health risks of asbestos and'the major pathways of entry ,into the human
body. The asbestos awareness module is required for employees to receive the site access
badge.
• General Employee Radiological Training-Identifies the radiological hazards present at PGDP
and proper emergencyalanns and procedures that should :be followed in the event of a
radiological emergency.
• Secmityorientation-Defines security policies at PGDP. Describes the different levels of
clearance, vehicle inspection/registration, and escorting policies. The security module is
required for employees to receive the site access badge.
• Waste generator-Describes procedures for waste segregation, containment, storage/disposal
and proper container labeling and documentation. Defines the different types of waste and
waste storage areas. The waste generator module is required for employees to receive the site
access badge.
•
• General Nuclear Criticality Safety-Describes the hazards and risks of a nuclear criticality
accident, defines criticality accident safety responses, and identifies the proper response to a
criticality alarm. 'fhegeneral nuclear criticality safety module is required for employees to
receive the site access badge.
• RAD Worker Il---..:Gives a detailed definition andi description of the different types of radiation
and proper techniques to protect the body. Gives a description of radiological detection
instrumentation. Demonstrates and perfm:ms proper dress-out for entry/egress into
radiological areas within PGDP.
13.4 LABORA TORY PERSONNEL
Hazardous Waste Worker Training. Laboratory personnel will be required to have
successfully completed the initial 24-hour Hazardous Waste Site Operations training, including all
required annual updates.
First Aid/CPR. Laboratory personnel located in the on-site field laboratory, C:. 743 Trailer
17, are not required to have first aid/CPR training because the laboratory falls under ,the protection
of the PGDP emergency response teams.
PGDP Required, Training. Laboratory personnel will be required: to attend the following
PGDP site-:specific training provided byLMES.
•
• General Employee Training-Gives a general description of the five main plant sites and
defines the role of PGDP. Discusses a general description of the facilities.at PGDP and topics
such as secmity, safety, environmental protection, emergency preparedness, QA, and conduct
of operations.

13-4 Rev. Q
Date 29SEPl~995
- Asbestos awareness-Defines what asbestos is and what materials typically contain asbestos.
Describes procedures for working in and/or around areas that are suspected of containing
asbestos~Identifies the health risks of asbestos and the major pathways of entry into the human
body. The asbestos awareness module is required for employees to receive the site access
badge.
•
• General Employee Radiological Training-Identifies the radiological hazards present at PGDP
and proper emergency alarms and procedures that should be followed in the event of a
radiological emergency.
- Secur:ity ·orientation-Defines security policies at PGDP. Describes the different levels of
clearance, vehicle inspection/registration, and escorting policies. The security module is
required for employees to receive the site access badge.
• Waste generator-Descr:ibes procedures for waste segregation, containment, storage/disposal
and proper container labeling and documentation. Defines the different types of waste and
waste storage areas. The waste generator module is required for employees to receive the site
access badge.
-General Nuclear Criticality Safety-Describes the hazards and risks of a nuclear criticality
accident, defines criticality accident safety responses, and identifies the proper response to a
criticality alarm. The general nuclear criticality safety module is required for employees to
receive the site access badge.
- RAD Worker II-Gives a detailed definition and description of the different types of radiation
and proper techniques to protect the body. Gives a description of radiological detection
instrumentation. Demonstrates and performs proper dress-out for entry/egress into
radiological areas within PGDP.
•
13.S DATA CONTROL PERSONNEL
Hazardous Waste Worker Training. Data control personnel are not required by LMES to
have completed the initial 24-hour Hazardous Waste Site Operations training. If the duties of data
control personnelincJude the activities in any of the previous job categories, their training should
be upgraded to meet the requirements for that position. Data control personnel are not allowed
to ,enter the Pilot Plant facility while maintenance operations requiring the systems to be open are
under way.
First Aid/CPR. Data control personnel located in theon-site fiel.llaboratory ,C-743 Trailer
17, are not required to have first aid/CPR training because the laboratory falls under the protection
of the PGDP emergency teams.
PGDP Required Training. Data control personnel will be required to attend the following
PGDP site-specific training provided by LMES.
•

'.
13-5 Rev. 0
Date 29SEPl995
• General Employee Training-Gives a general description of the five main plant sites and
defmes the role of PGDP. Discusses a general description of the facilities at PGDP and topics
such as security, safety, environmental protection, emergency preparedness~ QA, and conduct
of operations.
• Asbestos awareness-Defines what asbestos is and what materials typically contain asbestos.
Describes procedures for working in and/or around areas that are suspected! of containing
asbestos. Identifies the health risks of asbestos and the major pathways of entry into the human
body. The asbestos awareness module is required for employees to receive the site access
badge.
• General Employee Radiological Training-Identifies the radiological hazards present at PGDP
and proper emergency alarms and procedures that should be followed in the event of a
radiological emergency.
• Security orientation-Defines· security policies at PGDP. Describes the different levels of
clearance, vehicle inspection/registration, and escorting policies. The security module is
required for employees to receive the site access badge.
• Waste generator-Describes procedures for waste segregation, containment, storage/disposal
and proper container labeling and documentation. Defines the different types of waste and
waste storage areas. The wasle generator module is required for employees to receive the site
access badge.
• General Nuclear Criticality Safety-Describes the hazards and risks of a nuclear criticality
accident, defines criticality accident safety responses, and identifies the proper response Ito a
criticality alarm. The general nuclear cri~icality safety module is required for employees to
receive the site access badge .
•

•
1'4-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
14.0 SITE SECURITY
This section describes PGDP procedures and requirements to be used for site security.
14.1 SITE ACCESS AND CONTROLS
•
The plant operational areas at PGDP are access-controlled areas surrounded by chain link
fences. Access to controlled areas at PGDP can be gained'only at controlled entry points. The
Pilot Plant is not located within access-controlled areas of PGDP; however, Pilot Plant operator
personnel and their visitors must comply with PGDP procedures and requirements for site security.
All individuals entering controlled areas must be badged, and aU non-cleared individuals must be
accompanied by a qualified, escort. 'Jihe Pilot Plant Operations Manager is responsible for security
inside the Pilot Plant fenced area, while PGDP will patrol areas outside the fenced treatment
compound. Remote areas such as extraction well vaults and manhole covers are bolted down and
are designed with security safeguards. Any emergencies should be telephoned in to the shift
superintendent's office. The names. birthdates, and social security numbers of all personnel
required to perform work within a.ccess-controlledareas will be provided a minimum of 2 weeks
before the start of work. After the project is under way, any new personnel assigned to work on
,the ,project wiHbe identified a minimum of 2 days before reporting to the job site .
14.2 BADGING AND SIGN-IN REQUIREMENTS
After all requirements for admission to PGDP are completed (including training), the worker
will be issued a badge. The Security Department issues the badge to each individualas a means
of identification and to provide access toPGDP. Each badge is colorcoded1to indicate clearance
level in the following manner:
• Blue = Q Clearance (no escort required),
• Yellow =L Clearance (no escort required), and
• Red = No Clearance (escort required). Other badges may be issued to contractors, foreign
visitors, and other personnel.
The badge must be worn with the picture or name facing out, so that it can be seen at aU times,
and must be worn on the front of the body, below the neck and above the waist. Lost badges will
be immediately reported ' to the Security Department. For individuals with PGDP clearance,
badges will be maintained by Security at one of the plant portals. Badges must be returned to
Security upon leaving the plant security area .
•

14-2 Rev. __....:0"'--__
Date 29SEP1995
Employees working outside the secured area are required to wear waterproof badges at all
times with the following infonnation:
•
• name,
• company, and
• identification number.
All Pilot Plant personnel are required to sign in and out on a daily basis. 1"he sign-inlsign-out
log sheets should resemble the one shown in Appendix I.
A thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD) will be issued with every badge. All Pilot Plant
personnel will be required to wear a TLD at all times. both inside and outside the secured area.
This TLD will be exchanged on a quarterly basis. PGBP personnel will contact the badge holder
each quarter to request that the TLD be turned, in at the TLD office located! adjacent to the visitors'
office.
14.3 ESCORT REQUIREMENTS
Personnel who do not have a PGDP Q or L clearance must be escorted by qualified personnel
at all times while working inside the Security Zone. To. be an escort at PGDP, an individual must
• have a Q or L clearance and a badge (with photograph);
•
• be briefed by a qualified Security Department representative concerning the responsibilities of
an escort;
• be familiar with emergency ,procedures, general area layout, and areas being entered; observe
plant rules and regulations at all times;
• maintain visual contact with uncleared personnel at all times and remain in a position to control
the movement and actions of uncleared personnel ;
• notify supervisors before entry into their area; and
• have no more than seven uncleared persons under his or her charge.
Any deviations to standard operating procedures must be requested in writing and approved
in advance by Security. If escort responsibilities are transferred, the initial escort must ensure that
the new escort accepts responsibility for control of the uncleared personnel and is familiar with the
purpose of the visit.
14.4 VEmCLES
The following procedure will be followed to secure vehicle passes for all vehicles (e. g., drill
rigs, support trucks, rental vans) that require access into controlled areas of the plant.
•

•
14-3 Rev. __ ",,0"--__
Date 29SEP1995
• The vehicle must be in compliance with current DOT requirements.
• The vehicle must be inspected for fuel and lubricant leaks.
• All' safety equipment must be present and opera~ing properly.
• The vehicle must be scanned by LMES Health Physics and must receive a green tag before
entry or exit is allowed.
• The vehicle operator must obtain a vehicle checklist or must develop an LMES-approved
vehicle checklist.
To receive a vehicle pass, PGDP Security must be provided the vehicle identification number,
vehicle brand and model, vehicle license number, and the state by which the vehicle is licensed.
This information will be provided by the Pilot Plant Operations Manager and' forwarded to the
Security Department. Vehicle passes will be kept in ,the vehicle in a secure manner at all times.
14.5 CLASSIFIED INFORMATION
•
An individual is personally responsible for all classified material entrusted to him or 'her. The
following procedures must be followed.
• Never leave classified information or an unlocked repository unattended.
• Classified ,information must never be processed on any automated data processing equipment
or memory typewriters unless specifically approved.
• Proper cover sheets must be used for all documents and work in progress.
• Uncleared personnel (those issued a red badge) must never be allowed access, escorted or
otherwise, to classified material.
• Classified information must never be discussed on either the PAX, Bell, or cellular telephone
systems, or on any field (two-way) radio.
14.6 CLASSIFICATION
•
AU classified information at PGDP is controlled on a "need-to-know" basis, regardless of the
level of clearance or position of the person seeking it. Anyone receiving a plant clearance will
receive additional training in the proper handling of classified: information. Infotrttation is
classified for the protection of national security, and the proper procedures for handling classified
information are enforceable by law. Penalties of jail and/or fines may be imposed if proper
procedures are not followed. When in doubt, an ,employee should contact his or her supervisor
or the PGDP Security Office. There are special security procedures for computer use. Access to
plant computer systems will require additional training.

14-4 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP'1'995
•
When an individual receives a security clearance, the following information must be reported
to the PGDP Security Office:
• marriage;
• a divorce that results in a name change;
• any arrest. detention. or criminal charges, even if they are dismissed' (but not including traffic
offenses if the fines are SlOG or less); or
• plans for foreign travel.
14.7 PROHIBITED ARTICLES
The following articles are not allowed at PGDP:
• firearms,
• ammunition,
• explosives,
• incendiary deVices,
• intoxicants, and
• illegal matter.
•
The following items are not allowed at PGDP without prior approval:
• radio transmitters or cellular phones,
• computer media,
• recording devices, or
• reproduction devices.
14.8 SEARCH POLICY
Allpersons and vehicles are subject to search when entering and leaving the facility.
14.9 DRUG-FREE POLICY
The Drug,.:Free Workplace Act of 1988, which went into effect on March 1'8, 1989, requires
all federal contractors to maintain a workplace that is free of illegal drugs. In addition, LMES
Policy PER-12, established in December 1986. governs use of, possession of, or trafficking in
illegal drugs.
The Pilot Plant employees and subcontractors are also expected to be fit to perform assigned
tasks in a reliable and l trustworthy manner. Employees must not be under the influence of any
•

•
14-5 Rev. __--'0"-:__
Date 29SEP1995
substance, legal or illegal, or mentally or physically impaired from any cause that in any way affect
their ability to safely and competently perform their duties. All employees must abstain from the
use of alcohol fora period of at Ileast five hours preceding any scheduled work and for the entire
period of work.
• If an employee is unable to perform intended duties, that employee should infonn his or her
supervisor before beginning work.
• If an employee suspects that a fellow worker is unable to perform his or her assigned duties,
he or she should immediately notify the appropriate supervisor.
14.10 PROPERTY PROTECTION
Use of all U.S. Government property requires accountability. Unauthorized removal is
punishable by fIne and/or imprisonment. If there is a need to remove property from the site,
designated managers have the authority to sign a "Property Removal Pass."
•
•

15-1
Rev.Q
Date 29SEP1995
15.0 VISITORS
BADGES AND SIGN-IN REQUIREMENTS
All visitors must be properly badgedbefore they enter the Pilot Plant. Acceptable badges for
entry into the Pilot Plant include:
• LMES badges (blue. yellow. and red); and
• Operating Contractor badges.
If a visitor does not have a proper badge. he/she must obtain a visitor badge from the PGDP
Security Office. The Pilot Plantlead l engineer has the responsibility ·of escorting all visitors during
their stay in the Pilot Plant at all times.
All visitors are required to sign-in on the Ipersonnel sign in ,log (Appendix I) upon entering the
Pilot Plant and to sign out upon leaving. They will be required to state their purpose for entering
~he Pilot Plant.
•

•
1'6-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
16.0 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ACT
This O&M Plan is for an interim remedial action Pilot Plant for an operational period of 2
years. This interim.actionmeets the criteria for a categorical exemption from NEPA requirements
to conduct an environmental assessment. The categorical exemption is documented in an ,intermll
correspondence from P. D. Wright, IEMEF,. to 1. :T. Nipp, EMEF, dated April 21', 1993. An
environmental assessment will be conducted and integrated into the CERCLA Feasibility Study of
the permanent remediation alternatives. The O&M Plan does not contain any ,provisions for
actions that would require a' NEPA review.
•
•

•
17-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
17.0 W,ILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA INTERFACE
A ,projectinitiation\status meeting will be scheduled by the ER Project Manager. The meeting
will include the Pilot Plant operator project team and the WKWMA Manager. Introductions win
be made and the project activities explained. Health and safety considerations during the hunting
season and field trials will be discussed.
The Pilot Plant operator win not initiate any contacts with the WKWMA Manager. Any
interac~i

•
/8-1 Rev. 0
Date 29SEN995
18.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND NOTI:FICATIONS
The Emergency Plan for the C-612 Pump and Treat Facility (Haus 1995:) was developed and
implemented before the commencement of PilO[ Plant operations at 'PGDP. The plan will be
reviewed annually and made available for inspection by employees. their representatives, OSHA
persannel, and other government agencies having relevant respansibilities. The plan addresses at
a minimum:
•
• pre-emergency planning;
• personnel ,roles, lines of authority, and communication;
• emergency recognition and prevention;
• safe distances and places ·of refuge;
• site security and control;
• evacuation routes and procedures;
• decontamina~ion procedures that are not covered by the Site Health and Safety Plan;
• emergency medical treatment and first aid;
• emergency alerting and response procedures;
• critique of response and fallow-up; and
• PPE. and emergency equipment.
lS.1 EXISTINGPROGRAMS
PGDP has a comprehensive program for response to' any conceivable emergency. The Pilot
Plant operator will ensure that all personnel are trained and able to use the site program if
necessary and to assist or aid whenever possible. Each employee will know what his or her role
is in the emergency respanseprogram. Actions will vary for each type of emergency (whether fire,
spill, explosion, injury/illness, bomb ,threat, chemical/radiological release, security, or internal
disaster).
In the area of emergency ,response procedures, the Pilot Plant is considered a part of PGDP.
An MOV between LMES and LMUS dictates that PGIDP emergency response persannel will
handle all ,requests far assistance from the Pilat Plant (including the north wells). Pilot Plant
personnel will cooperate with emergency respanse persannel and the Health and Safety Officer.
They may be asked to provide assistance in accaunting for personnel, gathering at the safe refuge
point, and reporting the status of the incident.
The Health and Safety Officer will possess a two-way radio to' maintain communication with
the ER Program Manager during emergency response situations. The Health and Safety Officer
is responsible for management of emergency response activities until the Facility Manager's
Emergency Squad arrives on-site.
The Health and Safety Officer will be familiar with PGDP emergency reporting procedures.
In the case of an accident or medical emergency the Health and Safety Manager will seek
immediate medical attention and will notify the ER Program Manager. The Health and Safety
Officer will assist the ER Program Manager in investigating and documenting all accidents.

18-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
•
18.2 ACTIVI1'IES PREPARATION
Before starting any work activity, a thorough hazard assessment will be performed. Any risks
such as spills or fire will require the assembly of control equipment. This equipment may vary
depending on the hazard. The following is a list of recommended control equipment.
Control equipment for spills should .consist of:
• containers, such as pails or drums;
• barriers, such as trash bags or poly film;
• absorbents, such as clay, rags, foam, or dirt;
• control equipment, including plugs, wedges, caps, or seals;
• tools, such as shovel, wrench, or mallets; and
• remediation supplies, including a mop.
Control equipment for fire should consist of:
• Pilot Plant's fire sprinkler system,
• fire extinguisher and/or hose system,and
• barrier blankets and/or inerting gas.
18.3 ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORTING
•
18.3.1 Injury
All Pilot Plant personnel are required' to ,immediately report any injury, regardless of severity,
to their supervisor in accordance with Emergency Plan jor the C-612 Pump and Treat (Haus 1995).
Once informed, the supervisor will report the incident to the Health and Safety Manager, who will
make any other notifications as necessary. In the .event of a serious injury, personnel will
,immediately contact the emergency squad before notifying their supervisor.
18.3.2 Emergencies
All personnel are 'trained during 40-hour site training .to report emergencies. All emergencies
are to be immediately reported to Building 300, the Plant Shift Superintendent's Office, via the
fastest route possible. This could be a telephone call (333 or 334 on the BELL System; 555 or 556
on the PAX System), a radio network call, or an emergency call box activation (person must
remain in the area to direct the responders).
18.3.3 Hazards
Pilot Plant personnel will report any hazards in accordance with Emergency Planjor the C-612
Pump and Treat Facility (Haus 1995) to their immediate supervisor and to the plant's Health and
Safety Manager as required. Hazards requiring corrective actions by personnel other ,than the Pilot
Plant operator will be reported to the Health and Safety Manager.
•

Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
18.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SERVICE (MEDICAL)
This Pilot Plant is located outside the plant perimeter fence. If emergency medical services
are required outside the perimeter fence. the Pilot Plant operator will immediately notify the PGDP
C-100 Plant Shif~ Supervisor/Construction Manager. The Shift Superintendent will coordinate inplant
first aid and ambulance services with local McCracken County rescue and medical 'personnel.
The Facility Manager willi provide temporary emergency medical personnel services for off-site
emergencies until local medical authorities arrive. If an emergency situation occurs inside the plant
perimeter fence, the Facility Manager's on-site medical facilities may be usediuntil a transfer of
Pilot Plant employee(s) to a local trauma center can be arranged. The Pilot Plant agrees that if it
becomes necessary for the Facility Manager to render such services to employees of the Pilot
Plant, the Pilot Plant operator will reimburse the Facility Manager for the services rendered .
•
•

•
19.0 REFERENCES
Rev. ()
Date 29SEP1995
Anders, A. Edward ,1'960. The Radiochemistry of Technetium. NAS-NS-3021, National Academy
of Sciences, November.
COM Federal' (COM Federal' Programs Corporation) 1994.
Program.
Corporate Health and Safety
COM Federal (COM Federal Programs Corporation) 1993. Field Operations Procedure Manual
for Sub-colltractors Performing Environmental Investigations at Paducah Gaseous Diffusion
Plant. Paducah, Kentucky, September 20.
CH2M HILL 1991. Results.ofthe Site Investigation, Phase I, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant.
KY/ER-4. March.
•
CH2M HILL 1992. Results of the Site Illvestigation, Phase II, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant.
KY/SUB/13B-97777C P-031l991/1, 'Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, Paducah, Kentucky,
November .
Clausen, J. L. 1995, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant Groundwater Protection Program Plan­
Addendum to Sampling and Analysis Plan. KY IER-2, Addendum 1, Revision 1, Martin
Marietta Energy Systems, Inc.
DOE (:U .S. Department of Energy) 19911. Environmental Regulatory Guide for Radiological Effluent
Monitoring and Environmental Surveillallce. DOE/EH-0173T, January.
DOE (U.S. Department of Energy) 1992. Interim Corrective Measw:es Work Plan for the
Northwest Plume.
DOE (U.S. Department of Energy) 1'993a. Record of Decision for Interim Remedial Action of the
Northwest Plume at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, Paducah, Kentucky.
nOE/OR/06-1143&D4, prepared by Science Applications International Corporation, Kevil '
,
Kentucky, July.
DOE ~U.S.
Department of Energy) 1993b. Technical Memorandum for Interim Remedial Action
o/the Northwest Plume, Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant, Paducah, Kentucky. DOE-OR
1031, prepared by Science Applications International Corporation, March 17.
•
Energy Systems (Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc.), undated. Specifications for Interim
Remedial Action of the Northwest Plume Treatment Facility at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion
Plant, Paducah, Kentucky - Volumes I and II. Paducah, Kentucky .
Energy Systems (Martin Marietta, Energy Systems, Inc.) 1992. Requirements for Quality
Control of Analytical Data for the Environmental Restoration Program. ES/ERlTM-16,
Oak Ridge K-25 Site, Oak Ridge. Tennessee, December.

19-2 Rev. 0
Date 29SEP1995
Energy Systems (Martin Marietta Energy Systems. Inc.) 1993a.
Restoration Quality Program Plan. ES/ER/TM-4/R3, September.
Environmental
•
Energy Systems (Martin Marietta Energy Systems. Inc.) 1993b. Procedures Manual.
Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant Environmental Monitoring Department.
Energy Systems (Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc.). Conducting MMES Rediness
Rewiews. PTQA-lOOO, Rev. L
EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency) 1986. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
Waste. Physical/Chemical Methods; SW-846, 3rd Edition.
Haus, A. 1995. Emergency Planfor the C-6J2 Pump and Treat Facility.
Kimbrough, C. W., L. W. Long, and L. W. McMahon '1990. Environmental Surveillance
Procedures. Quality Control Program. ESlESH/INT-14, Martin Marietta Energy
Systems, Inc., January.
Oakes, T. W., U. L. Ashburn, and F. M. O'Hara 1987. EnviromnentalSurveillance of
the US. Department of Energy Paducah Reservation and Surrounding Environs During
1986. ES/ESH-l!V3, Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc., April.
Slater, C. M., and G. E. Hall, eds., 1992. County and City Extra Annual Metro. City,
and County Data Book. Beman Press, Lanham, Maryland'.
•
•

•
• APPENDIX A
OPERATIONAL DATA COLLECTION SHEETS
•

•
• •
Part 1 General Facility Inspection
-- ._ ..
--
Date:
Time:
Technician:
General Notes:
-
Operational Data Collection Sheets
Weather Conciitio:QS:
Outside Temperature(°F):
Insid.e Building Temperanire
(OF):
Wind Speed/Direction: (mph)
-- ~--- --
- --_. - -
Part 2. Groundwater Wells ... and - -._. Pipeline
Extraction Well
Pump No.
North Well EW-229
J-001
-- - -
Well Status Discharge Pressure Reading Flow Rate (gpm) Reading Gallons (Total)
--
ON OFF PI-J001 FOI-J001
North Well EW-228
South Well EW-230
SmIth Well EW-231
Signatures
TechniCian:
Reviewer:
-- -
J-002
J .. 003
J-004
ON OFF PI"J002 FQI-J002
ON OFF PI-J003 FQI-J003
ON OFF PI-J004 FQI-J004
pate: _____
Date:~~~~~

• •
•
Leak Detection Monitor Sump Visual Inspection
Location Condition Water Level
(in~hes from bottom)
---
--
-
-- -
Manhole Location 1
Manhole Location 2
DRY
DRY
-
Notes:
Notes:
Manhole Location 3
DRY
Notes:
Manhole Location 4
DRY
Notes:
Manhole Location 5
Manhole Location 6
Manhole Location 7
DRY
DRY
DRY
Notes:
Notes:
Notes:
--
--
Manhole Location 8
DRY
Notes:
Manhole Location 9
DRY
.- .-
Notes:
InJluent GroU1!dwater Automatic Sampler Status: (L-003)
ON
OFF
Notes:
SaIllpler Switched to:
Notes:
South Wells
North Wells
Signatures
Technician:
Reviewer:
Date: ____ _
Date: .....;....;;---'~~'-=-

• • •
Part 3 Pretreatment System
.-
Equalization Tank and Effluent Pump
Indicator
Units
----
Notes:
Tank Level LI-FooIA % Full
Tank Water pH
AI-FOOl
Tank Water Temperature TI-Fool OF
Discharge Pump Status HS-JOO5 ON OFF
Discharge Pressure PI-Joo5 psig
Discharge Flow Control valve % ope~ LCV-080 %
---
- -
._- -
--
Greens@d Filters
..
-
Indicator
Units
Feed Flow Rate FI-Joo5A gpm
-
-
Filter G-OOl Status Visual DOWN NORMAL BACKWASH
_..
Filter G-002 Status Visual DOWN NORMAL BACKWASH
Filter G-ool Differential Pressure POIS-Gool psig
Filter G-002 Differential Pressure POIS~GOO2 psig
Filter Effluent Color Reading
ASA-LOO7
-
-
-
--
Filter Effluent Residual Chlorine AE-JOl3 ORJ>
Notes:
- ._.
-
SIgnatures
Technician: _________ _
Reviewer:
Date: _____
Date: _____

• • •
Solids Settling and Dewatering System
-
-- -
Item. Indicator Units
--- - -- -
Settling Tank Status Visual DOWN STANDBY IN OPERATION
SettliIig Tank Level LI-FOOSA % Full
Auto Valve UV-I07 Status Visual OPEN CLOSED
Sludge Pump Status Visual ON OFF
Air Pressilfe to Sludge Pump PI-JOISB psig
Sludge Pump Lubricant Level Visual inches
---
Filter Press Status Visual ON OFF
Air Pressure to Filter Press PI-GOO3 psig
filter Cak:e~inlDrum %.Full Visual %
floor Sump PumP Status Visual ON OFF
Floor SUIIlP Level Visual feet
Truck Unloading Pump Status Visual ON OFF
Notes:
Signatures
Technician: """"=~~~=-'-""-' ____ --"-......,.._
bate: ____ _
Reviewer: Date: ~=-=~~~

•
• •
Part 4. Chemical Feed Systems
_.-
Chemical
Supply
])I1lIl1ITank Level
(inches)
Feed Pump
Status
Feed Rate Inline Notes
(gpm) Mixer
Status
Sodium Hypochlorite
Visual
_.
ON
OFF
_.
Potassium Permanganate
Visual
ON
OFF
- .
Polymer
Sulfuric Acid
Visual
Visual
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
. .-
._--
Signatures
Techntcian:
Reviewer:
Date: __..;......;..______
Date:_~ ___

•
• •
Part 5. Air Stripping Equipment
Item
Indicator
Units
Air Stripper Status
Visu

-~ -
-
-
~
•
• •
Part 6. Ion Exchange System
- - ---
~--
-~
Ion Exchange Column
~
----
Column Status
Down
(check Effluent Differential
one) Conductivity Pressure
Lead Backwash (mmhps.cm) (psi)
Lag
F-004 - Resin, Type:
F-OOS - Resin Type:
F-006 - Resin Type:
F-007 " Resill Type:
AI-FS04
AI-FSOS
AI-F606
AI-F607
PDIS-FS04
PDIS-FSOS
PDIS-F606
PDIS-F607
Item
Resin Dewatering Tank Status
Resin Dewatering Blower Status
Resin Dewatering Pump Status
Indicator Units
Visual IN OPERA nON DOWN STANDBY Notes:
Visual ON OFF
Visual ON OFF
-- --
Resin Dewatering Pump Discharge Pressure
Resin Dewatering Pump Lubricant Level
PI-JOO9A
Visual
psig
inches
Air Pressure to Resin Dewatering Pump
Signatures
Technician:
Reviewer:
PI-JOO9B
ps~g
- - ---
-~
Date: ____ _
Date.: ____ _
- --_.-. - -

• •
•
Part 7. Backwash Supply and Treated Water Discharge System
Item
Indicator
Units
Auto Valve UV-50 Status
Visual
OPEN
CLOSED
Auto Valve UV-110 Status
Visual
OPEN
CLOSED
Online Ailalyzer TCE !..evel
L-005 ppb
Last Calibration Date:
BackWash/Sluice Ta,tlk Water Level
LI-FOO28
% Full
BackwasWSluice Pump Status
Backwash/Sluice Pump Discharge Pressure
Visual
PI-JOO8
psig
ON
--
OFF
Mode of Operation
Visual
BACKWASH
SLUICE
Flow Rate
FI-JOO8
gpm
Effluent Automatic Sampler Status
Treated Water Outfall Inspection
Notes:
Visual
ON
OFF
.- -
---- -- -
._-
-
-
Signatures
Technician:
Reviewer:
Date: ____ _
Date: ____ _

•
• •
Part 8 Compressed Air , Fire Protection, aIld Potable _... Water S),stems --
"0.--
Item
Indicator
Units
._ ..
Air COIPpreSS()f AI-A Status
DOWN
STANDBY
ON
Air Compressor Al ... B Status
DOWN
STANDBY
ON
Air Dryer A4-A Temperature
TI-J012A
of
Air Dryer A4-B Temperature
TI-J012B
OF
Ajr Filters Differential Pressure
POIS-JOl2A
psig
Compressed Air Supply Pressure
PI-JOl2C
psig
Potable Water Supply Pressure
Fire Protection System Last Tested
psig
psig
---
Fire Prot~ction System Test Results
Notes:
PASS
FAIL
_.
Signatures
Technician:
Reviewer:
Date: _____
Date: ==~~~~

• •
Part 9. Operations Journal
To be used to document ongoing observations, operational events, and unusual circumstances.
•
Signatures
Tecl:lJ;lician:
Reviewer:
Date: _____ _
Date: ____ _

•
•
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE SHEETS
•

•
South Air Compressor
PIDD
AI-A
Manufacturer
Gardner Denver Machinery
(217) 224-8800
Model #
EBE-OFF
Serial Number
l:JQ4036
Maintenance Task
Frequency
•
'Check the reservoir oil level
Observe if unit loads and unloads properly
Check discharge temperature and pressure
Drain the moisture trap in the control system
Check for dirt accumulation .on oil aftercooler ore faces and l the cooling fan'
Change oil filter element
Change compressor lubricant, flush system if required
Check relief valve for ,proper operation
'Change oil' filter
Change oil separator element
every 8 hours
every 8 hours
every 8 hours
every 8 hours
every 1'25 hours
every 1000 hours
every 6000 hours
every year
when "change oil filter"
is displayed on panel LED
when "change air separator" ,is
displayed on panell LED
Change motor oil (oil change intervals based on oil temperature and
compressor ,operating conditions)
up to 180°F - every 6OOO'hrs
180 to 190°F - every 4500 hrs
190 to 200°F - every 3000 hrs
200 + - every !}500 hrs
I
I
•

•
PID #
AJ-006
Resin Dewatering Blower
Manufacturer Model #
New York BlowerCompany Pressure Blower AL
(708) 655-4881
Serial Number
K1'2863-100
Maintenance Task
Frequency
Check fan for any wear or corrosion
Check for build-up of materials on fan wheel
Check V ~belt drive for proper alignment and tension
Lubficate the coupling of direct drive units and check for alignment
Check all set screws and bolts for tightness
I periodically
' periodically
I periodically
periodically
During any routine
maintenance
•
•

•
GreensandORP Transmitter
PID #
AT-JO'I'3
Manufacturer
Rosemount Analytical
(714) 863-,1181
Model #
118 1 1 OR
Serial' Number
'094-21455
Maintenance Task
Frequency
Initial system calibration and startup
Calibration check
N/A
every 3 months
•
I
I
! ,
Ii
I!
•

•
Air Stripper Control Valve
£IDJl
AUV-012
Manufacturer
Copes Vulcan
(814) 774-1'500
Model #
CV-600
Serial Number
9410-16866-1-,1
Maintenance Task
Frequency
: Replace main valve stem packing
. Inspect main valve diaphragm
Under normal operation the valve fittings should l be inspected once a year
once a year
once a year
once a year
j
,
, I
,
, ,
'Ii
.II
I
I
I I
,
,
I
I
•

•
Equalization Tank
PJIE)#
F-OOI
Manufacturer
Southern Tank & Mfg., Inc.
(502) 684-2321
Model #
N/A
Serial Number
F-61226A
Maintenance Task
Frequency
, i No preventative or routine maintenance required
N/A
I i
I,
,
•
,
i
I
,
I
I
I
i
I
i
I
; I
, i
I
•

•
Filter Press
PlIO #
G-003
Manufacturer
JWI
(616) 748-7635
Model #
470G32-13/25-2/4 DYLS
Serial Number
F05.t'lO
Maintenance Task
Frequency
;
Keep filter,c1oths clean
,
periodically
,
I
,
Check for correct clamp !pressure on tbe.hydraulic power unit (HPl!J~
i'Daily
, ' Check for proper setting of relief valve on HPU: il'l every 3 months
:
Check HPUoil level , weekly
,
,
Inspect and/or clean HPU oil filter
monthly
, ,
•
Replace HPU oil filter
Replace hydraulic oil
Inspect all plumbing connections on the process manifold for leakage
Add grease to follower wheels (4 places)
Add grease to clevis (3 fittings)
:: yearly
:, yearly
,i weekly
I ' every 3 months
: I . II
• I seml-annua y
!

•
Truck Unloading Pump
PID #
J-014
Manufacturer
Goulds Pumps, Inc.
(}15) 568-2811
Model: #
3:796
Serial Number
777-D-795
Maintenance Task
Frequency
Grease lubricated units
every 2000 hours or 3 months
Ensure that oil is visible in the reservoir or the oiler of oil lubricated units
Inspect stuffing box to verify that there is sufficient leakage to lubricate the
packing and maintain a cool 'box
Inspect stuffmg boxes with mechanical seals to ensure that circulating lines
do not become clogged
Monitor vibration and ensure acceptable standards
Check alignment of unit
I
I
I
periodically
periodically
periodically
periodically
following startup and
periodically
I
!
I
i
!
! I
[I
•
,
i I
, '
Ii
,
I
I
I
I
' ,
, ,
, I
,
•

•
Automatic Samplers
PND#
L-004
Manufacturer
Isco Environmental
(800) 863-1181
Model #
3700FR
Serial Number
194K00685
Maintenance Task
Frequency
I
. r Inspect pump tubing for wear and cracks
I
: Inspect suction 'line
I Clean refrigerator filer
I Monitor internal case humidity of sampling unit and replace desiccant if unit
I reaches 30% humidity
periodically
periodically
periodically
periodically
, [
,
I
,
,
I
,
•
,
,
I
I
•

•
Polymer: In-Line Mixer
PID #
L-OtO'
Manufacturer
TAB Industr:ies, Inc.
(609) 259-9222
Model #
T-6-G57-H61
Serial Number
N/A
Maintenance Task
Frequency
No preventative or routine maintenance required
N/A
I
' ,
i
: I
I
I i
'I
I
I
,
,
•
i
,
•

•
APPENnIX C
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS
.(P&IDs)
•

NOTES:
1. (;LL FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND BACKFLO'>' PREVENTERS SHALL BE UNDERIIRITERS
LABOflAIORIES LISTED AND/OR FACTORY ~1l.JfUAL APPROVED.
2. TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT FOO liE r PIPE SYSTEM.
3. 6ACKFLOI/ PREVENTER CONSTRue flON SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SE:C rlOtI 15103 OR 151e41\
Or THE: CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION.
~. SEE DIVISION 15 OF THE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION FOR ALL PIPING, VALVES,
FIT r !NOS ANU U rHER MA 1 ERIALS.
5. UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE COATED IN AcconDANCE WITH THE REOUIREHENTS OF
SECTION 15071 OF THE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION.
6. OPERATING PRESSURE, FWD- 711 TO 85 PSIG
S\{- 70 10 05 rSlG
7. PIPING SPECIFICATiONS I(IrHIN LINE DESrGNATORS REFEn TO HiE U\ST THREE OIOlTS
OF THE 15~1l0 SEAlE:S OF HIE CONSTflUCTION SPECIFICATION (J,E. rlf'IW3 Sf'EClf(CAllll/l
103 MAY BE FOUND IN SECTION ISUB OF THE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION).
B. SEE DIVISION 15 OF CDI,STRUCTION SPECiFiCATION FOR F!RE HYDRANTS.
'1. FOR GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS ANll ABBREYlfITlONS SEE OIlG P5E-ISI13-AI:I0.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
rAD
L===:J
I
SPLASH
l _________ _
I
L __ _
---.~----~-
!
,; , '- , .' .' : ,,'
-----_ ......--------.-----,
HV·1G7
2'Xl'
Lpl/-Illl -I '-Hl3
'IV-16"
z'xW'"
TO FILTER PRESS
J~E -18113-1303
TO POLYMER
"OOITION SYSTEM
57-0----t!![E-wli3-ffiiD
L PIJ - tI>.G-W-l03 .f
TQ POTASSIUt1
PERHN,GANATE
MDmON S'ISTEM
:J;iE'lell3-B0f)
STflTJOfl NO. I
----I
"L~l::::=:V"~~d~",,.c:,,-~~~"';,.i~4-"~~_~.,o'~~,_- __ .~, "'~'''--~--:--=t.L..--~Lp-'J~H'~~!,tll;},~~,_~---,,-............. __ -+--___ ,
! '. .. I
1\
\ I
; >. . I
.-.---------~-------------~
SPLASH
" ',., \, PAD
J
DRAIN
1.0' , .
o·
~.
S'RED\JCEO
PRESSURE
BACKFLO\/
PREVENTER
SEE NOTE 3
\
'--_. 2' REDUCED
PAESSLTlE
OACKFLO\l
PAEYENTER
SEE NOTE 3
\
, i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~':~I, •.
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PPllJ~" r IW

)J5E-181l3-B03 )
BACKWASH TO SETTLING TANK
F-e08
INTERLOCKS:
(iJ>
1Y
t$>
STOP \JELL PUl-1P ON mGH OR LOw PRESSURE
STOP WELL PUMP ON SYSTEM SfrulDOWN
STOP WELL PUMP ON LEAK DETECTION
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN ON LOW LEVEL
STOP TRUCK UNLOADING PUMP ANa TURN ON HIGH
LEVEL INDICATOR LIGHT AT MOBILE TANK
UNLOADlNG STATION ON HIGH LEVEL
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN ON HIGH-HIGH LEVEL
> J5E-18113-B02
IRON REACTOR
llACKWASH
P-12'l-S'-I~B
STOP ACID METERING PUMP ON SYSTEM sfruroowN
STOP ACto METERING PUMP ON LOW PH
) J5E-I!l1l3-BIl3 )>-----------------------------1-....!-.:.:::..!~..:..!::'--------------...., I
FROM TRUCK UNLOADING PUMPI
I
SETTLING TANK
___ -1
VENT HlflOUGR9-H
WALL WI BIR
SCREEN
STOP ACto METERING PUMP ON LOW fLOil
STOP EOUALllATIO~1 PUMP ON SYSTEH SWTOo;m
STOP ACID METERING PUMP ON HIGH PHESSURE
s r ART AIR STnlf'PER BLOWER AurO~'A TlCALL Y AFTER
EQUrtLlZA f10N PUMP STARTS
NOTES:
I
I. FOR GENERAL tlOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
SEE OWG P5!H6IlJ-AB0.
DRAIN
NC
Ui
!Sil
'i',
SEE NOTE -0--[:j ,
i
P-I56-%'-'4~_7
HY-il2S
Ne
I
I
I
I HV-0Z3
I I-'N'!;:C:""""-I
'" :! ,
;. ,
III '"
"
w
Aero
DRUM
2. Fl LEAK DETECTION LEVEL SwITCH IS PROVIDED
III EACH OF NINE ('U MMIHOLE MONITORING
STATIONS. INSTRUMENT NUMBERS AAE LSH-0m
THROUGH LSH-1l0Q.
3. FLEXIBLE TEFLON TUBING WIHl OJ? TUBE
AND tmSE CONNECTOR.
I tr Lv"; iUbit

--- ___ ~~_n
- - - -6f§Y
J5E -18113-B03
!ON EXCHANGE
BACKWASH
- ...., .'~------'---li--
P-I1Il-4'-148
J5E-18113-Elill
FROM AIR
STRIPPER PUMP
P-II''l-~'-148
J6£-IS113-801
AIR STRIPPER
BYPASS
HV-il~S
Ne
L
•
fiY-1'l45
4'X3'
HV-1l7'l
HC
P-125-3'-H8
,-_________________. __ £H~5 __________.___
1M 1=' 1
r---- ~D- i
HV-046 I N7 i
I \.l..' . (); i IHY -~"3 IHN104
I l· I
. VENr /COMPRESSEO ' VENT ICOMPRESSEO
AIR INLET AIR INlET IHy-e0'l
----~----------.
--.---~: ONC [-----{"'1~{:J_
fROM RESIN --{J ,_] --...,c Ne
DEWATERING PUMP
IHV-Ill"
J.kl0'l , If-f>'-0!1
I ) THIS owo. ~. r()~
'
i "_,,,.-i "v 1:;1-, ..
I
I
;0 : 00;
f-01H
! ~J,l;-~.
!HV-005
I ~>I! [AIR
illl§..P2I..Q!..==O>"-'<
FROM RESIN t_
OE'IIAtt:RING PUMP
J-iJll'l
IJIV-"'"6
F-00S
----.... ·----1
IHV-0IS
0-;-
(./
fZ-021
I [0- -0 AIR INLET NC ~
:,' SC~yR ORAIN/COI'IPRESSEO I Hv-Il21l
I DRAIN/COMPRESSED NC .() _._ IIHY:027 L.r,,__ lrIY-1l2~ .. [IHV.-022 0--- --
I AIR INLET [ -(1-0- ~- '-'J. ~:~- - ...::c::.::'-------f"-
IHAI5 IHV:012 __ J IHHHl7 ! IHY-008 SAHf'LE r-C.:1 Nc CJ - IHV-01'l
SAMPLE.....r-a'1 -f"L _! CONN --.-lliY.::023
I
I CONN J~;:~{V~~17 ~~ B~l:fB);~€2~~C)~1
~;® @-O rn(:H~'_:"26_. ____ ~ ____.~ON~. ~6J0
FLOOR L ____ :°tQ~~~~-_0:-:2--:-:"-==-~------'-- _
P-I1I-4'-146
~'X3'
; I
P-1I5-4"1-48
-, HV-077
II
I L!!.n
IW
I
I
I
,
I
I IHV-076
P-15S-3'-HS
I
I
I
I
I
S'X3'
I ~- ~ ~-o-o-

--~.-~.--.~ -._----------
NOTES:
I. FOR GENERAL NOTES. LEGEND ANO ABSflEV1A lIONS
SEE OWG PoE -18113·1\0Il,
r - - -l-"="-'"iw,-co-_=_:~-_-_ = -="-ieo- -=--eo-_eo-_-_.~_:_ - - --:' - - - - - - - - i~:0: :~1t>:::::J~-1~\-n-06--,_,-_. --,- -~ - - - - - ,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~
COMPRESSOR I \ ACY-1J01 ACY-0~3 ACV-004
UNIT I AIR COMPRESSOR I
AFT~RCOOLER
I WITH SEP~RATOR FV-A2
I l ______________________ ~------------
~------~~-----~-----~--------------1
I lNS!DE i I
!~~. ! I
COMPRESSOR I ----c::..r~B A2.~
UNIT I AIR Ca--tPRl;SSOO
I
I
I
AFTERCOOLER FV-A2
WITH SEPARATOR
;
I l ______________________ L __________ _
ACV-
TO UV-1I0
: HV-142
I
J5E-18113-B01
, TO AIR STRIPPER
A-HH-Y.!'-136 HV-il32 COOTROl; VALVE
~~~~~~~~~. ~
-j : ( 5· Uf1EENSAND FILTER
d:: ~V-145 \-1-001
~ : -'"Z-'J"'"5E""-'"'"lS"'1"'-13"7'"·""S-",,"'·")
q; ,~o LC'J-e80
:HY-034
I------!'H -;J5E-l!:l1l3-003)
TO UV-11l7
IH03-?\'-136
~V-033
J5E-1BIl3-B

SODIUM
HYPOCHLORITE
DRUM
J51:-J8113-B00
FROM EOUALiZATlON
PUMP
P-10S-4'-14B
flV-I3B

NORMALLY OPEN
~ NEEDLE VALVE
VALVES
NORMALLY CLOSED
C>

i"
,.-,------------------------------------':-------------------,----""'--------------------------------------------------------------------~
r--------· --I
I
I '
I
I
I z I '
I 3 1
t------­
I
Ii'
: '-1 - I -l ! ~ ,eo. ~ ~~)~l
I I I
II I
I I RE~~Il~R ~< t--~~; ..
ll!h I J-01'l2 J I G ... _
i 0
NORTH \

•
• F1EELDLABORATORY
APPENDIX D
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
•

•
D-3
FIELD LABORATORY QlJALITY ASSURANCE PI.AN
GAS CHROMATOGRAPH ANALYSIS
Water samples will be analyzed on a laboratory-grade gas chromatograph (GC) equipped with
capillary columns, thermal oven, and a data processor and associated hardware in accordance with,
procedure CP~ER-SAM4508 (CDM Federal 1993). Each instrument is appropriately calibrated
at the beginning of the project,and as needed for the duration of the project using an instrument
response curve and injection of standards of known concentration. Duplicate analyses will be
performed every tenth sample at a minimum (see Sect. 9.8.5, QA/QC).
In cases where analytes include both non-halogenated and halogenated compounds,both a
tlame·ionization detector and electron capture detector should be used.
Test Equipment, Tools, and Supplies
The following apparatus, reagents, and materials are required to perform GC analysis:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
GC/capiliary column/integrator (as recommendedl for site-specific contaminants of concern)
Electronic balance - 0.01 g sensitivity
Certified standards (as defined by site-specifIc contaminants of concern~,
Methanol - purge-and-trap grade
Gas,..tight microsyringes
l-mL, 10-mL, 50-mL, and 2S0-mL syringes
Water bath with temperature control
40-mL VOA vials with Teflon-coated silicone septum
Deionized (001) distilled water - ASTM Type II
Graduated cylinder - 100 mL
Volumetric flask - 100 mL
Maintenance and Calibration of GC
Maintenance checks are to be conducted on a daily basis and all information recorded in the
system maintenance book.
Daily checks include:
• checking gas pressure reading to the GC
o ensuring lit flame for the flame ionization detector
o conditioning the columns at 200°C
• replacement of the injection section
•
The carrier gasses are checked twice daily, on arrival in the morning and; on departure in the
evening. They are replaced when necessary or if there is a problem with the analysis on the GC .
Calibration checks should be conducted in accordance with specific manufacturer's
instructions. Daily calibration checks are required for all instruments using a three-point check.
'Fhe lower level of the calibration must be at the reporting limit. The upper limit calibration must

•
D-4
be near the upper level Of the linear range of the ins~rument. The midpoint calibration is to be
analyzed at the beginning of each day, after every ten samples, and at the end of each day's run.
The correlation coefficient (r value) of the curve must be 0.99 or greater. This equates to
recoveries of ±20%. If recoveries are not within the 20% window, the system will" be checked
for problems and corrective actions will be taken. To perform daily calibration checks complete
the following steps.
• Obtain certified standard consisting of known quantities of target analytes in methanol solution.
• Place a known volume of ASTM Type II water into a clean volumetric flask.
• Add' standard solution to ASTM Type II water to obtain desired' calibration standard
concentration.
• Invert the vial and shake vigorously for one minute. Analysis of calibration standards must
:be performed in the same manner and conditions as samples (i.e., proper heating and
equilibrization times) to ensure ,proper correlation. After matching these conditions the
calibration standard is ready for headspace analysis.
•
• Withdraw vapor from headspace using a gas-tight microsyringe with a clean needle. 'fhe
volume injectedshouldl be the same as the sample size.
• Inject vapor into GC for analysis
• Analyze each standard at least twice
• Create a calibration curve tby plotting the GC response against concentration of each compound
• Based on the curve, determine the linear response range and the detection limits for each
analyte.
• Record relevant information on TCE Data Sheet (Appendix G)
Sample Preparation and Analysis
Water samples will be analyzed I via headspace, EPA Method 3810. The water sample is placed
in and EPA-approved, 40-mL,screw-cap vial with Teflon-faced septum and is stored at 4'°C until
analysis. The following steps are performed to complete analysis.
• Transfer a 25-mL aliquot of sample to a clean 40-mL vial and cap the vial tightly.
• Invert the vial andl shake vigorously for one minute.
•
• Place the vial in a 90°C water :bath for 30 minutes, allowing thermal, and phase equilibrium
to be reached .
• Remove the vial from the water bath and allow 5 minuets for re-equilibrium to he reached.

0-5
• Withdraw an aliquot of the headspace with a gas..,tight microsyringe with a clean needle and
inject it into the GC for analysis. Sample size should be the amount required to keep peaks
from saturating the detector.
• Directly compare the peak area of each component to the standard calibration curve to obtain
the concentration in mg/L or j..lg/L.
Glassware Cleaning Procedures
The procedure for cleaning glassware is as follows:
• Rinse all, glassware, including micro-reaction vials, volumetric flasks, and beakers with DIDI
water to remove gross contamination.
• Scrub the glassware with a solution of Alconox® and 001 water.
• Rinse glassware two times with DDI water (enough rinses must be performed to remove visible
soap).
• Rinse glassware two times with reagent-grade or equivalent methanol.
•
• Allow glassware to dry in a 60 DC oven for 2:hours .
• Remove the glassware from the oven and store so as not to allow 'contamination to occur.
Syringes will be cleaned by rinsing three times with purge-and'-trap grade methanol, and then
placed in an oven at 60 D C for 20 minutes.
Quality Assurance Objectives
• Precision
Precision will be assessed by the comparison of duplicate analysis. A duplicate analysis will
be obtained for every tenth sample (10%). The variation between duplicate analysis must be equal
to or less tan 20%.
• Accuracy
Accuracy will be determined by the analysis ·of field blanks, laboratory blanks, and check
standards. Retention times of the compounds in the standards are used to identify the unknown
compounds in ·field samples, and their response factors are used in ,calculating actual
concentrations. Accuracy will be measured by compadng check sample concentration to the
calibration curve and also by comparing the results of the duplicate analyses.
The 'DQO, with respect to field l and laboratory blanks, is to achieve analytical concentration
below the quantification limit for all analytes. Field blanks will be collected once per week.
Laboratory blanks will1beanalyzed after every tenth sample. Check standards will be run at the
beginning of the day and at the end of the day. Duplicate analysis will be performed every tenth
field sample, at a minimum.

•
0-6
When contamination is detennined to be present in a laboratory or field' blank, an assessment
at to the effect of contamination on the validity of the data from any field sample locations will be
made.
• Representativeness
Representativeness of data collection should' be addressed by careful preparation of the
sampling program. A sufficient number, frequency, and location of sample must be chosen to
assure that sample data accurately and precisely represent selected charactetistics of the sample.
99Tc ANAL YTICAL ME~HOD
Summary and Requirements
This procedure will describe the analytical method for detection ·of 99Tc in water containing
high or low levels of contamination. 'In short, the samples are saturated with potassium carbonate
and hydrogen peroxide ,to assure oxidation of 99Tc. Liquid samples are extracted,evaporated to
dryness, redissolved in dilute nitric acid, and counted in a 'liquid scintillation counter (DOE J.993b).
The following apparatus, reagents, and materials are required:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•.
•
•
•
liquid scintillation counter
liquid/liquid extraction funnels
commercial aqueous liquid scintillation cocktail
standard 99Tc solutions traceable to NIST standard
Potassium carbonate, anhydrous
2 M sodiurncarbonate: dissolve 200 g or Na 2 C0 3 in 1000 mLof distilled water
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
hydrogen peroxide
0.5 M nitric .acid: Dilute 6mL of concentrated HN0 3 to 200 mL with distilled water
distilled water
standard 20-mLglassliquid' scintillation vials
pipettes
wash bottles
When perfonning analyses, laboratory personnel should don appropriate PPE. All evaporated
steps will be performed in an exhaust hood. Safety glasses must be worn throughout the
procedure. Heat-resistant gloves or tongs must be used when handling hot glassware. Sample
vials should be transported in liquid l scintillation trays to prevent breakage. All chipped glassware
should be fire polished or discarded. Note that potassium carbonate (which contributes to
background count), uranium progeny, and fission product beta emitters will all cause interferences
with this analytical method.
Procedure
•
The liquid scintillation counter will be calibrated according to the calibration procedure
supplied by the manufacturer. New vials should be used to, avoid contamination, Since the levels
of 99Tc are measured at the parts per trillion level, careful preparation of glassware (extraction
funnel cleanup) will reduce the likelihood of contamination. The analysis is performed by
completing the following steps.

•
• Take a 100-mL aliquot.
0-7
• Dispense sample aliquot into extraction funnel.
• Spike one cell with know activity of 99Tc NIST standard.
• Add 400 g potassium carbonate·(K2C0 3 ) to contents of extraction funnel.
• Operate stirrer for approximately 5 minutes to assure dissolution of K2C0 3 •
• Add 3 mL ·of 30% hydr:-ogen peroxide ~H202)to extraction funnels and stir for an additional
2 minutes.
• Add 25 mL of MEK to each extraction ·funnel and stir for a minimum of 8 minutes.
• Allow phases to separate for a minimum of 3 minutes and discard lower aqueous phase.
• Wash down sides and stirrer shaft with a wash bottle using 15 mL 2 M Na2C0 3 and stir for 2
minutes.
•
• Allow phases to separate, drain aqueous phase, and repeat washing.
Note: Total of two washings with r5 mL of 2 M Na2C0 3
• Carefully drain MEK phase into a 20-mLglass liquid scintillation vial and slowly evaporate
to dryness in the funnel hood.
Note: Use low setting on hot plate and gentle jet of air or nitrogen to promote evaporation of
MEK. Do not overheat as volatization may occur.
• Dissolve sample 'residue from MEK evaporation with 2 mL of 0.5 M HNO), washing down
sides of vials. Swirl the contents thoroughly to ensure dissolution.
• Add 1!5 mL of liquid scintillation counting cocktail to. each sample vial and shake thoroughly
to mix.
• Place extracted blank, 99'fc control samples, spiked samples, duplicates, and reagent clanks in
the counting tray.
• Count samples for two 10-minute intervals ,in liquid scintillation counter with instrument set
to count 99Tc.
• Record data in 99Tc Radiological Data Sheet (as given in Appendix G)
•
Calculation of Results
Inspect the data for the review blanks and standard count for conformity to calibrated values.
Determine the efficiency for99'fc based in comparison of activity found in spike solution to known
activity addediusing the formula

•
D-8
E _ A-B
C
where
E is the efficiency (unitless),
A is the activity in the spike (dpm),
His the activity of the sample (dpm),
C is the added activity in the spike (dpm).
Note: Asswnption is made that added activity is 3 to,5 times higher than 99Tc activity present in
samples. Typical recovery is approximately 78 %.
The activity in each sample can be determined by the following equation:
A
D
ExC
2.22
•
where
A is the 99Tc activity (pCi/L),
n is the sample dpm results (quench, and background corrected),
E is the recovery efficiency (unitless),
C is the volume of sample (liters),
2.22 dpm + 1 pCi'.
QA/QC of 99 Tc Analysis
!In addition to the regular process water samples, ,the following samples win: .be analyzed for
purposes of QA/QC.
• Extracted water blanks - An extracted water blank consists of uncontaminated! envirorunental
water ,carried through the extraction procedure and counted as background for each blank.
The aliquot is the same volume as the sample.
• NIST -,traceable *Fc control standard.
• Duplication water sample - for determination of precision.
• Spike sample - carried through the extraction procedure for determination of precision.
• Reagent blank -carried through. the extraction .procedure to determine possible contamination.

•
0-9
Training: The technician will run a set of eight samples .~fourspiked at the Iiormallevel and
four unspiked). If the average concentration of the four spiked samples is not within 10% of the
.spiked value, the technician will repeat the exercises until the .criterion is met.
•

•
•
APPENlDIXE
HOISTING AND RIGGING CHECKLIST
AND FORMS
••

•
BOISI'lNG AND RIGGING CHECKLIST
Page 1 of 4
The following questions provide guidance on' many of the protective measures needed during hoisting
and rigging activities. Ally non-compliancesmust be immediately corrected. or the work suspended
until compensatOry aaions have ,been ta.ken.
1. GENERAL
••
Preventive measures Complies Does not comply NA
Employees· Qualified
b. Operuon have prvper curreac cenific:atiou
c. HOUUD, ud riame IICIiviUea piAaDedlllUl
dilcu.ued with panicipaau before IWtiDg
d. Employees wanaed to .. y clear of 8WIpOadeci ,
load.I
,e.
Equipmeoc cenificalioa ud oelectioa verified
•
I
I
2. LOAD HANDUNG • GENERAL
L
I b.
I
Load widaia naecl caplCilyof cnae
Load oaocbed by ID8IIIIII ohliap or ocher
approved clevie ..
c. Prec.UIiou caba to eaaanl_ b leCancl
IIIId pruperly'bIIl.ac:ed ia liftiae deYic:e
i d. Moyemeal of IoIId prohibited wIlea .. you b I
oa &he Ioed or book
•• Tal of maaiat liD. II8IId to cuide &be load I
f. Proced ...... ia place,tom.jn"ia:proper ,
cleanLacea from overtlead eleccric&lliaea
i
3. MOBn.E CRANE OPERATORS
••
Daily • ......,.. aadperiodic iupedioaa
cOlDpleced
b. Daily ..,IC&ioDa ..... oa·'" coaavI
mecbuil .. for praperopen&ioa aad
adjUluaeac
,
•
I
c. Openaon verify CUlreac craaecenificaliou ,
I
_aace CD1If8DC of aaycaulioa lap'eppW
to &he CI'llllO
d. Openuon .cbeck aU 1IIIIi-cwo.:block.' two- i
••
block. waraiac. &lid lillY ocber wecy
mecbaailllll for prvper openl&ioa
enuaelCC up ,property
I
I
,
I
I

•
I
Page 2 of 11'
HOISI'ING AND RIGGING CHECKLISr(CONTINUED)
PreYentive measures Complies I Does not comply NA
,
,a.
Operaaor daily checks iadude
Sips of leakage in bydraulicaud paeumatic
sywtems.
b. Visual cbeck of hoislropes for corrosioa.
Iciab. or other damage.
c. Hooks. hook lalche •• and CODDectiOIlJ wear
AACl.damage.
;
Openton perform a fuDCtioaai test of the
(
uait before use
,
,
a. Pf'OlMIr function of cODuals
I
,
I
•
b. Wtreropelare DOC damqed I,
c. HoilllUlU. I'UIUI. and IlOptI Imoochly
d. Proper opentioD of all aafecy awit.cbea
e • FlIIICCioaallel& oftraUey. bridge,.aad job
f. Check (or deaeriontioDor lealcqe from
Iiaea. Wlb •. and otherpuu of hydnlllic or
paeaawic 'Yams
4. l:.IFTtNG FIXTt1RES
I
,
,
,
a. Liftia, fixturuhave.curna, impectiOD.tq
(or ... cakea OUl of I8rvice)
b. Proper IiAiDg timan is used (or lift
s ..
F"lXIUres iaspeaed. before use
Scncaaral deformaQOQ. daaaqe. exceaive
wear
:
i
I
h. Coadilioa of IliDgD, .haclde •• ud dlvicu
c. FaecuoaaJoperuioa of all mechaailllUl
d. Proper openlioa'of Ally vacUUIII or ilia pecic
tyIIIelllS
i
, S. RJGGING ACCESSORIES :
•
a. Rigiag.acceUOriel'iaspected befon we.
(removed froID aervice ifdamagedior wora)
h. Riumg GCceuoriel used for uucDded
pU11'01Ie
c. I
Eyebolts abouldered. (Orpditype ,
j

HOISTING ~1\ffi RIGGING CHECKLISr(CONTINUED)
Page 3 of 4
•
Preventive measures Complies I Does not comply t NA
,
i
i d. Shacldea iupeded: for duaqe aud 8pnaci I j I
, ,
o. SluIcldea iaspected'l.o verify the origjDa! pill
:
ill place ADei DOl ciamaged 1
"
6. SLINGS I
L sUa" bave the proper ID tq I
: ! b. sUae wtdapropsr load rating being used
I
c. No aipaof m·k·.hift repain. a1&erar.ioas. or
mociificatioDa
I
V....u iDlpeajOD of books :
, I
I
L Throat opelllDCillcreaseci by DO more thaD
15"
b~ TwiaDOl palUthau 10 delP'"S
I
I
I
c. No oenGUI cOn'Olioa I
d. F1IIICuoaU.la&cbea i
Ead COnaec:tiODS of IiDks
,
:
' i
L Do DaclLaYe'exceaaive wear. defonaaaoa.
,
CGn'OIioa. or cracb
I
Claaia .11iacI
&. Do DOC baYeeaceaiYeWOlll'.IIic:ka. couca. :
commoa. weld' spaa.er or defomaDoa ,
i
,
b. Do DOlbave cracks. breaks. or beal cl.ram.qe ,
c. Do ,DOl baYe relUiCUldlDo"elDeal betweea
liab
WIn ro,. sIiap
Il.
Do DOl baYe kiIakiq. cnaabiDC. IIDIU'IDIiiaC.
binlcqiaS. core proauioa of wina
b. Do DOl bYe OIlcoaive cornmoa
c. Do DOl baYe:braba or cue auuads. or ua
I
dceaive DumberofbrakeDwirn
•
Il.
Metal.esb Iliap
Do DOlba"e brakeD ..-iR. or welded or
brucdjoiau
b. Do Dac,baYe'OIlceaiYe 'NUl' orcorroaioD !

•
Page
HOISTING ANDRIGGINGCHECKLISr (CONTIMJED)
4 of 4
Preventive measures Complies 'Does not comply NA
c. Do DOl have dt.onioa or intlexibility of the
mub
,
,
d. Do DOl have diltoned~ cracked. or aerioWily ,
woraor corroded eadfiuiDgs
I : e
,i· ~Do : DOl 'bave kiabor Imocs !
, ,
, r. Do DOC' bave iml'ruper or damaged: .,licea
S)'Idhebc web sliDp
i
'a. Do DOlbave chemicaJbW'DS or heal damage i
b. 00 DO( bave boles. tean. cw.. or macs
I ,
•
c. 00 DO( bave· brolcea,orworD Iliu:hiDC 10
load-beariag placea
i d. 00 DO( bave'eltcoaiveabruioa
I
e. Do DOCbaV' Imaca
f. Do DO( bave red liDer exJ)08ed I
i
,
•

•
Page
WIRE ROPE INSPEcrION
1 of 1
-
No~' Location Date of inspection
Month
Year
Size Capacity V = vertical C= choke I B = basket I
Broken wires
Item N/A y~ No Comments
Womand abraded wires
Reduction in rope diameter
I
I
Rope stretch
I
, ,
•
,
Corrosion
'Insufficient lubrication
' .
,Damaged or inadequate splices
Corroded. cracked. bent. worn.
andimproperiy applied end
connections
I
Crushed.t1attened. or jammed I !
strands
,
I
High stranding and unlaying cords
or strands
i
Bird caging
Kinks
, Bulges in rope
I
I
I
: Gaps or excessive clearance
, between straDds
:
I
Core ProtrUSion
!
i 'Unbalanced severely worn areas
• Signamre
Heat,damage. torch bums. electric
arc strokes
Inspector's name:
I
Inspection due date
Month
Year
:

•
SLING INSPECTION
Page 1 of 1
Sling ID No.
Length
, i Rated capacities J V = vertical C = choke B = basket
Inspector name
Date of inspection Month Year
Date of inspection Month Year
Removed from service Month Day I Year
Returned to service Month Year
: !
•
Item Yes No Comments
Acid bums
Melting or charring
Snags
PunctUres
Tears
Cuts
:
Broken stitches
Worn stitches
Distoru:d eyes
I
I
I
I
: I
I.
! '
I
Worn eyes
I
I
Inspection:
Slings will be removed from service if any of the following are present:
•
1. Acid or caustic burns
2. Melting or .charring of any of the sling surfaces
3 • Punctures. tears~or cuts
4.. Broken or worn stitches
s. Distonion of eyes
6. Redi liner showing

•
Page
m~cnoNFUROWUNHO~GD~C~
Equipment No. • Serial No. Capacity
1 of 1
•
Cham
I
Manufacturer Annual load test Date
Tested at 1.50 x capacity
I Date of ~ Montb Year Inspection Month Year
inspection I due date
,
,
• Inspector's name
"
: Hook Upper book
Lower book
~
Org Org
~
: I
I Team Tea.aa
Al Ors No.ofliDb
lCM1d
clWD ExilciDI
ID8UQI'IICl
,
B1 Ore No.ofliDka
~
i
paD
, cbaiD EsilliDl
IIItIUUI'eCi
Sat..
UIL8IIL
Chaia ;beariac ,1Urfacea, s.t. UUIIL
~ ,
AIIOidchaiD
-----
' ,
BlpuUcbaia
I..Wa for couca, chil'D. Uldcuu Sat.
UD8IIL -
~V
AI 10id cbaiD
BlpuUcbaia
I
;...... 1uuadIe Sat. 'u-. CGaaaeaas
I
I'
i I
AI cncta
i
Blcauca GIld cbipa
• CI defa_oa
aM"; ..
•
BI
Al cncb
COUlel aad,chi.,.
CI defOf'1Dalloa
Brakes/Stops
Gar1.)
I
I
i

•
INSPECTION
Location
OF METAL PLATE CLAMPS
.' nate O(lnspectiOD:
:
I
Manufacturer Capacity Ii
i
: ,
! ,
Item I Condition Recommendations
• Held Ibs for minuteS
·1:
•
Location
Date or Inspection I Manufaaurer Capacity/ratin& II
Date afload test:
Worn, aack.ecl. or delonnedldistorted parts such as lugs, ey~ welds, JiftiDg attachments,
etc..
Recommendations/comments:
, I
Inspector
Iron worker and/or superv.isor
SignatUre Signarure Signature
•

•
APPENDIXF
•
MARCH 7, 1994
LETTER ON AIR STItlPPlNG TOWER
AIR EMISSIONS FROM THE
COMMONWEALTH OF' KENTUCKY
DEPARTMENT FOR ENVlRONl\1ENTAL
PROTECTION, DIVISION FOR AIR QUALITY
•

PHILLIP J. SHEPHERD
SECltEt'MY
f'lR
OJI
1... I ..J'-t 'JU~~"
BRERETON (
OOVD.
COMMONWEALTH OF KENTUCKY
NATURA'l RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION CABINET
DEPARTMENT FOR ENVIRONMENTAl·PRGTECTION
DIVISION FOR AIR Qt:JAlITY
316 St. Oair Mall:
Frankfort. Kentucky 40601
March 7, 1994
Mr. JimmieC. Hodges, Acting Site Manager
Depanmentof Energy
Paducah Site Office
P.O. Box 1410
Paducah, Kentucky 42001
RE:
Construction of an air stripper at the Northwest Plume Project
tD. #Ov2-2460.,0003; Log #D121
•
Dear Mr. Hodges:
This letter is a follow-up to the Division's letter to you dated February 22, 1994. The
Permit Review Branch has reviewed your application and determined that no regulations apply.
Specifically, Reg~lation' 401 KAR 63:022 does not appiyto the toxic materials emitted from the
air stripper since the emission rates of materials were calculated to be below their respective
adjusted significant levels. Therefore, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 401 KAR
50:035, Section 2(1)(a), you may proceed Ito constt'Uct and operate the air stripper described by
your application without a pennit from this Division. However, the provisions . of the Air
Quality Regulations governing open burning (401 KAR 63:005) and fugitive emissions (401
KAR63:010) do apply, and you are required to employ whatever measures are necessazy to
insure compliance with those regulations.
In conclusion, this letter does not exempt your proposal from the regulatory requirements
of ilA,y other federal, ~te, or local agency which may have regulations that apply. SimiI:my,
if you intend to construct an air contaminant source in the future, you are required by Regulation
401 KAR 50:035 to apply for and', if required, be issued a permit prior to the commencement
of any construction. Additionally, if you increase or change your contaminants, throughputs,
or concentrations from the information specified by your application to which this letter
responds, you are required to report such changes to this Division and you may then be required
to obtain a permit.
•
If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Roger S. Cook at (502)564-3382,
extension 308.
.Sinc~~
~~ .
Gerald R. Goebel, Assistant
Pennie Review Branch
ager

•
APPENDIXG
ANALYTICAL LOG SHEETS
•

•
G-2
CDM Federal Programs - Paducah
VOLA'FILE ORGANICS ANALYSIS RESULTS (VOAR-Oil)
For Analysis Using Method 8010
Client Sample: __________
Date Collected: _________
Matrix: ____________
Analytical Batch #:________
QC Batch I.D.: _________
Lab Sample I.D.: _________
Date Received: __________
Date Analyzed: __________
Dilution Factor: _________
Surrogate Recovery (%) I QC Limits
'Bromocbloromethane ,75 - 125
I
2-Bromo-I-cbloropropane '75 - 125
I,4-dicblorobutane 75 - 125
•
Constituent Concentration Reporting Detection Limit Data Qualifier
("giL)
("giL)
1,1,2 Trichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
Bromodichloromethane
,
Carbon Tetrachloride :
,
Chloroform
cis-l,2-dichloroethene
I
Tetrachloroethene
trans-l,2-dichloroethene
I Trichloroethene
I
Vinyl Chloride
Analyst SignaturelDate: ______________ _
Data Entry SignaturelDate: _____________ _
Data Review Signature/Date: _____________ _
•

•
6-3
CDM Federal 'Programs - Paducah
RAD DATA REPORT (RADRPT-Ol)
Sample I.D.: __________ _
Date Collected: __________ _
Date Received: __________ _
Matrix: _____________ _
Log-in Number: __________ _
Constituent Date Batch Activity
Analyzed I.D.
I
Error
! I
MDA
Data
Qual.
Units
:
!,
I
,
I
I
I
,
I
!
I
I
,
,
I
,
I
I
,
I
!
:
I
I ,
•
:
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
,
I
I
:
I
I
I I
,
,
I
,
,
Analyst Signature/Date: __________ _
Data Entry Signature/Date: _________ _
Data Review Signature/Date: ________ _
•

~ .
•
-CDM FEDERAL pnOGRAMS CORPORATION
a subsidiary ~of .Camp Dresser & Mc K ee nco
Project 10.
Project Namellocation
loperatiOnS Manager
Joe Tarantino
•
325 Kentucky Ave
Kevil. KY 42086
(502)462-3006
(502)441-5947 (Onsite Lab)
Laboratory : Record __ of
.
Lab Code :
001088
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
RECORD
AirBili Number:
•
Note:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
See Note
Sample No. Media Sample Date Tune samplers 11 2 13 415 6 718 9110 11 1211.3 1~115 16 17 18 Remarks (Note if
Type Type Sampled Sampled Initials
MSIMSD)
1
2
Sampl~ Bo~l1les R~quir:ed
..
3
..
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sampler Signatures:
.
Relinquished By: (Print) DatelTime ReCieved By: (Print) DateJTline Relinquished By: (Print) DatefTime Recieved By: (Print) DatefTime
(Sign) (Sign) (Sign) (Sign)
Relinquished By: (Print) Datelrrme' Reciev8d By:: (Print) Datelrri Relinquished By: (Print) DlltefTim~ Recievec:j By: (Print) DatefTime
(Sign) (Sign) (Sign) (Sign)
. ~
~

•
•
APPEND][x H
WASTE DISPOSAL FORMS AND LOGS
•

REQUEST FOR DISPOSAL I S"FORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND WASTE MATERIALS
PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT
(SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR INSTRUCTIONS)
GENERATOR COMPlETES BElOW
N~
P-ESH'28
• . ~1.~D~A~r~E-------------T.r2~.~R~E~Q~UE~S~~=R~N~AM~E~----------------------T.3~.~B~AO~G~E~NO-.---------.74.~P~H~O~N~E~No~.---------JT.5~.~C~HA7.R~GE~N~o-.--------
6. MATERIAl TO BE DISPOSED (ONE WAS~ STREAM PER, FORM) 7. PHYSICAl STATE (CHECK ONE)
8. SOURCE OF WAS~
10. LOCATDN OF MATERIAl
9. TYPE OF CONTAINER (CHECK ONE)
o \7·E 017·C 0 OTHER (SPECIFY)
O.SOI:ID OiUOUID III GAS O~SLUDGE
11. GENERATION DATE 12. CONTAINER SIZE 113. ,NUMBER OF I' EMS
14. WAS~ TYPE (CHECK ALL APPLICABLE BOXES)
o RCRA HAZARDOUS 0 SAA IS IN EXCESS OF 55 gal
o DETECTABlE PCB 1'Yo U235)
o ONGOING PROCESS 0 ONGOING MAINTENANCE 0 EXCESS MATERIAl 0 SPILlAJNPLANNEDO ONE TIME/REMEDIAL ACTION 0 DERIVED FROM
o OTHER (SPECIFY)
16. COMMENTS
17. This is to certify that \he above named material is properly described and ,in the staled conlainer, which is in good condition, marked wilh the AFD
nUnDer, conlenl, appropriale.generation dale, and. at the stated locatiOn.
REQUESTER'S SIGNATURE ----_._ .. _._---_._. __ ..... _._---- ._._- DATE BLDG __ _
RADIATION DATA FROM HEALliH PHYSICS SURVEY:
18. SURFACE CONTAMINATION
TRANSFERABLE (ALPHA) ___ _ ._ .___ dpmllOOcm
•
2 FIXED (A~PHA) _____.__.__ dpm/100cm 2
(BETA-GAMMA) .___ ... __._._ dpmflOOcm 2 (UE,TA·GAMMA) _._._____._.___ dpm.'100cm 2
EXTERNAL DOSE / PACKAGE CONTACT ____.__._. ___.. _ MREMlHR
____ METERS (BETA·GAMMA)
HP SIGNATURE
SUHVEYNO.
WASTE MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT COMPLETES BELOW:
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIREMENTS (PPE)
INSTRUCTIONS:
~A~P=PL~IC~A~B~LE~LA~B~E~lI~NG~R~E~OU~I=R=EO~-------------------------- WE IGHT, REQUIRED? PRIORlT;Y LEVU
[) HAl 0 PCB 0 DETECTABLE PCB

•
Radioactive Material Tag
•
-. -I"-C -s,
--~--.... ~~~------------
---_ ........ _-------
....... -
. . '~: ·CAUTION
~~f;6a~~·
.. ~
.
...
. RADIOACTIVE:
-:~;-.- '--~
.._
.... -: -....
..-.
"=;'n.ATERIAL ~">'
_·~~~;~.::~r - '. -::~;~~f
-'" .,..... ~-.--.
:~1?Jii~:~~~?~;~ci~~
... ~'.~'"' ... t~~.~~- •
··~~;~¥·~~-~f'~f3~~·
. . ..' .~: . '..
.-:-.: ~.': ..,.;.'
. '~'~:'~.~~~::. _.
.~.
.. ~.~
-..... . -,-:' .. " .
-- .. ~=.:.:.::-... ,
•
~~~.----------------------
", ~.:'. '. --..;"
__._'-"\_
... _.-._-_-_~_o
.:_:._____. _0.:_.-__ ." I
_ AddIIaMiOUCO_ .. ~ .. IIi~·
_ .. _
.~ .... - -. -.Yf.I"'", __ .~_.:1
C=CAlJT1ON.IntIfMlCOlltln_I8IIan.· '"';: ·o~ __ • -
a:c.wrJON,P .... InI ... ~
- a:CN.ITION. FInd CoItIamiI .....
.. - .ft-..... :
-.. ,.
"--_.'.'-
Note: Tag is yellow and magenta with black lettering

•
Radioactive Material Label
6 ·CA!UTI;Q;N
•
RADIOACTIVE
MAT'ER:IAL· . ~
Note: Label is yellow and magenta with black lettering
•

WASTE CONTAINER'LABEL
RFDIDRUM NUMBER ______________
CO~ENTS __________________________
" '
! I.
SOl!JRCE OF WASTE _____________ _
BUILDING ___________________ __
•
COMMENTS ___________________ _
o LIQUID 0 SOUD 0 SEMI-saUD 0 COMPRESSED GAS
GENERATIONDATF. __________________ _
I
, I
Note: Label is orange with black lettering
•

•
•
APPENDIX I
SIGN IN/SIGN ,our SHEET
•

~
PILOT PLANT PERSONNEL REGISTER DATE: Page_ of
--
TIME TIME DESTINATION I RADIO # TIME TIME DESTINATION I RADIO # TIME TIME DESTINATION I RADIO # TIME TIME DESTINATION I li~Anl():If
IN OUT COMMENTS PAGER # IN OU;]' COMMENiJ7S PAGER# IN
,
I
OUT COMMENTS
PAGER# IN OUT COMMENTS IPAGERtI
, ,
, ,
,
~
,
!
I
,
, i
i
,
i
!
I
, I
, ,
I
,
I ,
I
I
i
I
,
I
i
I
- ,
,
,
,
I
,
,
,
I
I
,
I ,
,
'IS - Sick GFD - Gone For Day Radio: COM 1 - 2- 3
: I Iv=-Vacation
!
'.., ....
11··· ••••••••• ••••••••• ••••••••••• 11 JBllil
8/95 Rev. 0

.'
•
WELL
APPENDIXJ
LOGS AND CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAMS
•

•
lEGEND
IJNIE:Jf:J» SOIL QAS'illITCATIm'S
•
CL-
Ioorganic clays, low [0
rredium I plasticity ,
gravelly clays. san:ty or
silty clays
~yey sanis, saaklay
IID.XIUres.
GP-
Poorly graded gravels,
gravel-sarornixrures.
little or ro fires.
Silty-san::ls, sand-silt
rni.xrures.
•
GW -
Well-graQ:d gravels,
gravel-saId mixtures,
little or DO furs.
0°: : ....:.:'...:.....:
,: :":.0..
0° .":0: •• :.::. '.~ 00 •
• ••••• : ••••• : .'. °
0
• 0°.° 0
•• °
0
•••• °
0
° 0
: 0°'
SF-
Poorly graded: saa::Is~
gravelly sams, little or
oo~ .
MH -
Imrganic silts. micaceous
ordiarOTJ]JC'1'(lUS ·fuE
saOOs or silty soils.
Well-graded saOOs,
gravelly saxxls, little or
DO~.
MI...-
Inorganic silts
.miver:y .~
smis, silty or
clayey ~
saOOs. clayey
silts .
SW,SC- Well graded
smjs mixed with
clayey sams.
•

- ~i ===R=&=R=' =IN='=TE=RN=', =A=T=r=O=N=A=L=M=' =:O=NI=T=O=RlN='==G=, W=E=L=L=L=O=' G=' ===
-I
!M(IIIitADrir:I~ Well No.: 2JJ
Page
Date Started: August 26, 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
of 5
Logged By: GLB. US
Drilling Co.:
Pennsylvania Drilli~
302122 Date Completed: August 31,1994 Driller. C. Coulter
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
6.15" ID HSA/6.0, " 00 SSA
Sampling Method:
Type­
Type-
Stainless Steel
PP Stainless Steel
80.00' (84.00')
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
2.0·
2.0"
66,80'
Level at Completion:
46.lO'TOC
of Permit Number: 8000-4535
Depth
Sample No. PIDI ! Rec 1 Lithology
(in feet)
Interval RAD ~ (In feet) I
2
3
4
\
I
\
\ I
\
J
5 I
i
n
r--
\
7 rl
6 \
'.
D
I
V
8
l-J
/\
I
i
I
Drilled'blind (0 48~O'
See Soil Borings JO and 31 lor
complac comparative:lilhology
Split-SpoOn
Length -
Length -
Top of Seal:
Slot -
i Grain Size
'G S St
I
I
I
I
69.22'
10.00'
64.80'
0.010"
Graphic
9
R
10
/ \
!
8
I
~
I
L 1 I ,
I
n 12 \
~
' 'I
L3
i
\
I i
/ \
~
\
\,
~
I
'I
,.

I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I'Monitoring WeU No.: 233
Page
Date Started: August 26, 1994
, Client:
~[l(·F~rguson' of Oak Ridge Company
. R&RProject No.:
I
·l\-IK-F Project No.:
302122
5014/2005
Date Completed: August 31,1994
Loc:uionl Coordinates:
2 of j
Logged By: GLB. US
Drilling Co.:
PennsylYBniaDrilli~
Driller. C. CouJter
Depth
B
Sample N0'I,'PIDI I
Tnterval RAn i
RecLithology
feet) I
I
: Drilled bliodlO 48.0'
I
S
Size 00
StC!
Graphic
I
"
! I
II
ii,
~'
'i I--....l
H
LJ
§
R
iH--
'I
H
o I
n
R~
B
! I
'!-..-.J
I

• R&R
jMOnitoring WeD No.:
·:Client:
IR&RProject No.:
,
:i\'lK-F Project No.:
I
·1
'1,
.:
39
Depth'
(in feet)
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
~9
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
233
Date Started: August 26. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302121 Date Completed: August 31. 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
B I Sample No~
C! Interval
:-'\
'--II
;-\
'--
, I
~
l----J
I
-I
I_-
I i
----;
U
W
I I
~'
H , I
n
.i I
, '
I
n
I
~
I I
n
I I
H
R
,'--­
LJ
I 3 I
'--'
; 5 i
,
\,
\
\
\
\ \
I
i
I
I
, I
I,
j
I
I I
/ \
I \
I \
, \
1
(48 - 50)
,PIDI iRec I
Ii
\
I
I
\
'I
I
Lithology
RAD :(Tn feet)
Description
i
i
I
i
., Drilled blind 1048.0'
1
:1
I
i
I o
BKG
SILT (40'Jl'.). some clay(~'JI'.). lillievet)' fine
I.J' limned sand (U'JI'.); Ir.ICeOI1I111iC3; darKyel­
IIOwish brown (10 YR 4/6) w/mollled liglu gray
(2.S YR 711); 11101I1;·firm
~~---------------~-----~
3
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Grain Size
G S St C!
5
G~.US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
I
I
Graphic
Boring

• R&R
•
I
i
1
Monitoring WeU No.:
I
. Client:
'R&R Project No.:
!:\-lK-F Project No.:
I
Depth
(infeetl
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
66
67
68
fi9
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page 4 of
Date Started: August 26, 1994 Logged By:
~lK-F~rguson ot' Oak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
J02122 Date Completed: August 31, 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 LocatiOn/Coordinates:
B Sample No. PIDI
1
Rec Lithology
C Interval RAn i (In feet)
, 6 (50 - 51)
, BKG I
I
9
I
0.75' same as above: last 1.25'. increase
11' 3 0 ~.O' 'CL-\Y(55%).Sllt(2S%),verytinegnined
,
13 (52 - 54) BKG sand (20%); [face 011II1II1:3; moaled light gray
18 1
1 .
(1.5 YR 7/1) U1d yeUoWlsh brown (10 YR 5/8)
~~-------------------------
1 __ 1 ,moiSl; SlIff
: 3! 4 0 ~.O' I
1-5---1 (54 - 56) BKG I increa50 silt w/deplh; S8IId 11 25"
~ I
U
ISAND (80") fine 10 medium grained; rounded:
I, ~.J 11 '1 c02
•
0.7' I lwilh liale silt (ls~) and trace c I ay (ct ..)
J '" ;
120 I (56-58) BKG orangishbrown(IOYR6I6)andligblgray
!(10 YR 711); moiSl; stiff to very stiff
I 24 ',~
1--'----------------------iSAND decrease 10 iO,". sill (20'"), clay (10'");
I
C!: 6 0.5 1.1 ' i laminated medium brown and datUr brown
I 8: (58 - 60) BKG !(10 YR 6/6 and 10 YR 4/3): wee: stiff:
! 11 !. fine grained; sub~ular
~I -----------------~I
; 7: 7 0.3 1. oJ • I fine 10 medium grained; subrounded
i6"'i (60 - 62) BKG !(7.s YR6i8)
:l3l
I
i i !upper 0.5' SAND (90%): mediUPI grained:
135! 8 0 0.85·lsubrounded:tracesaJt(lO,"):middleo.lS'
i48! (62-64) BKG I GRAVEL (85%) Wllb liltleS8lld (15%): fine to
! 42 ! I mediura grained: subrounded: wet: dense
~--~j ----------~----~----~ISAND(98")moWwngnU~~b~:
i, 12 !,
9 0 1.1' :u I lower 0.2' not ~bed in prevo section:
tl8i (64 - 66) BKG ;tr:lCO sill (2%); Ii¢' brown (10 YR 7/4)
~ ,
'21 : . to mediwn o","rrish brown (10 YR 618); wet:
~,--------------------------- .-~
~ :
: 6: 10 0 1.3' iSame uaboYe wtlh CL. ... Y layer at 0.8' (90'lIi)
I
21 I (66 - 68) BKG :\II11h \nCO sill (lO~); very stitt; clay 0.5' thick
! 30 '
!
I
~
5
GLB. US
Pennsylvania .Drilli~
C. Couiter
Grapbic

•
i
I
i
iMonitoring Well :'Iio.:
:CUent:
:R&R Project :'110.:
!l\tlK-F Project No.:
I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
233
Date Started: August 26, 1994
~[J(-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
:;02112 Date Completed: August 31, 1994
50 14/2005 Locatioo/Coordinaces:
5 of 5
Logged By: GLB. US
Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Orilli~
Driller: C. Coulter
'1 .~!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Depth B I Sample No. pml Rec I Lithology iGrain Size
. (in feet) C fmerval RAD' fee[) I IG S St
1
70
71
9 (68 - 70) BKG lsee preVIous I
. 18 i ·1
I GRAVEL (70'1'0) sub~ 'NUll soma SIUld
! (30%). fine to mediUDl grained; subangular.
: [2 [2 o 0.6'
2J (70 - 7:!) BKG
: mediUDl o~sh brown (10 YR 516); wet;
i
~. ~28~_' ____________________ ~finn
Graphic
•
•
86
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
8J
84
85
87
-: 28 i
I
i 8 :
'-----0
: 20 I
I24l
I 1
~
L!QJ
~
! 21 i
; 17 !
-i 35 i
150/41
[3
(71 - 74)
[4
(74 - 76)
15
(76 - 78)
16
(78 - 80)
a
BKG
o
BKG
o
BKG
o
BKG
I !
~46 I 17 a
I~
0.9'
0.9'
0.85'
La'
0.85'
iG~VEL incta.Seto &5%.~ •. = 10'1'0
; /MIlIum gmned sand and tcac:e S '1'0 silt
I
I
!GRAVEL incteasc to 9O'lro. angular. traee 5"
medium grained sand and Iraco 5'1'0 silt
: GRA VEL decrease to 55 '1'0. sandy (40'1'0). 'Null
I tnce salt (5 '1'0); dense to very deuse
I
0.75' same u above
i.J2j ( 80 - 82) BKG lower 0.1' CLAY (&5%) wirh traee salt (10%) arid
;...: _29~! _____________ __:fine grained sand (5'1'0); wet: dense I
i I CIA Y (6.5 '1'0) wirh some fine grained SIIIId (25 ~
[2J 18 a 0.8' well rounded and tnce salt (lO'lro); moIst; very I
~ (82 - 84) BKG ,stiff: medium o~illl brown (10 YR 6/8) and
I 24 I .Ii 10 YR 711)
1__
, .
i 1
.--..
__
Base of bonq at 84.00'
~ NOTE: Deplh oi interior well base venlied during dcvel~mmt; u of 12115/94, base is i9.:1
-,
--,
below T.O.C .
, ,

•
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO,RING WELL LOG
:IMonitoring WeU~o.: 234
Page
Date Staned: SepL 12, 1994
of
Logged By:
3
US
I 'cliene
W(-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
DrilliDg Co.: Pennsylvania Dniling
, R&R Project No.: 302122 Date Completed: SepL 14, 1994 DriDer: B. Gollihue
,IMK-FPrOject No.:
,'DriDiDg.Metbod:
5014/2005
6.15' In HSA/6;0" OD SSA
Location/Coordinates:
IFiDaJ Elevation:
: Riser: Type- Stainiess Steel Diameter -
Sampling Method:
2.0'
Split-spoon
Length - 69.30'
Screen: Type­ PP Stainless Steel Diameter - 2.0'
Length -
10.00'
Total Depth: 80.00' (8!LOO') Top Sand Pack:
67.00'
Top of SeaJ: 65:00'
Water Level at Completion:
45.19~ TOC
Slot -
0.010"
of Permit Number: 8001-6000
Deptb I B I Sample No. PIDI I Rec i
Lithology
: Grain Size I
I
I
feet) : C· Interval RAD !(In feeUI
IG 5 St C I
Graphic
•
!-.-\ I !
!\ i
/
I
i i\
2 i
J
8
4
s
~
I I
II
I I
I i
6 Ii i 'I
7
8
0
~
9
H
10 H
11
12
13
CJ
H'
.---
,~
\
Dnllcd'.bliad 10 55.0'
See Soil Borine J 1 (or
" I c:.omplCle c:ompamive lilhology
14

'CUent:
IR&R Proj~ct ~o.:
MK-F Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
i
:Monitoring Well No.: 234 Date Started:SepL 12, 1994
MK·Fergusonof Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 14, 1994
5014/2005 LocationiCoordiDates:
2 of 5
Logged By: US
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Pennsylvania Drilli~
B. GoUihue '
Depth
Sample No. , PlDf I
Interval ! RAn I'
Lithology
GrainSlze
G S SI C,
Grapbic
16
17
18
i
~\ '
, I Drilled blind to ~.!1.0·
I
I
•
19
20
21
22
~I! \ I
I I I
- \ I
Y \ I
~ \ I
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
}l
.~.
R
§
R
V
'\
\
\
\
\
\
\
J
I
I'
32

I
I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
;\fonitoring Well No.: 234 Date Started: SepL 12, 1994
Page
I Client:
I. . .
'R&R PrOject No.:
i
:MK-F Project No.:
.1 .
34
~(J(-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 14,1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Sample No.
Interval
'PIDI I
I
RAD I
Lithology
3 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Grain Size '
S St c!
5
US
Pennsylvania: D rilli~
B. Gollihue
Graphic
35
,
: I
, I
I
36
37
38
1 __ 1
U
I
'L-J I
I
'
•• 39
I:
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
LJ
tj
, I
o 1\
HI
H i\
B .\
B ! I \
!I---..:
, I
L-j
\ 1
I
I
I

e
, R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
'MOnitoring WeU ='lo.:
'Client:
'R&R Project No.:
I
li'YlK-F Project ='lo.:
Page
234 Date Started: SepL 12, 1994
MK-Ferguson oiOak Ridge Company
::02122 Date Completed: SepL 14, 1994
5014/2005 LocatioDiCoordinares:
"
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
US
Pennsylvania DriUi~
B. Gollihue
I
Depth
(in reet)
52
53
B I Sample No.
C: Interval
; I
/
PIDI i Ree,
I ,
RAn (1n feet) I
I
;OnJled blind (0 55.0'
f
I
I
Lithology
Description
Grain Size
j
G S St
Graphic
e:
54
55
56
57
58
~/
I (
I
r9i
\
(55 - 5i)
\
a
BKG
1.5'
I cu Y (50%) w/sorne tine grained sand (30%)
and little sill (20'J{.)· subrouud: moi.
(80%) tine to medium graintxI with
sill (20 %); subrouud: medium orangilll
(10 YR5I6)
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
. I
h
!.--,j
: !
i
i
!..--.1
! I
H
n
R
o
I !
/
i
I
I
/
, /
1\
/ \
\
\
\
\\
\
~7 , 0 I
~ _ 1.4 (85'J{.) subangu1ar WIth tnee tine 10
i 50151 (65 - 6i) BKG medium grained subrowldec1 sand (lO'J{.) and
II ! trace slI' (5 'J{.); medium o~ brown
L-..!', ~I.· ---I'~'---------------'I------------------~I
/ ,(10 YR 5/8); wet; very densa
o "', / I
, I !

• R&R
'Moniroriog WeU No.:
:CIient:
I
•
R&R Project No.:
•
MK-F PrOject No.:
I
I
Depth
(in feet)
70
INTERl~ATIONAL NfONITORING WELL LOG
B t
C
~lK-Fcrguson or Oak Ridge Cumpany
Page
Date Stantd: Sept. 11. 1994
J02122 Date Completed: Sept. l~. 1994
5014/2005 LocatioDlCoordinates:
\
Sample No.
uuerval
PIDf Rec'
I
RAn ,(In reet) J
Lithology
5 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
US
?ennsylvanaa Dr.llj~
B. Gollihue
Graphic
71
--,
74
75
76
77
73
79
80
8t
82
83
84
85
- ~ ! I
i~/
:--;!
,
,I \
I II J
L..--;
lORA VEL same as above
; 39 I 3 0 O.S'
;50151 (75 • 77) BKG I
_h-T---~~_
i_~
~\
,---.J \
, I
-----1
;--,
t
~
,-i
--.J
, ,
,
'--' , ,
: '
"-
!
,---­ ,
--,
I '
t
t
/
I
I
'
/
\. /
\ '
'I
\
/\
1
/
I
\
, !
I I Base ot bonn~ at 11.:5 .00'
~
'NOTE: DeplJl oi ilUmor well base venfied during developmeru: as ot 1211.:5/94 10 be 79.30'
l'
----1
, I
below T.O.C.

-I
IMonitoring Well No.: 235 Date Started: Sept. U, 1994
•
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
I Client:
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
'R&R Project No.: 302122 Date Completed: Sept. 13, 1994
1
;iMK-FPrOject No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
'Drilling Method:
6.25~ ID HSA/6.0· OD SSA
:lFinaJ Elevation:
;IRiser: Type -
Stainle~s Steel Diameter - 2.0·
:jScreeo: T}lle - PP Stainless Steel Diameter - 2.0·
.1'Fota! 'Depth: 30.00' (80.05 ') Top Sand Pack:
i Water Level at Completion:
i,Slate of Kentuckv Permit Number:
46.16' TOC
1l001-5998
, Depth BI Sample No. PIDI Rec
I C rnterval
feet) I
I
Ii
R\
2
3 ' !
4
5
,
i
I
'---
6
H
I I
,--
7
'--'
,I i
8
W
9 H
p
10 I I
r---t
~
11
12
H
13 H
i
I
I
I
\
\
\
I
!
I
I
\' \
\ ,
SampUng Method:
65.00'
I
,
Drilled blind to 70.0'
I
See Soil Boring 29 (or
I
I
I ,
l I
I I
I
\
\
I
I
I
Lithology
complete c:omparacive lilhology
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Split-spoon
Length -
Length -
Top of Seal:
Slot -
!G S St C!
i Grain Size :
5
PAK.
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
68.'10'
10.00'
62.00'
0.010·
Gcapbic

•
;Monitoring Well No.:
":Client:
I IR&R. Pr' oJecL N 0.:
Project No.:
R&R INTERNAT]ONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
!'age.
235 Date Started: Sept. U~ 1994.
MK-Fergusonof Oak Ridge Company
302'l22 Date Completed: Sept. 13, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
2 ot 5
Logged By:
PAX
DrilliDg CO.:?ennsyIVani8 Drilling
Driller. C. CoUlter
•
Depth
feet)
1'6
17
18
19'
20
2i1
22
23
24
25
26
27
! B I Sample No.
! €;! fnterval
\\
PIDf
RAD
\
\
I
\
I
I
Rec :
I
feet) I
Drilled blind ,[0 70.0'
Lithology
,Grain Size
!G S St C
Grapbic
28
29
30
31

•
lMonitolrinl! Well No.:
Depth
feet)
34
35
36
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
235 Date Start.ed:SepL U, 1994
~-F~rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 nate Completed: SepL 14, 1994
5014/2005 LocaaonlCootdinar.es:
Sample No.
Interval
i I
I I
3 of5
Logged By: P AK
Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drilling
Driller: C. Coulter
Lithology
; Grain Size Graphic
I IG S St C
,
I
f
'IDrilled blind 10 70.0'
I
.i
'----i
37 I
38
39
40
41
42
\
'\
i
I
\ !
\ !
\ /
\/
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
I
I
I
I
1\
\
\ J
I
I
i

•
.'1
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
i
Page
.1
;Monitoring Well No.: 235
Date Started: Sept. U, 1994
I
'Client; MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 14, 1994
5014/2005
LocatiooiCoordinates:
4 ot
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
PA:K
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
B i Sample No. I PIDI .
Clnterval ,RAD
Lithology
iGrain Size
!G S St C
Graphic
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
i 59
!
60
61
~\
'----I \
~_.J
! i
I
H
I~
B
1 I
! .
;
I
I
\
I
\
\
\
\
\
I
I
I
I
.,! Drillcdblind 10 70.0'
I,
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
,·
El
I .
[j
I I
'R
; 'i
, .
~
I
I
r--i
I
J
I
I
I
I:
I

• R&R
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page 5 01 .5
::Monitor:ing Well No.: ~J5 Dare Started: Sept. 12. 1994 I:.ogged By: ?'\k
MK.Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company DrilliDg Co.: ?ennsylvaniaDrilling
302122 Dare Completed: Sept. 14, 1994 Drill~ C.Cow~r
5014/2005 Loc::niooJCoordiDares:
, , 70
i
Depth B Sample No. pml Rec i
feet)/
71
72
73
Lithology Grain Size II
S St C
. I SAND (SS"') willl tnlc:esiJt(lO~) and trace
~~I~------~----~--~
gravel (5"'); saod is~1II' to subround;
----I
: 6 I
O '_.0' I yellow (10 YR 7/S):modcmeIv wetl soned
(70· n) BKGGRAVEL (60'Ta) sandy (4O'{,); poody soned:
(10 YR 5/S);poody soned; wee
Graphic
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
,81
82
83 below r.o.c.
84
85
86
[
87

... , ........ "., .... ,
. Monitoring Well ~o.:
• Client
,R&R Projttt No.:
: MK-F Project No.:
•• Drilling Method:
I .
: FinaJ Elevation:
: Riser: Type-
Screen: Type ~
TotaJDepth:
. Water Level at Completion:
of Kentuckv .
Depth
(in feet)
R&R INTERNATIONAL MON1TORlNG WELL LOG
Page
236
Dare Started: SepL 8, 1994
:vtK-Fcrguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Complered: SepL 9, 1994
501412005 LocationiCoordinates:
6.25" ID HSAl6.0" 00 SSA
Stainless Steel
PP Stainless Steel
80.00'
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
45.16' TOC
RAD
Rtt !
feet)i.
SampJing Method:
2.0"
2.0·
Lithology
Desai
of 5
Logged By: PAl(
Drilling Co~:
Driller:
i Grain' Size Graphic
I :G S St C
Split-spoon
Length -
Length -
Top of SeaJ:
Slot -
Pennsylvania DriUilllJ
Co COulter
B.Gollihue
69 ..50'
10.00'
62.00'
O.oro"
3
4
5
6
7
8
tJ
I :
D
o
C1.
LJ
o
I. I I
~
H
U
I
Drilled blinli'lO iO.O·
See Soil Boring 29 (or
IcomolclecompuaUvo lithology
9
11
12
13
14
I
LJ
H
n
n
;----'j
I :
I
i
I
h
~
I
I

•
j
i
:MonitoriDg Well No.:
I Client:
IR&R Project No.:
i\IlK.;F Project No.:
R&R INTERNAIIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
236
Dale Started: Sept.S, 1994
MK -Ferguson' of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Dale Completed: Sept. 9, 1994
2 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
PAl(
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
B.Gollihue
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
i
:----------------B--.:~S~WD--p-Ie-N-o-.--~PID~.~/--~R-e-c----------~LI~·~-o-w-~----------i~G-rmn-·--s-ae--------G-m-p-m-·c----
16
C i fntervaJ RAn teet) I : G S St C
. \ -i' i-' -i\ / . Drillediblind to 70.0' I
-:-1 I
•
':
I
..
,
17 ,I
18 i __
19
20
22
I
\
\ \.
\
J I
. !"
23
24
25
r
1
\
26
27
28
·1
,
29 i
30 \
\
I
31
I·
I .,
i
. ,
I
!

j:
p
I'
II
!I
II
!I
'I
II
e=! ===R=&=, R=JN=' =T=E=RN=' =A=T=IO=N=A=L=M=O=Nl="~ ='T=O=RIN=' =G=', =W=E=L=L=L=O=G===
1M '. orutonng .. W e,. UN 0.:
I
Project No.:
Project No.:
Depdl
Page
236 Dare Started: Sept. 8, 1994'
~·Ferguson orOak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 9, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Sample No. iPID! I
Interval "RAD!
Rec
Lithology
3 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
: Grain S,ize I
IG S St C
5
PA{(
Pennsylvania Drillin~
C. CouJter
B. Gollihue
Graphic
I
I'
i
,
j
il
! I
,! I
I
i
I ,
I
Drilled blindilO 70;0'
\
\
\
\
I
\:
\ ,
,
;

•
I
R&R INl'ERNATION,AL MONITO~G :VEL~ L05G
:jMonitoring Well No.: 236 Date Started: SepL8, 1994 Logged By:PAK
iClienc MK-Ferguson of OakRidge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drilling
,I
I 302122 Date Completed: SepL 9, 1994 Driller: C. Cowter
Project No.: 5014/2005 LocadonlCoordiDates: B. Gollihue
Depth
Sample No. I PIDI 'I' Rec I
lnterva! ,RAD feet) I
Lithology
I Grain Size
,G S St
Graphic
•
;:
53
54
,-
i
55
---'
i i
56
§
57 , I I
58
59
60
.~.
R
W
61
:H' I
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
:1
'Drillcdtilind 10 70;0'
I
I ,
I
I
,I'
I
i
! '
,
i
r i
Ii
rI,
I i;
I I
,
,II
I,
I i,
Ii
I I: !
, ,
I
i
\:
t

•
I
I
:Monitoring Well No.:
I
Client:
I • N
'R&R ProJect! 0.:
iMK-F Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page 5 of
236 Date Started: Sept. 8, 1994 Logged By:
MK-Fergusou of OakRidge Company
Drilling Co.:
302122 Date Comp'eted: Sept. 9, 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Pennsylvania Driililll
C. Coulter
B.Gollihue
•
Depth
(in feet)
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
B
C
Samp.e No.
Interval
pml I Rec I'
RAD ,(In feet)
Litho'ogy
Descri tion
H, ·,1' i
1 I 'SAND (90'J'O) with Ir.lCO clay (10%); subang-!
;---1 :;"-'---~----'---""ular tosubrounded; fine; well-sorted: reddish I'
~ 0 2.0' 'velloww/moaJed brown; loose: Wei: ,finn ,
I
'--
: 14 i (70·72) iGRAVEL,(75%) W1th Sotnll sand (2.s%);
BKG
[4fl1 gravel is anguI4c 10 subrounded; sand,is well·
~~----~--~---~
L-..; /! !SOrted: ~arlOsubrounded;reddish
L :1 ,yellow wi moaJedgray (7.5 YR 6/8 and
LJIO YR 611); chert trqmenIs:. gravel1is:poorly
I I sorted
,
i Grain Size ;
'G S St c!
Graphic
Boring
77
78
I
I
79
80
81
82
83
84
H
R
BasooCborilll at 80.00'
n NOTE: Depth of· i/Uerior well base verified durillldeveJopment; as of 12115/94 to be 79.50'
~
..
H
R
85 il'
86
87
below r.o.c.

•
R&R
~RzR
INTERNATIONAL MONITORIN'G WELL LOG
IM(lIDitlIlM.llII! Well No.: 237 Dale Stan.ed: SepL 13. 1994
. Client: MK-Ferguson ofOaJc Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL IS. 1994
501412005
LocatioD1Coordinates:
6.25' ID HSAl6.0· OD SSA
StainJess Steel
pp StainJess Steel
35.00'
Water Level at Completion:
tate of Permit Number:
Deptb B Sample No.
(in feet) ! C lna:rval
Type­
Type-
Diameter-
Diameter·
Top Sand Pack:
33.34'
8001-5979
I Rec
I,
SampUng Method:
2.0·
I
2.0·
21.00'
Drilled blind 10 30;0'
Lithology
Page
of 3
Logged By: PAK
Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drilli~
Driller: C. Coulter
Split-spoon
Length -
25.00'
I:.engtb -
10.00'
Top'of Seat: _ 17 ..50'
Slot - 0.010·
!Grain Size
IG S
SI C
GraphiC
i
"
I
:i
J
•
2
3
4
,See Soil~s28and31 for c:omplCle
c:omparuive lilbolOV
5
6
7
8
9
10
R
11
12 H'
r
~
13 I i
14
q
,
15

•
.1
~~R
r
i
:Monitoring WeU No.:
IClieol:
I
~R&RProject No.:
!MK-F Project No.:
:1
Depth
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
B
Page
Date Staned: Sept. 13. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. IS. 1994
5014/2005
Locatioo/Coordioares:
Sample No. I PIDI J
Inrerval RA:D 1
Rec /'
feet) i
Lithology
2
of
Logged'By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
jGraiDSize I
IG SSt C I
3
PAX
Pennsylvania. DrillilUJ
C.Coulter
Graphic
16
1
I IDrilled blind:1O 30.0'
17
!--
18 i i
1;9
'--I
L.-..,;
i
•
21
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
1
(30 - 32}
o
BKG
!~ Y (60"1 sandy (40"): grey moaIed yel- i
2;0' l'oW (.1 YR 6/1 and 7 . .1 YR616):.pIUlic: well
sliblllUJlllat 10 slibround: damp

•
i:
Depth
feet)
34
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
WeUNo.:
Page
237
Date Stan.ed:SepL 13, 1994
MK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date CompJeted: SepL IS, 1994
501412005 LocatioDiCoordinates:
B SampJe No. LithoJogy
C
3 of 3.
LOgged By: :p AK
Drilling Co.:
Driller: C. Coulter
'iGrain Size
ia S St C,
Pennsylvania Drilling
Graphic
35
36
37
Base of bon~ u 35.0'
NOTE: Oepcn of interior well base verified duriog:devclopmmr: as of12ll.S/94 10 be 3.5.38'
below T.O.C.
•
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

•
R&R
•
.:..~~. - -' R·
~
r
IMonitoring Well ='lo.:
I
INTERNATIOiNAL MO'NITORING WELL LOG
Page
238
Date Star:ted: August 22, 1994
jCUent: MK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
\R&R Project No.:
iMK-F Project No.:
'!Drilling Method:
IFinal Elevation: .
• Riser: Type-
: Screen: Type­
, Tota! Deptb:
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
302122 Date Completed: August 16, 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 LocatiOn/Coordinates:
6,25" ID HSA/6.0" OD SSA
Split-spoon
Stainless Steer
PP Stainless Steel
80;00' (92.00')
i Water Level at Completion:
:,State of Kentucky Permit Number:
Deptb I BC i, Sample No.
in teet)
Interval:
2
H
3 n
§
4
5
R
6 . !
I i
7
.~
8
9
Diameter -
Diameter-
Top Sand Pack:
46.59'
8000-4545
I , pml I Rec i
RAD I teet) I
J
I
r
'I
I
Sampling Method:
2.0·
2.0'
66.00'
Drilled bUDd to 6.5.0'
Lithology
,See Soil Boriq 28 (or complece
lithology
Length -
Length -
Top of Seal:
Slot -
iGrain Size
IG S St C.
6
GLB, US
·Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
69.83'
lO.OO'
64,00'
I
0.0.10"
Graphic
10
11
12
13
14
15

~
I
:Monitoriitg Well No~:
I Client!
!R&R Project No.:
'MK-F Project No.:
I
Deptb
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2.S
26
27
28
R&R lliTERNATIONAL MO:NITORING WELL LOG
i "
_'I
Page
238
Date Started: August 22, 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
J02122 Date Completed: August 26, 1994
5014/2005
Location/Coordinates:
Sample No. rpm/: Rec
'
Intervai I RAD i
/1
i I
I:
II
---.; \ ; I
,I \ J
;--- , /
\ I
~\ I,'
, I
H I 1\
'j
n
I
, I \ I I
H
§
L~
LJ
u:
u.
D
10_
I
'Ii."~ ",0'
I
I
I
Lithology
2 of
Logged By:
Drilling €o.:
Driller:
Grain Size i
G S St C I
6
OLB. US
Pennsylvania 0 rillilUJ
C. Coulter
, I
Graphic
29
30
31
32
11/, "
n,'"
II"
h i \
R/
;h
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
'/

• R&R
,Monitoring WeD No.:
I Client:
Project No.:
Project No.:
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
238
Date Started: August 22. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 26, 1994
5014'12005 LocalioniCoordiDates:
Jof
Logged By:
Urilling Co.:
Driller:
6
GLB. US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
Depth
ein
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
4S
46
47
48
49
: I
:--,:
I
U
~
I i \
, ~\ .
B'\
LJ
p
I
:R
~.
§
I
I
!-.--J.
, I
H
r-I
i I
'D'
'i
I
Sample No. PID/ Rec'
[nter:valRAD reet) I
Lithology
DriUcd blind to 6l.0·
t
I
i
\
\
i Grain Size :,
!G S St C I
Graphic
!
I'
j;
II
I:
,II

~~
,4"'" ".
tt~=================================
I
i
[MOnitoring Well No.:
'Client:
!R&R Project No.:
Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
238
Date Staned: August 22. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 26. 1994
5014/2005 LocationJCoordiDates:
4 of
Logged By.
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
6
GLB. US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
Depth
(in
Sample No.
Interval
PIDI
RAD I
lithology
, Grain Size
I ,G S St C
Grapbic
52
I D.U","'" ",".0'
53
54
55
56
1
1--'
, 1
'--
i
I
i
I
,I
\
j
I
!
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
1
(65 - 67)
o ' 1.4'
BKG
Y(80%) wid! lillie sand (l'%),anlliltace :
('.%1: medium grained: subanplar. moiSl
_:·sliff:medium brown (10 YR6I4)
68
69
o
2
(67 - 69) BKG
I,
(80 "') wilMrace silt (10") and fino

'.
.• " • r, "" ~.
==================================~~~~================
: R&R
i
'Monitoring WeU :-.ro.:
1 Client:
!R&R Project :'>10.:
!!'YlK.-F Project:'>lo.:
I
Depth
lin
70
71
iJ
74
75
76
77
78
79
INTERNA TIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
~1K·Ft:rguson of Oak Ridge Company
Page
Date Started: August 11. 1994
J02122 Date Completed: August 26, 1994
~014/.2005 Location/CoordinateS:
B Sample No. PIDI i Rec i
C Interval RAn! (In feet) I
Ji ~
'50/4!
] I) 1.0'
BKG
Lithology
:GRAVEL(.5.5%) wilhsomeiine grained sub­
'rounded sand (30%) aruHinJe silt 0.5%):
'medium brown (10 YR 6/4): wet: very dense
. GRA VEL iru:reaselo 80% wiLb lillie sand ,
I
: 34 : ..1 0, 1.6' (1.5%) mit tr:lI:e slit (5%); gravel is sub~ac ,
:50/3; (71·73) BKG ! I
~~---'----il I,
i GRA VEL inaease 10 8.5 % with trace sand
I
[5oi3i 5 0 0.7' 1(IO%)andtracesilt(.5%);iOYR.5/6 I
H 03· 75) BKG ! . ,
L.J
150/51
G
I
LJ
I
6
(75 - 77)
i 9 : 7
,---'
, 111 (77 - 79)
! 16 I
I
I
o
BKG
o
BKG
0.75'
1.8'
80 ':6'1 8 o 2.2'
81
82
33
84
85
7
~ (79-81)
i 15 I
I
I
r--
! '
1--;
i __
I
; l
,I
i 20 i
~
!
I
/
./
/
\ ,
,\
, ,
\
9
(85 - 87)
I
/1
,
\
BKG J
I)
BKG
2.0'
':10 YR6/8
leLA Y,(60%) siily(40%); mowed lig.b1 gray
l.uuj medium'o~ish brown'(,!O YR 612 .md
!10 YR 6/8); moill: Sliff
iCL\ Y dcc:rea.se,1O 55%. slily (40%) with
('" ,D"" "~l, ..........
5 of 6
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
GI.:B, US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Couiter

•
,II
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITOruNG WELL LOG
P:Ige 6 of 6
',Monitoring Well No.: lJ8 Date Started: August 22, 1994 Logged By: OW, US
!Client: MK -Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drillin~
Project No.: 302122 Date Completed: August 26, 1994 Driller: C. Coulter
F Project No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates: D. Newman
Depth
(in
B
Sample No~pml
C [merval RAD
Lithology
iGrain Size
:G S St
Graphic
•
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
i
.--J
~
/
,>\
'I
: /'
I
,--V \,1
/
10
(90,- 92)
o
BKG
2.2'
: CIA Y (.70'10) wim some sill (30'10); moaled
i light brownisb gray aDd:medium oRDglsb
I
brown (10 YR 612 aDd 10 YR 618); damp; very
, stiff
Buo ot boring at 92.0'
Depth ofimerior well"base venfied during develop1lll!lll:u of 12/1"/9410 be 79.83'
beiowT,O.C.
95
96
97
98
99
100

•
R&R
iMonitonng Wen No.:
:Client:
;R&R Project No.:
:MK-F Project No.:
IDrilling Method:
IFinal Elevation:
INTERNATIONAL lVIONITORING WELL LOG
Page
239
Date Started: Sept. 16. 1994
MK-Fl!rguson of Oak Ridge Cumpany
302122 Date Completed: SepL 19. 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
6.2.5~ ID and 10.25~ ID HSAlWL·SC
Sampfiog Method:
IRis" 5 ...:_ 1 S l
J er:a ype - l41llless tee' Diameter - 2.0"
~Iscreen: Type - PP Stainless Steel' Diameter - 2.0"
'ITotaJDePth: 157.00' (161.00') Top Sand Pack:
132.00'
, Water Level at Completion:
45.21'
:,State of Kentuckv Pennit Number: 8000-4537
pml i Rec
Lithology
RAD
I Depth B Sample No.
I (in feet) C Interval
2
3
4
5
/1
II
I
i
I
I
I
Slot -
8.00" Carbon Steel Isolation Casing -
: (In feet) I'
I :
: Drillcd blind to iO.O·
I i Sec Soil Bo~s 28 and' J 1 for
complete compatllive IitbolOV
of 9
Logged By: GLB. US. BL Y
Drilling Co.:
Driller: D. Newman
Split-spoon\Shelbyrube
Length -
Length -
Top of Seal:
P~lvania Drilli~
'146.88'
10.00'
129.00'
0.010"
110.00'
Grain5ize i Graphic
G S St C I
I-,
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
\
\
\
i
I
J
I
,I
i,
i:

.- ===R=&=R=, =IN=':T=E=RN=A=T=rO=N=A=L=M=O=, '=N=IT=O=RIN=·' '='IG=, =W=E=L=L=L=O=G===
:\

~
•
j:
R&R [NTERNAT10NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
t ... :/IY orulOnng w e U""
.~o.: 239 Dare Started: SepL 16. 1994
Client:
IR&R ,Project No;:
'I
ll\rlK-F Project No.:
MK~Fergusonof Oak Ridge Company
302122 Dare Completed: SepL 29. 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
3 of 9
Logged By:
Drilling, Co.:
Driller:
GLB.US, BLY
Pennsylvania Drilli~
D. Newman·
Depth
in teet}
Sample No.
Inrerval
PID/
RAD
Rec I,
I
feet) I
Lithology
I
'Grain Size I
,G S St C,'
Graphic
34
Drilled blind to 70;0'
35
36
37
38
39
i-', :'\
: '
1 __: I
'I
I
il
8
!
!
40
.: I ,
4'1
42
43
44
4S
46
47
48
49
50
51
[]
/ I
II
1
----I
U
H
R
H
"
S
I
, J
! 'I
LJ
, 1
! ~( :
\
i ,l
r- \ iJ
,I
"
"
1
Ii
"
'I
"
:,
'I
;I "
:!
'I
'I'
il
.,

.;=\ ====::R:==&====R====]N=' =TE=RN=' '=,A=T=I=O=N=A=L=M=!O=: N=I===T:=::O====:=RIN==' ===:G==' ==W===E==L=L=L=O=G===
I
.iMOnitOring Well No.:
flient: .
:R&R Project :"lo.:
!~fK-F Project No.:
Page
239
Date Started: SepL 16. 1994
~·Ft!rguson or Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 29. 1994
SO 14/2005
LocatioDiCoordiDates:
4 of 9
Logged By: GLB. US. BLY
Drilling Co.:
Driller: D. Newman
Pennsylvania 0 riUi~
:1
,1~---D-e-p-m------;-8--~-S-wn--p-'e-N-o-.--P-ID--'---R-~--i---------L-i~-O-IO-~----------iG~nun--'-s-u-e---i----G-rn-p-ru-'C----
Ii
(in feet)
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
;-\,
: C [mer:va! RAD (In teet) i Description ! G S StC! Boring
, ,
Drilled:blind 10 iO.O·
i
~I
,
, ,
I,
'--- .
,
I
!
,
I
r--
I
I
I ,
i
~
I
I
,
L.J I
I
I
,I
I
n \
t'J
\-......i \
I
I
j
I i
;H
r-l I I
'I
I
I I
I
rl I
,
~!
~,
H
;---1,; /'
I I
Dj
r:/
I '
\
PI
I ! I
Gi
\ ~!
I
\
\
\
,Hi
'~i I : ,
iiI
I ~I ,
I
I
I ~
I'
I
I

4t==================================
I R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORmG WELL LOG
!
IMOnitoring Well No.: 239
P:u!e
Date Started: SepL 16, 1994
I
: Client:
Ml(-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
I . N
'R&R ProJect. 0.:
!i\-lK.FProjett No,:
302122
5014/2005
Date Completed: SepL 29. 1994
LocatiooiCoordinates:
5 of 9
Logged By: GLB .• US. BL Y
Drilling Co.:
Driller: D. Newman
Pennsylvania Drilli~
Deptb
in feet)
70
71
~.,
1-
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
B
C
I
'-
i
Sample No. i PIDI
Interval ; RAD
o
(70 - n) 100
~ :\ i
p\
I
I
H\
{
/
~.
I
H
,I I \
~\
LJ i!
Ii I \
E3
I
H I
I
j
I
!
I
Rec I
feet) /:
I
\
\
\
j
Lithology
! GRA VEL (95~) su~ wich trace sand
1.6 ' I .(5 ~); medium 10 c:oarse grailled: . sub angular:
;
: medium orangish brown (10 YR 5/8),
,
I
/
! Grain Size
.G S St C
85

• -;===1 ============
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO',RING WELL LOG
:IM ' , w u ... r •
,I' omlOrlOge ~'o ..
'Client:
:1
:IR&R Project No.:
iMK-F Project No.:
Page
239
Dare Started: Sept. 16. 1994
WC-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Dare Completed: Sept. 29. 1994
5014/2005 LocatioDlCoon1iDares:
6
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
9
GLB. US. SLY
Pennsylvania Dniling
D. Newman
"
Depth
(in feet)
88
89
90
91
92
I B : Sample No.
i C Inrerval
I I' /
~---f\ /
I, /
Ii \(/
I ! ./ \
, / \
--. /
1/
I
~
/
\
\1
i
PIDI I Rec I'
RA» . (In feet) ,
II
1
! L71 2 I 0 1;6'
1421
I
(90 - 92) BKG
~;'=" ____ +-_--,-__ moiJl; Yet}' hard
:/
I
lithology
Description
ICl.AY (SS%lwilb $0II1II sand (25%) and
liUla sill (20%)~ moUledmedium veY
(7,05 YR 612) and or.angisb brown 00 YR 6/8);
I Grain Size '1
,G S St C I
Graphic
Boring
93
94
95
I
I,
96
97
98
99
100
101
I
i i !
8 1(1
'H
RI\
I \\ R o
L02
[J.
I
LJ !,.--,! I .
L03
I !
'----'
L04 !
lOS
:

.~, ==~~~~~~~~~~~~=====
1 R&R INTERNAT10NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I
IMOnitonng WeU No.:
·1'
Flient: ,
JR&R Project No.:
'MK-F Project No.:
Page
239
Date Started: Sept. 16, 1994
~-Fl!rguson or Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 29, 1994
5014/2005. Location/Cooniinares:
7 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
9
GLB, US,SLY
Pennsylvania'Dril1i~
D, Newman
I
:1 ~--~----~~~~~~~~~~----~~~------~~~--~---------
Depth ,B Sample No. PIDJ; Rec Lithology Grain Size /' Graphic
, (in feet) C Interval RAD i (In feet) i G S St €
: 12 (lOS - 107) 120 1(7.S YR SI2)and,mcdium orangisQ brown
107
108
:l5l
~r--'--~ ----,IIr---, ----,
'(10 YR 618): damp; stiff
109
110
III
112
113
I
i 114
'--'I
~\
I J \
h '\
'
I
'
I
d
I ,
~
LJ
"
1,1
/,
I '
I
I
I
I
i
I
,I
I
116
,
: ' 117
R
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
I
I ,
H
P
I
H
i~
'
\
4

• I R&R INTERNATIO"NAL MONITORlN:G WELL LOG
8 of 9
!MOniIDnn l Wen No.: 239 Date Started: Sept. 16, 1994 Logged By:
Client:
MK-FergusonofOak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
IR&R Project:-lo.: 302122 Date Completed: Sept. 29, 1994 Driller:
:!MK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
GLB, US. BLY
?~lvaniaDrillin~
D. Newman
Depth
feet)
126
!B
iC
j !
-I
Sample No.
fnterval
(124 - (26)
PIDI ,: Rec
RAJ) :
Lithology
I Grain Size I
,G S St c'l
Graphic
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
:-' ~ II
i !' : 1
: i
i II ,; 'I
'--.1
I i \ ; ,i
.--\ ! I
L.J
A
~ I i
i\ ;/1
!I
I
\ I
\ !
H \/
8i
II /'
,
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
~I b,
tjj
L-l I
LJ
I, I
,-,
W
I
I
\ I
\ I' I
\ I
\ I
\ I
\
44

•
j
:::=0.
- -.---~R
~ :
:IIMOnitoring WeD No.:
• Clieot:
,R&R Project No.:
I
Pr....,
:IMK-F . oJect , .. 0.:
R&R INTERNA T]ONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
239
Date Staned: SepL 16, 1994
MK-Fergmon of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 29, 1994
SO 14/2005
Location/Coordinates:
9 of
,Logged By:
DrilliogCo.:
Driller:
9
GLB. LJS. BL Y
Pennsylvania Drilli~
D. Newman
Sample No. 'PIDI Rec Lithology
Interval
,
reet) I
Graphic
145
146
147
,
~
I ~
~
I
I
I
'--
148
149
150
151
152
o
BKG
inbue of spoon
0.2 (Sj") wilhlillJe silt (15"); subrounded:
soned:mic:aceous
153
154
155
156
o
BKG
1.6'
I;)IV'UIII~·~ Y (40" eacb) wilh tillJesill
.,,); sandwilh silU ani iIurbedded wilh
alGi.: damp
I
157
158
159
160
161
R
Base oCboril18 at 161.0'
162 • I
. ! NOTE: Oeplh ofiruerior well base verified duril18 developllllllC U 0(12115/.94 lObe 156.88'
163 r---l

•
R&R
INTERNATIONAL M;ONITORING WELL LOG
Page
:\-(onitoring WeJJ No.: 240 Date Started: SepL 1'5, 1994
I
Client: MK-Ferguson orOak Ridge Company
;R&R Project No.:
:l\IlK-F Project No.:
'Drilling Method:
!FinaJ' Elevation:
'Riser: Type -
!screen: Type -
jTotaJ Depth:
SrainJess Steel
PP Stainless Steel
80.00'
I Water LeveJ at Completion:
:State of Kentuckv Pennit Number:
Depth iB I Sample No.
: C i Interval
I
,!....--....I
I
2 II . ,
3 H
4
I
.~.
5
6
P
LJ
i I
7
b
.~
8
9
: ,
10 h
1"1
11 n
S
12
. I
13
L-...J
302122 Date Completed: SepL 21.1994
5014/2005 locatiOn/Coordinates :
6.25~ ID HSA/6.0" OD SSA
I
/1
I
\'.
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
46.73'
8000-4538
PIDI Rec i
RAD : feet) I
I
I
Isee
',c:omplelO
Sampling Method:
2.0'
2.0"
.66.00'
Lithology
Drilled blind to 65.0'
Soil.Bori~s 28 and 31
comparaave'lirbology
for
\ i 'I
; I
I I
I I
I
of 5
Logged By: US
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Split-spoon
Length -
Length -
Top of SeaJ:
Slot -
Pennsylvania Drilli~
D. :-lewman
69.66'
1O~00'
64.00'
O.OlO~
; Grain Size I Graphic
!G S St C I
I:
" 1\' I'
I

.~================================
I R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO~G :VEL~ L~G
;Monitoring Wen No.: :40 Dale Started: .5epL 15. 1994 Logged By: US
I
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drillj~
302122 Dale Compleled:SepL 22. 1994 Driller: D. Newman
. Project No.: SO 14/2005 LocatiooiCoordioales:
Depth
(in feet)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
! B : Sample No.
: C' fnterva.l
i_, '.\.
I :
1 \
-,;
1 . ,
_'_i
--
I
r--;
,
I I
i I
/;
I :.
n
n
r--:
H
I
P
I
! i
I:
H
~
'I
H
i
. I
I I
i I
1\.
! I
./
, /
I /
H /1
pm/l
RAD I
i
Rec
feet) I
,I
i Drilled blind to 6,5.0'
I
,I
Lithology
I Grain Size :
,G S St c:
Graphic
B
28
29
30
31
§ \ I
I I I
I I I \ I,
n / \,
~ I \'
PI \1
'I i:-/

•
;
R&R INTERNATIO,NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
'Page
!MOnitoring WeU No.: :40
Date Started: SepL 15, 1994
'I IMK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 locatioo/Coordinates:
iClient:
\-IK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
I .
IR&R 'PrOject !'lo.: 302122 Date Completed: SepL 22, 1994
3 oC
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
US
Pennsylvania Dril1i~
D. Newman
,~I __________________________________________________ __
i
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
Depth
(in feet)
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
i
B i Sample No.
C! TruervaJ'
~
;J
/1
. I ,
I
1-. \
i I
h
- \ I
I ' \
\
H
W r
I
.i i
R
,
PIDI i Rec !
RAD !(In feet)1
Lithology
Description
I Grain Size
IG S St C'
I
I'
I
'I
!
Graphic
Bo .
42
I'
43
44
•
I
47
48
49
50
51
P H (45 -47)
I I /
8\/
tJ )\ I
R/ \1
':1 Shelby
I Tube
I
I
\'
I'
i •

• R&R
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page 4 of 5
I
:Monitoring WeD No.: 240 Date Stlr1ed: SepL 15, 1994 Logged By: US
;CUenl:
MK-Ferguson of Oak. Ridge Company
Drilling Coo: Pennsylvania Dril1i~
I
R&R Project No.: 302'122 Date Completed: Sept. 22. 1994 Driller: D. Newman
'MK-F Project :oolo.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
I
Deplb I B ,i Sample No. PIDI I Rec i Lithology 'Grain Size Grapbic
(in teet) C. Interval RJW !(In feet) I Description IG S St
Boring
.~' --------------~--~--------~----~----------~~------------~--~-----------------
52
53
54'
55
56
57
:,~. 1\,
I
,.,./1"
!\ ii ' DriUed blind to ciS.O·
~\ 11
,--, \ ! i,
: I \
I
\
:--]1
L----i 'I
, : \ I
, \ I
I
i
I
I
I
58
59
60
61
62
R .\
HI
M
I \ I
,tj I \\' I
w! I,
63
64
65
66
67
2
(65 - 67)
o
BKG
1.2'
'SANtH98'l'1o) witMrace sill (2':'0); fine gnined:
I
subround: lig/ubrown (10 YR 6/4): NlUliIl1l sancis7
.1
ORA VEL (80'!':.1 wilJllilll1l sand (15 'l'Iol and
~I __ ---~.;._----..----tsiJi (5 "I: medium oranlJisbbrown'(lOYR 5/81:
I I /' gravel is sublJllUlar: sand'is fine to medium
! i ';< ,,..--
I

•
I
~~R
!MOnitoring Well No.:
·1
,Client:
:R&R Project No.:
':\,lK-F Project No.:
II
Depth
(in feet)
70
71
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
240 Date Started: SepL IS, 1994
~IK·FergusoD of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 22, 1994
50 14/2005 LocatioolCoonlinates:
B , Sample No.
C i [mervaJ
I \
~\
I_~ \
i \
1-
/1
/1 ,
PIDI I Rec :
RAD (In feet) I
Lithology
Description
5 of
lAgged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
5
US
PennsylvllIUa Dnlli~
D. Newman
j Gcaio Size i Graphic
:G S St C I Boring
.!
1
I
I
72
73
74
\ l
R / \
I : )\
pi \
I
I
75
76
77
48
5015
I
J
(75 .77)
o
BKG
1.5'
Same u above for ORA VEL; wee
78
79
I I ,
I
i
1
I
i
J
80
81
R NOTE: Depth of imcrior weU blUe venfied duri~ dcve\opmem: u of 12115194 to be 79.66'
82 below T.O.C.
83
84
H
H
85 L-J
BUll of boring It 80.0'
4I~~==~::~==~Il==~1 ============================================

I. : R&R
Page
!MorutOrin. We" )/0.: 241
Date Started: Sept. IS. 1994
: Client: MK-Ft:rguson of Oak Ridge Company
,R&R Project :-10.: 302122 Date Completed: Sept. 1:5. 1994
.IMK-F ProjecU(o.: 50 14~2005 Location/Coordinates:
Drilling Method: 6.25" ill HSA/6.0· OD SSA
'FinaJ Elevation:
:!Riser: Type -
'Screen: Type -
ITOla! Depth:
INTERNATIONAL MONITORIN"G WELL LOG
Stainless Steel
PP Stainless Steel
80.00'
'Iwater Level at Comple~oD:
. State of Kentuckv Permit Number:
DepthB Sample No.
(in feet) C i wtervaJ
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
lJ
14
I
1-- I
,__'
I
o
i !
;1'1':
1-' /1
n
R
H\ j
I'
H" 'I \ /
\;
\/
H ':/
I , ;\
§
n
I
'\
\
I I I t=J \
LJ ,. W \
I i\
r1 I,
\
Diameter·
Diameter-
Top Sand Pack:
44.47'
8000-4539'
PIDI Rec I
RAn feet) I
I
i
1
I
I
I
i
I i
I
II
I
i
I
I
:1
I
I
I
\
\
Sampling Method:
2.0"
2.0·
60.00'
Lithology
I I
j0riUed bliadto iO.O·
, .
;See,SoiJ Bo~s 28 and 31 (or
i complCCe compualive' lilbology
,
I
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
Split-spoon
Length -
'Length­
Top of Seal:
Slot -
i Grain Size :
'G S St C!
5
PAl(
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
66.51"
10.00'
57.00'
!'
0.010"
Graphic
,;
I,
\,

.========~~~==~~~~=========
j'MoDitOring Well No.:
I ,C I' lent:
, .
R&R PrOject :'olo.:
'MK-FProject No.:
I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
241
Date Staned: Sept. 15, 1994
MK-FergusOD of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 15, 1994
501412005 Locationl Coordinates:
2 ·of 5
Lo~Br. PAl(
DrilliDg Co.:
Driller: C. Coulter
Pennsylvania DrilJi~
.'~------------~~--~~--~~~----------~---~--------~--~~--------------
Depth Sample No. i PIDI ~ Rec Lithology I Grain SiZe I Graphic
(in·reet)· Interval : RAn : an feet)! G S St C
16 Drilled blind to 70.0'
17
18
!-- ,
;--j
d
19 I
20 d I
u 0,
!
22 H
R
.'
-,)
,,~
24 '11 , ,I',
;.-.--.
i
'i
R
25
I
I
I
, I
\ I i
\1 :1
\
26 H I.
R
,I
27 '\
28
29
R
~
30 H
I
-I I
---'
31' I Ii.
n
I
, .
,
I
I
iI
! ",
"
1,
J
I
I
I
I
,
i
1/.
Ii "

.i
=========================================================================
R&R INTERNA 'fIONALMONITORlNG WELL LOG
I:\-(onitoring Well No.:
ICUent:
Project No.:
Page
241
Date Started: SepL 15, 1994
MK-Fcrguson of Oak Ridge Company
302112 Date Completed:SepL 15, 1994
5014/2005 Location/ Coordinates:
J of 5
LQgged 'By: PAK
Drilling Co.:
Driller: C. Coulter
Pennsylvania Drilli~
,
!I
Depth
feet)
34'
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
B i Sample No. PID! 'Rec Lithology
C fnterval RAn
" ,'\
"
'--',
i
I 'I,
1 Drilled blind to 70.0'
,I
-,-;\
,
i 1
!--,
, '
,--
,
I
Ii
L
LJ
: ,
, I
\ I
\ '
\l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I;
:0
, i ;\
,I
C] I \
u
I ,
I \
'--I ! \
1 '
,I I
,~
I I' ! \
HI \ /"11 \
\
,~
;--'~ l-..-!
I : \
'I : 1
I !' (45·47)
,~
,
'I
! 1'\
C,
I , \
,
:--,'
! __ '
; ..!
C/
\ ,
, I
'(
/\
"
I
.'
/
.-
/
\
\ ,
I
I
J ,
I
, "I
l
I
1
,
Shelby:
Tube
i
I
I
I
,I,
iGrain Size
iG S St C i
, i
i ;-
Graphic

•
~ R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
!Monitoring Well :-lo.:
I
Project No.:
Depth
'in feet)
52
Page'
14.1 Date Started: Sept. 15, 1994
~.F~rguson of Oak Ridge Company
3021::!2 Date Completed: Sept. 15, 1994
5014/2005
Location/Coordinates:
I Sample No.
I,' Interval
PIDI ! Rec
, RAD
I
jDrilledlblind 10 70.0'
Lithology
4 of 5
Logged By! 'PAl(
Drilling Co.:
PennsyIVania.'Drilli~
Driller: C Coulter
I
Grain Size
G S St C,
Graphic
•
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
\
\
'\
\
i
I
I
!
I
I
.' I
I
I
I
,
I
i
I
I
r
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

• R&R
i
,Monitoring Well ~o.:
'Client: ,
;R&R Project ~o.:
!MK-F Project No.:
I
Depth
(in feet)
70
11
.. .,
'.
13
14
75
16
17
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
B
C
; I
I ,
i--"i
Page 5 of 5
241 Date Started: Sept. 15. 1994 Logged By: PAl(
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Dnlli~
J02122 Date Completed: Sept. 15. 1994 Driller. C. Coulrer
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Sample No.
Interval
PIDI i Rec "
RAD I (In feet) i
~--~------~------~----
I
Lithology
Desai lion
'SAND (85%) wllh little silt (15%); sub ~ar i
[0 subrounded; well soned; saturated; yellow
151 o 2.0' 1(10 YR 7/8); Rwuu~ SIIIlds!
20 I (70 - 72) ; BKG GRA VEl. (70%) Wllh little sand (20%) and
: 15 I : lrace sail (10%); gravel is 5IIb~ to round;
~~----------r-----~----
'\ /
,poorly sorted; S8CUCII1ed; chen; brolcen; yellow
i !\! ibrown (10 YR 518)
~ \! II
U \ ; I I
W \ / I i
H\
,Grain Size
!G S St
I
I
, Grapbic
C I Bonag
18
19
80
81
82
83
84
85
! 1
n
r---i
, I
; I
\ I
\
Base
ot bon .. II 80.0'
Depth of irucrior well base ventied dun .. developll1lml; as of 12115194 to be 76.5 l'
below T.O.C.

.1
I
!MonitoriDg Well No.:
I
R&R INTERN A TIONAL MOiNITORING WELL LOG
P:uJe 1 of
242 Date Started: August 16, 1994 Logged By:
,Client: MK-Ferguson ot' Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.:
:R&R Project No.: 302122 'Date Completed: August 19, 1994 Driller:
1
lIVIK-F ProjectNo.: S01'4/200S Location/Coordinates:
,jD.rilling Me~od: 6.2S" ID HSA/6.0· OD SSA
,FlDaJElevanon:
Split-spoon
JRiser: Type - Stainiess Steel
'I
'Iscreen: Type - Stain1essSteel
: Total Depth: 7S.00' (97~30')
ilwater Level at Completion:
tState of KentuckvPennit Number:
Depth I B I Sample No.
(in feet) : C I Interval
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
42.40'
8Q00..4543
pml I Rec 1
RAD i (In feet) I
Sampling Method:
2.0·
2.0"
63.00'
I Drilled blind 10 20.0·
I
'Lithology
Isee Soil Bori~s JO and 31 (or
complae comparalivelilholol)'
Length -
Length­
Top of Seal:
Slot -
• Grain Size
I
I,
I
I
l
I
G S St C!
6
US
Pc:nnsv1vania DriUi~
C. Coulter
6S.lO'
10.00'
S8.00'
0.010"
Graphic

4t==================================
R&R INTERNA TIOiNAL MONITORING WELL LOG
i
!Monitoring WeD No.:
I
'Client:
i. .
jR&R Project No.:
IMK-F Project No.:
Page
242 Date Started: August 16. 1994
~lK -F~rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 19. 1994
501412005 LAlcatioolCoordioates:
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
6
US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
I~------~------------------------------------------
Depth B Rec I Lithology
Graphic
16
17
18
19
20
C
i I
'f!
r--
! I
1--'
I 1
il
-:-
/
'\/
.\
\
\1
\ I
\1
\
feet) I
I
I
21
22
23
24
1
(20 - 22)
o 1.45' Slift
BKG
I
I
I
:------------------~--~
WId (25 %) and trace sill (10%); gravel
is subangu1ar; very. deose
26
27
28
29
30
31
I:
II
I
\. I
\

• i
I :Monitoring WeU No.:
!Client:
!R&R Project No.:
!MK-F Project No.:
J
I
I
Depth
(in feet)
34
35
36
:: 37
,
38
39
40
41
42
43
!
i • 45
!'
I
'\
46
47
48
49
50
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
~ B I' Sample No. i PIDf
• C I Interval IRAn
._\
H\
J
242 Dare Started: August 16, 1994
~.Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Dare Completed: August 19, 1994
501412005 Location/Coordinates:
h\
: '\
-Ii,
~'\
I \
:
/
I
;
!
I
r
U
w
1\
/1
L.J
LJ \
H\
R\
Po· \
t-j\
1\
1\
I \
\
\ ,I:
\ I
\
'\ '
: ,
I Rec I'
i (tnfeet>
I .1
I'
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
i
I:
Uthology
Description
,I.
I
i
,
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Grain Size
,IG S St C!
I
J
"
I
i
i'l
6
us
PennsylVlll'lia Dril1i~
C. Coulter
Graphic
Boring
, ,

•
i
!Monitoring Wen No.:
:IC]· , lent:
1
:R&R Project No.:
Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
242 nate Staned: August 16. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date €ompJeted: Augun 19.1994
SO 14/2005
LocatiooiCoordinates:
4 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
6
US
?ennsylvaniaDrilli~
C. Coulter
Depth
(in feet)
B Sample No. PIDI
C fnrervaJ :RAJ)
UthoJogy
. Gcain Size .
!G S St C Ii
Graphic
52
r ,
I
\
53
54
55
\
\
,
•
56
57
58
; 1
f7l
2
(55 - 57)
o
BKG
2.3'
!Cl.AY:(85%) with Iinle fme crained rounded
Isand{I,%); monied Iigbt gray and oRli(isll
brown (10 YR 611 and 618);1DCria: firm
(9''J.) fine grainrDd. I'CIUDded wilh crace
silt ('''); finn (laSl.0.3')
59
60
61
T
I.
I·
Ii
62
63
64
65
66
67
d
I I
H
, I
'---'
I I
•
;---1·
r
,--.l
i I
r-o
I
r
r
'
I
r-
r
I
!I
ii'
I
I
iJ
ii'

•
I
J
iMonitoring WeU No.:
!Clienc
i .
.,;R&R Project No.:
:MK-F Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
242
Date Started: August 16, 1994
MK-Ft!rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 19, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
5 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
6
US
Pennsylvania DrillinIJ
C. Coulter
1
.•..:
~I --------------~-----------------------------------
Depth B Sample No. PID/i Rec i Lithology : Grain Size I Graphic
: (infee[) CInrervaJ RAD i (In fee[) 1 Description iG S. 5t C I, ·Boring
..
., '
I'
70
71
72
73
74
75
, 1
I ,
i'
, ~ .
,-,-,
L-.J \,
I
'/ \
'/ \ I
I \ I
~ \ .
! I \ I I
I
-I
I
ORA VEL (,o'J.) aodSAN1) (4.S'J.)wilh crace 1
76 '. 14 3 ,0 1'.65' silt(''ro); sand iJmedium graiJled; gravet is
I
14 (75 - 77) BKG lsubanplar;medium brown(IOYR616); wet
77
~:t4--i-' ____-i-____
1 finn
I
q\
_
78
79
I
;,
I
i
,
r
I
,/
I
I
1
!I 80
81
82
83
84
85
i \
, \
LJ\
p\
I !
r-- \
' i·
[J I \
1 __ ' /\
. I' i
/

1-" -'
-I R&R
,'MoDitoring Well No.:
'!CJieDl:
:jR&R PrOj~ct No.:
IMK-F Project No.:
Depth
88
89
90
91
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
B
C
i '
'-.-
,
i :
,
.--
i .
i
,
-1-'
242 Date Started: August 16. 1994
MK·Ferguson of OakRidge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 19, 1994
5014/2005
Location/Coordinates:
Sample No. I I'IDI i Rec
Interval! RAn I'
/
J
I
Litbology
6 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
: Grain Size I
iG S St C
6
us
Pennsylvanill Dril\i~
C. Coulter
Graphic
•
93
92
94
,---..
!
\
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
4 2.3'
(95 - 97)
SIlIDII U above to 1.4'
o
BKG 'I
leu. ~----------------~
Y (80"") with siI1 (20""): very sliff
SAND (90$),wilil cnce sill (lo,,"): SIlDd is
fine trained: firm: wee
BIlle of boring II 97.J'
NOTE: Depth ofintcrior welHNlSeverdieddurilll deYetopment:as of 1211.1/94 to'be 75.10'
below T.O.C.
t
11
II
" j'
I
I
I
102
103
104
I
!
105

., R&R
feet)
iINTERNA TIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I
IMonitOring Well No.:
'Client:
Page·
Date Started: July 20, 1994
~-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
of
Logged By:
DrilliDg Co.:
302122 Date Completed: July 27, 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 LocationiCoordinates:
6.25" ID HSA
Sampling Method:
Split-spoon
Stainless Steel Diameter - 2.0·
Length -
Length •
Stainless Steel
i5.5'
Permit Number:
i B i Sample No.
: C' Interval
Diameter - 2.0"
Top Sand Pack:
40.70'
PIDI Ii Rec i.
I
RAn (In. feet) I
61.00'
Lithology
Top of Seal:
Slot -
I Gcain Size
IG S St C.
5
BLY, MAL. PAl(
P~lvania DrillilllJ
Joe Raab
65.1'3'
'10;00'
58.00'
0;010"
I
Graphic
2
3
! Drilled,blind 10 20:0'
I See Soil' BorilllS J4 and lS ror
I complae companUvlI·lilhology
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I
S
i~
tj.
II
~
I :
0/
I i
PI
CuailllS show clayey silt. light brown
! •

•
1
!MOnitOring Well :"-lo.:
,I
IClient:
iR&R Project No.:
1
:MK-FProject No.:
I ,
Depth
(in feet>
16
18
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
B
C
I_-
I
L-...:
I 1
,--
Page
2~3 Dare Started: July 20, 1994
MK·F~rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Dare Completed: July 27, 1994
5014/2005 LocatioDlCoon1iDares:
Sample No.
Interval'
/
\.
I'
I
PIDI i Rec I
RAn I (In teet)!
Lithology
Description
:SILT with linle clay (10%)
2
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
jGrain Size
,GS St
5
BLY, MAL, PAl(
Pennsylvania ,Drilling
Joe Raab
Graphic
19
20
21
22
23
14
2.S
26
27
18
29
30
31
ill
; I ;' \\
; I / \
r- I
i \ ,I
i .j I CLA y, silty wi!h InCO sand semms: moaled
r-I -~I~----t---~---ilgray
and yellowUb brown (5 Y 311 and
I-:-~-: (20: 22) B~G 10' l~o~i:~:';~:;i::::~;;
~~---------~--~
Ii 'medium sand and clay (10"'" eadI); angular 10
IlSl 2 0 2.0' sub-rounded: 1IO~:iron oxidized
i 2.S I (22 • 24) BKG 22.5· 24,0 SAND (95 "'"l wi!h IrKegravet
40 I (5 %); slib-roWlded; well sorted: lIOo-cem:mled:
~--------~~-~---~
h\ /1 lmois&; 7.5 YR518: CumlOdcose
p\ /
I _i: \\ /
: i /.( I
n \;
'I \"
L-; I \,
~ / \ i
~/ \1
I
I
leLA Y (6.5%), silt (25%), and sand (10%);
! 4i 3 0 2.0' monied yellowuh gray and browld Y 5/1;
W (30· 32) BKG,lland 7,.5 YR 518; linn lO,stiff: mois&: medium
I , ,10 '
r-I .:...:...__________...;......__ ~IPlasticity: line.1O maiium grau_
I I
!7i 4 0

e
; R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
3'
:1
:I'MOnitoring Well No.: 243 Date Staned: July 20. 1994
Client:,
Y(l{·Fl!rguson of Oak Ridge Company
,j
'jR&R Project No.:
NlK-FProject No.:
:1
Depth
(in feet)
34
35
36
37
38
ei
: I
~ , 39
i'
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
51
J02111 Date Completed: July 27, 1994
5014/1005 LocationiCoordinates:
B Sample No.
: ,C ! Interval
(32-34)
• 7 :
pml
RAD
BKG
Rec
• feet) i
Lithology
, 7 , i sill ~ % wilh trace gravels ., I
32.S· 34.0' sanddecreascslO U %; suff: 1110151: I
---:-----~---:-----':bol1Omo.S' hi~yplll5lic
:7: 5 0 1.6'
: 9 I ~ ~6) BKG /
.12 I
(J4 • oJ , I
.~\ I
iJ\ /
'--'\ II
L..J ; I
'H' LJ \ ,.I I
; I /'
L-.! \ I
H \ !
I_I \ I I
, I
j
~ .
\
LJ \1
H ;\
! I \
I Ii'
hi
g ! \ I
H! ! i I \ I
0; \
I I '
~ \
;-' I \.
-"I,!
I '
6
1
I
I
i
I,
.j
i Cl.\y (80 %) wilh trace; fine 10 l1IIidium
I
I
1
I
I
i
!
I
I:
'of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.!
Driller:
5
BLY. MAL, PA:l(
Pennsylvania Drilli~
Joe Raab
Graphic

•
R&R
'MOnitoring Well No.:
I
: Client:
'!R&RProject No.:
'IMK-F Project No.:
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
::'43 DateStaned: July 20, 199.4
~fK-Ft:rgusonof Gak RidgeCumpany
~02122 Date Completed: July 27,1994
: 014/2005 LocationJCoordinates:
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5 .
SLY. MAL. PM(
?ennsylvania Drilli~
JoeR.ub
I
.~,----------------~----------------------~th~I--------~~------------------
,Deptb i B Sample No. PIDI i Rec iLi 0 ogy Graphic
~in
feet)
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
; C Interval RAD: In feet) I
: to (50 -52) BKG . ; etA Y. Jsubovo
: 13 1 ;SAND. fine grained; light gray with brown
~~--------~----~--~
6
: 10 i
! to :
I ,
I
i
~
I 5 !
'--
! 5 :
iT
i \
'--I I ,\
I ~\
L--..l \
! i \
'-- \
I !
.r-;
,-,-, \
7
(52 - 54)
3
(54·56)
\
I
i ; \ \ i
! I \ I
I: \ /
I : !
I i \
Ii I,
Ii! \
! . \
I I,
I ;
! i i
'-'
i .
I
, "
,-'-,j
L-'
i :
1--
o
, BKG
o
BKG
:.0'
2:0.'
I patcbes; .s y 116 and 1.5 YR 518; well sorted;
1
,wet;nucaceous; loose; sub-roundecho sub­
I anguIa.r;trace gravel
I
I
:,'

.~================================
I .. R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO~G ~EL~ L~G
'IMorutonng Well ~o.: 243 Date Started: July 20. 1994 Logged By: SLY, MAL, PAK
'Client: MK-FergusoD of Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Orilliru;
jR&R PrOj~ct No.: 302122 Date CompJeted: July 27, 1994 Driller: Joe Raab
,MK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
:1
Depth
(in feet)
70
71
72
73
74
75,
B
C
i
~\
J I \
i--
!----!
,--,
,
SampJeNo.
[arerva!
\.
\
\
\
~ /
i " "
II
pml ; Rec
i ,
RAD i (Inreet) I
Lithology
Description
i-J / , i
If-_~V,--____ \-,-!______, SAND. fine.graiDed.U3I:IIsiJt(~ "');brown
W
'L!QJ 9 I) 2.0'
117 J (73 - 75) SKG
f30l
i 10 YR 616: sub-rounded: wetl-soned:_
Graphic
Boring
76
Base of boring 11 7'."
!
77
78
NOTE: Dqllb of illlerior well base venfaedduring devctopmem: as of 12113194 robe 7'.13'
below T:O.C.
79
80
8il'
82
83
34
35
I ,--,
I: I
r-1
H
7 h

===R=&=R=IN=T=E=RN=' =,A=T=rO=N='A=L=M='O=N=IT=O==RIN==' ====G=W=, E=L=L=L=O=G===
• :='1'
Page of 5
IMonitoring Well :'Iio.: 244 Date Started: JuJy 15, 1994 Logged By: PAlC. MAL. US. SLY
,Client: ~-Fergwon of Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: IYcrmsylvania Dnll~
iR&R Proj~ct :'Iio.: 302122 Date Completed: ,juJy 26. 1994 Driller. C. Coulter
:I'MX-F PrOject No.: 50N/2005 Location/Coordinates:
I Drilling Method:
~.25· In HSA
~
,IFloaJ Elevation:
IRis er: T ype • S ... l4.LWess ;_I S tee· I
!Screen: Type - StainJess Steel
ITotal Depth: 75.00' (75.50')
i:water Level at Completion:
'!State of Kentuckv Permit Number:
I' Depth B i Sample No.
(in feet) C Interval
2
3
4
5
,.
H
I
I
§\ /1
w \ !
r\
HI
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
38.79'
3000-4531
I
Rec
reet)
Sampoog Method:
2.0·
2.0·
I
,
62.00'
Lithology
I Drilled blind 10 16;0'
i CuailllJs from 2 ' J' are flJlCsilts. dry. brown
'I
,I See Soil Borings J3I11dJ' for
',campi" camparuive lilbology
Split-spoon
Length •
Length •
Top of Seal:
Slot·
,Grain Size ,
G S St C I
64.30'
10.00'
59.50'
0.010·
Grapbic
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
B \./
I I \
n\
81
I
RI' H
dl
i
I !
II
I
I
\
\ .1
J
I I
',jCuailllJs are darll:cr brown with some·plaslicity.
moister

~~R
•
================================================================
R&R INTERNATIONAL MO:NITORING WELL LOG
'Monitoring WeU ~o.:
Client:
R&R Project No.:
':\,lK-F Project No.:
I
!
Deptb
(in teet>
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
24
B
C
..
Page
244 Date Started: July 15. 1994
~-Ft:rguson or' Oak Ridge Company
J02112 Date Completed: July 26. 1994
5014/2005
LocatioDl C oordiDates:
Sample No.
[nrerva!
PIDI
RAn
Rec
ree[) I
Lithology
,CL\.Y 165 %) Wllh little sand (IS %)and;silt
(15%) with tr:IC:e gravel (5%); gravel up,tol·
~~~----------~~--------------------~
:clay light gr:ly (58 6/1)'witho~e brown
I
:.0' ,moaJi~ foUowlll~ venical,paacm loJtidized
11 ,
o
(16 - 18) BKG
: roo[zone?l: non cemenIed
: ~2 i :GRA VEL (50%),clIlSUWlth:brown orange
~~----------------------~
SILT (50%); poorlY50rted; veryanguJar;
\ 30 \ 2
1.0' red chen: 110 YR 516);
! .\.7' (18 - 10)
r----
:50/.6
:-\
'-'\
0'\
L.J \
: i \
r---i
I I'
I
, I
, I
, L
I
o
BKG
SAND,(60%) WIth 50megravel (30%),and
trace silt and clay (5% each); gray:lo
orange; fine gruined sand; weJl sorted;
gravels angular with chens; c!ay ,has some
plaslicity (I.~·)
SAND (80%)'wilhliaie gravel (15%) and
tr.Ice silt (5 '?'oj;, clay semi-plastic: damp:
non c:emenaed; (10 YR 3.513); sands are
fine ~rained
2 0(5
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
?~.MAL. US. SLY
Pennsylvania Dril1i~
C. Coulter
Graphic
26
27
28
29
JO
-,
31
33
~==~======~====~==~===================================

.' ..
~~R
i
I
" ..... ..
'MOnitoring WeD No.:
!Client:
IR&R Project No.:
!l\1K-F Project No.:
,I
Depth
(in teet)
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
R&R INTERNATIONAL MO'NITORlNG WELL LOG
'Page
244
Date Started: JuJy IS. 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
:02122 Date Completed: JuJy 26. 1994
5014/2005 LocatioolCoordinates:
I B I Sample No.
, C i Interval
I-'~
~'
I
:__'i
•
I I I
I i
r--:
i I
-! i
1'1 I
H
§
H 1/
D\
H /
~/
~/
~/
Hi
P'
!
\ :
\\
\
I.
PIDI
RAn
: Rec I
I (In feet) 'I
~~-----~-~---
I I
r-t1
I
I
'I
I
I
Lithology
Description
CL\ Y (6'%) widnome silt (30%}-anlitrace
sanIi'(' %); We(; son; fine grained sanI1I
3 of
Lo~By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
I Grain Size
:G S St C
5
PAl(. MAL. US. BL Y
Pennsylvania Dnlling
C.Coulter
I
Graphic
Boring

: :~
Ii R&R INTERl~ATIO:NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
"
Page 4 of 5
,;\lonitoring WeU :-lo.: 244' Date Started: July 15, 1994 Logged By: PAlCo MAL. US. BL Y
I
Client:
~(K-Ferguson or" OakRidge Company
i R&R Project :-lo.:
DrilliDg Co.:
302'l22 Date Completed: July 26. 1994 Driller.
5014/2005 Location/Coordioates:
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C.Couiter
.,
56
I'
:
52
53
54
S5
57
58
S9
60
61
62
63
64
I
'. 65
66
67
68
69
B Sample No. PIDI
C Interval RAD
, 2
i
(50 - 52) BKG
, :SAND (100'1.) very fine; (S8 SI!)
--
I ! ! possible running sands?
'~~---------------------
10.6' as above
'3l ~ 0
:.0'
'SAND 180 %) wlih Iillle clay \ 20"); IMdiwn
: 10 i (52 - 54) BKG grainal; brown
'-
, 14 ; 'incre:ue slil (IS%),widl tr:ICC clay (S%);
'~--------------------~ I
\ (10 YR 616); firm
;!4i
S
I 10 I (54 - 56)
: 19 I'
, I,
'~
H
•
I
I :
n \ i
R
-! ' \
\ /
n
\ I
,I
/!
: ;
j'i
.I I:
I I
LJ \/ I'
I ! {
'~ /\ I
H 1\ i
P I \\
I I
\ i .' \
r--'i L-;
U
I \'
I I I \
~I \1
, I I .
r; \!
! I \ 1
;- ·,1
I
,
o
BKG
1.7'
I,
I:
I
:1
I
1
I I
I
CUY,(6S%) widl soma sand (lS"); orang~
brown wiih IP1IY clasu Ito 0.4" (10 YR ,.5'6,
SAND (100") clean: rounded: fine; ligJu
gray to ligbl onqe brown 00 YR 6.5IS)
sand decreases 10 70% widlJO" gravels:
dart onqe brown (10 'fR 61'): firm
Grapbic
. . ..... .
~': ~ :~ ~.:. ~ :~ ~ - :.":' 0'
. . .. -'. . . . .
~ ,,' • " 0° • .. 0' • ," • "
.- .'. ,'. 0:' 0° "
':. :.

• R&R
.' ... ,
·····-~R
~
I
.1
I
Monitoring Well No.:
rClient:
i
R&R Project No.:
11\IlK-F Project No.:
I
ThTTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
Date Started: Jufy 15, 1994
\-lK-Ft!rguson or Oak Ridge Company
3021::!::! Date Completed: July 16. 1994
5014/2005 location/Coordinates:
5 of
logged By:
Drilliog Co.:
Driller.
5
?4.K. MAL. LIS. 3L Y
?ennsyIVa/U3 Onilin~
C. Coulter
'~--------------------------~~--~----------~~~----------~~--------------------
Depth B Sample No. PIDI I Rec Lithology
Grapbic
,'in feet) C Inrerval RAD; (In feet) i
70
71
-..,
1"-
73
74
75
--"""------"--------i (100%) SAND
fine gr.uncd; clean: subrounded; I
:0 6 0 :.0' 1(5 YR-116); (posslblerunni~ sands!) I
::9 ('70 - 7:') BKG 'tinn I
: 36 i IGRAVELl9S%) wilhlargeclayclasts; poorty
~-----------------~
,--
L...!.L
o
I 32: (n - 74) BKG
401
:.0'
soned (last O.Z' ot spoon); dense
'(10 YR 5/4)
I
'I
I
~
I
76
-.. II
78
79
80
81
32
83
34
85
36
I I
II
~
Base of bon~ 11 75.5
! . NOTE: Oeplh of irucrior well base venfied dun~ developmeru; as of 12115194 to be 74.30'
:~ " below T.O.C.
,~
, ,----.
i :
r--:
I '
R
1-
;--,
I I
II
H
, I
~
II
o
---'
i
,_-
o

~ I ' ...... r , ...... ,
• :====R==&=====R=r===N==:T=E=R=N=='A=::::::T==="IO=:==:N====A=L===M=iO==N====IT:::::::::O==R==IN====, G====W:::::::E=L=L=L=O=G===JJ
1
:Monitoring Well No.:
,!Client: .
,R&R Project ="lo.:
'I
MK-F Project No.:
iDrilling Method:
Final Elevation:
245
Page
Date Staned: July 27, 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oalc Ridge C.:lmpany
302122 Date Completed: July 28, 1994
501412005 Locltion/Coordiaates:
6.2.5" lD HSAJ6.0" 00 SSA
,Riser: Type - Stainless Steel' Diameter -
:IScreen: Type - Stainless Steel Diameter -
,jTotal Depth: 80.00' (100:00') Top Sand Pack:
'Iwater Level, at Completion:
42.00'
:,State of Kentuckv Pennit Number: 8()()().4532
Depth
I,
1
i
~ i
I
1/
I
•
I 8 ! Sample No. ! PIDI I Ree I
(in feet) Ie! InterVal I R.A:.D I (In feet)!
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
:_\
III
B\ /1 I
~\ /' I
:= \j
P,' ~\
~!
p 1\
I I I
~/
~ I ' I
'~iji,I
. I
I !
Sampling Method:
2.0"
2.0"
60.00'
Lithology
Description
: DriUe4'blilld III 20.0'
I
I
I
'Sec Soil Bor1ll3lll aad 33 (or
i COmplc1ll :ompanavc Iitholoff
I
I
1 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
Split-SPOOD
,Lengdl­
Lengdl­
Top of Seal:
Slot -
i G raiD Size !
;G S St C!
6
PAK
PCllllJyIvIllia DnJJ.iIIs
C. Coulter
64.58'
10,00'
56.50'
0.010"
Graphic
ROring
:
;
I
I'
I
i
I
I
:i
I
1
I
I

..-
·-';··~R
~'
===R=&=R=I=N=T=E=R=N=A=T=IO=,N=,A=L=N=f=O=N=IT===O~R=I=N=G=W=E=L=L=L=O=G====;'I
• -=:
!
i
Pa~e 2
of
Lo~gedBy:
:MODitorin~ WelJ No.: 145 Date S~ned: July :'7, 1994
iCIiCDt: .
~K-Ferguson oi Oak Ridge C0mpany
;R&R Project ~o.: 3021"!"! Date Completed: July 2S. 1994 Driller:
'~K.F Project No.: 5014/2005 LocationiCoordinate:s:
d
DeptJJ
(in ieet)
B
C
Drilling Co.:
Rec ' Litbology iGrain Size I
iG S St C
6
PAK
f>eIIIIIY IvIDia DtilllD,
C., Coulter
Grapbic
I
Ii
i
16
17
18
19
10
11
22
23
24
25
26
27
18
29
30
31
32
j3
I
,-., '\
\ t
I
i
I
,
I
i
I
\~,l____ ~, !
I I \, .' I
'-1/
~/ \, I
~I ~V _____
: I I CIA Y (7 ~ %) willi Iiale SIIIiI (20!li) IIId trace i 17 I 0 2,0' 'j,raVel (S"); broWD moalcd gray (S YR 516 I
21 I (20 - 22) BKG ,aud S YR SI1l:ven' uiff(1D 1.8') ,
-----.
j50/41 iSAl'lD (75") willl_sravel (~S) 1aK0.Z'
l
~-T---------r----~----
H
iH'
, I
',\\ /
i---' \ /
1 ,I \ .
~ \ I'
0\
I : l
o 11\
LJ
'Hi / \
~ I \
~/ \
! ~! 2
i4"1 (30.32)
,
~
. ,'
o
BKG
,fiDc: weU sonccl: very dcuIc: (5 YR 516)
,iCI:AY (9'1') wiIiI'lnCCI SIIIII ('1'); broWD m
,
IIICU soncd; sub/'OUDdcd: firm .
2.0' 'lied lray (S YR'I8 IIId S YR 1/1); very 'PIuJ
•

.. , .......... ,. "
.'======~~~~~~~~~======~
i R&R INTERNATIONAL MOiNITORING WELL LOG
I .
3
:Monitoring Well No.: 245
I ;Client:
iR&R Project No.:
IMK-FPrOject No.:
Page
Date Started: July 27, 1994
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
\IK-Ferguson ot" Oak Ridge Company
302122 nate Completed: July 28. 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
6
PAK
PCllDlYlYazua D'r1IIiai
C. Coulter
i
•!
i'
,:
I
Depth
! (in feet)
i'
, I
•
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
46
47
50
51
~\ ;,i
I ' .
:-
ri
, 1 \
1-----:
i
---,
! :
f I
I ,
/ I
, ,
" ,
'-
I ! \ I
I-i /
!"""I / \'
:V i \
I i I I
[}J 3
'lllI (40 - 42)
m-i
H
~
/ I
I 1 \
I~
I ~ I
,-,
, \ /
n /
Ii \
o ./
B 1\
I / \
HI
I \
\
~/ \
~/ '
L.J
! 7 : I
!
Lithology
Descri non
I
I
0 2.0'
BKG I '(.5 va 111); fIIICI; weD sorted: 1IIb1'OUllllcd: .
1
, 0
t---------"]
I ,
I'
'ISAND!(.50~)CIa'CY(4S~) widlll'lColik: dry:
"lay is gray (sva 111). saudis rcddbIl'browa
ISAND (1.5~) WidllOlDll clay (2"): _ID daIDp:
2.0' micaccoWl: vcUowiIG bro_,(1.' YR I
iGrain Size
G S St C I
i
Graphic

~Do_D
~~
.......... ,., .. , "
.~===================
I R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG, I
1M . . to' UN "_,45
:i' onltonn~ "e I 0.:
Flient:
IR&R .Project No.:
!MKoFProject No.:
I
• I
•
Depth
(in feet)
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
6S
66
67
68
P3~e
Date Stane

~~
." •. 4',"""
4t==========~~========~~====~
R&R INTERNATIO,NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I Page 5 of 6
I
,Monitoring Well No.: 2 .. 5 Date Staned: July 27, 1994 Logged By: PAl( I'
'Client:
I
jR&R Project No.:
MK-F Project No.:
MK-Ferguson oiOak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: July 28, 1994
SO 14/2005
Loc:ltioniCoordinates:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
Pemuylvuua orillms
C. Coulter
,I
~--~------~~~~--~~~--------~~--------~~~----~------I
Deptb ' 8 ; Sample NO.1 PlOt I Rec Litbology ',Grain Size II Grapbic
I
!
•
(in feet) Ie; lntet"Val : RAD i(ln feem .G S St C:
71
~,
1-
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
8S
86
: \
, \
r--; \
;--,
I
,-
I
I
i:.--...<
I '
.~
ILJ
, !
!i
H
n
u
~
I
i
Ii
;--,
, ,
---.
, I
I I
'-----i
'8
i , :
!. I
I
H
W
~
I
I
I
~
H
H
I :
I)
I ,
~
H
;',
il
i
I
i
I
I I
I
\
\
\
I
! i
\ I :
\ I
I
\( I I
I \ I;
I
'I
I
I
\
j
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
i
I
I
I
I
I ,
I
'I
I

•
R&R
· ........ ,' ......
INTERNATIONAL MO:NITORING WELL LOG
ring WeU No.: 245
Page
Date Started: July 27, 1994
MK-Fergusooor Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: July 28, 1994
Project No.: 5014/2005
LOc:luoniCoordinates:
6 of
Logged By~
Dri111ug Co.:
Driller:
6
PAK
Peauylvmia Orilliq 'I
C.Coulter
Lithology
88
89
90
91
92
I 1
I~._·
ISAND (9S~) wuhtncc uIt IUd c:lay(S~
2.0'fIDc; well'sorted: subaqular 10 1IIb~
lreddisb vcUow 17.S YR 616);. drY 10
...................
93
94
95
ycllow (7.S YR 618): subaqu.Iar 10
aagulat brokCII c:hcn: linD
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
6 0
(95.5 • 97.S) BKG
·.~.!...l.:,, ___ -=.-!. __ -1. __ --l11lll:11IccI1dcd IUId IIId c:lay· vll'lillsWilh bed
dIict:
, bcd4lD, is apparca& IIriIIIlIlIUId layen • weB
Shelby u clay layen: WId &.yen ani !IS" IUd willa
Tube j~ c:lay aad.lI'ICe:I oflllica: sIIId iI yellow
~-.J..:::::::::S=L __ l-___ ltblckDc:-".rrom O,S _CD 20 _
7
(98-100)
1--1,....-___________ .(10 nail): fiDe ,niDcd: .,.1110....: duap:
lUIIIIded.IO·111b1Dp1&r. darIW IIaadiaS
Buc o( boMB 11100.0'
Dcpdl,ofiDlCrior well bUcvcnticd durin, developmclll; II o(I2IUI94IO be 74.38'
below T.O.C.
105
06

===R=&=R=. =IN=· =rT=E=RN=' =A===T=IO=N='A=L=M=O=N=I:::::::::T====::=O:::::::RIN~G===' =W=E=L=L=L=O=G===
• ;=i
Page
of
iMonitoring WeU :'olo.: 146 Date Started: August 12. 1994 Logged By:
!Client:
MK-F~rguson or Oak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
;R&RProject :'olo.: 302122 Date Completed: August 16, 1994 Driller:
I
\l\tK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
. Drilling Method: 6.25 ID HSA
·IFlnat Elevation:
Sampling Method:
I
"Riser: Type - Scain1ess Steel Diameter - 2.0'
II .
;Iscreen: Type - Scain1ess Steel Diameter - 2.0"
'/TOtaf Depth: 26.00' (37.00') Top Sand Pack:
14.50'
'Water Level at Completion:
13.78'
!S of, Permit Number: 8000-4534
Depth, B / Sample No. i PIDI : Rec I Lithology
(in feet) C 'Interval i RA:D '(In feetli
: '
j
2
/
\
i-.-J / I
I
8 /
I See Soil :Bori~s. 32 and 33' for
i
J
I .
1
1\
3 :/
4
H
O·
/ \
5 I ! \
1
i
complCUI comparative lithology
.i leu. Y(7S %) wilhsome sill (2S.%); ligbl gray
6 i 6 ! 1 0 1.8' i (10 YR 612);daIIIp; lirm
i 6 I (5 - 7) BKG
7 f7l I I
8
9
8
R\ //1
I
;\ I I
\' I
10
. V \1'
" '-
\\
11 M 2
'1
0 2.3'
I
ImoaJed'wilh medium gray and medium
19"1 (10 -12) i BKG
1"' ...... - (I' '" 7/1 .... 611), ...
12 m I
13
H\""
/1
I I
~ '\ I
I
/ I
L..;. >< II
14 I I .
.~ \
\
,
I \
i
\ /
I
Split-spoon
Length -
Length-
Top of Seal: _
Slot -
3
US
?imnsylvania,Drilli~
C. Coulter
15.37'
10.00'
11.oo~
0.010"
Graphic

• ''''
;Monitoring Well ~o.;
I .
iCHene
R&RProject ~o.:
~l\IlK-F 'Project ~o.;
I
I
Depth
lin feet)
16
,­ I',
R&R INTERNATIO,NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
246
Date Started: August U, 1994
MK~Fl!rguson Of OakRidge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 16.1994
SO~4/2005
Locationl Coordinates:
B Sample No. PID/: Rec : Lithology
C Interval RAD: (In teet) I
3 ' 3
~; (15 - 1 i')
9 !
o
BKG
"1 ~,
•. J
, :CL\¥ decr~s 10.55% wiUJ somes8nd (25%) I
i .
: and trace graveJi( 10%); sand is line gramed:
: gravel is sub~ar
I
2 of
Logged By:
DrilliDgCo.:
Driller:
J
US
Pennsylvania iDrilli~
C. 'Coulter
!,
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
28
29
~o
:n
32
, ,
:-J
1 /
.\
;
,--, //
: i /
/
'50/31
ii
II
,- 1\
,
!__
I
, i
/
4
(20 - 22)
\<
, I // \,
,
\'
o
BKG
0.6'
:ORAVEL (70%)wiUJ liUlesand and silt H5%
leach); sand is fine grained and subrounded;
I light brown (10 YR 6/6); very dense; wet
I
--,/ " I
~: ----~!~·----------------_\~I----~----~I . .
I ! ,CLAY (80%)wiUJ liUlesand (2o'l'!.); medium
- I
I 7 I 5 0 1.3' tbrown(lO YR6i8); stiff; moist
i9l (25 - 21) BKG i
'1Ol !
:H
I
\'
i '\
! I,
~\
1 '/
~ ~<
i ! /\
',1-- //
1/
!
--
: 5 I 6
i 7 I (30 - 32)
3 1
I
/
.1
I
o
BKG
1.9'
,
Igravell::O'l'!.) inul'pet 0.5'; sub~lar
; lower i.~' iSSIII'{'15 %) and very line grained
i
!sand;(5%); no gr:avel; clay still 80'l'!.

....,'
i
!MOnitoring Well No.:
IClient:
,R&R Project No.:
I
'MK-F Project No.:
,I!
Depth
(in feet)
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
, B I
Ic
246
34
:LJ
; i
'------'
! !
35 ~,
36
37
38
Page
Date Staned: AugustU, 1994
~·Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 16, 1994
501412005 Location/Coordinates:
Sample No. I PIDI
Interval I RAD
Rec :
I,
'feet) I
----~------~----------~
Lithology
I :,u above wilh sand d.cc:rcasmg from 20'1'0 10
~ I
I 10 !, 7 0 2.3' ;5'1'0 by ,baseoi section; sill im:rcases to 15'1'0;
il:jli (35· 3i)BKG
i sand is fUll'l graiDed; color u above; lIIOis:
[141: I stiff
Base of boring ill 37.0'
NOTE: DepihoC ilUelior well base verified during,dcvclopmcm: uofl2lU/94 to be 25.37'
below T:O;C.
3 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
3
US
Pennsylvania Drilling
C. Coulter
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50'

.~
•
i
.1
....-.. .. R
_.' -.~
')-(onitoring WeD No.;
i
,Client!
!R&RProject No.:
.1
jMK-F Project No.:
lDrilling Method:
IFinaJ Elevation:
'~Riser: Type-
:1
.jSereen: Type-
'Tota! Depth:
R&R INTERNATIOiNAL MONITO,RING WELL LOG
247
Page
Dale Started: August 24, 1994
of
Logged By:
MK-Fer~on orOak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
J02I:!:! Dale Completed: Sept. 26, 1994 Driller:
SO 14/2005
Location/Coordinates:
6.15" ID and 10.15" ID HSAIWL-SC
SL1in.Iess Steel
PP Stainless Steel
146.00'
Sampling Method:
Diameler • 2.0"
Diameler - 2;0'
Top Sand Pack:
132.00'
9
Split-spoon\Shelby tube
Length -
Length -
Top of SeaJ:
I Waler Level at Completion: 40.21' Slot -
: Stale of KentuckY Permit Number:
~OOO-4545 8.00" Carbon Steel: Steel Isolation Casing -
Depth
(in reet)
2
3
4
5
'I
B I Sample No.
C Interval
\ :1
! :1 j I
/ ,I
1\ :1
. !, Ii
~ \ ! i
PIDI i Reel Lithology 'i Grain Size I'
RAn 1 (In feet)/ Description . G S 5t C
,
!
I ,
1
I
1
I
,.
I ,
I
I Drilled blind 10 20. O'
I See Soil Borings 32 and' 33 Cor.
I,~"''''_ft_
I
I
I
I,
l
I
GLB, US, SLY
Pennsylvania DrillilllJ
D. Newman
135.25'
10;00'
129.00'
0.010-
110.00'
Grapbic
Boring.
I'
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I I I
~ I
i! ( I
H \
R
I
o
I I
I
i 1 /'
n!
! I! L-J .
: I I
f---;;
HI
'--'i
; i I
.-,
I
i
\ 1
! 1
:. i
Ij'
.,. i:
·n
.,

41===================================
I R&R iNTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG,
Page
IMonitan •• Wen No.: 247 Date Started: August 24. 1994
.,
(lient: .
MK-Fl!rguson of Oak Ridge Company
R&R Project :'110.: 302122 Date Completed: SepL 26, 1994
.1
IMK-FProject :'Ilo.:
50'14/2005
Location/Coordinates:
2 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
9
GLB. US. BLY
Pennsylvarua Dnlling
D. Newman
I
~i ____________________________________ ~--------~--~------------
1 Depth B : Sample No. PIDl Rec: Lithology : Gcain Size
\' {in teet) C! Incer/al RAn; (In teet) I Description t G S St
:.. \' \ ,j .,1
--\'1
'\ 16 :==: \\ I ,
I
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26,
27
28
29
30
I
I / II ,I
i...---J-
V
/
Ii
",' ~ \ ! ,etA Y (SS'l{,) wiih somosilt{3S 'l{,) and trace
~~-------------~,------~---~
sand (10"'); trace organics; fUllt grained: brown
1_ I
! 24 I 0 1 A' ! (10 YR SIS): moist:verv stiff
T2Sl (20 - 22) 100 ISANJ).(60'l{,) willnome graveJo(25"') and
G8l , lliale silt (IS"'); moalCdyeliowish'brown
i~ .:.::....:.,.i\-----:i;'I-----r--~i (10 YR S/S)andligIU gray (10 YR 712); clay
LJ \ II 'I
H\ /1 !
II I '
I---' \ :,,1
i ! \ I
:-, -: \ I I
! : V I
~ '\ I
~ ,,/ 'II
'-:-
1--"': ,.' \ I
i : I, I
I , ; \
-I \ 1
! 'I \ I
~ / \ I
n I
i--
I ,
;:--/
~
, /
\ "
\
\
\
Clasts ; moist: finn,
C!

~~R
• , ~ .... ~ I , • ,
4t~=================================
'I
I R&R INTERNAT]ONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I
I
!Monitoring Well No.:
,
,'Client:
JR&R 'Project :'Iio.:
:MK-F Project :'Iio.:
Page
Date Started: August 24, 1994
MK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed:SepL 26, 1994
50,14/2005 IAcationiCoordinates:
3 of
'Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
9
GL:B. US, SLY
PennsYlvania Orilli~
D. Newman
i~ ______________ ~ ________ ~ __ ~ __ ~ ______ ~~~ ____________ ~ ______________ _
Depth
(in,
34
35
36
B " Sample No. Rec : Lithology : Grain Size I
C, Interval teenl I G S St C,
:-1\ i :\ ",
r--j \
i-..;!
! : \ I
---, \ i !
I I
I
Graphic
'---
\
\
2
37
38
39
40
41
42
(40 - 42)
failed'shelby IIIbe coUeaion
o 'Shelby SILT (70'lL) wilh;liaJe suIIN20'lL),andlnlCO
90 Tubec:lay (l0'lL); trace Ol1aaics; very fine pained;
,colon uabove
~~~----~~--~r---~
43
44
45
46
3
(43·45.5)
Shelby
Tube
47
48
49
1
tJ
H
n
I I
!

•
57
;
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
: P3ge
';\fonitoring Well :"lo.: 247 Date Started: August 24, 1994
1
'Client:
MK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
!R&RProject ~0.:302122 Date Completed: Sept. 26, 1994
!l\lK-F Project :"-lo.: 5014/2005 LocationiCoordiDates:
40f
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
9
GLB. US. BLY
Pennsylvania Drilli~
D. Newman
,I~---------------------------------------------
fGrain Size : Grapbic:
! Deplb B i Sample No. PIDI I Rec ,: Lilbology
I (in feet)C tIlterva1 RAn' (In feet) 1 DescriptioD
,I 52 ,-;\ \ ' i I
I "
'I _ :
53
('
,
!
54
I
55
56
58
59
60
61
62
"'(
,
I : :
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
L I \ iSILT (6'%) wilb some.sand (2S%),and'trace
, I \ I, ,
/ I' : clay (10 %); trace organic:3: yeUowisbbrown
;'-~i-------'-----.,.------'1(10 YR "8)wilb gray mou1i~ (7.' YR 611):
W If ,i 0 1.7' !mojSl: flml
! 5 : (55 - 57) 120 ISAND (6-''') wilb some sill (2!l") aodtracc
1 ~13 ,', ;clay cllISlII (10,.,): ", modiWD . 8_;-<
a---: sallUlled:
~~------.,.-------~
.1 ~ /li1 micaceous; yellowish brown (10YR"8)
; !~\
LJ\
II
tJ \ II
!__
I ,\ !
I !, ;'
o
~:I
\ I
H \1
~l
r-i 1\
I I I \
Iii
I--.J
H
n
LJ
LJ!
w,/'
1 !
/
./
\ \
\
\
i
,
\1
I:
' ,
'I
I
!
I
I
G S
St C I
Boring

• i
~ : ..... , ... ~ ..
I
I :Monitoring Well :-.ro.:
!ClieDl:
:R&R Project No~:
'Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MO,NITORING WELL LOG
247
Page
Date Started: August 24, 1994
\t1K-F~rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302U2 Date Completed: Sept. 26, 1994
5014/2005 LocationiCoordinates:
5 of
LoggedBr.
Drilling ,Co.:
Driller:
9
GLB. US. Bty
Pennsyl Vania Drilli~
D. Newman
Depth
(in feet)
B ' Sample No. r PID'I Rec ,
C Interval: RAn i (In reet) I
Lithology
IGraiu Size
,G S St C '
Graphic
70
i1
-..,
u.
73
74
75
76,
77
.--',. \
,
! !
1 '
~
, !
L
H
r--j
,~
, ,
;
i
I
I
I
!
\ I
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
~
R\·.
n \
n \
H /' \
R / ,',
h \
i~ j' I
'
H
~','
HI
\1
i : :, I'
'I
,I
III
i

....... ~ . '
-==================================
I R&R INTERNATfONAL MO:NITORING WELL LOG
I
I Monitoring Well No.:
,Client:
.iIR&R Project No.:
,MK-F Project No.:
I:
Ii
Depth
(in feet)
:1
I
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
Page
147 Hate Started: August24, 1994
~·Ft!rguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: Sept. 26.1994
5014/2005 Location/CoordiDates:
: B : Sample No. PIDl I Rec :
I C Interval RAn I (In. feet) I·
i \
i. 1\
: !.
'--i
i I.,
:--' \
, I',
;-1
!
~--,
I :J
n
11
~
U
1 !I
§
I
I
H
S
, I
Ii
R
i I
§
I : /
II/
~.! . I
HI'
I
\
\
\
\
\
i
\
,. i
1 \
I '
: I
I
\
\
I
I,
l
I
I
I
I
\. ,
I
I
Lithology
Description
6 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
: Grain Size •
!G S Sl c!
I'
9
GLB. US~ BLY
Pennsylvania' Drilli~
D. Newman
i
Grapbic
Boring
I
1
.\

e==================================
, I R&R INTERNA T10NAL MONITORING WELL LOG
•
i
! ,
lMonitDring WeU ~o.:
:Client:
I :R&R Project ~o.:
!lVlK-F Project No.:
,
Depth
lin feet)
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
'115
116
117
11'8
B I
C i
Page
247
Date Started: August 24, 1994
MK-Ft:rguson of Oak Ridge Company
:;02122 Date Compieted:SepL 26, 1994
I "
I
_
;
5014/2005
Sample No.
Interval
i
, I
L-J '
I ~/
,
/1
, '
, !
PIDI ! Rec
RAD ,(In feet) i
LocationiCoordinates:
Lithology
DesCription
LJ
;cv. Y (,,%) wilh SOIllll silt (25%)&lldliaie
l1!J 5 i 0 1.3' 1 sand (:0%); very fioe: moiSl; yellowish brown
: 41 I (110- 112) I 90 i(lOYR5I8)
IR~:5'::':01=-5~11~ ____ +1 __ ~_~Isee descriplioa for MW 245 (96.0' • 97,5')
~I A1temaliDc sand &lid silty clay layers
/
tj \ /
.'R' I \,/
, \/
h /11\
H
R /, \
I
r-{I \1
7 of 9
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
'Grain Size, I
St C:!
IG S
J
I
I
GLB. US. BL Y
Pennsylvania Dril1i~
D. Newman
I
i
Graphic
Boring
119
120
121
122
., ....
1 _J
124
,'1'\
6
/'1
,R, \ / I
d \ ,-
w
\/ I
: I /\ '
/ \ I
/ \'
I \ I
\ 1
\,
I Shelby
I Tube
!

~RzR
•..... " ....
I
I ;Monitoring Wen No.:
'Client:
IR&R Project No.:
!~IK-F Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
247 DateStaned: August 24, 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 26, 1994
501412005 Location/Coordinates:
8 or
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
9
GLB, US, BLY
Pennsylvania Drillj~
D. Newman
Depth
(in feet)
126
121
123
129
130
131
132
133
134
B
C
, I
:-,\
'I ,I
Sample No.
Interval
I ,
'--
:
~\
~\ I
i ' I
tJ \\ ;
U
f---i I
h
\ I
I I \ I
\;'
HI
h \('
I PIDI
! RAn
iii
I'
.: , I
,
I
; ,
r-j , ,
L-....: I i
I ' .,
i Rec .
I (iIn feet) I
i
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I I
I ,
i
I
I
Lithology
Description
: Grain Size '
!G S St cl
Graphic
Boring
135
136
I: 1\ J
E ! \'
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
R I \ I
~ I \ I
:-1! r--; I
'1\ I
~I
i : / \ I
Hill
Hi \·1
hl'l
C
'I
;
~ I
f.i2i 6
I (142- 144)
o
BKG
1.0'
: SAND (BO'l':.) wlIh Hale silt;O~ 'l':.) andttace
\C:Ia Y (",s,); fine to very fine grained; sub-
I rounded; weUsoned; mic:aceous: mois to wei:
I

•
R&R
lNTERNATIONALMONITORlN'G WELL LOG
j Page 9 of 9
:Monitoring WeU No.: Z47
Date Started: August 24, 1994 Logged By: GLB.US,BLY
Client:
~tK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
,Project No.: 302122 Date Completed: SepL 26. 1994 Driller: D. Newman
Project No.: 5014/2005 LocationJCoordinates:
Pennsylvania Drilli~
Depth
(in feet)
BSampleNo.
C,
Rec i
teet)i
Lithology
I Grain Size
G S StC.
I
Grapbic
145
146
n
I
I
Base oi bonll§ at 146.0~
R·
r:
......
NOTE: Deprb ofiDlCriorweU:baseverified dwilUJ dcvelopmcm: as of 1211"9410 be 14'.2!i'
II
T O C
• . .
:~
R
~
I
,
I ..
I.
I:
Ii
II
II

•
i
R&R INTERNATJONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
IMOnilOrin. Wen No.: 248 Date Started: AUg16t J, 1994
of
Logged By:
:iClient: . MK-Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.:
,R&R Project No.: 302'122 Date Completed: August 3, 1994 Driller:
'IMK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
IDrilling Method:
6.25~ ID HSAJ6.0,~OD SSA
I FinaJ Elevation:
I Riser: Type - Stainless Steel Diameter·
Sampling Metbod:
2.0~
Split-SPOOD
Length -
i Screen: Type - PP Stainless Steel Diameter· 2.0"
Length -
i Tota! Depth: 76.00' (102.00') Top Sand Pack:
58.00'
Top of Seal:
: Water Level at Completion:
; State of Kenruckv Permit Number:
41.56'
80004542
Slot -
Depth 1 B 'I Sample No. pml
(in teet) i C I [ntervai
IJtbology
'Grain Size
1 G S St C
6
PAl(
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
65.81'
10.00'
55.00~
0.010"
Graphic
•
2
3
4
5
Cuninp reported u.CLAY'(9"") 'Nidi Ir'II;AI
isand (""');broWll~Ddgny (7:" YR "'6
110, j YR 6/ 1 ); ,plulic: 1IIOIJl;' bedding
See Soil ·Borings 32 and 33 (or
complCle compaI1IIive !idlolDO'
6
7
8
~
U'
9
10
11
12
13
14

•.'"
i
IMonitOring Well :'-10.:
: Client:
!R&R Project No.:
"
:MK-F Project No.:
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
148 Date Started: August 3. 1994
~-Ferguson!of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Bate Completed: August S. 1994
501412005 LocationiCoon:1inates:
:2 of
Logged: By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
6
PAK
PennsylYania,Drilli~
C. Coulter
'I ~I----D-e-p-m------,-B--i,-s-am--p-.e-N-o-.---PID--t-"--R-ec--!I'---------L-im-o-lo-C----------!G-r.un--.-s-a-e---I'----G-~--pw-·c----
I (in feet) C: iInterval RAD I (In teet) I Description IG S Sr: ,C Boring
J ,~\ I
',., 16 i __: \ ,I i i Drilled blind to 60'
17
18
19
20
21'
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
... .,
J_
: I I
~\ J! 1
: I '. i I I
I
I
:--' \
I i '\ I
n I
i-I !
n \ /
',H \ !
b \ !
I
: \ I
I \ I
:----1
I Ii,
'I
! I \ I
LJ
\j"
: II i
8 , I 1\'
/'
I '
! \
I
~./ \
61
b l
L-!
,
\
I
I
\ ,
I
:1
i
I
,
Ii ,
I
I
ICIIIli~1 reponed uCL-\Y (90%l wilh II'ICe
I
'sand and gravel (5'l'it eadI); less plastic
I Cuai~s reponed u ICU Y95'l'itl wilh trace
I sand (5%); yellow (10 YR 7/6); Wet; plastic;

•
~========~==========~==========~~~~~==============
R&R IN,TERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
6
~MonitDring WeD :'11'0.:
:Clienl:
I "
,R&R Project No.:
I
f'IK-FPrOject No.:
Page
9ate Started: August 3, 1994
248
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 5, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
3 of
Logged 8y:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
PAl(
PennsylvaniaDril1i~
C. Coulter
Oeptb
"LI _---C.:(in::....:.:te=et::...) __
: 8 i ,Sample No. PIDI i Rec i Lithology ,Grain Size 'I Grapbic
i--=.C_,:---_=[n::::te:..:.rv..:...:aJ=----r-RA:D:.=..::'~' _;..:..:,(ln~fe..:..:et;:.,:.)I ___
.1 'I' ,,\'
"34 "" I'
I
" DriUed blind (0-60'
--=D:....:.es=.;cn_'..!...PD_'o'_n___:___I,-=G--=S--=s:..:.t--=c..::.1_ __=8::.;0:.:,nn=':o!,.g__
I
;1 35:-' -: \ /: !
i-,-"\ ,'i I
I 36 -, -, \ 'I i
•:
" ,
; !
" ,
37
38
39
40
,~\ ill,
, I, \ I
Hi \
i I'
I I
I I
H \ /
~' \!
•:1
,
"
\1
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
~\
u
q ./';
I '
R
r!
H
r
HI
~I
, I
! II
r/
\
\
i
\
Ii
\ I' ,
\
\ ,
\
\
I
,
, '
'I
,
i
!
: I

'~RzR
~ I." ...... , I ., .... L
'.============
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
,Monitoring WeU No.:
'/Client:
.1
IR&R Project No.:
/MK-F Project No.:
Page
248 Date Started: August 3, 1994
w(-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
:;02122 Date Completed: August 5, 1994'
5014/2005
Location/ Coordinates:
.1 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller.
6
PA,l(
Pennsylvania 0 rilli~
C. Coulter
.:
i
!
I
I
I
:
i
'. ,
;
,
,
!
I
,
"
':
,
I
;
i
i ,
Depth
(in feet)
52
53
)4
55
56
57
58
5.9
60
61
62
63
64
65
,--',
'_:\
--
,
,-- I
I I
R L--
W
: I
tJ
HI
B/
!I
Sample No.
Imervat
/
/
/
i
I
\
V
1\
/ \
/
h-1 1
m
r40l
tj\
10
U\
(60 -62)
• ~. \ '
I .
I
I
/
PID! I Rec :
, RAD i (In reet) I
, I
,
I
I
, ,
I
i
I
I /
j:
I
:;1
,
I
jDriUcd blind 10 60'
i
1 ,
I
I ,.
I
I
I
I ,
I
I
I'
I'
I
:1
Lithology
Description
CLAY (73 %) will1 somesaaa (2:5 %); damp
I
0 2.0' '10 _; (10 YR 7/4); firm; pl&slic: well !lllned;
BKGI
,
/ I
•
P/
\
,
[j I
66 Ii
/
67 Ii:' J
I
\
68.
n;
, ! /
!
Iii 69 I I
I
"
I
I
i
I
I'
;
subanaular 10 subround
ORA VEL (30%) sandy (40'JI".) and trace silt
and'clay (3% eacb); ,gravet!pooriy soned: wet: ,
(3 YR 6/8); sand is well soned: SIIbanpJar
subround; clay is reddisb yellow (5 YR 6/8)
Grain Size '
IG S St c!
:/ I
I
I
I;
,
,
,
1
I
,
i
,
i
-
Graphic
Boring
I.
!
I
i
,
..
I'
:1
:1
I
i
I
!
I
:
,
1
I
!
I
Ii
"
I

•
R&R
'~~R
....... , .
INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
:Monitoring. Well No.: :48 Date Started: August 3. 1994
I •
,Chent:
IR&R Project No.:
I
'i'tlK-F Project No.:
I
Depdl
(in
70'
71
I I,
'--', , ,
, \
I
'
MK·Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August S, 1994
50J4/2005
Location/Coordinates:
Sample No. PID/! Rec
Lidlology
Interval RAn :(In feet) I
i I
50r 6
Logged By: p~
Drilling Co.:
Driller: C. Coulter
Pennsylvania Dril1i~
'Grain Size • Graphic
IG S St C :
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
i
I
~
L-J
' I
,0
L-...:
'I I:
:!i
q
'\
I
LJ
Q
L-J
! I
I
'--'
i
I i
I
\
\
I
\ i I
I
I
!
\,
\
t
\
I
\ I
\/
\,
'/
1\
I
j
,
i
I
I,
i
83
I
84
85
\
\
I
i
.\
86

I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO~G :VEL; L06G
'Monitoring WeU No.: 248 Date Started: August 3, 1994 Logged By: PM
:!Clienc . MK-Ferguson or: Oak Ridge Company Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Drilling
R&R PrOject ~o.: ::;02122 Date Completed: August S, 1994 Driller: C. CouJter
li\lK-FPrOject No.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Depth Sample No. PIDI Lithology
[ntervaJ RAD
Graphic
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
,
,--
,-- I
i __"
, ,
.~
!
I
'--'
i
I '
I I
l
I
/
..--.: / \
n \
H / \
-I t
'
I I
!
o
2
(95 - 97) BKG
, (7S%)wilb some clay (2S,.): weU so
2.0' lwet: Sllbangular 10; subl'OUDd: reddiih yellow
L..::..,;:........;.. ____ -+ __ -+-_--laJleI'IIalinC sand and cIay,layen: see
o
I
! I I
I
'\(
/ i
/ \
/ \
description for MW 24S (96;0' - 97.S')
/ \ ,
\.
Base of boring at 102.0'
103
[I NOTE: Deplb of illlerior well bue verified duringdcvelopmclll: U of 121ISI94 10 be 7.5.81'
104 I~ below T.O:C.
~
L-.J
105 j I
n
:----"1
I

.' ......
e=·
.... ~
=================================
R&R INTERNATrONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
Page
:Monitoring Well No.:
Date Started: Sept. 7, 1994
Client:
yl1(-Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company
:R&R Project ~o.: 302122 Date Completed: Sept. 8, 1994
:1\'(K-F Project No.: 5014/2005 LocatiooiCoordinates:
"I
;Drilling Method: 6.25- In HSAJ6.0·0D SSA
of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
5
PAl(
Pennsylvania Orilli~
C. Coulter
•
!FinaJ Elevation:
I !Riser: Type -
Scainiess Steel
:!screen: Type - PP Scainiess Steel
,TotaJDepm:
75.00'
: Water Level at Completion:
IState of Kentuckv Permit Number:
r Depth B Sample No.
(in feet) ;C [nrerva!
:1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
il
,; ~\ !! • I
• ~. 1 :1\ II 1
1--1 1
~H:\ /1
\ j i
.1 : . I
i: \, I
n
H,
81
H ' I I \ , I
H ~ I \
:1 I \
11 I \
.~ ;
I
Diameter -
Diameter -
Top Sand Pack:
40.06'
8000.-1536
pml ! Rec i
1 '
RAn :(In teet) I
1
Sampling Method:
~.O·
:.0·
63.00'
i0rilled blind 10 60,0'
Lithology
Description
I isee Soil Bori~s 32 and 33 (or
100 ...... 00 ....... " U""'",
I
Split-spoon
Length -
Length -
Top of Seal:
Slot -
,Grain Size
!G 5 5t C I
I
65.47'
10.00'
59.00'
0.010"
Graphic
Boring
14
1'5

•
==========================================================
. '~"."""" .
i
I IMomtonng ... W .e' U"" ,.,0.:
I
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
2 of
Page
5
I
16
i Drilled blind 1060.0'
'Client: MK-Fc:rguson of Oak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.: Pennsylvania Dnl1i~
I ·R&R Project No.: 3021::2 Date Completed:SepL 8, 1994 Driller: C. Coulter
249 Date Started: SepL 7, 1994 Logged By: PN(
F Project i'lo.: 5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
Depth i B Sample No. pml : Rec I
Lithology
I
i
i Grain Size
1
feet) IC Interval RAn I reeUi
I'G S StC I
Gcapbic
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
, '
, , , ,
i !
, I
. I
I ~ I I
Ii
I I
:-, I I
H \ ! !
~ \ I !
H 1/
LJ
. .\.\. i
R n; 1\
!~ ! \
p \.
H
~ \
~! '\
HI \
I,i I \
':
i
,!

•
================================================================
~~'-:··-:.Do.:D
~..N?Z.l'.
i
I
';YIonitoring WeU No.;
'Client:
i. R&R Project :"oIo~:
I ,
i
.:
MK·F Project No.:
Depth'
(inreetl
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
R&R INTERNATIONAL MO'N!TORING WELL LOG
Page
249
Date ,Staned: Sept. 7, 1994
MJ(-Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 8, 1994
5014/2005 LocatioDlCoordinates:
: B I Sample :"010.
C Illterval
-,-:\
1_-
,--
--'
: ,
, '
r---1
L-...l
i I
r--
I i
:--,
, I
~
H
o
n
r--'j I
I 1;1
l--.;,: I
I I!
I l
U
I
'
PID/ : Rec
\
\/
!
i
\j I
J
II
I
\
\ i
\ I
\ I
\ I
\
I,
1 0
(45 • 4~
I
JI
BKG
i!
\
\
//1
\ / I
\ / I
/'
/ \
, ,
RAD '{In teet) I
shelby I
rube I
1
~ Drilled blilllHo 60.0'
1
Lithology
Description
3 of 5
Logged By: P AK
Drilliug Co.:
?ennsylvaniaDrilli~
Driller: C. Coulter
: Grain Size,
I, I
G S St C
Graphic
Boring

~~R
'.~==============~~~~========
1
,Monitoring Wen. :"010.: 249
Client:
, .
:R&RProject ~o.:
:1 ,
:MK-F Project ~o.:
'I
Depth
feet)
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
R&R lNTERNATIONAL lYfONITORING WELL LOG
Page
Date Staned: SepL 7, 1994
MK~Ferguson at' Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 8. 1994
5014/2005 Locaoon/Coordinates:
! B I Sample No.
C
I
(7.' YR 618 and 10 YR 7/1); plastic: sub­
PIDI I Rec Lithology
,I
RAn feet) 1
i
I
i
: Drilled blind 1060.0'
!
I
\\ !
I
I
\
ClAY (90'1Ii)wilh trace sand: ( 10%); trace
2 o 2.0' organics UId:mic:aceous; brown moWed wilb
,BKG
saff
/
lsublround'cbm Ctagmllllll: minor mica Rata:
yeUow(7 ..5 YR 618); damp 10 moisI:
firm
\
\
\.
\
'Interval
,- j
:j !
;
i I
~
\
~ \ ,I
!
u i
----.
: I
r
,tj if i
"
II
/ \ ~
t=j \
LJ
L-;
1 1
\
i
I 1
......--. i I
~
I
\
: 11 ' (60 - 62)
1-1/
: 1
~
'----l !
i-V I '
4
of
Logged By:
DrilUug Co.:
Driller:
'I Grain Size 1
,:G S St C
5
PAX
PennsylvaniaDrilli~
C. Coulter'

.' .....
~~R
, .. ,
i
,I
,IMonitoring WeD No.:
flient: .
,R&RPr0JectN'o.:
'I r:V' F n....
:1\-an.- 'noJect ,,0.: ..r
R&R INTERNATIONAL MO!NITORING WELL LOG
Page
~49 Date Staned:SepL 7, 1994
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: SepL 8, 1994
501412005 Locatioo/Coordinares:
5 of
Logged8y:
Drilliog Co.:
Driller:
5
PA:K
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulrer
•
:1
:----------~~~--~~~--~------~~~------~----------------
Deptb : 8 i Sample No. I PIDI : Rec I Lithology ,Grain Size :
(in feet)i C I [nrerval I RAn [(In feet)/ Description !GS StC I Boring
73
I 74
d
',1
I
,
Grapbic
1_:\
70
i ;
-- , /
n
75
W
78
79
81
83
84 i
U
71
i.-.;
; i
76 H
t
I
/
Base of boring at 75.0'
NOTE: Depdlo( inieriorweU base verified during dcveIOPIDlllll; U of 12115194 10 bc 75.47'
77 bclowT.O.C.
80
82
i 85 I I
~~I ~::==§~=============

" ............ .
===R==&=R=IN=======T=ERN='=A=T====I==O=N=A=:::::L===M=, O=N==I=TO===RIN=====:=:G==W====E=L=L=]L=O=G===
• =:
i
~onitoring WeD No.:
!Client:
iR&R Project No.:
!MK-F Project No.:
I
:Drilling Method:
I
tinaJ Elevation:
,jRiser: Type - Stainless Steel Diameter -
"Screen: Type - PP Stainless Steel Diameter -
:I
:ITotaJ Depth:
75.00' (99.00') Sand Pack:
lWater Level at Completion:
40,60'
':State of KentucJcv Per:mit Number: 8000-4541
2
I :
I I
!~
I
!--...J;
\
:--' \
.1 I \
:.so
Page [ of
Date Started: AugustS, 1994 Logged By:
MK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
Drilling Co.:
::02122 Date Completed: August 12, 1994 Driller:
5014/2005 LocationiCoordinates:
6.25" ID HSA/6.0· 00 SSA
Deptb I B Sample No. ,PIDI [ Rec i
, (in feet) C, Interval I RAn 1(In feet) I
r
I
i
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
[4
15
l-...-,j
I i \
:....-....l \.
I
[j
I
! I
il
R
il
'----!
: I
~
W
H
R
~
H
I
'
r--j
h
~
I I
;1
'---i
I
I
\
\
\
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sampling Method:
2.0"
2.0"
62.50'
I
I Drilled blind to 24.0'
I
I
I
\ I
\
\
I:
i
i
\ I
\ I
I
:1
I
i
I
i
I
/,
i
I
Lithology
Split-spoon
Length -
Length -
SeaJ:
Slot -
:Grain Size
:G S St
6
US
PennsylVaniaDril1i~
C. Coulter
63.77'
10.00'
60.50'
0;010"
Graphic

~ ' ... ",. , I.' " • ,
e=================================
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
I
I :Moniroring Well No.:
I Client:
I :R&R Project No.:
li"lK_F Project :-lo.:
I
Depth
(in feet)
16
17
18
19
20
21
Page
250
Date Staned:. August 8, 1994
MK-Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company
J02122 Date CompJeted: August U, 1994
5014/2005 LocatiooiCoordinares:
: B I. Sample NO~i PIDI ! Rec !
C: Inrervai RAn: (In feet) i
~\ 'II
Ii. / I Drillcdblind to 24.0'
n\ Ii I
,-. \ I
I
L-.......
: I
o
!
q
I I
'\ I
I
LitboJogy
DescriptiOD
2
of
Logged By:
DrilliDg Co.:
Driller:
I~~S~: c I
6
US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulrer
Graphic
Boring
22
23
24
26
CLAY (70'lL) witb SOlllll sand (30"); fine
1 1.5 :.2 t, grained; well toUIIded: matilllll gray'to medium
(24 - 26) BKG
orangisbbl'OWll (lOYR 71110 7.5 YR 518);
l: 10 moist; firm
~~--------------------~-----~~-----~
27
28
29

•
,
.: 39
I
iMOnilOring Well No.:
;Client:
,R&R Project No.:
I: .
:MK-F Project No.:
, I .
Depth
I , (in feet)
I
!
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
R&R INTERNATIO:NAL MONITORING, WELL LOG
Page
250
Date Started: August 8. 1994
MK-Ferguson of OakRidge Company
302122 'Date Completed: August 12, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
!B i Sample No.
r C i Interval
i :\
:~\
\
, ,
i ! i
~--i
i
~ \
H
R
~
\,
}
,
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
i
j
PIDt
RAn
Rec
(In fee[)1
I
i
; i
i
I
I
I
I
;
,
I
Ii
I
I
i/
Lithology
3 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
I,Grain Size
:G S St C
I'
6
US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
Graphic
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
I
: CIA Y (90%) with trace sand(S 'lit) and silt (S'lIt) I
2
0' ,'2.3' JVery tinegrailllDd:wetlrollt1ded:medium brown, '
(48 - 50) BKG 'I i to o~ish brown (10 YR 6/8 to 7.S YR 6/8);
I i_
1-=-:......-___ -::-T-___ 1 __......:wa: rum
,
5'1

R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITORING WELL LOG
,
PalJe
i
:YlonitorinlJ WeU No.: :50 Date Started: August 8, 1994
'Client:
:R&R Project :'110.:
I
!MK-F Project No.:
MK-Ferguson or Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 12, 1994
5014/2005 Location/Coordinates:
4 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
'Driller:
6
US
Pennsylvania Dnlli~
C. Coulter
Depth
(in feet)
52
54
55
56
B 'I'
C
'.-J\
, ~ \
: I.',
--"
',' \
-- 'I
I \
I \
: I "
:1
Sample No.
Interval
PlDl i Rec •
I ' ,
I RAn I (In feet),1
II
: ,
; ,
, '
Utbology
:Description
I Grain Size '/
iG S St C:
Graphic
BorinlJ
,
i
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
I ·1 .
I I \
§\
H ~ \/'\
WI
D'
!
:1
I
0:
0
1
Rl
! I I
HI
_I
I '
dl
I ,
L-J
I '
,
I
I
I
:/

i
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO~G ':"EL~ L06G
!Monitoring WeU No.: 250 Date Started: AUgwlt 8, 1994 Logged By: US
:Client: YlK-Ferguson or OakRidge Company. Drilling Co.: Penmylvarua 'Drilli~
!R&R Project No.: 302122 Date Completed: AUgwlt 12, 1994 Driller: C. Coulter
l;'vlK-F Project No.: 5014/2005 LocatiOn/Coordinates:
:I
:1
I
I
:1
ell
"
I
!
i
Depth
(in teet)
70
71
-.,
1-
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
B I
C
, \
i_\
i : \
\
\
, /
hi j--
Sample No.
Interval
/1
/ I
/ i
:__ 1/ \,1'
,I I' [
I_i
I
/12 _, J I 0
PIDI \ Rec '
, I
RAn i (In feet) I
2.3'
i
I
:1
I
Lithology
Description
i Grain Size "
,G S StC
,
i
I
1
I
I
I
I
leu. Y

•
============~~================~~~====================
,
i 'Monitoring Well No.:
I
iClient:
iR&R Project No.:
, . Project No.:
Depth
(in
89
90
91
R&R INTERNATIONAL MONITO'RING WELL LOG
,
:----'
l---l
I
Ii
'----0
Page
250
Date Started: August 8, 1994
YtK-Ferguson of Oak Ridge Company
302122 Date Completed: August 12, 1994
501412005
Location/Coordinates:
Sample No.
Rec :
Utbology
Interval
feet) i
\ I
r
\ !
!
\
I
I
6 of
Logged By:
Drilling Co.:
Driller:
I
GraiIi Size C 'I
G S St
l
I
6
US
Pennsylvania Drilli~
C. Coulter
Graphic
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
4
(95 - 97)
5
(97 - 99)
I Shelby
Tube
o ; 2.3'
BKG
I "'ICmIIIlII4 sand and silty clay layers:
End of boring at 99.0'
. NOTE: DqHh'of illlCrior wetl base verified during,developllllllll: Is of 121U/94 !Gibe 73; n'
below T.O:C.
102
103
104
105

G.S. 2LE'/. _
T.O.C. a:v. _
PROTECTIVE WELl. C.1P -\
\
/-DIFF.
1.00' (esT.)
CONCRETE V AU.. T
SIZE:S'X6'X3'l1·WITH 6" CONCRETE
GROUND SURFACE
-=1 ··==/11==1 '==111 :~ j 1'1==· == '1== ==
I 1-'.11==1 il '==!. /I fi1 I i II 1/ il II//! I
'-'I
i=='· -I /' I=='! -ill==' T!/I~
'I II "-; .1
!.-!
'I' I'! ill;-:' ==::!:::-r-, ~I =-;--,.----;---;--------t";-7-r-r::::!:::::=r.,--f-:::===rl. 1 /-' -i
,i / " '-;
1
',--I --, -
. _I
";-111-11'1-'11'
1 __ 1 1 1,--1 I 1-- 1 , '
hoOtIfoI-t-- 6Z.00' 8,0· SCHD. 40. PVC RISER
1:./·1==1/'==1 ':/·1==1 ! I'
11-' 1-1 I, 1==' -i 1 I!..
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL 54.00'
TOP OF SAND 59.00'
............ -- 5.00' BENTONiTe SEAL
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 4.00;
i I
27.00'
I
V
~l
BonOH OF WELL 95.00'--- "
8.0· SCH. 40. PVC Sl.t1P 5.00'
TOTAL BOREHOLE OE?TH 100;00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• WEll. VAULT AS-BulI_T DRAWINGS REFERENCEC5E-59001-i)01
_i-- SANOPACK
(MQRIE CO. GRADE #0)
8.0· T'!'PE 316. S.S. SCReEN
(O;OZO·SLOT)
8.0· SCH. 40. PVC PLUG
BORE HOLe DIAMETER 20.0·
• OH
• COLUMBUS. OH
· PIT:rSBURCH, PA
· COLUMBIA, MD
wELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
EXTRACTION WELL NO. [W-228
NORTHWEs;r PLUME-NORTH FIELD
PADUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION P~T
S.O.K. PERMIT NO.

G.S. ELEV._
T;O.C. ELEV. _
PROTECTIVE WELL CAP \
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:8'X6'X3'''~ WITH 6'CONCRETE
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SL~Y GROUT
TOP OF SEAl. 1.6.00'
TOP "'....., 51.00' ~
..--.-- 5.00' BENTONITE SEAl..
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 3.00'
---"'"
-'-------1--
.!
I
28.00'
....... 1--- SAND PACK
(MaRIE CO. GRADE #OON)
8.0· TYPE 316, S.S. SCREEN
(0.020· SLOT)
8.0· SCH. 1.0; PVC PLUG
8.0· SCH. 1.0. ,PVC SUMP 5.00'
BOTTOM OF WELL 87.00' --......,
T:OTAL 90REHOLE DEPTH 90.00'
LENGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• well. VAIA;.T As-8uILT DRAWINGS REFeRENCE CSE-59,OOI-DOI
: BORE HOLE DIAMETER ZO.O·
·AKRON. OH
• COLUMBUS. OH
• PITTSBURCH, PA
• COLUMBIA. MO
WEl:L CONSTRl:ICTlON01AGRAM
EXTRACTION WELL NO. EW-229
NORTHWEST PLUME-NORTH FIELD
PAOUCAH GASEOUS OIFFUSION PlANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO.

G.S. EL::-V. _
7.::>.C. :LEV. _
PROTECTIVE WElL CAP
CONCRETE VAtl. T
SIZE:8'X6'X3'II' WITH i 6' CONCRETE
. . , :11 i.
II==! I 1==:/11==; i :==1, II -_\~ . ~ :11==111 ;. I :,11==1 i
-, i i==' I -: I !==' '-I 1 :==1 I '-; .i
l
'1-' > [J_-.:.~~ II,'.' '-, II -1.11 ~I·II.'
i-, ii-I' i-I. -:--t.. I . I 1_, _ ,i __
'1 1==:1\ iii il'; '1;II==ilf/' :'>Tf" i'I;I' 'I'II-ill-III==III-
1
. , '-I I 1-, I I-! 11--; ! !f:::1 11::-1 I I-I I I-I ' '
GROUND SURFACE
\. ·.li._1 _ '1_'
-i I -i' :-1 !-; '!--' ,-' _' _
-1 11-";-1 '-1,-. ,I
TOP OF SEAL 46.00' ~
TOP OF SAND 51.00'
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 5.00'
-I r
1/
1 -- --""'_IL-_--i__
! I
39;00'
I
/ )( 55.00~ 8.0' SCHD.40. PVC 'RISER
, r BORE
CENTRALIZERS
~
,
'-0-
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
,...:;..,.i__- S.OO· BENTONITE SEAL
...... "-- SAND PACK
(MORIECO. GRADE #OON)
8.0~ TYPE 316.5.5. SCREEN
(O.OZO· SLOT)
8.0' SCH. 40. PVC PLUG
8.0' SCH. 1..0. PVC SUMP S.OO·
HOlE DIAMETER_i •• =20===.0=' ===-~~~~---1
~,I 'I' •. t:Y'. ........ :;::: . AKRON, OH
BOTTOM OF WELL 100.00'---.. ,COLUMBUS. 01-4
"",_'L-__;--_I
. PITTSBURCH, PA
_ _ /' • COLUMBIA, MO
~OTALBOREHOLE DEPTH 105;00;
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• Weu. VAILT AS-BuILT DRAWINGS REFERENCE C5E-5900'~01
--------.~!----~,
WELl. CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
EXTRACTION WELL NO. fW-230
'NORTHWEST PLUME-SOUJH FIELD
PADUCAH CASEOUS DIFFUSION PlANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO .

G.S. EI...EV. _
T.O.C. ELEV. _
PflOTECTIVEWELL CAP --,
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:8'X6'j(3'U" WITH 6· CONCRETE
GROUND SI.R' ACE
1--~i-'--' 1 ==-j I -:--, ==---r! -r=1 ==. ::::::1 TTIII~ "111 -III' III II
I !==I i I==il 11==1 11==11 : : !
1-"11-' ITT-I ITT-I Tn
IIIII!I I'll 'III"
"I I I ~lli I :11 II ~~. r-:"": '1"=j =-rr~~~=====r-r:"===n
I 11:1 I :11==,j1 1-
'. , I-I I I-III~I" =-111-111-1 I '
I~II+-t--
59.00' 8.0· SCHOo 40, PVC RISER
TOP OF SEAL 45.00'
TOP 'OF SAND 51.00'
~ __ - 6.00' BENTONITE SEAL.
SAND.ABOVE SCREEN 9.00'
~'
A
'I
27.00'
-t-- SAND,PACK
(MeRlE CO. GRACE SANDi'1AR)
8.0· TYPE 316. 5.5; SCREEN
(0.025· SLOT)
8;0· SCH. 40. PVC PLUG
8.0· SCH;40, PVC SUMP 5;00~
BonOH OF WELL 92.00'
TOTAL BOREHOLE OEPTH 95.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO' SCAlE
• 'NELL VAULT AS-8uILTDRAWINGS REFEREHCI! CSE-5900H)0I
BORE HOLE OIAMETER
ZO.O·
. AKRON. OH
• COl.UMBUS. OH
• PITTSBURGH. PA
• COLUMBIA. MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
EXTRACTION WELL NO. &-211
NORTHWEST PLUME-SOUTH FIELD
PADUCAH. CASEOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
S.O.K. PERt.l1T NO;

G.S. ELf'!. _
'i.O.C. :!...:V. _
WELL-'EAD ASSEHBev-\
\
/-DIFF. _
CONCRETE VAULT
~ SIZE:~'X3'XZ' WITH 6' CONCREiE
GROl:.t-lD SURF ACE
,;!i~!'1 \ 11_ _
-=---: i '==1 I==! !==! 11=" '1, \ 1- ,
, , 1-,'1 I-I ,'-i 1 '-, 1 ' 11,==1 1==11,1==11
1==1" 1'==1 'I i==1 ,I 1==1 I !. " ==: I 1==111==111==1
:-11 -I ,-I 1- II, _.1 ,- --, :_1
I,
I·
,11- I -::1-1,1-:' 1,-111- _I
·-1 1 i ==' -i I 1 ==' -1 1
"11 ==' y':." ====-':-:-=~--:-++T~r-;-;:::::::::!:::rT-:'===rl, 1==; II ==111 ==1 1 1-
~
'!
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
D,ATALOGGER
, ,--, --' ,- 1 --, --, 1-- '
I":-:il~rll 111:=-111-111- 1 "
69.ZZ' SCH.5SITYPE 316 S.S RISER
,-r--t--- 57.40' PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX~Z60
CEHENT-
BENTONI:rE SL~Y GROUT
TOP OF SEAL ,64.80'
~ '----
..,......,-i-~/t"-- 67,00' BOTTOM OF PACKER
I-
PURGE MIZER MOCEL 4200
TOP OF SAN066.80·
~~-- Z.OO· BENTONITE SEAL
+-",,"",,"'"":-t-- DISCHARGE TUBING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 2.42~
....... 1---- SAND PACK
2.0' TYPE 316 5.5, SCREEN
(0.010· SLOT, PRE-PACKED)
WELL WIZARD --~
SAMPliNG PUMP
'SASE OF PUMP INLET 73.90' ----....
BOTTOM OF WELL 79.2Z'
TOTAL BOREHOLE CEPTH 80.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• " ..... " .......'#'00...... "'.........,,.ro "'f""'~~_I_ I'"'!'C 1:",",1'\1 """"
2.0' SCH. 5SlnPE 316, S.S. PLUG
r
BORE
= ·.... KRON. OH
. COLUMBUS. OH'
,/
·,PITTSBURCH. PA.
. COLUMBIA. MO
HOLE DIAMETER-;:;:IZ;::.o=' =;==-~::;;;;::;;~-;:;-:;_~
I
'NELL CONSTRUCTI0NDIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-2JJ
NORTHWEST PLUME-NORTH FIELD
PACUCAH CASEOUS DIFFUSION PlANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO. 8000-4535

G.S. ELEV._
c.O.C. ELEV. _
WELL-HEADASSEMBLY ~\
TRANSDUCER REEL
CONCRETE VAlLT
SIZE:3'X3'XZ' WITH 6· CONCRETE
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
"...:.-+--- 56:50' PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE)PTX-Z60
CENTRALIZERS
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLLMY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL
65.oo'~
~~~y-- 67.Z5' BOTTOM OF PACKER
I- PURGE MIZER MODEL 4200
TOP Of SAl .7.00' ~
SAND ABOVE SCREEN Z.J~
"'----- Z.OO' 'BENTONITE SEAt
~"'::"'..:::......i-- DISCHARGE TLeING
_i--- SAND PACK
Z;O· TYPE 316 5.5. SCREEN
(0.010· SlOT, PRE-PAC.'

G.S. ::L='1. _
:.O.C. ::L5'1. _
'NELL-HEAD ASSEMBLY
j-- TRANSOUCl::R REEL
/
CONCRETE VAU. T
SIZE:3'X3'X2' WITH 6' CONCRElE
HERMIT
HODEL IOOOC
DATA LOGGER
! . 'I J I
1
II' 1-,1,-1 1==: 11==1 I '1==1 _I_ 1==1
II Iii' ill I 1
1
:1 -
'~=rT'"7'==on;--;--i-~~~TT_====-r--1 ! II I r 1==11 1-
111::-11,1-111-' "
I"'I""'IIM-- 68,10' SCH.SS/TYPE 316 S.S RISER
,r--:j--- 57.40' PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-260
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL
I -r-r"~~r-- 67.20' BOTTOM, OF PACKER
~ ~E MIZER MODa 4200
'OP OF SAND 65.00' ~
~---- 3.00' BENTONITE SEAL:.
~~""7t-- DISCHARGE TUBING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 3.10'-----
-ilt--- 5AN)'PACX
2.0' TYPE 316 S.S. SCREEN
(0;010' SLOT, PRE-PACXEO)
,,\1.
WELL WIZ~D --~
SAMPLING PlA'1P
9ASE OF PUMP INLET 74.00' ____ or
BonOM OF WELL 78.10' --_
' I TOTAL BOREHOLE DEPTH 80.00'
I
LEGEND
'"
10.00'
NOT TO SCALE
• WeLL. VALt.l As-8uILTDRAWINGS REFERENCECSE-59001-Q01
r
2.0' SCH 5SITYPE 316 S.S PLI!IG
~E ~ O~'II "

G.S.ELEV. _
T.O.C. 1:LEV. _
TRANSDUCER REEl
'NEl.l..-11EAD.ASSEMBLY---"\
~:~,~~~~~ 6. CONCRETE
DIFF._
;;
-r~~~===============r=7========~~1r~
GROUND~ACE
'1 1 ' 1
- :
-i -- 1-- 1 --,·1 I~' - I __ 1- _
; 1-- 1==1, 11==1 1 __ 1 1'1==;' ' __, I 1==1 i--. ,i:1 I, ;1
,
I· Ii 1 . III, .1.11 I'
, I 1==\ I 1==1 '11==1 11:=;-';..;,.
--I I ,I ,-!
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
'~~~~--,--r:;::::::::::J /II I, /I I :11 III'
I( -111 1 , i}C::II~===='-"-~-:-r--:--+--+tIf-i~~~=rl I U I II 1==1 1 1-
"1 I-!II~I 11=-1'11_1 11 _ 1 '"
69;50' SCH.5SJTYPE 316 S.S RISER
~-t--- 56.70' PRESS~ TRANSOUCER(PROBE)PTX..z60
CENTRALIZERS
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL 62.00'
TOP OF SAND 66.00'
~'----
I .,.....,...JdIII-~-- 67.IO'BOT;rOM OF PACKER
t- PURGE MIZER MODEL. 4200
_~.---- 4.00' BENTONITE SEAL
-..t'.".~-- DISCHARGE TUBING
-r-- SAND PACK
Z.O· TYPe 316 S.S. SCREEN
(0.010· SLOT, PRE-PACKED)
WELL WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING PUMP
BASE OF PUMP INLET 74.00· ____ ~
aOTTOM OF WELL 79.50'
TOTLABOREHOLE DEPTH 80.00~
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• WELL VAlAo.T As-8UILT DRAWINGSREF'ERENCE,CSE·5900I-001
Z.O· .SCH. 5S/TYPe 316 S.S PLUG
BOREHOLE DIAMETER IZ.O·
'AKRON, OH
• COLUMBUS. OH
• PITTSBURGH. PA
. COLUMBIA. MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. 236
NORTHWEST PLUME-NOR1iH FIELD
F'AOUCAH GASEOUS OIFF'\JSION F'lANT
S.O,K PER ... ITNO. 8001-5999

G.S. 9-Eo'J. _
T.O.C. :L='/. _
WELL-HEAO ASSEMBLY-,
-- r:RANSDUCERRE:L
~-""---'-------:----:----:l--r==~'
\ CONCRETE VAl!JLT
\ SIZE:3'X3'XZ' WITH 6· CONCRETE
;,
\. r DIFF._
\ /
::::-:T'E;========='7==t===:;=======:::::::rt"""l":::
GROUND SURFACE
' I' !II ==' I I ==1 I ! =='
==1' 11==11 :1==11, 1==1:1
- -.,1-. I-I.
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
'DATA LOGGER
I
" III' III I' i j'
=='111:==1
-I·-I,
I: 1==11 i-
111=-111-111- 11 '
I~~~- 25.38' SCH.5SITYPE ,316 S.S. RISER
-r--;--- 21.00' PRE5S~ TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-Z60
CENTRALIZERS
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SL~Y GROUT
TOP OF SEAL
17.50'
~'---
..,....,....-i-~/t-- 22.30' BOTTOM OF PACKER
I- PURGE MIZER MODEl. 4200
TOP OF SAND
21.00'
SAND ABOVE SCREEN
".-q--- 3.50' BENTONITE SEAL
+-tr.....,~~- DISCHARGE Tl.9ING
_t--- SAND PACK
Z.O· TYPE 316 S.S. SCREEN
(0.010· SLOT. PRE-PACKED)
weLL WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING PUMP
2.0· SCH; 5 S/TYPE 316. 5.S.PLUG
BASE OF PUMP INLET 31..20' ____ or
BOTTCM OF WELL 35.38' --__
TOTAL BOREHOLE DEPTH 35.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• WELL VAll.T As-BUILT DRAWINGS ReFERENCE C5E-59001-DOI
'BORE HOLE DIAMETER 12.0·
·,.\KRON, OH
"COLUMBUS, OH
.Pl'rrS8URCH •. PA
• COLUMBIA. MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-2J7
NORTHWEST PLUME -NORTH F!ELD
PAOUCAH ~EOUS DIFFUSION PLANT
S.OX. PERMIT NO. 0001-5979

G.S. ::u:v._
T.O.C. ELE'I. _
WELL -HEAD ASSEMBLY ---,
TRANSDUCER REEL
OIFF._
CONCRETE VAll. T
SIZE:3'XYX2' WITH 6' CONCRETE
;;
~~~================~~========~~~ GRO~DS~ACE
~~.,....,---n===:ill~ 11,1
, III I 'II III II
.1'.1-':11-1 .•'m -1 ..
1
-1-1 1- 111 -
1 1
-III -111-
1::-111_111_ 11 '
1..,..1tr-1-- 69,S3'SCH.5SI1C1PE 316 S.S.RISER
g--;--- 57.90' PRESSlR: TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-260
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SCURRY GROUF
TOP OF SEAL 64.00'
TOP OF SAND 66.00'
~'----
1 ... -.-~~;1-- 68.70' BOTTOM OF PACKER
"" ~GE MIZER MODEL 4200
~~-- 2.00' BENTONITE SEAL
~~~-- DISCHARGE TUBING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 3.S~
_~-- SAND PACK
2.0· TYPE 316 S.S. SCREEN
(0,010· SLOT. PRE-f'ACKED)
WELL WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING Pl.t1P
Z.O·SCH_ 5S/TYPE 316. S.S. PLUG
BASE OF PUMP INLET 75.10' ____..-r
BOTTOM OF WELL 79.S3' ---,
"
TOTAL 30REHOl.E DEPTH SO.OO·
LEGEND
NOT rOSCALE
• WELL VAIAiT As-8ulLT DRAWINGS,ReFERENCE C5E-5900I-001
j
'•• / =======:::=-":".
I BORE HOLE DIAMETER ·IZ.O·
A~K~R;;O~N~',-;;O:H~-1
· COLt;)MBUS. OH
• PITTSBURGH, PA
· COLUMBIA. MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-2J8
, NORTHWEST PLUME-NORfH FIELD
PADUCAH GASEOUS OIFf'l)SION 'PLANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO; 8000-

'NELL4-IEAD ~EMBL y----,
. \
G.S. ELEV._
T.O.C. ELEV. _
TRANSDUCER REEL
\
\
:L,I LI'I_ _
CONCRETE VAll. T
SIZE:YX3'XZ' WITH 6' CONCRETE
GROl:N) SURFACE
II i I I'I III I'
I II III III /1 I'
.;e~:::::::::::::..;m..~----;-I ~~ III III ==1 11-
111=-"11-111- 1 "
",-",,",,-- 146.88' SCH.SSlTYPE :516 5.5 RISER
.-~-- 56.90'PRESSURE TRANSDUceR (PROSE) PTX~Z60
__
8.0' CARBON STEEL
ISOLATION CASING 110.00' ---..... -1
UPPER BORE HOLE DIAMETER 20.0'
CENTRALIZERS
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL. IZ9.00'
------lj~n~--- 143.70' BOTTOM OF PACKER
'-f'lRGE MIZER.MOOEL 4Z00
TOP OF SAND 13Z.00'
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 14.88'
3.00' BENTONITE SEAL
..:.....14---- DISCHARGE TUBING
_1---- SAND PACK
2.0· TYPE. 316 S~S. SCREEN
(0;010' SLOT, PRE-PACKED)
WE!.L WIZARD
SAMPLING PUMP
aASE OF PUMP INlET 150.40' ----/
BOTTOM OF WELL 156.88' --"'"
TOTAL BOREHOLE CEPTH157.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• WFI I VAUlT A.~-R"II T,ORAWIN(;~ RO:F1=I>FNI'F t!iF-!iClnnl..()nl
Z.O· SCH. 5S/TYPE 316. 5.5. PLUG
LOWER BORE HOLE DIAMETER
3.0'
·AKRON. OH
• COL.UMBUS. 01-1
• PITTSBURGH. PA
• COL.UMBIA. MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-2J9
NORTHWEST PLUME-NORTH FIELD
PAOUCAH GASEOUS OIFFUSIONPLANT
S.O:K. PERMIT NO, 8000-4537

G.S. E!..E'I. _
LO.C. ELE'/. _
'NEll. -HEADASSEMBL Y --,
TRANSDt.'CER REa
CONCRETE VAll. T
SIZE:.3'X3'XZ' WITH 6' CONCRETE
-=11==_ll !::=!
I, !==_I! 1::=/1-==·::=1 11_==li
If I 11111111 III Ii
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
. , I -I 11---::1 II 111=-1 II-II. I-I I '
1-:"'I1Iri-- 69.66' SCH;SSnYPE 316 S.S RISER
Ir--+-- 57.40' PRESSURE TRANSOUCER (PROBE)'PTX-Z60
, 1 '::=1 I '==1 i 1==111 /I, III III. I,· I, ,.
I-III-II!-, I I
-I I I::=j II i II ~~I-r=r~-++th-7-7-r-t=::::!:::::rTI~:::':r1 J ,II I 1==1 1,1-
CEMENT-
BENTONITE St:..URRYGROUT
TOP·OF SEAL 64.00'
....-r~.,:-/i"""-- 68.70' BOTTOM OF PACKER
I-
PURGE MIZER MODEL 4Z00
TOP OF SAND 66.00'
~~-- 2.00' BENTONITE SEAL
+-It'-,o'-7t-- DISCHARGE 'TUBING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 3.6~
_1-- SAND PACK
2.0· TYPE 316 S.S. SCREEN
(0;010· SLOT. PRE-PACJ(EO)
WELL WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING Pl.t1P
BASE OF PUMP INLET 7S.5S' ----,
BOTTOM OF WELL. 79.66' --"""
TOTAL BOREHOLE DE?TH80.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• WEU.. VAULT As-BUILT DRAWINGS REFERENCE CSE-S900I-DOI
2.0~ SCH. 5SITYPE 316. S.S.PLUG
BORE HOLE DIAMETE.~
IZ.O·
. AKRON. OH
· COLUMBUS, OH
· PITTSBURGH, PA
• COLUMBIA, MO
WELL CONSTRUCTIONI DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-240
NORTHWEST PLUME-NORTH FIELD
'PAOUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION Ptj.NT
S:O.K. PERMIT NO. 8000-45038

G.S. ELEV._
:- .:).C. EU:V. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEMBL y~
TRANSDUCER REEL
CONCRETE VAU..T
SIZE:3'X3'XZ' WITH 6· CONCRETE
, .'" ' GROUND. SURFACE
-= '==; I 1==, ; ==1 J 1_'· \ :~I '1==, '==i i ==1' == i
1 I II!I q! II j ll1' ~ '-r--i~ 1 I III III Ii i j: !
'Iii.: : ,! I Ill==i :II~ ! In~-! --~ le:II' 1==11' 1==111==1'1 1-
I--:! 1--" ,--,I _" ' II 1 , • -- '_,_I __
I 'I =,
I , I . 1 ., '~ .' I-I'
-II ==11 1'11==1 1=' !== I "'1,/ :1:::::1 == 1,== ' - '
~ '" 1.'1-111-:111:::1

G.S. ELEV._
T.O.C. ELEV. _
i
!
I .
.\
j
I
\
i
I
I
I
TRANSDUCER REEL
CONCRETE VAULT
,-- SIZE:3'X3'XZ' WITH 6· CONCRETE
GROUND SURFACE
HERMIT
MOOEL 1000 C ----'
DATA LOGGER
54.0S' PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-Z60
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL 58.00'
h-"'T-":';"~-- 6Z.30~ BOTTOM OF PACKER
PURGE MIZER MODEL 4Z00
TOP OF SAND 63,00' ~
------- 5.00' BENTONITE SEAL
~~~--DISCHARGE Tl..eING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN 2.IO'~
_t--- SAND PACK
2;0· TYPE 316 5.5. SCREEN
(0.010· SLOT) PRE-PACKED)
Ii'.
!
I !.
! :
WELL WIZARD --­
SAMPLING PI..t1P
BASE OF PI..t1P INLET 69:00' ____..-r
BOTTOM OF WELL 7S.IO'
iOTAL.BOREHOLf DEP"m 7S.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO. SCALE
• WELL VAtA;T As-8uILTORAWINGS REFE~ CSE"S9001-001
2.0· SCH.5S/:r:YPE 316, S.S. PLUG
BORE HOLE DIAMETER IZ.O·
·.AKRON, OH
·'COLUMBUS, OH
. PI:rTSBURGH, PA
• COLUMBIA. MD
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-242
NORTHWEST 'PLUME-SOUTH FIELD
PADUCAH GASEOUS DI..-ru5IQN PlANT
S.O:K. PER~IT NO. 8000-4543

G.S. ELfV. _
T.O.C. ELf'!. _
WELL-HEAOASSEMBLY \
\ /
r-DIFF. _
/
/ TRANSDUCER RE:L
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:3'XYXZ' WITH 6' CONCRETE
GRO~D SURFACE
-j I -I 'I i-i : I-!II---i· '. r 1:=1 : 1:=1 ==1
-j
!:=' I -; 111==' I '-;'1' 11:='
-j 1==' -1 I !:='-:
i 1:=' , !-111---1
-. 11-, 11-1 I_;.=. 1_1 11_. 1"1 _ 1
'-'11:=1 TIlI'I:=. I II i 111I1 i 1
ji: I .... I'===~~~--;---.,--~=::J II! III 11111 1 '
.! I ::=: : i:=; I j:= ~'=====.-:-:-==-.;---;--H++-~~:!:::=rT-;==:=:1 ==1 ==1' I-
I 1 -'-'7'1--1 - 1,1 I=-I 1 I-II 1- 1 .
HERMIT +.,...~+--- 65.13' SCH.5S/TYPe 316 5.5 •. RISER
MODEL 1000C
DATA LOGGER
~-:--- 52.35' PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-ZOO
1
•
. _
1 11
CENTRALIZERS
CEI'1ENT·
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL..
58.00'
~,,'---
I """""T""".;....,;.-;r-- 62.30' BOTTOM OF PACKER
~ PURGE MIZER MOCEL 4200
TOP OF SAND
61.00'
-'"""" __ -- 3,00' BENTONlrESEAL.
~""""''"7t-- DISCHARGE TUBING
_._-- SAND PAC.I{
2.0~ TYPE 316 5.5. SCREEN
(0;010· SLOT)PRE-PACKEO)
WEI.:.L WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING PLt1P
2.0~ SCH, 5 SlTYPe 316, S.S. PLUG
BASE OF PUMP INLET 6Q.00'----~
BOTTOM OF WELL 75.13' --......
TOTAL BOREHOLE DEPTH 75.50'
LEGENI::!
NOT TO SCALE
• Weu.. VAULT AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ReFeReNce C5E-SQOOH)OI
BORE HOLE DIAMETER 12.0·
. AKRON. OH
. COLUMBUS, OH
• PITTSBURGH, PA.
. COLUMBIA, MO
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-24J
NORTHWEST PLUME-SOUTH FIELD
PADUCAH CASEOUS DIFFUSION Pl:.ANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO. 8000-4533

G.S. EW:-V. _
T.O.C. ELJ:\!. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEMBLY--\\
/;;;~6:C~
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
---
/DIFF._//
~~================\===F=r=========c~~
GRO~D~A~
IJ I ::-. =='
I III III 11'1==1'
, I'll I'll III II· I'
111=-11'1-1111-1'"
'~=--:::::~--ll!li.--.~~ I 111111==/1 1-
I ....... II+-i-- 64.30' SCH.551TYPE 316 S.5 RISER
~-!--- 50:50'PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PB(-Z60
""'---'--~-
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SL~Y GROUT
TOP OF SEAL 59.50'
TOP OF SAND 6Z.00'
~'---
h-~~'-:it-- 61.20' BOr:rOM OFPACl

G.S. 2LEV._
LO.C. ELEIf. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEMBLY --\
TRANSDUCER REa
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE::5'X:5'XZ' WITlf 6· CONCRETE
HERMIT
MOOEL 1000 C
DATA.LOGGER
GROLND SlJ(F ACE
ill==
1--1 1==111 ,I ,--' .1: 11==1 --I 11,==: --.
III: II: I Iii III'
~~~.,-+-Hf1~..,..-r-:!:==.,....,--f-:====ri I . 11:1 I: II == I 1 1-
11
111=-111-1 11- '
'~iI:rll--- 64.58' SCH:5SJ:T'fPE :516 S.S. RISER
/r--j--- 5:5.80' PRESSURE TRANSOlJCER(PROBE).PTX-Z60
i==
CENTRALIZERS
BASE OF PUMP INLET 69.00'----..­
CEHENT-
BENTONITE SLLArf GROUT
TOP OF SEAt. 56.50' ~.
T-r~"':-/1-- 60~50'BOTTOM OF PACKER
1-
PURGE MIZER MODEL t.ZOO
TOP OF SAND
60.00' ~
, '--T-'l--
sAND ABOVE SCREEN 4.5~
"'-111--- 3.50' BENTONITE SEAL
~t'-?"-7i-- DISCHARGE TtBING
_1--- SAND PACK
Z.O· TYPE :5165.S; SCREEN
(0.010· SLon
WEll. WIZARD ---­
SAMPLING PUMP
Z.O· SCH. 5 SITYPE :516, S.S. PLUG
SOTTOi-! OF WELL 7t..5S' ----..
TOTAL BOREHOLE DEPTH SO.OO'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCALE
• '••-. "". - .... ''"'.... _ '""_ ............. n ... ~~_ ....... I""CC en"'l\l ....,,'
BORE HOlE DIAMETER IZ.O·
· .... KRON. OH
. COLUMBUS. OH ,
• PIITSBURGH. PA
. COLUMBIA, MD !
WEll CONSTRl;.ICTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-245
NORrHWEST PlUME-SOl!JJiH FiELD
PAOUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION PlANT
5.0:K. PERIoIIT NO.
Il~'I;;

ie
I
G.S. ELEV._
T.O.C. ELEV. _
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
WELl.-HEAD ASSEMBLY--\
\
\
TRANSOUCERREB..
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:3'X3'XZ' WITM 6' CONCRETE
GROUND Sl;JRFACE
11==
. III 1III ! II i 1
1
II 1IIIII '11 -
~,..,-,-:==;--rv-:r-i--HH~-rr====:rn, r-====n III III ==1 I 1-
III-Ill-I"
r.-IM-- 15.37' SCi.SS/TYPE 316 S.S RISER
..--+--- IZ.OO'PRESSURE TRANSOUCER (PROBE) PTX-Z60
TOP OF .SEALII.OO'
~. '-----
I "T"~~1-- 13.40' BOTTOM OF PACKER
~ PURGE MIZER MOOB. 4200
TOP OF SAND 14.50'
~
SAND ABOVE SCREEN O~87~
r-..--- 3.50' BENTONITE SEAL
+-~~-- DISCHARGE li..eING
2.0· TYPE 316 S;S. SCREEN
(0.010· SLOT)
WELl. WIZARD --~
SAMPLING PUMP
2.0· SCi. SSITYPE 316, S.s.PLUG
BASE OF I'\l1P INLET 24.50' ----"
BOTiOH OF WELL 25.37'
TOTAL BOREJ-IOLE OEPTH 26.00'
LEGEND
NOT rOSeAU:
• Wf:It V 61. T d.~-AIIII T nAAWINt:~ RFF'F~ r.5E~5900l'()OI
BORE HOLE DIAMETER
IZ.O·
·AKRON. OH
• COLUMBUS. OH
.PlrTSBURGH,PA
• COLUMBIA, MD
WELL CONSTRl:JCJION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-246
NORTHWEST PLl;JME-SOl:HH FIELD
PAQUCAH GASEOUS DIFFUSION P1.ANT
S.O.K. PERMIT NO. 8000-45,34

G;S. a£v._
T.O.C. ::LEV. _
welJ.-HEAD ASSEMBLY~\
\
\
/1 I. ! ji!==1
GROUND S~FACE
HERMI;r
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
1-11-11-1
1'==1 11==1 11==111==~ -I
! :: 1==1 1==1.1 I==! I ,.
11-11- ,_,I
~~=-:--l'T--:---i-~~I~.,--r=---~,illl 111=='1 1 1-
111=-11 I.-I' i-II'
~"""

G.S. ELEV. _
T.O:C. ELEV. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEMBLY--..... ·
TRANSDUCER 'REEL.
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:YXYX2' WITH 6" CONCRETE
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
111==
'I ill III III ! I
II' I '1, II III III'
~----=~~.:.....;..,....~:~~ I III II !==II 1-
11=-111-111- 11 '
I--~-- 65.8I'SCH.5SITYPE ~16 S.S. RISER
"""';;'-1--- 5~.95;
PRESSlR: TRANSDUCER (PROBE) PTX-260
CENTRAI..IZERS
TOP OF SEAL 55.00' ~
r:;:=;::;~~-- 6.5.70' BOTTOM OFPAC!

G.S. ELE'I. _
T.O.C. ELEV. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEMBLY --,
TRANsOUCER REEL
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:3'X3'XZ' Willi 6" CONCRETE
;;
--~~~===============T~======~==~~~
GROUND SURFACE
HERMIT
MODEL 1000 C
OATA LOGGER
1 1 1::.-1 11-1 1'1- 1 I '
:........ 1......:1.-- 65.47' SCH.5S/TYPE :516 5.5 RISER
CENTRALIZERS
III · 1- I -I
Ii III ! II III II
i I II III III! II I-
I: ill Ii j==lll-
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SL~Y GROI:JT
TOP OF SEAL 59.00'
4--.-.~*/t-- 65.00' BOTTOM OF PACKER
~GE MIZER MODEL 4200
TOP OF SAND 63.00'
~
SAND ABOVE SCREEN Z.47~
~---- 4.00' BENTONITE SEAl..
J.",I&'-,"-,:j;"""- DISCHARGE TI..eING
_ ..... -- SAND PACK
Z.O· TYPE :516 5.5. SCREEN
(0.010' SLOT. PRE-PACKED)
WELl:. WIZARD ---­
SAMPl..:ING PUMP
Z.O· SCH. 5S1TYPE :516. S.S. PLUG
BASE OF PIJ'1PINLET 71.80'
BOTTOM OF WEll:. 75.47'
TOTAL BOREHOLE OEPTH 75.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCAI£
• WELL VAULT AS-8UILT DRAWINGS REFERENa! CSE-S9001-DOI
BORE HOLE DIAMETER
12,0'
· AKRON, OH
• COLUM8US. OH
.'PITiS8URGH. PA
· COLUM8IA. MO
'NEL:L CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-249
! NORTHWEST PLUME-SOUTH FIELD
PAQUCAH GASEOUSOIFF\JSION PlANT
S.CK PERMIT NO. 8000-4536

G.S. i:LEV._
i.O.C. EL!:V. _
WELL-HEAD ASSEHBL Y--.
TRANSDUCER ,REEL
CONCRETE VAULT
SIZE:5'X3'XZ' WITH 6' CONCRETE
HERMliT
MODEL 1000 C
DATA LOGGER
~-+--- 52.20' 'PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PROSE)PTX-260
CENTRALIZERS
CEMENT-
BENTONITE SLURRY GROUT
TOP OF SEAL.
60.50'~.'
I--,.:::..:-~y;...--
62.05' BOTTOM OF PACKER
PURGE MIZER MODEL 4200
TOP OF SAND .2.50' ~:.
Aoo ..... -- 2.00' BENTONITESEAL.
.I..oiil'-."'-'-- DISCHARGE 11:.8ING
SAND ABOVE SCREEN I.Z7'~,
_'--- SAND PACK
2:0' n'PE 316 5.5. ScReEN
(0.010' SLOT,PRE-PACKED)
WELL WIZARD --­
SAMPLING PUMP
2.0' SCH. 5 SITYPE 316. S.S. PLUG
BASE OF PUMP INLET 69.00·----/
aOTTOMOF WELL. 73.77' --.......
",'----'--_..-....--
TOTAl.. BOREHOLE DEPTH 75.00'
LEGEND
NOT TO SCAl..E
• weu. VAlA.T AS-8uILT DRAWIHGSReFERENCE CSE-S9001-001
BORE HOLE DIAMETER 12;0'
·AKRON. OH
• COLUMBClS. OH
· PITTSBURCH. PA
• COLUMBIA. MD.
WELL CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
MONITORING WELL NO. MW-250
NORTHWEST PLUME-SOUTH FIELD
: PADUCAH' CASEOUS :DIFFUSION PIAlT
S.O;K. PERIoUT NO. 8000-4541
?'9i: